WO2014208117A1 - Transmission device for working machine, and harvester - Google Patents

Transmission device for working machine, and harvester Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014208117A1
WO2014208117A1 PCT/JP2014/052998 JP2014052998W WO2014208117A1 WO 2014208117 A1 WO2014208117 A1 WO 2014208117A1 JP 2014052998 W JP2014052998 W JP 2014052998W WO 2014208117 A1 WO2014208117 A1 WO 2014208117A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transmission
shaft
gear
speed
state
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/052998
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
奥山天
加藤裕治
森学
竹内由明
加藤勝秀
大谷大樹
一二三慶城
林茂幸
籔中歩荷
高崎和也
有本敬
木曾田雄星
Original Assignee
株式会社クボタ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2013136519A external-priority patent/JP6095505B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2013136520A external-priority patent/JP6095506B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2013189767A external-priority patent/JP6029556B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2013189765A external-priority patent/JP6104110B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社クボタ filed Critical 株式会社クボタ
Priority to CN202010067316.8A priority Critical patent/CN111066488B/en
Priority to KR1020157032539A priority patent/KR101799175B1/en
Priority to KR1020177032617A priority patent/KR102048136B1/en
Priority to CN201480032975.0A priority patent/CN105283339B/en
Publication of WO2014208117A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014208117A1/en
Priority to PH12015502618A priority patent/PH12015502618B1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K17/00Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles
    • B60K17/04Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles characterised by arrangement, location, or kind of gearing
    • B60K17/06Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles characterised by arrangement, location, or kind of gearing of change-speed gearing
    • B60K17/08Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles characterised by arrangement, location, or kind of gearing of change-speed gearing of mechanical type
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D41/00Combines, i.e. harvesters or mowers combined with threshing devices
    • A01D41/12Details of combines
    • A01D41/127Control or measuring arrangements specially adapted for combines
    • A01D41/1274Control or measuring arrangements specially adapted for combines for drives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D41/00Combines, i.e. harvesters or mowers combined with threshing devices
    • A01D41/12Details of combines
    • A01D41/127Control or measuring arrangements specially adapted for combines
    • A01D41/1278Control or measuring arrangements specially adapted for combines for automatic steering
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D69/00Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers
    • A01D69/06Gearings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K17/00Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles
    • B60K17/04Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles characterised by arrangement, location, or kind of gearing
    • B60K17/06Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles characterised by arrangement, location, or kind of gearing of change-speed gearing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K20/00Arrangement or mounting of change-speed gearing control devices in vehicles
    • B60K20/02Arrangement or mounting of change-speed gearing control devices in vehicles of initiating means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K23/00Arrangement or mounting of control devices for vehicle transmissions, or parts thereof, not otherwise provided for
    • B60K23/02Arrangement or mounting of control devices for vehicle transmissions, or parts thereof, not otherwise provided for for main transmission clutches
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16HGEARING
    • F16H47/00Combinations of mechanical gearing with fluid clutches or fluid gearing
    • F16H47/02Combinations of mechanical gearing with fluid clutches or fluid gearing the fluid gearing being of the volumetric type
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60YINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO ASPECTS CROSS-CUTTING VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY
    • B60Y2200/00Type of vehicle
    • B60Y2200/20Off-Road Vehicles
    • B60Y2200/22Agricultural vehicles
    • B60Y2200/222Harvesters

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvesting machine.
  • Working machines include ordinary harvesters (whole-throw-in type) combiners, self-removing combine harvesters, carrot harvesters and corn harvesters, as well as transport vehicles and tractors, but are not limited to these. Absent.
  • the present invention also relates to a working machine such as a harvesting machine.
  • a transmission device for a harvester that is an example of a work machine
  • a left-right driven shaft that is adjacent to the input shaft of the transmission case in a parallel posture and a transmission that is linked to an output rotating body provided on the driven shaft.
  • Left-right side clutch shaft provided with a rotator, a selection gear type transmission for shifting power from the input shaft, and a left-right travel device located on the side clutch shaft from the transmission rotator
  • a pair of side clutches for intermittently interrupting transmission to are built in the transmission case.
  • the transmission is decelerated through a pair of gears from the auxiliary transmission input shaft (input shaft) to the auxiliary transmission intermediate transmission shaft (driven shaft) in the transmission case (transmission case).
  • the sub-transmission intermediate transmission in a state where the sub-transmission device (transmission) is transmitted from the transmission body provided so as to be shiftable to the sub-transmission intermediate transmission shaft to the sub-transmission output shaft provided so as to be relatively rotatable to the sub-transmission input shaft.
  • the transmission device for a work machine for example, a pair of interlocking rotators that are individually interlocked and connected to the left and right traveling devices, and a pair of side clutches that individually interrupt the transmission to the pair of interlocking rotators. Equipped on the side clutch shaft built into the transmission case in the left-right direction.
  • a pair of side clutches are respectively a cylindrical moving side rotating body having a meshing portion at one side end, and a fixed side having a meshed portion at one side end.
  • Each side clutch in a transmission case that includes a rotating body and a compression spring that biases the moving-side rotating body toward an entering position where the meshing portion and the meshed portion mesh with each other, and includes a pair of side clutches, etc.
  • Each side clutch can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft from the outside of the transmission case. (For example, refer to Patent Document 2).
  • the harvester is provided, for example, outside the transmission case, and the power from the engine is shifted continuously in the forward and reverse directions so that the side wall on one end side of the transmission case is moved from the outside of the case to the inside of the case.
  • a main transmission that outputs from an output shaft that is inserted toward the side, and a transmission that is internally mounted in the transmission case and that shifts the motive power transmitted from the output shaft into two steps depending on the working state.
  • a gear-type auxiliary transmission for transmission is provided, for example, outside the transmission case, and the power from the engine is shifted continuously in the forward and reverse directions so that the side wall on one end side of the transmission case is moved from the outside of the case to the inside of the case.
  • the output shaft of the main transmission is provided in a cantilever shape by inserting the side wall on one end side of the transmission case from the outer side of the case toward the inner side of the case.
  • the output gear is extrapolated to the output shaft so as to be rotatable integrally, and the transmission input transmission gear provided on the transmission input shaft of the auxiliary transmission and the output gear mesh with each other to transmit power to the auxiliary transmission.
  • the harvesting machine is provided with, for example, a main transmission that shifts the driving force from the engine continuously in a forward and reverse direction, a gear case that is incorporated in the transmission case, and that can be combined in a plurality of combinations.
  • a gear-type sub-transmission device that shifts the driving force output from a plurality of stages according to the working state and transmits it to the traveling device, a working clutch that turns on and off the driving force transmission to the working unit, and the main transmission device.
  • a main transmission operating tool that performs a shifting operation; a sub-transmission operating tool that performs a shifting operation of the auxiliary transmission; and a clutch operating tool that performs an on / off operation of the work clutch.
  • This harvester can reliably avoid unexpected operation of the cutting part when traveling on a high-speed road and sudden high-speed start of the body during low-speed cutting harvesting work.
  • JP ⁇ 2000-184817 JP ⁇ 2000-184817 A
  • JP-B 61-003310 JP ⁇ S61-003310 Y
  • the torque applied to the transmission increases by decelerating from the input shaft (sub-transmission input shaft) to the driven shaft (sub-transmission intermediate transmission shaft). For this reason, the torque applied to the transmission is increased, so that the drive gear (transmission gear) and the driven gear are disengaged during traveling, and the transmission is in a neutral state. is there.
  • the transmission case transmission case
  • a speed reduction structure a pair of gears
  • the object of the present invention is to simplify the transmission structure in the transmission case, and the transmission device while rationally configuring the transmission structure in the transmission case to prevent the transmission from being lost in the transmission built in the transmission case. It is to be able to reduce the size and weight.
  • An object of the present invention is to facilitate the assembly of the side clutch to the side clutch shaft.
  • the driving reaction force on the output gear from the lower side of the transmission causes the output gear and the lower side shift input.
  • the cantilevered output shaft is bent and deformed in a direction in which the meshing gears are separated from each other, and the gears may mesh in an oblique state. If such a driving state continues, the gears are damaged early, or the gears are unevenly worn and good transmission cannot be performed early. There was a risk of being unable to do so.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a harvester that can maintain a good transmission state in a transmission mechanism over a long period of time.
  • the harvesting machine performs various operations such as normal mowing work, fallen cereal harvesting work, crossing the shore, running on the road, etc., and various appropriate running speeds (having a certain range) according to each of these works. ) Exists. For this reason, the harvesting machine described in Patent Document 1 is provided with a sub-transmission device that can be switched to three speeds separately from the main transmission device, so that an appropriate traveling speed can be easily obtained.
  • the present invention can easily produce various appropriate traveling speeds while minimizing an increase in the number of parts and space, and can display various appropriate traveling speeds.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a combine that can prevent the shifting of gears.
  • the input shaft is provided on a left-right output shaft provided in an external device connected to the transmission case, in a state of rotating integrally with the output shaft around the axis of the output shaft,
  • the transmission is configured to be transmitted from the input shaft to the driven shaft, and is provided across the input shaft and the driven shaft.
  • the input shaft of the transmission case that rotates integrally with the output shaft around the shaft center of the output shaft provided in the external device connected to the transmission case can be used as the drive shaft of the transmission. Accordingly, for example, a transmission structure such as a gear that transmits from the input shaft to the drive shaft can be made unnecessary as compared with a case where a dedicated drive shaft having a configuration different from that of the input shaft is provided in parallel with the input shaft. As a result, it is possible to facilitate manufacturing by simplifying the transmission structure in the transmission case and to reduce the size and weight of the transmission device. In addition, the transmission structure can prevent a shift from being lost due to an increase in torque applied to the transmission, which may be caused when the transmission is decelerated from the input shaft to the drive shaft.
  • the transmission rotor is arranged in the center of the side clutch shaft, and the pair of side clutches are distributed on the left and right of the transmission rotor.
  • two transmission systems that individually transmit from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices via these side clutches, and these
  • the case portion of the transmission case that covers the transmission system can be configured symmetrically with a good balance.
  • two transmission systems including a pair of side clutches can be configured with common parts.
  • the transmission structure extending from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices can be configured in a stable state with a good balance of left and right symmetry while simplifying the configuration using common parts.
  • the output rotating body is arranged at the center of the driven shaft.
  • a pair of shafts in a transmission case that supports both ends of the driven shaft by arranging an output rotating body that rotates in a state where torque is always applied regardless of the speed of the transmission at the center of the driven shaft. It becomes easy to equalize the torque applied to the branch.
  • the driven gear of the transmission is mounted on the driven shaft in a state adjacent to the output rotating body.
  • the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
  • the driven gear is mounted on the driven shaft in a state adjacent to both side portions of the output rotating body.
  • an unnecessary interval between the transmission gear and the driven gear on the driven shaft can be eliminated and the driven shaft can be shortened while increasing the number of transmission stages of the transmission.
  • a gear portion is provided on one end side of the driven gear, and a gear selection linkage portion is provided on the other end side of the driven gear, so that the driven gear serves as a shift mechanism for gear selection operation.
  • the linkage gear is configured to be linked, and the linkage gear is mounted on the driven shaft in a state where the gear portion is adjacent to the output rotating body.
  • the gear portion of the driven gear can be arranged on the center side of the driven shaft as compared with the case where the linkage portion of the linkage gear is adjacent to the output rotating body.
  • the torque concerning a pair of shaft support part in the transmission case which supports the both ends of a driven shaft can be substantially equalized.
  • the transmission is configured in a constant mesh type
  • As the linkage gear a linkage gear different from the linkage gear adjacent to the output rotating body is provided,
  • Each of the linkage gears includes a spline boss portion as the linkage portion, A spline shaft portion that rotates integrally with the driven shaft between the spline boss portion of the linkage gear adjacent to the output rotating body and the spline boss portion of the another linkage gear.
  • the driven shaft is installed in an intervening state.
  • the transmission structure can be simplified by reducing the number of spline shafts and shifters, the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
  • the transmission includes a linkage gear provided on one end side with a linkage portion linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
  • the linking gear is mounted on the input shaft or the driven shaft in a state where the linking portion is located at an end of the input shaft or the driven shaft opposite to the input side end of the input shaft.
  • the input shaft away from the input side end of the input shaft or the shaft end side of the driven shaft becomes the operation region for gear selection, and accordingly, the input shaft that does not require the operation region for gear selection or
  • the extension length from the input side end portion of the driven shaft can be shortened, and the width dimension in the extending direction of the input shaft or the driven shaft in the transmission can be shortened.
  • the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
  • the transmission includes a linkage gear linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation, Either one of the input shaft and the driven shaft is disposed below the other, The linkage gear is mounted on the input shaft or the driven shaft arranged below.
  • the surface height of the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case can be reduced as compared with the case where the linkage gear is provided on the input shaft or the driven shaft arranged above, and the oil in the transmission case can be reduced.
  • the amount of storage can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to shorten the work time required for oil change, reduce the cost, and reduce the weight of the transmission device.
  • the transmission is configured as a constant mesh type having a plurality of linkage gears having a spline boss portion on one end side as a linkage portion linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
  • the input shaft or the driven shaft equipped with the plurality of linkage gears so as to be relatively rotatable can be linked to the adjacent spline boss portion via the shift mechanism at the adjacent portion to the spline boss portion.
  • the input shaft or the driven shaft is constituted by a spline boss that is detachably fitted on the input shaft or the driven shaft.
  • spline bosses constituting the predetermined spline shaft portion for example, each spline formed on the outer peripheral surface thereof extends over both ends of the spline bosses.
  • the spline boss is formed to have a length, when the spline boss is spline fitted to the driven shaft, the spline fitting can be easily performed without considering the direction of the spline boss.
  • the transmission case includes an opening that exposes an end of the input shaft opposite to the input side.
  • the continuously variable transmission or motor When the operation tool is operated to the neutral position or the stop position, it is possible to directly recognize whether or not the input shaft has stopped rotating.
  • the neutral adjustment of the continuously variable transmission or the stop adjustment of the motor can be easily performed when the continuously variable transmission or the motor is adopted as the external device.
  • an oil passage is provided for supplying oil returned from the hydraulic device to the inside of the transmission case to a linkage gear linked to a gear selection operation shift mechanism in the transmission.
  • left and right traveling drive shafts extending from the transmission case to the corresponding traveling device and left and right traveling drive shafts, and left and right reduction mechanisms that transmit the power via the corresponding side clutches to the traveling drive shafts at a reduced speed.
  • a relay shaft facing left and right is provided between the side clutch shaft and the left and right travel drive shafts,
  • Each of the left and right speed reduction mechanisms includes a first speed reduction portion that extends from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft, and a second speed reduction portion that extends from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft.
  • the speed reduction ratio in each speed reduction mechanism can be increased while reducing the diameter of the driven rotating body employed in each speed reduction mechanism and increasing the degree of freedom of arrangement of each speed reduction mechanism in the transmission case. Can do.
  • each of the first reduction part and the second reduction part is configured in a gear transmission type in which a pair of gears are engaged and interlocked with each other,
  • the relay shaft is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft, and the side clutch shaft is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the relay shaft.
  • each speed reduction mechanism can be shortened as compared with the case where the side clutch shaft, the relay shaft, and the travel drive shaft are arranged in the vertical direction.
  • the driving force from the side clutch shaft and the driving reaction force from each traveling drive shaft applied to each relay shaft are reduced by the mutual cancellation of the vertical components, while the relay shaft Are distributed to the side clutch shaft and each travel drive shaft via the gears of the side clutch shaft and the gears of the relay shaft and the travel drive shaft.
  • the driving force and the driving reaction force applied to the relay shaft are applied only to the relay shaft, while the vertical components cancel each other.
  • the torque applied to each shaft support portion that supports the relay shaft can be reduced as compared with the case where the driving force and the driving reaction force are applied only to the relay shaft during forward traveling that is frequently used. .
  • the output rotator and the transmission rotator are configured by gears that mesh and interlock with each other,
  • the driven shaft is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft, and the input shaft is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft.
  • the vertical length of the transmission can be shortened as compared with the case where the input shaft, the driven shaft, and the side clutch shaft are arranged in the vertical direction.
  • the driving force from the input shaft on the driven shaft and the driving reaction force from the side clutch shaft are reduced by the mutual cancellation of the vertical components, while the driven gear of the driven shaft.
  • the input shaft drive gear, and the output gear and the side clutch shaft gear on the driven shaft are dispersed to the input shaft and the side clutch shaft.
  • reverse travel which is less frequently used, the driving force and the driving reaction force applied to the driven shaft are applied only to the driven shaft, while the vertical components cancel each other.
  • the torque applied to each shaft supporting portion that supports the driven shaft can be reduced.
  • the side clutch shaft is arranged at a position behind the input shaft and the travel drive shaft.
  • the relay shaft is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft.
  • a side clutch shaft having a pair of interlocking rotators that are individually interlocked and connected to the left and right traveling devices, and a pair of side clutches that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the pair of interlocking rotators in the transmission case. Equipped on the shaft, Each of the pair of side clutches has a cylindrical shaft that is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft in a state where the side clutch shaft can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft.
  • the moving-side rotating body having a meshing portion at a side end, a fixed-side rotating body having a meshed portion at one side end, and an entry position where the meshing portion and the meshed portion mesh with each other.
  • a compression spring that biases the body, a stopper that receives the moving-side rotating body at the entry position, and a spring receiver that receives one end of the compression spring;
  • the moving side rotating body, the compression spring, the stopper, and the spring receiver are arranged on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft, and the moving side rotation is performed between the stopper and the spring receiver.
  • An arrangement in which the body and the compression spring are positioned, and the moving-side rotating body rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft in a state in which the moving-side rotating body is slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft with respect to the cylinder shaft. Equipped with the cylinder shaft, the moving-side rotating body, the compression spring, the stopper, and the spring receiver slidably and detachably with respect to the side clutch shaft in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. It is configured as a sliding unit.
  • each side clutch when assembling each side clutch to the side clutch shaft, by attaching each sliding unit to the side clutch shaft, the moving side rotating body and the compression spring, which are the components of each side clutch, are side-mounted. Can be attached to the clutch shaft.
  • each sliding unit is mounted on the side clutch shaft, a large force against the action of the compression spring is not required, so that the moving side rotating body and the compression spring can be easily attached to the side clutch shaft. can do.
  • attachment / detachment of the moving side rotating body or compression spring to / from the cylinder shaft that requires a large force against the action of the compression spring can be freely performed using the necessary tools without limiting the work area outside the transmission case. Since it can be performed, it is possible to easily attach the moving side rotating body or the compression spring to the cylinder shaft.
  • a transmission rotating body that is transmitted to the pair of interlocking rotating bodies via the pair of side clutches is disposed in a central portion of the side clutch shaft,
  • the pair of interlocking rotators and the pair of side clutches are distributed to the left and right of the transmission rotor, and the pair of side clutches are transmitted from the transmission rotor to the interlocking rotors on the same left and right sides. Is configured to be intermittent.
  • a pair of side clutches and a pair of interlocking rotating bodies arranged on the side clutch shaft are transmitted separately from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices via these side clutches and the interlocking rotating bodies.
  • the two transmission systems and the case part of the transmission case that covers these transmission systems can be configured symmetrically with a good balance.
  • two transmission systems including a pair of side clutches and a pair of interlocking rotating bodies can be configured with common parts.
  • the transmission structure extending from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices can be configured in a stable state with a good balance of left and right symmetry while simplifying the configuration using common parts.
  • each of the pair of side clutches is configured such that the moving side rotating body functions as a driven side rotating body, and the fixed side rotating body functions as a driving side rotating body,
  • Each of the sliding units is configured to include the corresponding interlocking rotating body as one of the components.
  • the moving-side rotating body which is one of the components of the sliding unit, is used as the driven-side rotating body of the side clutch, so that it is disposed on the lower side in the transmission direction of the side clutch on the side clutch shaft.
  • the interlocking rotator can also be configured as one of the components of the sliding unit, thereby improving the assembly of the side clutch and the interlocking rotator with respect to the side clutch shaft.
  • the transmission case includes an opening that allows passage of the sliding unit at a position facing each of the pair of side clutches in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and the opening.
  • a cover member for closing the cover is detachably mounted, and each of the sliding units is configured to be detachable from the outside of the transmission case with respect to the side clutch shaft.
  • the side clutch shaft can be moved from the outside of the transmission case through the opening to the side clutch shaft assembled in the transmission case without requiring a large force against the action of the compression spring. Can be easily installed.
  • each sliding unit when performing maintenance of each sliding unit, can be attached and detached from the opening of the transmission case without disassembling the transmission case. Then, disassembly and assembly of each sliding unit that requires a large force against the action of the compression spring can be freely performed using a necessary tool without limiting the work area outside the transmission case.
  • each of the cover members includes a shaft support portion that supports an end portion of the side clutch shaft.
  • each cover member by attaching each cover member to the transmission case, the end portion of the side clutch shaft can be supported by each shaft support portion. Moreover, by removing each cover member from the transmission case, each shaft support portion can be removed from the transmission case together with each cover member.
  • each cover member and each shaft support portion with respect to the transmission case can be improved, and the maintainability for each sliding unit and each shaft support portion can be improved.
  • each of the fixed-side rotators is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft in a state where it can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft,
  • Each of the openings is formed in a size that allows passage of the fixed-side rotating body.
  • the fixed-side rotating body together with each sliding unit is opened from the outside of the transmission case to the side clutch shaft assembled in the transmission case without requiring a large force against the action of the compression spring. Can be easily attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft.
  • each of the pair of side clutches includes, as the fixed-side rotator, a spur gear having a tooth width that is at least twice as long as a meshing length with the meshing portion of the moving-side rotator. Yes.
  • each of the fixed-side rotating bodies is externally fitted to a portion of the side clutch shaft that is closer to the shaft end than the sliding unit.
  • a drive gear is provided as the pair of interlocking rotating bodies,
  • the pair of side clutches are configured such that the moving-side rotating body functions as a driven-side rotating body, and the fixed-side rotating body functions as a driving-side rotating body, Is configured to include the corresponding drive gear as one of the components.
  • the moving-side rotating body which is one of the components of the sliding unit, is used as the driven-side rotating body of the side clutch, so that it is disposed on the lower side in the transmission direction of the side clutch on the side clutch shaft.
  • the interlocking rotator can also be configured as one of the components of the sliding unit, thereby improving the assembly of the side clutch and the interlocking rotator with respect to the side clutch shaft.
  • the interlocking rotating body is a driving pulley or a driving sprocket
  • the sliding unit including the interlocking rotating body is attached to or detached from the side clutch shaft from the opening of the transmission case
  • the driving pulley or the drive is driven from the opening. Since it takes time to attach / detach the transmission belt or transmission chain to / from the sprocket, it becomes difficult to attach / detach the sliding unit to / from the side clutch shaft from the opening.
  • the interlocking rotating body is a drive gear
  • the attachment / detachment from the opening of the transmission case to the side clutch shaft of the sliding unit including the drive gear is not required as described above. It can be done easily.
  • each of the sliding units is equipped with the drive gear on the cylindrical shaft.
  • the driving gear when the driving gear is provided on the moving side rotating body, the driving gear slides with respect to the driven gear that meshes with the driving gear and interlocks with the sliding displacement of the moving side rotating body due to the on / off operation of the side clutch. Due to the displacement, wear due to the sliding displacement occurs between the drive gear and the driven gear.
  • the transmission case is equipped with a multi-plate side brake that brakes the corresponding traveling device on the outer peripheral side of each sliding unit on the axis of the side clutch shaft,
  • Each of the sliding units includes a corresponding brake hub of the side brake as one of the component parts so as to rotate integrally with the cylindrical shaft.
  • each of the sliding units includes a spline boss that rotates integrally with the cylindrical shaft,
  • Each of the spline bosses is configured as a combination part in which one end side functions as the drive gear and the other end side functions as the brake hub.
  • each spline boss is a dual-purpose part that serves both as a drive gear and a brake hub, the structure can be simplified and the assembly can be improved by reducing the number of parts.
  • each of the spline bosses has a spline hole portion fitted on a spline shaft portion provided on one end side of the corresponding cylindrical shaft on the inner peripheral surface on the drive gear side, and a brake hub.
  • the inner peripheral surface on the side is provided with an enlarged diameter portion that forms a storage space for a compression spring between the cylinder shaft.
  • the spline boss can be removably fitted to the cylinder shaft by using the drive gear side of each spline boss that becomes longer in the axial direction by serving as the drive gear and the brake hub. it can.
  • the spline boss can be replaced.
  • the wear of the drive gear or the brake hub is reduced. Maintenance costs can be reduced.
  • each spline boss using the brake hub side of each spline boss, it is possible to equip the cylinder shaft, the compression spring, and the spline boss in a state where they are overlapped in the radial direction of the cylinder shaft. As a result, the length in the axial direction of each sliding unit can be shortened as compared with the case where the compression spring and the spline boss are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the cylinder shaft. It is possible to reduce the size of the transmission device by narrowing the left and right widths of the transmission device together with the shortening of the length.
  • each of the cylindrical shafts constitutes the spring receiver with a stepped portion provided on the outer peripheral portion thereof, and the spline shaft portion extends from the stepped portion to the shaft end on the large diameter side.
  • Formed into Each of the spline shaft portions is provided with an engagement portion formed in a substantially annular recess on the outer peripheral side thereof, and a C-shaped retaining ring is fitted on the engagement portion.
  • Each of the spline bosses has the spline hole portion extending from the retaining ring to the stepped portion and the enlarged diameter portion extending from the stepped portion to the boss end on the brake hub side. Yes.
  • the spline boss can be easily and reliably fixed at a predetermined position with respect to the cylinder shaft with a simple configuration using the step portion of the cylinder shaft, the retaining ring, and the compression spring.
  • each of the side brakes slides a plurality of brake disks and a plurality of separator plates alternately arranged in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. Equipped in a state that can be removed laterally outward of the transmission case by Each of the openings is sized to allow passage of the brake disc and the separator plate.
  • a plurality of brake discs and a plurality of separator plates in each side brake can be easily attached and detached from each opening of the transmission case.
  • each side brake such as assembly of each side brake and replacement of a brake disk and a separator plate.
  • each of the moving side rotating bodies includes a pressing portion acting on the brake disc and the separator plate on an outer peripheral portion thereof,
  • the corresponding moving-side rotating body is moved from the cut position where the meshing portion of the moving-side rotating body and the meshed portion of the fixed-side rotating body release the meshing,
  • the brake disc and the separator are released from the brake release state in which the brake disc and the separator plate release the pressure contact due to the action of the pressing portion as they slide toward the braking position located in the opposite direction.
  • Each of the plates is switched to a braking state in which the plate is pressed by the action of the pressing portion, and the corresponding moving-side rotator slides from the braking position toward the cutting position. It is configured to switch to the brake release state.
  • each side clutch can be used as a side brake operating tool, and accordingly, the side clutch and the side brake can be appropriately interlocked.
  • each of the fixed-side rotating bodies can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and from the sliding unit on the side clutch shaft.
  • Each of the cover members includes an auxiliary opening that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator, and is detachably equipped with an auxiliary cover member that closes the auxiliary opening, and is a shaft that supports an end portion of the side clutch shaft.
  • a branch is provided in the auxiliary cover member.
  • each of the auxiliary openings is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft
  • Each of the auxiliary cover members includes a large-diameter portion that fits in the auxiliary opening, and a small-diameter portion that forms an annular space between the auxiliary opening, and the small-diameter portion is located on the inner side of the transmission case.
  • Each of the sliding units is equipped on the side clutch shaft in a state where the moving side rotating body faces the space, A state in which an annular piston that slides the moving-side rotating body is fitted into the space in a state in which it can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and the space functions as an oil chamber for operating the piston. It is configured.
  • the hydraulic operation section for the side clutch and the side brake can be configured using the space between the cover member and the auxiliary cover member. Then, by removing the cover member or the auxiliary cover member, the hydraulic operation unit can be removed, and maintenance on the hydraulic operation unit can be easily performed.
  • the operability of the side clutch and the side brake can be improved by the hydraulic operation part while suppressing the complication of the configuration, and the maintainability for the hydraulic operation part can be improved.
  • each of the moving side rotating bodies includes an enlarged diameter portion that allows the stopper to enter at the entering position on the inner peripheral surface on the stopper side.
  • the length of each sliding unit in the axial direction can be further shortened as compared with the case where the enlarged diameter portion is not formed.
  • the stopper is constituted by a C-shaped retaining ring that is detachably fitted in an engagement groove that is annularly recessed and formed on the outer peripheral side of the cylindrical shaft.
  • the enlarged diameter portion for the stopper is formed to a size that prevents the stopper from being detached from the engaging groove.
  • the assembled state of the stopper with respect to the engagement groove of each cylinder shaft can be easily determined by sliding of the moving side rotating body by the action of the compression spring after the assembly. If the engagement of the stopper with the groove is incomplete, the engagement can be improved immediately.
  • the transmission case It is provided outside the transmission case and has an output shaft that passes through the side wall on one end side of the transmission case from the outer side of the case to the inner side of the case.
  • a main transmission that outputs from the output shaft;
  • a gear-type sub-transmission device that is internally mounted in the transmission case and that shifts the power transmitted from the output shaft to a high and low two-stage according to a working state and transmits it to the traveling device;
  • the output shaft passes through the transmission case and is inserted into the side wall on the other end side so that the shaft end is exposed to the outside of the case.
  • the side wall on the one end side and the side wall on the other end side And harvester that is provided in a state of being rotatably supported by each.
  • the output shaft of the main transmission is provided in a state where the side wall on one end side of the transmission case is inserted from the case outer side toward the case inner side.
  • the output shaft passes through the transmission case, passes through the side wall on the other end side, and the shaft end portion is exposed to the outside of the case, and between the side wall on the one end side and the side wall on the other end side.
  • Each is provided in a state of being rotatably supported.
  • the output shaft is rotatably supported on each of the side wall on one end side and the side wall on the other end side in the transmission case, so that the drive reaction force from the lower transmission side to the output gear causes The possibility that the output shaft is bent and deformed is reduced, and a good gear meshing state can be maintained. As a result, it was easy to maintain a good transmission state.
  • the output shaft is inserted through the side wall on the other end side and the shaft end on the other end side is exposed outside the case, whether the output shaft is rotating from the outer side of the mission case or not Can be visually confirmed. Then, for example, when adjusting the operation state when the main transmission is operated to the neutral position with the shift operation tool, whether or not the main transmission is in the neutral state, that is, whether the output shaft is in the rotation stop state or not.
  • the adjustment work can be performed with high accuracy while visually confirming.
  • an input gear for input on the input side of the auxiliary transmission is provided with an input gear that meshes with and interlocks with an output gear provided on the output shaft.
  • the output gear provided on the output shaft and the input gear provided on the input shaft for shifting of the auxiliary transmission are meshed with each other, and the output of the main transmission is transmitted to the auxiliary transmission. Due to the driving reaction force from the lower transmission side, the output shaft is less likely to bend and deform even when force is applied in the direction where the output gear and input gear are engaged. It became easy to maintain a good transmission state without any disadvantages such as meshing with each other.
  • the transmission input shaft is provided with a high-speed transmission drive gear on the side closer to the input gear and a low-speed transmission drive gear on the side far from the input gear.
  • the driving load when the auxiliary transmission is in a high speed state, the driving load is large, such as performing a cutting operation at a high speed, and when the auxiliary transmission is in a low speed state, the driving load is performed, for example, performing a cutting operation at a low speed.
  • the driving load Is considered to be small.
  • a relatively large driving reaction force acts on a portion where a high-speed transmission drive gear is provided, and a relatively small driving reaction force acts on a portion provided with a low-speed transmission drive gear. I think that.
  • the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided on the side close to the input gear, the power can be transmitted with minimal torsional deformation of the transmission input shaft when it is in a high-speed state.
  • the torsional deformation of the transmission input shaft is small.
  • the low-speed transmission drive gear is provided with a space in the axial direction between the shift input shaft and a shaft support member that rotatably supports the shift input shaft on the side wall on the other end side. It is.
  • each of the low-speed transmission drive gear and the shaft support member can be continuously operated smoothly by appropriately supplying the lubricating oil, and it is easy to maintain a good transmission state. .
  • the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided with an interval in the axial direction between the input gear and the input gear.
  • each of the drive gear for high speed transmission and the input gear can be continuously operated smoothly by appropriately supplying the lubricating oil, and it is easy to maintain a good transmission state.
  • a high-speed transmission driven gear in which the high-speed transmission drive gear meshes and interlocks with an output-side shift output shaft in the sub-transmission device, and a low-speed transmission driven gear in which the low-speed transmission drive gear meshes and interlocks, It is preferable that a driving gear that meshes with and is interlocked with a lower transmission gear positioned on the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission is provided.
  • the power of the transmission input shaft in the auxiliary transmission is transmitted via the high-speed transmission drive gear and the high-speed transmission driven gear, or via the low-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear. It is transmitted to the shift output shaft.
  • the power of the transmission output shaft is transmitted to the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission device via a drive gear provided separately from the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear and the lower transmission gear meshing with the drive gear.
  • the driving gear is provided in a state of being positioned between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear.
  • the driving gear is provided between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear on the transmission output shaft.
  • the gear-type auxiliary transmission includes a switching operation mechanism for switching between a state where power is transmitted to the driven gear for high speed transmission and a state where power is transmitted to the driven gear for low speed transmission. This switching operation mechanism is provided at a corresponding location between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear.
  • the space between the driven gear for high speed transmission and the driven gear for low speed transmission provided in a state of being separated in the axial direction is compactly driven. Gears can be deployed.
  • the driving gear is provided at a position close to the high-speed driven gear.
  • the driving gear since the driving gear is provided at a position close to the high-speed transmission driven gear, the power transmitted to the high-speed transmission driven gear is transmitted to the high-speed transmission driven gear when the driving load is high. Power can be transmitted to the lower transmission side through the drive gear located near the gear as much as possible with little torsional deformation of the output shaft for shifting. In the low speed state, the driving load is often small, and even if the driving gear is provided at a position far from the low speed driven gear, the torsional deformation of the transmission output shaft is small.
  • the auxiliary transmission includes an input-side transmission input shaft, an output-side transmission output shaft, a high-speed transmission drive gear and a low-speed transmission drive gear that are provided so as to be rotatable relative to the transmission input shaft. And a driven gear for high speed transmission and a driven gear for low speed transmission provided in a fixed state on the output shaft for shifting,
  • the high-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission drive gear are configured so as to be non-slidable in the axial direction in a state where they are always meshed with the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear, respectively.
  • a spline is externally fitted to the transmission input shaft, and the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided rotatably relative to the transmission input shaft.
  • a shifter that is slidable between a high-speed transmission operation position that meshes with the spline portion and a low-speed transmission operation position that meshes with and interlocks with the spline portion of the low-speed transmission drive gear that is relatively rotatable with respect to the transmission input shaft. It is suitable if it is provided with.
  • the shifter when the shifter is slid to the high-speed transmission operation position, the shifter meshes with and interlocks with the spline portion of the high-speed transmission drive gear, so that the high-speed transmission drive gear rotates integrally. Then, the high-speed power shifted by the high-speed transmission drive gear and the high-speed transmission driven gear meshing and interlocking with each other is transmitted to the traveling device via the transmission output shaft.
  • the shifter when the shifter is slid to the operation position for low-speed transmission, the shifter meshes with the spline portion of the low-speed transmission drive gear, so that the low-speed transmission drive gear rotates integrally. Then, the low-speed power that is shifted by the low-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear meshing and interlocking with each other is transmitted to the traveling device via the transmission output shaft.
  • the auxiliary transmission can be switched between the high speed state and the low speed state by sliding the shifter.
  • a drive gear that meshes with and engages with a lower transmission gear located on the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission is provided between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear on the transmission output shaft.
  • a shift fork for sliding the shifter is provided in a state of passing through a space between the shifter and the driving gear.
  • the shifter is provided between the high-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission drive gear on the transmission input shaft, and between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear on the transmission output shaft. Is provided with a driving gear. A shift fork for sliding the shifter is provided in a state of passing through a space between the shifter and the driving gear.
  • the shift fork can be satisfactorily deployed in a state where there is little risk of interference with other transmission shafts.
  • the shift fork is configured to engage with a region equal to or more than a half circumference in an engagement circumferential groove provided on an outer periphery of the shifter.
  • the shifter is slid by the shift fork in a state where it is engaged with a region equal to or more than a half circumference in the engagement circumferential groove provided on the outer periphery of the shifter.
  • the shift fork operating force acts on the shifter over a wide area that is more than half the circumference of the shifter, and the shift fork operating force acts locally on the shifter.
  • the shifter is less likely to tilt with respect to the input shaft for shifting, and smoothly slides in a state where there is no risk of dripping.
  • the shift fork is configured to be engaged with two positions located on a diameter of an engagement circumferential groove provided on an outer periphery of the shifter.
  • the shifter is slid with the shift fork while engaged with two positions located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove provided on the outer periphery of the shifter.
  • the output shaft is provided with a pair of divided transmission shafts which are divided along the axial direction and linked together so as to be integrally rotatable.
  • the output shaft is constituted by a pair of divided transmission shafts divided along the axial direction, for example, one of the output rotating shafts extending in a cantilever manner from the main transmission is provided.
  • the other divided transmission shaft in a state of being linked along the axial direction of one of the divided transmission shafts and being linked and interlocked so as to be integrally rotatable, the output shaft Can be configured. That is, it is not necessary to significantly improve the structure of the main transmission by effectively utilizing the configuration of the existing cantilevered output rotating shaft.
  • An output gear for transmitting power from the output shaft to the auxiliary transmission is externally fitted to each of the pair of split transmission shafts so as to be integrally rotatable, and the pair of split transmission shafts are driven by the output gear. It is preferable to be linked and linked.
  • the output gear for transmitting power to the auxiliary transmission is effectively used, and each of the pair of split transmission shafts is linked and interlocked so as to be integrally rotatable. Therefore, the pair of transmission shafts are linked and linked.
  • the output shaft can be constituted by the pair of split transmission shafts in a state where there is no disadvantage such as making the structure complicated by using a dedicated connecting member.
  • main transmission case that covers the periphery of the main transmission and the transmission case are connected in a flange-coupled state
  • a concentric fitting groove centered on the axis of the output shaft is formed in each of the connection surfaces of the main transmission case and the connection surface of the transmission case where the output shaft is inserted, It is preferable that a collar member for axial alignment is provided in a state of fitting into the fitting groove of the main transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case.
  • the main transmission case that covers the periphery of the main transmission and the transmission case are flange-connected, and the side wall of the transmission case on the side to which the main transmission case is connected is outside the case, that is, inside the main transmission case.
  • the output shaft is provided so as to be inserted from the inner side toward the inner side of the case.
  • a concentric fitting groove centering on the axis of the output shaft is formed in each of the connection surface of the main transmission case and the connection surface of the transmission case where the output shaft is inserted.
  • a collar member for axial alignment is provided in a state of fitting into the fitting groove of the transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case.
  • the same collar member is mounted in a state of fitting into the fitting groove of the main transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case, the center of the fitting groove of the main transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case are fitted.
  • the main transmission case and the transmission case are flange-coupled with each other in a state in which the center of the gear is aligned.
  • the output shaft provided in a state of being inserted from the inside of the main transmission case toward the inner side of the transmission case is positioned at the axial center position by the main transmission case and the transmission case in which the fitting grooves are aligned. It can be rotatably supported in a good state with little deviation.
  • a pair of left and right axles for separately transmitting the power shifted by the auxiliary transmission to the left and right traveling devices are provided in a state of being inserted through the left and right axle cases fixedly extending from the transmission case.
  • Each of the pair of left and right axles is configured with a small-diameter power transmission portion at an end on the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and a laterally extending portion with a large diameter on the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and
  • the connecting portion between the small-diameter power transmission portion and the large-diameter laterally extending portion is formed in a tapered shape so that the diameter increases from the small-diameter power transmission portion toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage. It is preferable that
  • the pair of left and right axles transmits the motive power after the shift to the power transmission unit inside the transmission case, and the traveling device via the laterally extending portion that inserts the power into the axle case.
  • the traveling device via the laterally extending portion that inserts the power into the axle case.
  • the connecting portion between the small-diameter power transmission portion and the large-diameter laterally extending portion is formed in a tapered shape such that the diameter increases from the small-diameter power transmission portion toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage. Therefore, at the end of the axle case on the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage is wider between the inner surface of the axle case and the tapered connecting portion, and the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage. A narrowing gap is formed.
  • the lubricating oil supplied from the mission case side is introduced from the wide inner side end portion in the gap toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, so that the lubricating oil can be supplied satisfactorily. It can be carried out.
  • a main transmission that shifts the driving force from the engine continuously in a forward and reverse direction;
  • the gear case is provided with a gear train that can be combined in a plurality of combinations, and the driving force output from the main transmission is shifted to a plurality of stages according to the working state and transmitted to the traveling device.
  • a transmission A working clutch that turns on and off the transmission of driving force to the working part;
  • a main speed changer for shifting the main speed change device;
  • a sub-transmission operating tool for performing a shift operation on the sub-transmission device;
  • a clutch operating tool for performing on / off operation of the working clutch;
  • a check mechanism that checks that when the work clutch is engaged and operated, the main transmission operating tool is operated to a speed increasing side from a predetermined command position in the forward operation path of the main transmission operating tool. It is in the point.
  • the forward speed range by the main transmission is different between when the work clutch is engaged and when it is disengaged. That is, two types of speed regions appear on condition that the work clutch is turned on and off. Therefore, the combine is capable of revealing an appropriate traveling speed region twice as many as the number of shifting regions of the auxiliary transmission. Moreover, it is only necessary to check the operation of the main transmission operation tool, it is not necessary to increase the number of parts and space in the transmission case, and compared to increasing the number of gear combinations of the auxiliary transmission, can do. In addition, since the space does not increase, it is possible to increase the durability of the auxiliary transmission by using that amount to increase the gear thickness.
  • the check mechanism controls the operation of the main transmission operating tool from the predetermined command position in the forward operation path to the speed increasing side, so that the working unit is driven. In this state, the traveling speed is not changed beyond a certain traveling speed. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the traveling device from exceeding the appropriate traveling speed due to an erroneous operation.
  • the operation of the main transmission operating tool in the path between the predetermined command position and the neutral position in the forward operation path and the reverse operation path can be freely performed. It is preferable.
  • the gear is not shifted beyond a certain traveling speed that is the state in which the working unit is driven, but the shifting to the low speed side including the backward traveling is possible. Therefore, in the middle of the current work, when it is necessary to perform a work with an appropriate travel speed equal to or lower than the appropriate travel speed for the current work or a reverse travel, the travel speed can be smoothly changed.
  • the predetermined command position is set to a position on the speed increasing side with respect to the intermediate position in the forward operation path.
  • the operable region of the main transmission operating tool at the time of check is set to more than half of the forward operation path. That is, the difference in the upper limit speed between the check state and the non-check state is relatively small, which is effective when the difference in the appropriate traveling speed is small between the working state and the non-working state.
  • the auxiliary transmission can be switched between two states, a high speed shift state and a low speed shift state,
  • the check mechanism is It is preferable to check that the engine is operated to the speed increasing side from the predetermined command position in the forward operation path.
  • the work unit is driven and the transition to the state of traveling at a considerably higher speed than the current speed is performed.
  • the speed can be efficiently increased to the appropriate traveling speed.
  • the user forgets to operate the auxiliary transmission device in the high speed transmission state.
  • the driver even if the driver operates the main transmission operating tool to increase the speed, the driver cannot operate the speed higher than the predetermined command position, and the travel speed is the appropriate travel speed. Will be lower. As a result, the driver becomes aware that the auxiliary transmission is in the low speed shifting state.
  • the auxiliary transmission can be switched between two states, a high speed shift state and a low speed shift state
  • the check mechanism is configured such that when the work clutch is engaged and operated in a state in which the sub-transmission device is operated in the high-speed shift state, the main transmission operating tool is moved from the predetermined command position in the forward operation path. It is preferable to check the operation to the speed increasing side.
  • the main transmission is operated to the high-speed transmission side when the sub-transmission is in a high-speed shift state and the engine load is high, such as when a working unit that requires a large driving force is driven.
  • the engine load is high, such as when a working unit that requires a large driving force is driven.
  • a main transmission lever of a swinging operation type is provided, and as a clutch operation tool, a clutch lever of a swinging operation type is provided.
  • the check mechanism is provided with a check portion that can be moved back and forth with respect to the forward operation path, and a link portion that links the check portion and the clutch lever. When the clutch lever is operated to the clutch engagement position, it is preferable that the check portion protrudes to a position corresponding to the predetermined command position in the forward operation path.
  • the main transmission operating tool is a forward / backward swing type main transmission lever
  • the check portion protrudes to a position corresponding to a predetermined command position
  • the main transmission lever is operated to the speed increasing side and the main transmission lever is operated.
  • the clutch operating tool is a forward / backward swing type clutch lever, and the movement is simple, and the check portion is moved back and forth with respect to the forward operation path, and the movement is simple.
  • the link portion that links the clutch lever and the check portion can have a simple structure.
  • the main transmission lever is provided on a side panel of the driving unit,
  • the clutch lever is provided behind the main transmission lever in the side panel, It is preferable that the check portion is slidable along the front-rear direction, and is retracted to the front side of the forward operation path when the clutch lever is operated to the clutch disengagement position.
  • the main swing lever and the clutch lever of the front / rear swing type are arranged in the front / rear direction on the side panel, and the check portion slides in the front / rear direction from the front of the forward operation path to perform the forward operation. Project into the path. That is, since the movement of all the members is along the front-rear direction, the link portion can have a shape along the front-rear direction and a movement along the front-rear direction. As a result, the check mechanism is simple in structure and compact in the left-right direction.
  • a restricting portion for restricting movement of the clutch lever from the clutch engaged position to the opposite side of the clutch disengaged position.
  • An arm member that swings integrally with the clutch lever around the swing axis of the clutch lever is linked to the link portion, and one end thereof is linked to the arm member so as to be rotatable around the first axis.
  • a rod member whose other end is linked to the check portion so as to be rotatable around the second axis, and
  • the link portion is configured such that the first axis is a rear side of the swing axis when viewed along the direction of the swing axis.
  • a straight line connecting the first axis and the second axis is preferably configured to move across the swing axis.
  • the check portion is provided with a guide member that extends along the forward operation path at a position deviated from the forward operation path and is slidable along the front-rear direction.
  • Support brackets are provided at two different positions along the front-rear direction, The guide member is preferably supported by the support bracket.
  • the support bracket is provided with two through holes located at two different positions along the front-rear direction, It is preferable that the guide member is supported through the through hole.
  • the restraining portion is provided with a protruding member that is provided at the distal end portion of the guide member and that can protrude into the forward operation path.
  • a support bracket different from the support bracket is provided,
  • the other support bracket is formed with a long hole through which the projecting member is penetrated to allow the projecting member to slide in the front-rear direction.
  • the another support bracket is preferably provided on the opposite side of the support bracket across the forward operation path.
  • the projecting member is supported by the support bracket on one side and the other side is supported by another support bracket across the portion that contacts the main transmission lever. That is, the protruding member is stably supported on both end sides with the abutting portion interposed therebetween. Therefore, in this configuration, the guide member is stably supported as a whole, and when the main transmission lever is restrained, the main transmission lever is hardly deformed or twisted even if the main transmission lever comes into contact. It is possible to reliably check the movement to the speed increasing side.
  • the working unit is a reaping portion and the working clutch is a reaping clutch.
  • the upper limit speed is lowered during the cutting operation and the upper limit speed is increased during the non-cutting operation, so that an optimum speed region can be obtained with a simple configuration.
  • the main transmission is preferably a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission.
  • the transmission device 13 for the harvester includes a left and right driven shaft 45 adjacent to the input shaft 44 in a parallel posture, and an output gear 81 (an output rotating body of the output rotating body) provided on the driven shaft 45.
  • a transmission 47 of a selection gear type that shifts the power from the input shaft 44 and a transmission from the transmission rotating body 82 to the left and right crawlers (an example of a traveling device) 7 positioned on the side clutch shaft 46 are individually provided.
  • a pair of side clutches 83 that are intermittently connected to each other are built in the transmission case 43.
  • the input shaft 44 is provided on a left-right output shaft 34 provided in the external device A connected to the transmission case 43 so as to rotate integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis of the output shaft 34.
  • the transmission 47 is configured to transmit from the input shaft 44 to the driven shaft 45 and is provided across the input shaft 44 and the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission rotating body 82 is arranged at the center of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the pair of side clutches 83 are distributed on the left and right of the transmission rotor 82.
  • the output rotator 81 is disposed at the center of the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission 47 is equipped with the driven gears 63 and 65 on the driven shaft 45 in a state adjacent to both sides of the output rotating body 81.
  • Each driven gear 63, 65 includes gear portions 63A, 65A on one end thereof, and a gear selection linkage portion Ba on the other end thereof, and is linked to a shift mechanism 66 for gear selection operation.
  • the linkage gear B is configured.
  • the transmission 47 is configured as a constant mesh type. Further, as the linkage gear B, a linkage gear B (driven gear 61) different from the linkage gear B (driven gears 63, 65) adjacent to the output rotating body 81 is provided. Each linkage gear B includes spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B as the linkage portion Ba. Another linkage gear B is located between the spline boss portion 65B of the linkage gear B (driven gear 65) adjacent to the output rotating body 81 and the spline boss portion 61B of another linkage gear B (driven gear 61).
  • the driven shaft 45 is equipped with a spline shaft portion 45 ⁇ / b> A that rotates integrally with the driven shaft 45.
  • the linking gear B (driven gear 63) located at the end of the driven shaft 45 opposite to the input side end of the input shaft 44 has the linking portion Ba as the input shaft of the driven shaft 45. 44 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 in a state of being located at the end opposite to the input side end of 44.
  • the transmission 47 is configured such that a driven shaft 45 equipped with a plurality of linkage gears B so as to be relatively rotatable is positioned below the input shaft 44.
  • the driven shaft 45 is integrated with spline shaft portions 45A and 45B that enable linkage with the adjacent spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B via the shift mechanism 66 at adjacent portions to the spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B. It is prepared in a rotating state. Then, among the spline shaft portions 45A and 45B, a plurality of splines 74a for linking are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface of a predetermined spline shaft portion 45B for which a single linkage gear B is to be linked. In this state, the spline boss 74 is detachably fitted to the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission case 43 includes an opening 43 ⁇ / b> A that exposes an end of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side.
  • the transmission 13 is an oil passage 137 that supplies oil returned to the inside of the transmission case 43 from a hydraulic device (for example, the valve unit 107; see FIGS. 3 to 5) provided in the transmission case 43 to each linkage gear B of the transmission 47. It has.
  • a hydraulic device for example, the valve unit 107; see FIGS. 3 to 5
  • the transmission 13 decelerates and transmits power to the traveling drive shaft 50 via the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 extending from the transmission case 43 to the corresponding crawler 7 (see FIG. 1) and the corresponding side clutch 83.
  • a left and right speed reduction mechanism 49 (hereinafter also referred to as “transmission mechanism 49”) is provided.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a laterally extending relay shaft 119 between the side clutch shaft 46 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
  • Each speed reduction mechanism 49 travels from a side reduction shaft 122 extending from the side clutch shaft 46 to the relay shaft 119 (an example of a first transmission portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “first transmission portion 122”) and the relay shaft 119.
  • a second speed reduction portion 123 (an example of a second transmission portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “second transmission portion 123”) over the drive shaft 50 is provided.
  • the first speed reduction part 122 and the second speed reduction part 123 are each configured as a gear transmission type in which a pair of gears 92 and 124 to 126 are engaged with each other. Then, the relay shaft 119 including the driven gear (an example of a driven rotor) 124 of the first reduction part 122 and the drive gear (an example of a drive rotor) 125 of the second reduction part 123 is connected to the second reduction part 123.
  • a side clutch shaft 46 provided at a front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft 50 including a gear (an example of a driven rotor) 126 and including a drive gear 92 of the first reduction gear 122 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the relay shaft 119. Deployed in position.
  • the output rotator 81 and the transmission rotator 82 are constituted by gears that mesh and interlock with each other.
  • the driven shaft 45 including the driven gears 61, 63, 65 and the output rotating body 81 is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 including the transmission rotating body 82, and each driven gear of the driven shaft 45 is provided.
  • An input shaft 44 including drive gears 60, 62, and 64 that mesh with and interlock with 61, 63, and 65 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft 45.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 is disposed at a position behind the input shaft 44 and the travel drive shaft 50. Further, the relay shaft 119 is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission device 13 for the work machine includes a pair of drive gears (an example of an interlocking rotating body) 92 individually interlocked and connected to the left and right crawlers 7 (see FIG. 1). And a pair of side clutches 83 for individually connecting and disconnecting transmission to the pair of drive gears 92 are provided on the side clutch shaft 46 built in the transmission case 43 in the left-right direction.
  • Each side clutch 83 includes a cylindrical shaft 85 that is fitted on the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the moving-side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A, the fixed-side rotating body 87 provided with the meshed portion 87A at one end, and the moving side toward the entering position where the meshing portion 86A and the meshed portion 87A mesh.
  • a compression spring 88 that biases the rotating body 86, a stopper 89 that receives the moving-side rotating body 86 at the entry position, and a spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88.
  • each side clutch 83 the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are arranged on the outer peripheral portion of the cylindrical shaft 85 and between the stopper 89 and the spring receiver 90.
  • 86 and the compression spring 88 are positioned so that the moving side rotating body 86 can rotate integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 in a state in which it can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the cylinder shaft 85. Equipped with the cylinder shaft 85, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 so as to be detachably integrated with the side clutch shaft 46 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the sliding unit 91 is configured.
  • a transmission rotating body 82 that is transmitted to each drive gear 92 via a pair of side clutch 83 is provided in the center portion of the side clutch shaft 46. Then, a pair of drive gears 92 and a pair of side clutches 83 are dispersedly arranged on the left and right of the transmission rotating body 82 so that the pair of side clutches 83 are transmitted from the transmission rotating body 82 to the drive gear 92 located on the same left and right side. Is configured to be intermittent.
  • Each side clutch 83 is configured so that the moving-side rotating body 86 functions as a driven-side rotating body and the fixed-side rotating body 87 functions as a driving-side rotating body.
  • the driving gear 92 (interlocking rotating body) is configured as one of the components.
  • the transmission case 43 includes an opening 43B that allows the sliding unit 91 to pass therethrough at a position facing each of the pair of side clutches 83 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46, and covers the opening 43B.
  • the sliding units 91 are configured to be detachable from the outside of the transmission case 43 with respect to the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each cover member 102 includes a shaft support portion 105 that supports the end portion of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be attachable to and detachable from the side clutch shaft 46 by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • each opening 43B of the transmission case 43 is formed in the magnitude
  • Each side clutch 83 is provided with a spur gear having a tooth width that is at least twice as long as the meshing length with the meshing portion 86A of the movable rotating body 86 as the stationary rotating body 87.
  • Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is externally fitted to a portion of the side clutch shaft 46 that is closer to the shaft end than the sliding unit 91.
  • the transmission device 13 includes a drive gear 92 as a pair of interlocking rotating bodies, and each sliding unit 91 includes the corresponding drive gear 92 as one of the components on the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • the transmission case 43 is equipped with a multi-plate side brake 84 for braking the corresponding crawler 7 on the outer peripheral side of each sliding unit 91 on the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each sliding unit 91 includes a brake hub 94 of the corresponding side brake 84 as one of the components in a state of rotating integrally with the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • Each sliding unit 91 includes a spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85.
  • Each spline boss 99 is configured as a dual-purpose part whose one end functions as the drive gear 92 and whose other end functions as the brake hub 94.
  • the inner peripheral surface on the drive gear side is provided with a spline hole portion 99A fitted on the spline shaft portion 85A provided on one end side of the corresponding cylindrical shaft 85, and the inner peripheral surface on the brake hub side is provided with a cylindrical shaft.
  • An enlarged diameter portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for the compression spring 88 is provided.
  • Each cylindrical shaft 85 forms a spring receiver 90 with a stepped portion 85C provided on the outer peripheral portion thereof, and the spline shaft portion 85A is formed with a length extending from the stepped portion 85C to the shaft end on the large diameter side.
  • Each spline shaft portion 85A includes an engagement portion 85E that is formed in a substantially annular recess on the outer peripheral side thereof, and a C-shaped retaining ring 101 is fitted on the engagement portion 85E.
  • Each spline boss 99 has a spline hole 99A formed in a length extending from the retaining ring 101 to the stepped portion 85C, and an enlarged diameter portion 99B formed in a length extending from the stepped portion 85C to the boss end on the brake hub side. ing.
  • Each side brake 84 includes a plurality of brake disks 96 and a plurality of separator plates 95 arranged alternately in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46, and the transmission case 43 by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. Equipped in a state that can be removed laterally.
  • Each opening 43 ⁇ / b> B of the transmission case 43 is formed in a size that allows passage of the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95.
  • Each moving-side rotating body 86 includes a rim portion 86C (an example of a pressing portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “pressing portion 86C”) that acts on the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95 on the outer peripheral portion thereof.
  • Each side brake 84 is moved from the cut position where the corresponding moving-side rotating body 86 releases the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86 and the engaged portion 87A of the fixed-side rotating body 87 to the entering position.
  • the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95 are slid toward the braking position located in the opposite direction, the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95 are released from the brake release state in which the pressure contact due to the action of the pressing portion 86C is released.
  • Each of 95 is switched to a braking state in which it is pressed by the action of the pressing portion 86C, and as the corresponding moving-side rotating body 86 slides from the braking position to the cutting position, it changes from the braking state to the braking release state. It is configured to switch.
  • Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is externally fitted to a portion of the side clutch shaft 46 that is closer to the shaft end than the sliding unit 91.
  • Each cover member 102 is provided with an auxiliary opening 102A that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator 87, and an auxiliary cover member 103 that closes the auxiliary opening 102A is detachably provided.
  • the auxiliary cover member 103 is provided with a shaft support portion 105 that supports the shaft.
  • Each auxiliary opening 102 ⁇ / b> A is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each auxiliary cover member 103 includes a large-diameter portion 103A that fits in the auxiliary opening 102A and a small-diameter portion 103B that forms an annular space 104 between the auxiliary opening 102A, and the small-diameter portion 103B is located inside the transmission case 43. It is prepared in the state located in.
  • Each sliding unit 91 is equipped on the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the moving side rotating body 86 faces the space 104.
  • annular piston 106 for sliding the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 is fitted in each space 104 in a state in which it can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46, and each space 104 is operated for piston operation.
  • annular space is also referred to as “oil chamber 104”.
  • the stopper 89 is constituted by a C-shaped retaining ring that is detachably fitted in an engaging groove 85D that is formed in an annular recess on the outer peripheral side of the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • the moving-side rotator 86 is provided with an enlarged diameter portion 86E that allows the stopper 89 to enter at the insertion position on the inner peripheral surface on the stopper side.
  • the enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed in a size that prevents the stopper 89 from being detached from the engagement groove 85D.
  • the ordinary combine illustrated in the present embodiment harvests unharvested cereals to be harvested that are located in front of the vehicle body at the left side of the front end portion of the traveling vehicle body 1 to the rear.
  • a cutting and conveying device 2 as a harvesting device to be conveyed is connected so as to be movable up and down in a state of extending toward the front of the traveling vehicle body 1.
  • a threshing device 3 is mounted on the left half of the traveling vehicle body 1 to perform a handling process on the harvested cereal mash conveyed by the harvesting conveyance apparatus 2 and to perform a sorting process on a processed product obtained by the handling process.
  • the grain lifted from the bottom of the threshing device 3 via the lifting conveyor (not shown) is temporarily stored in the hopper 4A in the rear region of the right half of the traveling vehicle body 1, and the grain of the grain is stored.
  • a bagging device 4 that enables packing into the bag 5 is mounted.
  • a bagging specification a normal type combine is replaced with the bagging apparatus 4, for example, the grain tank which stores the grain lifted by the lifting conveyor, and grain You may comprise in the grain tank specification equipped with grain discharging apparatuses, such as a screw conveyance type or a bucket conveyance type, which enables discharge
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 includes a vehicle body frame 6 configured by connecting a plurality of steel materials such as a square pipe material.
  • the left and right crawlers 7 are arranged as full crawler specifications.
  • a boarding operation unit 8 is formed in the front half region of the right half of the vehicle body frame 6, and a water-cooled diesel engine (hereinafter referred to as an engine) 10 is provided below a driver seat 9 provided on the rear side of the boarding operation unit 8. Etc. are deployed.
  • a belt-type transmission mechanism 11 that enables transmission from the output shaft (not shown) of the engine 10 to the left and right crawlers 7 at the front left and right central positions of the body frame 6, and an external device A
  • a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (hereinafter referred to as HST) 12 and a transmission 13 are provided.
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 is equipped with left and right front wheels and left and right rear wheels as left and right crawlers 7, or left and right crawlers 7 as left and right crawlers 7, respectively.
  • a semi-crawler specification equipped with front wheels and left and right rear crawlers may be configured.
  • the water-cooled diesel engine 10 for example, an air-cooled diesel engine or a water-cooled or air-cooled gasoline engine may be provided.
  • a hybrid specification including the engine 10 and an electric traveling motor, or an electric specification including an electric traveling motor instead of the engine 10 may be configured.
  • the boarding operation unit 8 may be formed at the front side portion of the left half of the vehicle body frame 6 or the like. Furthermore, you may equip the cabin which covers the boarding operation part 8. FIG.
  • the vehicle body frame 6 includes a pedestal portion 6A in the boarding operation portion formation region.
  • the entire boarding operation portion 8 is made HST12. And it arrange
  • the boarding operation unit 8 includes a front panel 14 erected at the front end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, a side panel 15 erected in a state connected to the left end portion of the front panel 14 at the left end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, and the like.
  • a boarding space that allows passengers to enter and exit from the right side of the vehicle is formed.
  • a control lever 16 that is configured to be a cross swing type and a neutral return type is provided.
  • a main transmission lever 17 and a sub transmission lever 18 that are configured to be position-holding and swinging back and forth are provided on the upper portion of the side panel 15.
  • a brake pedal 19 configured as a self-returning type capable of maintaining the position at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed position is provided at the foot portion.
  • the reaping and conveying apparatus 2 reapers the harvested culm and collects it at a predetermined position, and directs the harvested cereal collected at the predetermined position toward the culm input (not shown) of the threshing device 3. It is equipped with a feeder 21 consisting of a slat conveyor for conveying.
  • the harvesting and collecting unit 20 distributes left and right dividers 22 at both the left and right ends of the front end of the front and rear parts to separate the uncut harvested potatoes into harvested and unharvested grains. is doing.
  • a rotating reel 23 is disposed at an upper portion of the front portion, and the tip of the harvest target grain culm divided by the left and right dividers 22 is scraped back.
  • the bottom is equipped with a clipper-shaped cutting mechanism 24 that cuts the stock source side of the harvested cereal, and the harvested cereal after cutting by the cutting mechanism 24 is placed in the left-right direction at the rear portion of the cutting mechanism 24.
  • An auger drum 25 that is gathered at a predetermined position and sent from the predetermined position toward the rear feeder 21 is provided.
  • the feeder 21 is configured to extend from a cereal feed outlet (not shown) formed immediately behind a predetermined position in the harvesting and collecting unit 20 to a cereal inlet (not shown) of the threshing apparatus 3.
  • the rear end portion is equipped with a left-right feeder drive shaft 26 that also serves as an input shaft of the cutting and conveying device 2, and the feeder drive shaft 26 is connected to the front wall of the threshing device 3 so as to be relatively rotatable.
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to move up and down with the feeder drive shaft 26 as a fulcrum by the operation of a hydraulic control unit 27 for lifting and lowering.
  • the oil stored in the oil tank 28 is supplied to the hydraulic control unit 27 by the operation of the first hydraulic pump 29.
  • the hydraulic control unit 27 includes a hydraulic lift cylinder (not shown) installed over the vehicle body frame 6 and the feeder 21, a lift valve unit (not shown) for changing the operating pressure on the lift cylinder, and the like. It has.
  • the raising / lowering valve unit is linked to the control lever 16 via a raising / lowering mechanical linkage mechanism (not shown). Based on the swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, the flow of oil between the oil tank 28, the first hydraulic pump 29, and the lifting cylinder is controlled to change the operating pressure on the lifting cylinder. It is configured as follows.
  • the cutting and conveying device 2 is moved up and down to a lower work area for harvesting unharvested cereal to be harvested and an upper non-work position for not harvesting. Can be made.
  • the cutting height can be adjusted by changing the height position of the cutting mechanism 24 with respect to the harvest target cereal, thereby setting the work position of the cutting and conveying device 2 to an arbitrary height position. Can be changed.
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to be displaced up and down over an arbitrary work position in the lower work area and an upper non-work position by a swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction.
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 when the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is located at an arbitrary work position, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is in a state of covering at least the front of the upper portion of the transmission device 13 (state indicated by a solid line in FIG. 1) When located at the position, the transmission device 13 is configured to open the front in the entire vertical direction (state indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 1).
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 may be configured to move up and down based on operations such as an operation lever dedicated to the lifting operation or a switch dedicated to the lifting operation that is configured to swing back and forth and to be in a neutral return type. Good. Moreover, you may comprise so that a sliding displacement or a rocking
  • the HST 12 is configured by incorporating a hydraulic pump 31 and a hydraulic motor 32 in a speed change case 30. Further, the pump shaft of the hydraulic pump 31 is configured as the input shaft 33 of the HST 12, and the motor shaft of the hydraulic motor 32 is configured as the output shaft 34 of the HST 12.
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 is mounted in a vertically long and horizontal posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 with the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 being left and right.
  • the transmission case 30 includes a case body 35 having a recess 35A that houses the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32, a port block 36 that closes the recess 35A, and the like.
  • the hydraulic motor 32 is an axial plunger type fixed capacity motor.
  • the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 pass through the port block 36 and protrude out of the case.
  • the output pulley 37 of the belt-type transmission mechanism 11 is integrally rotated with the input shaft 33 of the HST 12 around the axis of the input shaft 33 via the relay shaft 38 and the like. Linked to the state.
  • the port block 36 includes an input portion through which the input shaft 33 penetrates at an upper portion thereof, and an output portion through which the output shaft 34 penetrates at a lower portion thereof. And the one end part of the cylindrical input case 39 which encloses the input shaft 33, the relay shaft 38, etc. is bolt-connected to the input part. Further, the output portion is connected to the upper portion of the right side surface of the transmission device 13 in a state where the output portion is connected to the input portion of the transmission device 13.
  • the HST 12 includes a speed change operation shaft 40 for operating a pump swash plate (not shown) of the hydraulic pump 31 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30.
  • the speed change operation shaft 40 has its front end so that the operation angle of the pump swash plate is changed to an angle corresponding to the operation position of the main speed change lever 17 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the main speed change lever 17 in the front-rear direction.
  • the linkage arm 41 provided in the section is linked to the main transmission lever 17 via a main transmission mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
  • the HST 12 is mounted on the traveling vehicle body 1 in a state where it is configured to function as a main transmission.
  • the HST 12 is configured to replenish oil stored in the oil tank 28 by operation of a charge pump (not shown) provided therein.
  • the HST 12 is, for example, a vertically long posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 with the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 facing forward or backward, or its input.
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 may be mounted in a laterally long posture before and after the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32 are arranged in the front-rear direction with the shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 facing left-right.
  • an axial plunger type variable capacity motor may be provided as the hydraulic motor 32.
  • the transmission 13 includes a castable transmission case 43, a left-right input shaft 44, a driven shaft 45, a side clutch shaft 46, and a constant mesh type selection gear type transmission. 47, a pair of side clutch brake units 48, left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and the like.
  • the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 extending from the lower portion of the transmission case 43 to the corresponding crawlers 7 on the left and right sides, and the left and right drive shafts that rotatably support the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 in an individually enclosed state. Case 51 is provided.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a main case part 52 and left and right auxiliary case parts 53.
  • the main case component 52 has a left and right divided structure that can be divided into a left case member 54 and a right case member 55.
  • the left and right case members 54 and 55 are connected to each other by bolts so that the first space 56 and the auxiliary space 57 are provided as internal spaces.
  • a recessed portion 52A that is recessed toward the inside of the main case component 52 is provided.
  • the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are bolted to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 so as to cover the recessed portions 52A, so that the left and right side case and the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are left and right.
  • a second space 58 is provided.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a first space 56, an auxiliary space 57, and left and right second spaces 58 as internal spaces.
  • the transmission case 43 includes an input unit connected to the output unit provided in the port block 36 of the HST 12 on the upper portion of the right side wall on the boarding operation unit side. ing. And with the output part of the port block 36 connected to the input part, the HST 12 is equipped on the upper part of the right side wall by bolt connection.
  • the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is spline-fitted via the cylindrical shaft 59 to the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 provided with the right end portion serving as the input side end portion thereof as the external device A connected to the transmission case 43.
  • the output shaft 34 is configured to rotate integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a first opening 43 ⁇ / b> A that exposes a left end portion that is an end portion of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side end portion on the upper side of the left side wall.
  • the external device A connected to the transmission case 43 includes, for example, a belt-type continuously variable transmission, a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT), a belt-type transmission mechanism, or an electric motor. It may be.
  • a belt-type continuously variable transmission for example, a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT), a belt-type transmission mechanism, or an electric motor. It may be.
  • HMT hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission
  • the transmission 47 is provided at the upper portion of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43 for low-speed transmission that is least frequently used when traveling over a bridge.
  • a high-speed drive gear 64 and a high-speed driven gear 65 for high-speed transmission, which are used most frequently, and a shift mechanism 66 that enables gear selection operation thereof are provided, and the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 is performed. It is configured so that a three-stage shift is possible.
  • the drive gears 60, 62, 64 integrally form the low-speed drive gear 60 on the cylindrical shaft 59 that is spline-fitted to the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13, and connect the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the high-speed drive gear 64 to the transmission device 13.
  • the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 It equips with the input shaft 44 of the transmission 13 rotating integrally with the shaft center as a center.
  • the low speed drive gear 60 is positioned on the right end side of the input shaft 44
  • the medium speed drive gear 62 is positioned on the left end side of the input shaft 44
  • the high speed drive gear 64 is positioned on the center side of the input shaft 44. It is set. That is, the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is configured to also serve as the drive shaft of the transmission 47 that supports the drive gears 60, 62, and 64 so as to rotate together.
  • Each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is externally fitted to a driven shaft 45 disposed adjacently below the input shaft 44 so as to be relatively rotatable. Further, gear portions 61A, 63A, and 65A that are always meshed with the corresponding drive gears 60, 62, and 64 are provided at one end side thereof, and a spline boss is provided at the other end side as a gear selection linkage portion Ba.
  • the parts 61 ⁇ / b> B, 63 ⁇ / b> B, and 65 ⁇ / b> B are provided, and the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66.
  • the low-speed driven gear 61 is disposed on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 61A positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 61B positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45. is doing. Further, the medium-speed driven gear 63 is moved to the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 63A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45. Have deployed.
  • the high-speed driven gear 65 is arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 65A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 65B positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45. is doing.
  • the shift mechanism 66 includes a first spline shaft portion 45A and a second spline shaft portion 45B provided on the driven shaft 45 in a state of rotating integrally with the driven shaft 45, a first shifter 67 that is spline-fitted to the first spline shaft portion 45A, Shift fork 69, shift fork 69 provided with second shifter 68 that is spline fitted to second spline shaft portion 45B, first fork portion 69A for operating the first shifter, and second fork portion 69B for operating the second shifter
  • the left and right shift support shafts 70 that support the slidable movement, the shift fork 69 and the position maintaining detent mechanism 71 interposed between the shift support shafts 70 and the shift forks 69 are slid in the left and right directions.
  • An operation arm 72, a front-rear shift operation shaft 73 that supports the operation arm 72, and the like are provided.
  • the first spline shaft portion 45 ⁇ / b> A is integrally formed on the right side portion of the driven shaft 45 located between the low speed driven gear 61 and the high speed driven gear 65.
  • the spline boss portion 61B of the low-speed driven gear 61 and the spline boss portion 65B of the high-speed driven gear 65 are adjacent to the left and right sides, so that the two driven gears 61 and 65 for low-speed and high-speed use are linked. It is configured in the state.
  • the second spline shaft portion 45B is configured by a spline boss 74 that is detachably splined to the left end portion of the driven shaft 45. And the spline boss
  • the first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 change the shift state of the transmission 47 as the shift fork 69 slides along the shift support shaft 70 on the shift support shaft 70.
  • the spline boss portion 61B of the low speed driven gear 61 is splined to the first spline shaft portion 45A of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B of the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven to the driven shaft by the second shifter 68.
  • the detent mechanism 71 includes a ball 75 and a compression spring 76 provided in the recess 69 ⁇ / b> C of the shift fork 69, and three engagement grooves formed annularly on the outer peripheral surface of the transmission support shaft 70. 70A, 70B, 70C, etc., to shift the shift fork 69 at a low speed position corresponding to the low speed transmission state of the transmission 47, a medium speed position corresponding to the medium speed transmission state of the transmission 47, and a high speed transmission of the transmission 47. It is configured to engage and hold at a high speed position corresponding to the state.
  • the operation arm 72 of the transmission 47 swings in the left-right direction around the axis of the speed change operation shaft 73, and the free end thereof is shifted to the shift fork 69. Is engaged with the shift fork 69 in a state in which the relative displacement is allowed.
  • the speed change operation shaft 73 passes through the front wall of the transmission case 43, has an operation arm 72 at the inner end located inside the transmission case 43, and has an outer end protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 43.
  • the operation arm 72 and the linkage arm 77 are interlocked and connected to each other.
  • the linkage arm 77 has its free end so that the operation position of the shift fork 69 is changed to a position corresponding to the operation position of the sub transmission lever 18 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the sub transmission lever 18 in the front-rear direction. This portion is linked to the auxiliary transmission lever 18 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
  • the transmission 47 is built in the transmission case 43 in a state configured to function as an auxiliary transmission.
  • the transmission 47 is equipped across the input shaft 44 and the driven shaft 45 of the transmission device 13 in a state where the transmission 47 is transmitted from the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 to the driven shaft 45. Then, by selecting the driven gears 61, 63, 65 linked to the driven shaft 45 by the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 that is linked to the operation of the auxiliary transmission lever 18, the transmission state is changed from the output shaft 34 of the HST 12. Is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61, and is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63. It is configured to selectively switch between a state and a high-speed transmission state that is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65.
  • the driven shaft 45 that supports the driven gears 61, 63, 65 so as to be relatively rotatable and supports the first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 so as to be relatively slidable is located at a position below the input shaft 44.
  • the low-speed driven gear 61 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are configured to be linked with the first spline shaft portion 45A provided on the driven shaft 45, for example, the low-speed driven gear 61 is linked.
  • the driven shaft 45 has a spline shaft portion dedicated to low speed and a spline shaft portion dedicated to high speed driven gear 65
  • the spline shaft portion and shifter in the transmission 47 Can be reduced, and the length of the driven shaft 45 can be shortened.
  • the configuration of the transmission 47 can be simplified, the transmission 47 can be reduced in size and weight, and the assembling property to the transmission case 43 can be improved.
  • the medium-speed driven gear 63 disposed at the position farthest from the right end portion that is the input side end portion of the input shaft 44 is used. Since the driven shaft 45 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 with the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven by the gear portion 63A. Compared with the case where the driven shaft 45 is mounted in the opposite direction in which the spline boss portion 63B is located on the left end side of the shaft 45 and located on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is The medium speed drive gear 62 that meshes with each other can be arranged on the right side.
  • the length of the input shaft 44 extending to the left can be made shorter than the driven shaft 45.
  • the high-speed drive gear 64 having the highest use frequency among the drive gears 60, 62, 64 is arranged on the center side of the input shaft 44, and the use frequency is lower than that of the high-speed drive gear 64. Since the low-speed drive gear 60 and the medium-speed drive gear 62 are arranged on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44, the torque applied to the input shaft 44 in the high-speed transmission state in which the high-speed drive gear 64 with the highest use frequency is used. In order to support both ends of the input shaft 44, it can be received in a balanced manner by shaft support portions such as left and right bearings 79 provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43.
  • the low-speed driven gear 61 having the lowest usage frequency among the driven gears 61, 63, 65 is arranged on the right end side of the driven shaft 45, and the usage frequency is higher than that of the low-speed driven gear 61. Since the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium-speed transmission state and the high-speed transmission using the medium-speed driven gear 63 or the high-speed driven gear 65 that are frequently used are used. In this state, the torque applied to the driven shaft 45 can be received in a well-balanced manner by shaft support portions such as left and right bearings 80 provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 in order to support both ends of the driven shaft 45.
  • shaft support portions such as left and right bearings 80 provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 in order to support both ends of the driven shaft 45.
  • the spline boss 74 constituting the second spline shaft portion 45B includes, for example, each spline 74a linked to the medium speed driven gear 63 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss 74 over both ends of the spline boss 74.
  • the spline boss 74 is formed to have a length, when the spline boss 74 is fitted to the driven shaft 45 by spline, the spline can be easily fitted without considering the direction of the spline boss 74.
  • a plurality of splines 74a for linking are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface, and the chamfering process described above is performed only on one end portion of the spline 74a located at the end portion of the spline boss 74. (See FIGS. 7 and 10).
  • the transmission 47 replaces the constant mesh type with each driven gear 61, 63 on a cylindrical shaft that is externally fitted so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 while being slidable relative to the driven shaft 45, for example.
  • , 65 and a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are slid integrally by operation of the shift mechanism 66.
  • the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 causes the shift state to be a low-speed transmission state in which the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are engaged with each other.
  • each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is equipped with each driven gear 61, 63, 65 so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 while being individually slidable on the driven shaft 45.
  • each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is provided with a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is linked to the shift mechanism 66.
  • the linked gear B is configured so that the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are linked to the shift mechanism 66 so that they are integrally slid by the operation of the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 is performed.
  • the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are meshed and interlocked with each other, the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 are meshed and interlocked, In the high-speed transmission state where the driving gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 is interlocked engagement, it may be configured to sliding mesh type switching to alternative.
  • the transmission 47 is replaced with, for example, the spline boss portions 61B, 63B, 65B of the driven gears 61, 63, 65, and the first spline shaft portion 45A or the second spline adjacent thereto, instead of the constant mesh type.
  • You may comprise in the synchromesh system provided with the synchronous part which synchronizes those peripheral speeds between the axial parts 45B.
  • the transmission 47 may be configured as a two-speed transmission that can be switched between a low-speed transmission state for work travel and a high-speed transmission state for mobile travel instead of the three-speed transmission. Further, it may be configured as a multi-stage transmission type that can be switched at four or more stages with a low-speed transmission state that is slower than the low-speed transmission state.
  • the transmission 47 replaces the configuration in which each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 as a linkage gear B that can be selected by the shift mechanism 66, and each drive gear 60, 62, 64 is provided. May be provided on the input shaft 44 as a linkage gear B that allows a gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66.
  • the input shaft 44 may be arranged adjacently below the driven shaft 45.
  • the first spline shaft portion 45A in the transmission 47 may be constituted by a spline boss that is detachably splined to the driven shaft 45. Further, the second spline shaft portion 45 ⁇ / b> B in the transmission 47 may be integrally formed with the driven shaft 45.
  • the arrangement of the drive gears 60, 62, 64 and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 on the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45 can be variously changed according to the frequency of use of the gears 60 to 65. .
  • the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are used frequently, the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 may be arranged on the center side of the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45.
  • the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are used less frequently, the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 may be arranged on the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45 on the shaft end side.
  • the driven shaft 45 has a small-diameter output gear that functions as an output rotating body 81 of the transmission 47 at a central portion between the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65.
  • 81 is spline-fitted so that the driven shaft 45 and the output gear 81 rotate together.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 is disposed in the upper and lower intermediate portions of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43.
  • a large-diameter transmission gear 82 as a transmission rotating body 82 meshing with and interlocking with the output gear 81 is integrally rotated at the left and right intermediate positions in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 and the transmission gear 82 are not relatively slidable.
  • the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is configured as a gear transmission type by the output gear 81 and the transmission gear 82, and the power after the shift by the transmission 47 is transferred from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to transmit deceleration.
  • the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is replaced with a gear transmission type, for example, a small-diameter sprocket provided on the driven shaft 45 as the output rotating body 81, and the side clutch shaft 46.
  • a large-diameter sprocket provided as a transmission rotating body 82 and a transmission chain wound around these sprockets may be configured as a chain transmission type.
  • a belt transmission type includes a small-diameter pulley provided as an output rotator 81 on the driven shaft 45, a large-diameter pulley provided as a transmission rotator 82 on the side clutch shaft 46, and a transmission belt wound around these pulleys.
  • the output rotating body 81 may be integrally formed with the driven shaft 45, for example, or may be connected to the driven shaft 45 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission rotating body 82 may be formed integrally with the side clutch shaft 46, for example, or may be connected to the side clutch shaft 46 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 may be externally fitted so as to be relatively rotatable.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 includes a meshing side clutch 83 for intermittently transmitting power from the transmission gear 82 to the corresponding crawler 7, and the corresponding crawler 7. And a multi-plate type side brake 84 for braking the vehicle. Then, on the side clutch shaft 46, the left side clutch brake unit 48 is arranged on the left side in a distributed manner so as to be symmetric with respect to the transmission gear 82.
  • the left crawler 7 acts on the left crawler 7 via the transmission mechanism 49 and the left traveling drive shaft 50
  • the right side clutch brake unit 48 is connected to the right crawler via the right transmission mechanism 49 and the right traveling drive shaft 50. 7 is configured to act.
  • Each side clutch 83 has a cylindrical shaft 85 that is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the moving-side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A, the fixed-side rotating body 87 provided with the meshed portion 87A, and the moving-side rotating body 86 is biased toward the entering position where the meshing portion 86A and the meshed portion 87A mesh.
  • a compression spring 88 a stopper 89 made of a C-shaped retaining ring that receives the moving side rotating body 86 at the entry position, a spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88, and the like. Then, when the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 slides to the entry position by the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the engaged portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 are engaged with each other. By switching to the state and sliding to the cutting position against the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the meshed portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 release the meshing. It is configured to switch to the shut-off state.
  • Each cylindrical shaft 85 includes a first spline shaft portion 85A having a large diameter on the inner end side close to the transmission gear 82. Further, a small-diameter second spline shaft portion 85B is provided on the outer end side away from the transmission gear 82. The step portion 85C located at the inner end of the first spline shaft portion 85A is configured to function as the spring receiver 90. Further, an annular engagement groove 85D into which the stopper 89 is detachably fitted is formed at the outer end portion of the second spline shaft portion 85B.
  • Each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured such that its inner peripheral portion functions as a spline boss portion 86B that is spline-fitted to the second spline shaft portion 85B of the cylindrical shaft 85 so as to be relatively slidable. Also, by forming a plurality of internal teeth at a constant pitch in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral portion on the outer end side of the rim portion 86C that forms the outer peripheral portion, the inner peripheral portion of the rim portion 86C functions as the meshing portion 86A. It is configured to do.
  • Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured by a spur gear provided with a plurality of external teeth so that the outer peripheral portion functions as a meshed portion 87A. Then, the side clutch shaft 46 has a shaft more than the corresponding cylindrical shaft 85 so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. Spline fitting is performed at both end portions on the end side so as to be adjacent to the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured to function as a driving-side rotating body that rotates integrally with the transmission gear 82 via the side clutch shaft 46 in the left and right side clutches 83.
  • each side clutch 83 the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are disposed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • the moving-side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are arranged side by side between the moving-side rotating body 86 and the moving-side rotating body 86 can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the cylinder shaft 85.
  • the cylinder shaft 85, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the sliding unit 91 is configured to slide integrally in a detachable manner in the axial direction.
  • Each sliding unit 91 is provided with a drive gear 92 as an interlocking rotating body interlockingly connected to the corresponding crawler 7 so as to rotate integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 as one of the components.
  • the moving side rotating body 86 provided in each sliding unit 91 is configured to function as a driven side rotating body that rotates integrally with the drive gear 92 via the cylindrical shaft 85 in each side clutch 83. .
  • a thrust collar 93 is interposed between the transmission gear 82 and the left and right sliding units 91 on the side clutch shaft 46 to receive the force acting in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 therebetween.
  • the side brakes 84 are alternately arranged in the axial direction of the brake hub 94 that rotates integrally with the sliding unit 91, the plurality of separator plates 95 that are externally fitted to the brake hub 94, and the plurality of separator plates 95 and the side clutch shaft 46.
  • a plurality of brake disks 96 and a single pressure plate 97, a brake housing 98 that supports the plurality of brake disks 96 and the single pressure plate 97, and the like are configured.
  • Each brake hub 94 is fitted on the corresponding sliding unit 91 as one of its components.
  • the plurality of separator plates 95 are supported so as to rotate integrally with the sliding unit 91 in a state in which the separator plates 95 can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each brake housing 98 has a substantially cylindrical shape that surrounds the separator plate 95, the brake disc 96, and the like, and is integrally formed at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43.
  • a plurality of brake discs 96 and a single pressure plate 97 are supported in a non-rotatable manner while being slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • a receiving portion 98A for receiving the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 that slides inward of the transmission case 43 along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 is provided at the inner end portions thereof.
  • Each sliding unit 91 includes a spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85.
  • Each spline boss 99 serves as a dual-purpose part whose inner end located on the left and right center side in the transmission case functions as the drive gear 92 and whose outer end located on the left and right ends in the transmission case functions as the brake hub 94. It is composed.
  • the drive gear side has an inner peripheral surface provided with a spline hole 99A that fits outside the first spline shaft portion 85A provided on the inner end side of the corresponding cylinder shaft 85, and on the inner peripheral surface on the brake hub side.
  • a diameter-expanded portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for a compression spring is provided between the cylindrical shaft 85 and the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • Each cylindrical shaft 85 has a first spline shaft portion 85A formed from the stepped portion 85C of the cylindrical shaft 85 to a length extending from the shaft end on the large diameter side. Then, an engagement portion 85E is formed on the outer peripheral side of the first spline shaft portion 85A at the shaft end portion on the large diameter side, and the C-shaped retaining ring 101 is attached to and detached from the engagement portion 85E. Equipped with external fitting as possible.
  • Each spline boss 99 has its spline hole 99A formed in a length extending from the retaining ring 101 to the stepped portion 85C, and the enlarged diameter portion 99B from the stepped portion 85C to the boss end on the brake hub side (the side far from the retaining ring 101). The boss end).
  • Each moving-side rotating body 86 is formed with a ring-shaped recess 86D that allows the end of the spline boss 99 on the brake hub side to be engaged between the spline boss portion 86B and the rim portion 86C.
  • the inner end side of the spline boss portion 86B is engaged with the enlarged diameter portion 99B of the corresponding spline boss 99, and the rim
  • the inner end side of the portion 86C is externally fitted to the spline boss 99
  • the inner end of the rim portion 86C is a plurality of separator plates 95 and brake discs 96 that are externally fitted to the brake hub side of the spline boss 99. It is comprised so that it may press toward the receiving part 98A of the brake housing 98.
  • each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured to function as a pressing portion 86 ⁇ / b> C that acts on the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 of the corresponding side brake 84.
  • each side brake 84 slides from the cut position described above to the braking position located in the direction opposite to the entry position, against the action of the compression spring 88 by the corresponding moving side rotating body 86.
  • the transmission case 43 has sliding units 91 at positions facing the side clutch brake units 48 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 on the left and right side walls.
  • the separator plate 95, the brake disc 96, the pressure plate 97, and the like are provided with a second opening 43B that allows passage, and the cover member 102 that closes the second opening 43B is detachably provided by bolt connection. Yes.
  • Each cover member 102 includes an auxiliary opening 102A that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator 87, and an auxiliary cover member 103 that closes the auxiliary opening 102A is detachably attached by bolt connection.
  • Each auxiliary opening 102 ⁇ / b> A is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each auxiliary cover member 103 includes a large-diameter portion 103A that fits in the auxiliary opening 102A and a small-diameter portion 103B that forms an annular space 104 between the auxiliary opening 102A, and the small-diameter portion 103B is located inside the transmission case 43. It is prepared in the state located in.
  • the small-diameter portion 103B is provided with a shaft support portion 105 such as a bearing that supports the end portion of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each sliding unit 91 is mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the rim portion 86C of the moving side rotating body 86 faces the annular space 104 provided in the cover member 102.
  • Each cover member 102 is fitted and fitted with an annular piston 106 that slides the moving side rotating body 86 in the annular space 104 so as to be slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the annular space 104 is configured to function as an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
  • Each piston 106 slides in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 by the operation of the steering valve unit 107, and by this sliding, the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 is slid in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to be operated dynamically. Specifically, as the pressure of the oil chamber 104 is increased by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the center side of the side clutch shaft 46. The side rotating body 86 is slid from the entry position to the cut position against the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cut position to the braking position.
  • the oil chamber 104 As the oil chamber 104 is depressurized by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the shaft end side of the side clutch shaft 46, and this sliding causes the corresponding movement side rotation.
  • the body 86 is slid from the braking position to the cutting position by the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cutting position to the entry position.
  • the steering valve unit 107 is linked to the steering lever 16 via the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108 so that the operating state is switched based on the swinging operation of the steering lever 16 in the left-right direction. Specifically, in a state where the control lever 16 is positioned at the neutral position, a reduced pressure state in which the operation pressure on each piston 106 is reduced is maintained. When the control lever 16 is swung to the left from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the left pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the left piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung rightward from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the right pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the right piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung to the neutral position, the left pressure increasing state or the right pressure increasing state is switched to the pressure reducing state.
  • the valve unit 107 for steering can be maintained in a reduced pressure state, whereby each moving-side rotating body 86 can be maintained in the entering position.
  • the traveling state can be maintained in a straight traveling state in which the left and right crawlers 7 are driven at a constant speed.
  • the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the left increased pressure state.
  • the left-side moving rotating body 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the left crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight traveling state to the vehicle body.
  • the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the right increased pressure state. While maintaining the entering position, the right moving rotator 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the right crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight running state. It is possible to switch to a right turn state in which the vehicle body turns rightward. Then, by swinging the control lever 16 to the neutral position in the left turn state or the right turn state, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the left boosted state or the right boosted state to the reduced pressure state.
  • either the left or right moving side rotating body 86 located at the cutting position or the braking position can be slid to the entering position, and as a result, the traveling state is switched from the left turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state. be able to.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 employs a shared structure in which each moving side rotating body 86 is also used as an operating tool for both the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84, thereby simplifying the configuration by reducing the number of parts.
  • the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 can be appropriately interlocked with each other so that the traveling state by the left and right crawlers 7 can be changed from a straight traveling state to a left turning state or a right turning state, It is possible to smoothly shift from the turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 the moving side rotating body 86 and the fixed side rotation with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 built in the transmission case 43 and each brake housing 98 provided in the transmission case 43.
  • the body 87, the separator plate 95, the brake disk 96, and the like can be attached and detached from the openings 43A of the transmission case 43.
  • the operation piston 106 for each side clutch brake unit 48, the shaft support portion 105 for the side clutch shaft, and the like can be attached to and detached from the transmission case 43 together with the cover member 102 that closes each opening 43A.
  • the transmission case 43 is connected to each cover member. By removing 102, it can carry out easily, without requiring the effort which disassembles the transmission case 43.
  • FIG. 10 regarding the maintenance work for the fixed side rotating body 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105, the moving side rotating body 86, the separator plate 95, and the brake disk 96 are removed by removing the auxiliary cover member 103 from the cover member 102. , And the like can be maintained in the transmission case by the cover member 102, and maintenance work can be performed on the fixed-side rotating body 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105.
  • the cylindrical shaft 85 of the side clutch 83, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, the spring receiver 90, the drive gear 92, the brake hub 94 of the side brake 84, and the like are attached to the side clutch shaft 46. Since the sliding unit 91 is detachably integrated as a unit, the side clutch shaft is compared with the case where the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are individually attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46. The detachability with respect to 46 can be improved.
  • the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46 in a united state, so that the movement against the action of the compression spring 88 is achieved.
  • the side rotator 86, the stopper 89, and the like may be attached to and detached from the cylindrical shaft 59 outside the transmission case 43 where the work area is not limited. As a result, the moving side rotator 86, the stopper 89, etc. with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 The detachability of the can be greatly improved.
  • each sliding unit 91 since the spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 is a dual-purpose part that also serves as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94, the structure can be simplified and assembled by reducing the number of parts. Can be improved. Further, the spline boss 99 has an enlarged diameter portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for the compression spring between the inner surface of the brake hub side of the spline boss 99 and the cylindrical shaft 85 and the compression spring 88. The spline boss 99 can be equipped in a state where the spline boss 99 is overlapped in the radial direction of the cylinder shaft 85. As a result, the sliding units 91 can be prevented from becoming longer in the axial direction. As a result, the side clutch shaft 46 is shortened and the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the transmission device 13 are reduced. Therefore, the transmission device 13 can be downsized.
  • each moving side rotating body 86 is inserted into the stopper 89 on the inner peripheral surface of the spline boss portion 86B when the moving side rotating body 86 slides to the entering position.
  • An allowed enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed.
  • Each enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed in a size that prevents the stopper 89 from being detached from the engaging groove 85D.
  • each sliding unit 91 in the axial center direction can be further shortened as compared with the case where the diameter-expanded portion 86E is not formed, thereby shortening the side clutch shaft 46 and transmitting power. It is possible to further reduce the size of the transmission device 13 by narrowing the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the device 13.
  • each fixed-side rotating body 87 has a meshing length of 2 with the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86.
  • the tooth width is more than doubled.
  • the life of the fixed side rotating body 87 can be doubled, and the running cost required for the side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case 43 is used for operation, and the steering valve unit 107 is operated by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109. Is supplied through.
  • the steering valve unit 107 is based on the switching valve 110 that switches the flow of oil to the oil chamber 104 of each side clutch brake unit 48 based on the operation of the control lever 16 in the left-right direction, and on the operation of the control lever 16.
  • a variable relief valve 111 for changing the relief pressure for the oil chamber 104 of the left and right side clutch brake units 48 is provided.
  • the pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured such that the operating state is switched based on an operation of a steering-dedicated operation lever or a steering wheel that is configured to be a left-right swinging and neutral return type. Good.
  • the pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured to be, for example, an electric type that switches the operating state of the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 by operating an electric cylinder.
  • a pair of side clutches 83 are arranged side by side on the side clutch shaft 46 side by side without the transmission rotating body 82 interposed therebetween, and the power from the side clutch shaft 46 is intermittently configured.
  • the body 82 may be arranged on the left and right ends of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the pair of side clutches 83 may be configured such that the moving side rotating body 86 functions as a driving side rotating body and the fixed side rotating body 87 functions as a driven side rotating body.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 is fixedly installed, and on the shaft of the side clutch shaft 46, the pair of side clutches 83 intermittently transmit power from the transmission rotating body 82 to the corresponding drive gear (interlocking rotating body) 92. It may be configured.
  • the transmission rotator 82 After each sliding unit 91 is arranged on the side clutch shaft 46 so that the moving-side rotator 86 is adjacent to the transmission rotator 82, the transmission rotator 82 includes an engaged portion 87A.
  • the fixed side rotating body 87 is also used and the moving side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A is also used as the interlocking rotating body so that the configuration can be simplified by reducing the number of parts. Good.
  • the transmission rotating body 82 instead of the configuration in which the transmission rotating body 82 also serves as the fixed-side rotating body 87, the fixed-side rotating body 87 that is detachably fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 is rotated in a state of rotating integrally with the transmission rotating body 82.
  • the body 82 may be configured to be engaged and connected.
  • Each sliding unit 91 may be configured to include the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 individually. Moreover, you may comprise so that either one or both of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may not be included as the component.
  • Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that a spline boss 99 serving as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 is integrally formed on the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • either one of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may be formed integrally with the cylinder shaft 85.
  • Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that the compression spring 88 and the spline boss 99 are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the cylindrical shaft 85 without providing the storage space 100.
  • a stepped portion that functions as a stopper 89 for receiving the moving side rotating body 86 at the entering position may be formed on each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, each moving-side rotating body 86 may not include the enlarged diameter portion 86E that allows the stopper 89 to enter.
  • the spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88 may be configured by a C-shaped retaining ring that is externally fitted to each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, a step portion located at the boundary between the spline hole 99A and the enlarged diameter portion 99B on the inner peripheral surface of the spline boss 99 may function as the spring receiver 90.
  • each fixed-side rotating body 87 a spur gear having the same tooth width as the meshing length with the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86 may be adopted.
  • the cover member 102 may not be provided with the auxiliary opening 102A and the auxiliary cover member 103.
  • a shaft support portion 105 may be provided between the transmission case 43 and each cover member 102.
  • the transmission case 43 may include an annular piston 106 for slidingly operating each moving-side rotating body 86 and an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
  • a drive sprocket or a drive pulley may be provided instead of the drive gear 92.
  • the side brake 84 provided in the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation unit side functions as the parking brake 112.
  • the right side brake 84 is linked to the brake pedal 19 via the parking brake operating mechanism 113 and the parking brake mechanical linkage mechanism 114.
  • the parking brake operating mechanism 113 rotates the ring-shaped operating member 115 and the operating member 115 fitted in the right cover member 102 around the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 so as to act on the pressure plate 97.
  • an operating member 115 are provided.
  • the mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake links the free end portion of the linkage arm 117 in the operation mechanism 113 for parking brake to the brake pedal 19.
  • the braking operation shaft 116 is rotated forward in conjunction with the operation, and the operation member 115 is moved in conjunction with the forward rotation.
  • the right side brake 84 is configured to switch from the brake released state to the brake state.
  • the right side brake 84 is configured to be switched from the braking state to the braking release state by releasing the pressure applied to the right pressure plate 97 by sliding to the right side.
  • the brake pedal 19 When the brake pedal 19 is depressed to the depressed position, the brake pedal 19 is held at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed release position by the action of a holding mechanism (not shown) linked to the operation. be able to. Further, when the brake pedal 19 is depressed in this position holding state, the holding of the brake pedal 19 at the depressed position can be released by the action of a holding mechanism linked to the operation, and spring bias is used. The depression release operation from the depressed position of the brake pedal 19 to the depressed release position can be performed.
  • the brake pedal 19 can be held at the depressed position by depressing the brake pedal 19 to the depressed position, and the brake on the right side brake 84 is released.
  • the braking state can be switched from the state to the braking state, and the braking force by the right side brake 84 can be applied to the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48.
  • the right side brake 84 can function as the parking brake 112.
  • the left side brake 84 may function as the parking brake 112. Further, both the left and right side brakes 84 may function as the parking brake 112.
  • a dedicated parking brake 112 that brakes the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48 may be provided.
  • the parking brake operation mechanism 113 is an electric type that switches the right side brake 84 from the brake released state to the braked state by turning off the power supply, or the right side brake 84 is changed from the brake released state to the braked state by depressurization. You may comprise the hydraulic type to switch.
  • a brake lever configured to be able to switch and hold between a parking position and a parking release position, a switch for operating a parking brake, or the like may be provided.
  • the transmission case 43 corresponds to the first space 56 with the left and right relay shafts 119 at positions between the side clutch shaft 46 and the left and right travel drive shafts 50. It is deployed in a left-right orientation across the second space 58.
  • the left and right side walls of the main case component 52 are provided with first shaft support portions 120 such as bearings that support inner end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 located on the left and right center sides of the transmission case 43.
  • each auxiliary case component 53 includes a second shaft support portion 121 such as a bearing that supports outer end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 positioned on the left and right ends of the transmission case 43.
  • each relay shaft 119 can be supported in a stable manner so as to be rotatable in a both-side supported state in which both end portions thereof are supported.
  • Each transmission mechanism 49 is positioned at the first transmission portion 122 extending across the side clutch shaft 46 and the relay shaft 119 corresponding to the side clutch shaft 46 in the first space portion 56 positioned on the left and right center side of the transmission case 43, and on both left and right ends of the transmission case 43.
  • the left and right second space portions 58 are provided with corresponding relay shafts 119 and second transmission portions 123 extending across the travel drive shaft 50.
  • the first transmission unit 122 is configured to be symmetrical with respect to the transmission gear 82 in a state where the first transmission unit 122 is positioned above the second transmission unit 123.
  • Each first transmission section 122 includes a drive gear 92 provided in the corresponding sliding unit 91 and a driven gear 124 as a driven rotating body that is larger in diameter than the drive gear 92 and rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119.
  • the gears 92 and 124 are engaged with each other, and are configured so as to function as a first reduction unit that decelerates the power via the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48.
  • Each driven gear 124 is spline-fitted to the inner end portion of the relay shaft 119 located in the first space portion 56.
  • Each of the second transmission parts 123 includes a small-diameter drive gear 125 as a driving rotary body integrally formed with the corresponding relay shaft 119 and a large-diameter driven gear 126 as a driven rotary body that rotates integrally with the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50.
  • the gears 125 and 126 are meshed and interlocked with each other, and function as a second reduction gear that decelerates from the corresponding first transmission portion 122 to the travel drive shaft 50.
  • each transmission mechanism 49 is configured to function as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates the power that has passed through the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48 in two stages and transmits it to the corresponding travel drive shaft 50.
  • the transmission case 43 includes support portions 127 such as bearings that rotatably support the boss portions 126A on the main case component side of the corresponding driven gear 126 on the left and right side walls of the main case component 52.
  • each auxiliary case component 53 includes a support portion 128 such as a bearing that rotatably supports the boss portion 126B on the auxiliary case component side in the corresponding driven gear 126.
  • Each driven gear 126 is provided with a spline hole portion 126C as a spline fitting portion that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 at the center thereof.
  • Each traveling drive shaft 50 includes a spline shaft portion 50A as a spline fitting portion that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding driven gear 126 at the end portion on the transmission case side thereof.
  • the traveling drive shafts 50 are fixed to the outer ends of the traveling drive shafts 50 so that the drive sprockets 129 of the corresponding crawlers 7 are spline-fitted.
  • Each drive shaft case 51 supports the corresponding travel drive shaft 50 so that it can rotate and cannot slide in the axial direction of the travel drive shaft 50.
  • Each auxiliary case component 53 is detachably bolted to an opening 53A through which the traveling drive shaft 50 linked to the driven gear 126 passes and a flange portion 51A provided at the end of the corresponding drive shaft case 51 on the transmission case side. Connected portion 53B.
  • each 2nd transmission part 123 can be exposed comparatively easily, without requiring big effort like the case where the main case component 52 is divided
  • each second transmission portion 123 Even in the state where each second transmission portion 123 is exposed, the driving gear 125 and the driven gear 126 of each relay shaft 119 and each second transmission portion 123 are placed at appropriate positions in the respective recessed portions 52A of the main case component 52. Further, it can be stably supported by the first shaft support portions 120 or the support portions 127 on the main case component side. As a result, the spline fitting of the travel drive shaft 50 to the driven gear 126 and the support of the relay shaft 119 and the driven gear 126 by the second shaft support portion 121 or the support portion 128 on the auxiliary case component side are performed. Assembling work for bolting the part 53 to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 can be easily performed.
  • each drive shaft case 51 when removing each drive shaft case 51 from the transmission case 43, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 is released, and each drive shaft case 51 is covered with the corresponding auxiliary case component 53.
  • the travel drive shaft 50 can be easily removed from the transmission case 43 together with each drive shaft case 51 by separating the auxiliary case part 53 from the connecting portion 53B to the laterally outward direction.
  • the drive shaft case 51 when each drive shaft case 51 is attached to the transmission case 43, the drive shaft case 51 is placed at an appropriate position with respect to each auxiliary case component 53 by spline fitting each travel drive shaft 50 to the corresponding driven gear 126. Can be positioned stably. Thereby, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 can be easily performed, and the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 and the driven gear 126 can be maintained in the spline fitting state by this connection. it can.
  • each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case 43.
  • each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 are removed from the transmission case 43, so that the transmission device 13 is connected to each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51. It is possible to achieve a compact state with no overhang in the left-right direction, which is advantageous in terms of transportation.
  • the tread width of the left and right crawlers 7 can be easily adjusted according to the model while using the same transmission device 13. Can be changed.
  • the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 are configured symmetrically, the drive gears 92 and 125, the driven gears 124 and 126 used for the left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and the relay shaft 119 are shared. Can be a part. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the parts management and improve the assembling performance due to the same assembling process of each transmission mechanism 49.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 by providing a transmission mechanism 49 that functions as a speed reduction mechanism on the lower side in the transmission direction with respect to each side clutch brake unit 48, torque applied to each side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced, and each side clutch brake unit 48. It is possible to facilitate the operation. In addition, a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 even though the speed reduction mechanism is not provided between the input shaft 44 and the transmission 47.
  • each transmission mechanism 49 is configured such that the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 that rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119 is detachably fitted to the relay shaft 119. Also good.
  • a single relay shaft 119 is fixed to the transmission case 43 in the lateral direction, and the driven gear 124 of the first transmission portion 122 and the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 are integrally formed on the relay shaft 119. You may comprise so that a cylindrical shaft may be externally fitted so that relative rotation is possible.
  • the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 have the same left and right shapes that can be used both left and right. Consists of common parts. Thereby, compared with the case where the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 are individually configured in a shape unique to the left and right, parts management is facilitated, etc. It is possible to prevent the left and right from being combined with each other.
  • the transmission case 43 has a left and right central side portion located between the left and right second transmission portions 123 at the bottom thereof, An upward concave portion 43 ⁇ / b> C that is brought close to the first transmission portion 122 is provided, and its bottom portion is formed in an inverted U shape.
  • the concave end side of the concave portion 43 ⁇ / b> C is located between the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 at the bottom of the transmission case 43 and extends across the left and right side walls of the main case component 52.
  • the transmission device 13 has the relay shafts 119 disposed at the front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft 50. Further, the side clutch shaft 46 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to each relay shaft 119.
  • the driving force F1 from the side clutch shaft 46 applied to each relay shaft 119 and the driving reaction force F2 from each traveling drive shaft 50 are: While the vertical components F1a and F2a are reduced by canceling each other, the driven gear 124 of each relay shaft 119 and each drive gear 92 of the side clutch shaft 46, and the drive gear 125 and each travel drive shaft of each relay shaft 119 are reduced.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 and the travel drive shafts 50 are distributed via the 50 driven gears 126.
  • the driving force F ⁇ b> 1 and the driving reaction force F ⁇ b> 2 applied to each relay shaft 119 decrease as the vertical components F ⁇ b> 1 a and F ⁇ b> 2 a cancel each other.
  • only the relay shaft 119 is applied.
  • each shaft supporting portion (bearing) supporting each relay shaft 119 is compared.
  • the load on 120, 121 can be reduced, and the durability of each pivotal support 120, 121 can be improved.
  • the transmission device 13 is provided with a driven shaft 45 of the transmission 47 at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft 46.
  • an input shaft 44 that also serves as a drive shaft of the transmission 47 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft 45.
  • the driven gears 61, 63, 65 of the driven shaft 45 and the drive gears 60, 62, 64 of the input shaft 44, and the output gear 81 of the driven shaft 45 and the side are lowered while the components F 3 a, F 4 a are canceled out.
  • the input shaft 44 and the side clutch shaft 46 are dispersed via the transmission gear 82 of the clutch shaft 46.
  • the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 applied to the driven shaft 45 decrease as the vertical components F3a and F4a cancel each other.
  • only the driven shaft 45 is applied.
  • each shaft support (bearing) 80 that supports the driven shaft 45 is compared with a case where the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 are applied only to the driven shaft 45 during forward traveling with high use frequency. Load can be reduced, and the durability of each shaft support can be improved.
  • the transmission device 13 has the side clutch shaft 46 disposed behind the input shaft 44 and each travel drive shaft 50. Further, each relay shaft 119 is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft 45. Thereby, while suppressing that the vertical length of the transmission device 13 becomes long, the separation distance between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The separation distance can be increased. As a result, the reduction ratio between each drive gear 92 and each driven gear 124 between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and each drive between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The reduction ratio between the gear 125 and each driven gear 126 can be increased, and a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
  • the cutting and conveying device 2 has a working position covering the front of the transmission device 13 and the transmission device 13 by swinging the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction as described above. It is configured to move up and down over a non-working position where the front is opened.
  • the relay shafts 119 including the large-diameter driven gears 124 are arranged at positions ahead of the input shaft 44, the driven shaft 45, the side clutch shaft 46, and the travel drive shafts 50,
  • the lower side of the front wall that corresponds to the location of each relay shaft 119 is bulged forward.
  • the upper side of the front wall has a shape that is biased rearward than the lower side.
  • An oil filter 130 that filters the oil stored in the transmission case and the steering valve unit 107 that controls the oil from the oil filter 130 are installed on the front side of the front wall. In such a state that the valve unit 107 is positioned on the right side, the left and right sides are arranged detachably.
  • the steering valve unit 107 is equipped with the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of protruding forward from the front wall of the valve case 132 on the upper side of the valve unit 107. Then, a linkage arm 133 that moves integrally with the valve operating shaft 131 is mounted on the front end portion that is the protruding end portion of the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of extending to the right side that is the boarding operation portion side. The end side is linked to the control lever 16 through a mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering.
  • the HST 12 is provided on the upper portion of the right side wall of the transmission case 43 on the boarding operation unit side, and is equipped with the speed change operation shaft 40 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30. Yes.
  • the linkage arm 41 provided at the front end portion which is the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 40 is linked to the main speed change lever 17 via a main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
  • the speed change operation shaft 73 passes through an upper portion of the oil filter 130 on the front wall of the transmission case 43, and the front end portion serving as the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 is more than the valve unit 107 for steering. It is configured to be located in the front. Then, a linkage arm 77 that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft 73 is provided at the front end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 so as to extend to the right side, which is the boarding operation portion side, and the extension end side is sub-shifted.
  • the lever 18 is linked via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
  • the parking brake 112 is configured by using a side brake 84 provided in the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation unit side. Then, the braking operation shaft 116 provided in the parking brake operating mechanism 113 is protruded from the right side wall of the transmission case 43 located on the boarding driving part side to the right outer side on the boarding driving part side, The linkage arm 117 provided at the right end portion is linked to the brake pedal 19 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake.
  • the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be replaced, or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
  • the cutting and conveying device 2 is raised to the non-working position, whereby the oil filter 130, the steering valve unit 107, the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108, and the main transmission
  • the front of the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for sub-transmission can be opened, and the above-described maintenance work can be easily performed from the front thereof.
  • the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission, the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake are respectively connected to the boarding operation unit 8.
  • the transmission case 43 can be configured in a state in which their linkage length is shortened as much as possible. Since each of the speed change operation shafts 40 and 73 and the valve operation shaft 131 protrude forward, the main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the sub gear shift mechanical linkage with respect to the operation shafts 40, 73, and 131 are provided.
  • the mechanism 78 or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering can be easily connected from the front thereof.
  • the auxiliary transmission lever 18 and the transmission operation shaft 73 of the transmission 47 are connected via the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for the auxiliary transmission.
  • the linkage can be easily performed without being obstructed by the oil filter 130.
  • adhesion of mud or the like to the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be suppressed by the lower side of the transmission case 43 that bulges forward.
  • the working posture when the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 are replaced is excessive. It can be a less comfortable posture. As a result, the maintainability of the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be improved.
  • the transmission case 43 includes the side clutch brake units 48 at positions behind the steering valve unit 107.
  • the left and right cover members 102 that are the left and right case portions covering the side clutch brake units 48 are provided with pipe connection portions 102 ⁇ / b> B communicating with the oil chambers 104 of the side clutch brake units 48.
  • Each connection part 102B is arranged at a position below the oil filter 130 in the left and right cover members 102.
  • the steering valve unit 107 includes a pipe connection 107A for the left side clutch brake unit 48 on the left side wall, and a pipe connection 107B for the right side clutch brake unit 48 on the upper side wall. I have.
  • the left side hydraulic pipe 134 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102 ⁇ / b> B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107 ⁇ / b> A to the left side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass below.
  • the right hydraulic pipe 135 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107B with respect to the right side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass right side of.
  • the transmission case 43 sucks oil stored in the transmission case 43 by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109 on the inner surface of the lower side of the front wall of the main case part 52.
  • the oil suction port 43D that enables the above is formed.
  • an internal oil passage 43 ⁇ / b> E extending from the oil suction port 43 ⁇ / b> D to the oil inlet 130 ⁇ / b> A of the oil filter 130 is formed on the front wall of the main case part 52.
  • an oil outlet that enables the oil stored in the transmission case 43 to be taken out is formed in the transmission case 43, and a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet 130 ⁇ / b> A of the oil filter 130 is connected to the transmission case 43.
  • a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet 130 ⁇ / b> A of the oil filter 130 is connected to the transmission case 43.
  • the oil suction port 43 ⁇ / b> D and the internal oil passage 43 ⁇ / b> E are provided with a groove 55 ⁇ / b> B that is recessed and formed in the mating surface 55 ⁇ / b> A of the right case member 55 of the transmission case 43 with the left case member 54.
  • the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 are formed. Thereby, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the groove 55B formed in the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55 for the gasket 136 interposed between the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55.
  • the left case member 54 and the right case member 43D and the inner oil passage 43E are formed by recessing both the mating surface 54A of the left case member 54 and the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55.
  • the mating surfaces 55A and 55B with 55 are formed across the mating surfaces 55A and 55B, it is necessary to provide the gasket 136, and there is no need for an elongated hole for communicating the groove on the left case member side and the groove on the right case member side. can do.
  • the sealing property of the gasket 136 with respect to the mating surfaces 54A and 55A between the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 and the strength of the gasket 136 can be easily ensured.
  • the oil suction port 43 ⁇ / b> D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 having the lowest rotation speed in the first space 56 between the left and right transmission mechanisms 49. That is, since the left and right driven gears 12 have the lowest rotation speed in the first space portion 56, the number of bubbles generated along with the rotation at the time of driving thereof is reduced. Since the oil suction port 43D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 that are separated from each other, it is possible to effectively prevent the occurrence of inconvenience that bubbles generated along with the rotation of each driven gear 12 are sucked from the oil suction port 43D together with oil. Can be suppressed.
  • the transmission case 43 utilizes the fact that the lower side is bulged forward, and receives the oil at the lower part of the oil filter 130 on the front wall to transmit the transmission case 43.
  • An oil guide 43F is formed to guide the left side wall of 43.
  • the transmission case 43 supplies oil returned from the steering valve unit 107, which is a hydraulic device, to the inside of the transmission case 43.
  • the oil passage 137 for lubrication is provided to each of the driven gears 61, 63, 65 rotating relative to the motor 45.
  • the lubricating oil passage 137 is formed by a hydraulic pipe 138 extending from the steering valve unit 107 to the transmission case 43, an internal oil passage 45C formed in the driven shaft 45, and the like.
  • hydraulic equipments such as a valve unit for raising / lowering or HST
  • the transmission case 43 can incorporate an auxiliary space portion 57 provided in the upper portion thereof and an auxiliary transmission mechanism (not shown) for the working device. It is formed into a shape. And the 4th opening 43H which enables taking out of auxiliary power from an auxiliary power transmission mechanism is formed in the predetermined position in the left side wall opposite to the right side wall provided with the 3rd opening 43G for input, and this A lid member 139 that closes the fourth opening 43H is detachably mounted.
  • this transmission apparatus 13 employ
  • the auxiliary space 57 has a built-in auxiliary transmission mechanism for power distribution to the cutting and conveying device, so that the specification can be easily changed to a transmission structure suitable for self-removing combine. can do. That is, it is possible to obtain a highly versatile transmission 13 that can be applied to a self-removing combine.
  • the interference between the work transmission system that transmits the power extracted from the fourth opening 43H of the transmission case 43 to the work apparatus and the HST 12 that is the input system to the transmission apparatus 13 or the like It becomes easy to avoid.
  • the extension length of the input shaft 44 to the left in the transmission 47 is shorter than the driven shaft 45, and the left-right width at the top of the transmission 13 is narrowed to the right.
  • the HST 12 is detachably equipped with an oil filter 140 at the upper part of the case main body 35.
  • the front of the oil filter 140 can be opened, and maintenance work for the oil filter 140 such as replacement of the oil filter 140 can be performed from the front. It can be done easily.
  • the transmission device for the working machine according to the first embodiment described above is used in, for example, harvesting machines such as ordinary combine harvesters, self-removing combine harvesters, carrot harvesters, corn harvesters, and transport vehicles, tractors, and the like. Can be applied.
  • the combine is supported by a self-propelled traveling machine body 201 having a pair of left and right crawler-type traveling devices 202 and on the front part of the traveling machine body 201 so as to be swingable up and down.
  • An unloader 206 for discharging to the outside is provided.
  • the cutting part 203 is a reel 207 that scrapes the planted cereal toward the machine, a cutting device 208 that cuts the stock of the planted cereal and reaps the planted cereal, and feeds the harvested cereal to the feed.
  • An auger 209 that collects and feeds backwards, and a feeder 210 that conveys the harvested cereals fed from the auger 209 toward the entrance of the threshing device 204 at the rear upper side of the machine body.
  • the harvested culm is threshed and sorted by the threshing device 204, and the threshed grain is conveyed to the Glen tank 205 and stored.
  • the stored grain can be discharged to the outside by the unloader 206.
  • the driving unit 211 is arranged on one side (right side) of the front part of the traveling machine body 201.
  • the threshing device 204 is disposed on the opposite side of the driving unit 211 in the rear part of the traveling machine body 201, the Glen tank 205 is disposed on the same side as the driving unit 211, and the threshing device 204 and the Glen tank 205 are arranged side by side. It is out.
  • the front end portion of the threshing device 204 overlaps with the rear portion of the operation unit 211.
  • an engine 212 is provided in the lower part of the driving unit 211, and a transmission 213 is provided in front of the engine 212.
  • the transmission 213 is connected to a main transmission 214 composed of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (HST) and a transmission case 216 in which an auxiliary transmission 215 and other reduction gears are housed. It is configured.
  • HST hydrostatic continuously variable transmission
  • the power from the engine 212 is shifted continuously in the forward and reverse directions by the main transmission 214 and further shifted by the auxiliary transmission 215 built in the transmission case 216 and then provided on the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission 215.
  • the steering transmission mechanism 219, the intermediate gear mechanism 220, and the pair of left and right axles 221 are transmitted to the left and right traveling devices 202.
  • the power of the engine 212 is configured to be transmitted to the threshing device 204 via the threshing clutch 223 that can be intermittently operated by the threshing clutch lever 222 provided in the operation unit 211, and further transmitted to the threshing device 204.
  • the motive power is transmitted to the cutting unit 203 via a cutting clutch 225 that can be intermittently operated by a cutting clutch lever 224 provided in the operation unit 211.
  • the main transmission 214 is entirely covered with a main transmission case 226, and is provided outside the transmission case 216 on the right side (left side in the drawing) on the upper side.
  • the transmission case 216 is flange-connected.
  • the main transmission case 226 and the transmission case 216 are connected by connecting a plurality of locations with the bolts 227 in a state in which the connection surfaces in the vertical orientation are in contact with each other.
  • the main transmission 214 transmits the power of the engine 212 to the input shaft 228.
  • the transmission case 216 has an output shaft 229 through which the right side wall 216A as a side wall on one end side of the transmission case 216 is inserted from the outer side of the case toward the inner side of the case. Then, it is configured to output from the output shaft 229.
  • concentric fitting grooves M1 and M2 are formed at connecting portions of the cases 226 and 216 in the insertion holes 230 and 231 formed in the main transmission case 226 and the transmission case 216, respectively.
  • a collar member 280 for axial alignment is provided in a state in which the fitting groove M1 and the fitting groove M2 of the transmission case 216 are fitted.
  • the collar member 280 aligns the axes of the insertion holes 230 and 231 of both cases, and can support the output shaft 229 with high accuracy.
  • the output shaft 229 is rotatably supported by the right side wall 216A by the bearing 232 provided in the insertion hole 230 formed in the right side wall 216A of the mission case 216. Further, the transmission case 216 It extends to the left side wall 216B as the other end side through the inside.
  • the output shaft 229 is further rotatably supported by a bearing 233 as a shaft support member provided in the insertion hole 231 formed in the left side wall 216B, and the shaft end portion 229a is exposed to the outside of the case. It is prepared in the state to do. Therefore, the output shaft 229 is rotatably supported on the right side wall 216A and the left side wall 216B via the bearings 232 and 233, respectively.
  • the output shaft 229 is configured to include a pair of split transmission shafts 229A and 229B that are divided along the axial direction and linked together so as to be integrally rotatable. Power is transmitted from the output shaft 229 to the auxiliary transmission 215.
  • the output gear 234 is fitted to the pair of split transmission shafts 229A and 229B so as to be integrally rotatable, and the pair of split transmission shafts 229A and 229B are linked and linked by the output gear 234.
  • the output shaft 229 extends from the first split transmission shaft 229A extending from the inside of the main transmission 214 and is positioned on the same axis in a state of being in contact with the shaft end of the first split transmission shaft 229A.
  • the second split transmission shaft 229B is provided.
  • Spline portions 235 and 236 are formed on the outer peripheral portions of the first divided transmission shaft 229A and the second divided transmission shaft 229B, and the spline portions 235 and 236 of the first divided transmission shaft 229A and the second divided transmission shaft 229B, respectively.
  • An output gear 234 that is externally fitted in a meshed state is provided.
  • the second split transmission shaft 229B has one end on the first split transmission shaft 229A meshing with the output gear 234 and the other end inserted through an insertion hole 231 formed in the left side wall 216B of the transmission case 216.
  • the shaft end 229a is rotatably supported on the left side wall 216B via a bearing 233 as a shaft support member in a state where the shaft end 229a is exposed to the outside (outside) of the mission case 216.
  • the output gear 234 is provided in a state of being located at an end portion of the output shaft 229 on the main transmission device 214 side, and an output shaft 229 has an output at a position opposite to the main transmission device 214.
  • a collar 238 for holding the gear 234 in a state where the gear 234 is positioned at the end on the main transmission 214 side is extrapolated.
  • the output shaft 229 of the main transmission 214 passes through the transmission case 216 and is inserted through the left side wall 216B so that the shaft end 229a is exposed to the outside of the case, and the bearings 232 and 233 are disposed. Via the right side wall 216A and the left side wall 216B.
  • the sub-transmission device 215 is a gear-type transmission that shifts the power transmitted from the output shaft 229 to two steps according to the working state and transmits it to the traveling device 202.
  • a shift-side input shaft 239 and an output-side shift output shaft 240 are provided.
  • the transmission input shaft 239 is supported by the transmission case 216 so as to be rotatable in a state along the vehicle body lateral direction (the horizontal direction in the drawing of FIG. 21).
  • the speed change input shaft 239 is provided with an input gear 241 that meshes with and interlocks with the output gear 234 provided on the output shaft 229 in a state where the input shaft 239 rotates integrally and cannot slide.
  • the transmission input shaft 239 has a low-speed transmission drive gear (hereinafter referred to as a low-speed drive gear) 242 and a high-speed transmission drive gear (referred to as a high-speed drive gear) in a state in which the input shaft 239 is relatively rotatable and cannot slide.
  • a low-speed drive gear hereinafter referred to as a low-speed drive gear
  • a high-speed transmission drive gear referred to as a high-speed drive gear
  • the transmission output shaft 240 is supported by the transmission case 216 so as to be rotatable in a state along the lateral width direction of the vehicle body in a posture parallel to the transmission input shaft 239.
  • the transmission output shaft 240 is in a state of being integrally rotated and incapable of sliding movement, and a low-speed transmission driven gear (hereinafter referred to as a low-speed driven gear) 244 and a high-speed transmission driven gear (hereinafter referred to as a high-speed driven gear). ) 245 and drive gear 246 are provided.
  • the low-speed drive gear 242 and the low-speed driven gear 244 are set in the vehicle width direction so that they are always engaged, and the high-speed drive gear 243 and the high-speed driven gear 245 are set in the vehicle width direction so that they are always engaged. Yes.
  • a shifter 247 is spline-fitted between the low-speed drive gear 242 and the high-speed drive gear 243 of the transmission input shaft 239 so as to be integrally rotatable and slidable.
  • the shifter 247 moves in the left-right direction and engages with a spline portion 248 formed on the low-speed drive gear 242, a high-speed position P3 meshed with the spline portion 249 formed on the high-speed drive gear 243, and the low-speed drive gear 242. And a neutral position P2 that does not mesh with any of the high-speed drive gear 243.
  • a shift fork 250 for sliding the shifter 247 is supported so as to be slidable in a state parallel to the speed change input shaft 239 along the left-right direction.
  • the shift fork 250 is supported by the three positions (low speed position P1, It is configured to be switchable between a high speed position P3 and a neutral position P2) and to be able to hold a position at each position.
  • the swing arm 258 when the swing arm 258 is operated through an interlocking operation mechanism 257 including a link mechanism or the like in accordance with the operation of the auxiliary transmission lever 256 provided in the operation unit 211, for example.
  • a locking tool 260 provided on an operation arm 259 that swings integrally with the swing arm 258 is provided in a state of engaging with an engagement groove 261 formed on the shift fork 250, and the swing arm 258 swings. Accordingly, the shift fork 250 is configured to slide along the axial direction of the shaft member 251.
  • the position of the shift fork 250 is maintained when the ball 254 enters and engages with one of the circumferential grooves 253.
  • the ball 254 follows the sliding movement and climbs over a mountain between the circumferential groove 253 and the circumferential groove 253 and is positioned in another circumferential groove 253.
  • the shift fork 250 can be held at that position after being changed to a desired position.
  • the shift fork 250 is configured to engage at two positions located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove 262 of the shifter 247. Further, it is provided in a state of passing through a space between a shifter 247 provided on the transmission input shaft 239 and a driving gear 246 provided on the transmission output shaft 240.
  • the shift fork 250 is formed with an engagement action portion 250c having a substantially C-shape in a side view of the machine body in a state of extending integrally from the slide support portion 250a.
  • the engaging action portion 250c enters and engages with the engaging circumferential groove 262 formed on the outer peripheral portion of the shifter 247, and slides the shifter 247 in the axial direction in accordance with the sliding operation.
  • the engaging action portion 250c engages with two locations where the pair of tip portions are located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove 262 of the shifter 247, and pushes these two locations in the axial direction, thereby shifting the shifter 247. Is configured to slide. In this way, by pushing the two locations located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove 262, the shifter 247 can be smoothly slid in a state where there is little fear of twisting.
  • a high speed drive gear 243 is provided on the side near the input gear 241 and a low speed drive gear 242 is provided on the side far from the input gear 241 in the speed change input shaft 239.
  • the high-speed drive gear 243 is provided in a state of being spaced apart from the input gear 241 in the axial direction. That is, a collar 281 is provided between the high-speed drive gear 243 and the input gear 241 so as to maintain the distance between the high-speed drive gear 243 and the input gear 241.
  • the low-speed drive gear 242 is provided with a space in the axial direction between the transmission input shaft 239 and a bearing 233 for rotatably supporting the left side wall 216B of the transmission case 216. That is, a collar 282 is provided between the low-speed drive gear 242 and the bearing 233 so as to maintain the distance between the low-speed drive gear 242 and the bearing 233 so that the distance between the two is maintained at the set value.
  • the sub-transmission device 215 switches the power, which is shifted by the main transmission device 214 and input to the transmission input shaft 239 by the movement of the shifter 247, to high and low two stages via the shifter 247. Is possible. If the shifter 247 is in the neutral position P2, the power transmission is cut off and the neutral state is established. If the auxiliary transmission 215 is operated in the high speed shifting state, the cutting operation can be performed at high speed, and if it is operated in the low speed shifting state, the cutting operation can be performed at low speed. That is, by operating the auxiliary transmission 215 to change the traveling speed, the traveling speed can be changed to a speed according to the working state.
  • the main transmission lever 237 for shifting the main transmission 214 is prevented from being operated in a high speed range that is equal to or higher than the set value.
  • a checking means (not shown) that releases the check and allows the main transmission lever 237 to be operated to a high speed range equal to or higher than a set value.
  • the main speed change lever 237 is not operated in the high speed range above the set value by the check operation by the check means, and the speed change operation can be performed in the operation range lower than the set value.
  • the sub-transmission lever 256 is operated to operate the sub-transmission device 215 to the high-speed shift state, the cutting operation on the high-speed side is possible. Work is possible.
  • the main speed change lever 237 can be operated in a high speed range that is equal to or higher than the set value, and can travel at a speed higher than the work speed.
  • the steering transmission mechanism 219 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, the steering transmission mechanism 219 rotates integrally with the side clutch shaft 263 supported by the transmission case 216 in a posture parallel to the transmission output shaft 240 and near the center of the side clutch shaft 263.
  • the center gear 264 is fixed to the left and right sides, the left and right clutch sleeves 265 inserted on the side clutch shaft 263 so as to be relatively rotatable and slidable on both the left and right sides of the center gear 264, and the clutch sleeve 265 being pressed.
  • a shifter 267 that moves the left and right clutch sleeves 265 separately or simultaneously to the friction disk 266 side.
  • the center gear 264 is engaged with the driving gear 246 in the auxiliary transmission 215 and interlocked with the center gear 264 to transmit the power after shifting. Accordingly, the center gear 264 corresponds to the lower transmission gear.
  • a meshing portion 268 is formed on the inner end side of the clutch sleeve 265 (the left and right center side of the transmission case 216) and on both sides of the center gear 264, and the meshing portions 268 on both sides constitute a so-called dog clutch. Further, the left and right clutch sleeves 265 are provided with side gears 270 that always mesh with an intermediate gear 272 (described later) of the intermediate gear mechanism 220.
  • a “clutch engaged state (transmission state)” is established, and the clutch sleeve 265 rotates integrally with the center gear 264 to perform main shift.
  • the power shifted by the device 214 and the auxiliary transmission 215 is transmitted to the traveling device 202 via the intermediate gear mechanism 220.
  • the clutch sleeve 265 slides in a direction away from the center gear 264, and the engagement between the center gear 264 and the clutch sleeve 265 is released, so that a "clutch disengaged state (disengaged state)" Transmission of power to the traveling device 202 is cut off. Further, when the clutch sleeve 265 presses the friction disk 266, a braking force is applied to the clutch sleeve 265, and the traveling device 202 is braked.
  • the vehicle body can be turned by sliding the left or right clutch sleeve 265, and the travel can be stopped by simultaneously sliding the left and right clutch sleeves 265.
  • the intermediate gear mechanism 220 has an intermediate shaft 271 supported by the transmission case 216 in a posture parallel to the side clutch shaft 263, and an intermediate shaft 271 that is relatively rotatable and non-slidable.
  • the left and right intermediate gears 272 are provided.
  • the left and right intermediate gears 272 include a large-diameter gear portion 272A that always meshes with the left and right side gears 270, and a small-diameter gear portion 272B that meshes with a final gear 276 provided on the axle 221.
  • the power transmitted from the steering transmission mechanism 219 is transmitted to the left and right traveling devices 202 via the left and right intermediate gears 272.
  • a pair of left and right axles 221 that transmit the power shifted by the main transmission 214 and the auxiliary transmission 215 to the left and right traveling devices 202 are fixedly extended from the transmission case 216. It is provided in a state of being inserted through the axle cases 273 on the left and right sides.
  • the pair of left and right axles 221 includes a small-diameter power transmission portion 221A at the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and a large-diameter laterally extending outwardly in the lateral direction of the fuselage.
  • the portion 221C is configured to include the portion 221B, and the continuous portion 221C between the power transmission portion 221A and the laterally extending portion 221B has a larger diameter from the power transmission portion 221A toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the body. It is formed in a taper shape.
  • a spline portion 274 is formed on the outer periphery of the power transmission portion 221A, and a final gear 276 that meshes with a small-diameter gear 275 that rotates integrally with the intermediate gear 272 is externally attached to the spline portion 274. Further, the laterally extending portion 221 ⁇ / b> B is provided with a large diameter in order to increase the support strength, and the gap between the inner peripheral surface of the axle case 273 is narrow.
  • the connecting portion 221C between the power transmission portion 221A and the laterally extending portion 221B is formed in a tapered shape, the circulating oil stored in the transmission case 216 is supported by the bearing 277 that supports the axle 221. From the wide space between the power transmission part 221A and the axle case 273, the taper-like gap makes it easy to flow into the gap between the laterally extending part 221B and the inner peripheral surface of the axle case 273. ing.
  • the output shaft 229 of the main transmission 214 may be integrally formed over the entire length in the axial direction.
  • the arrangement configuration of the input gear 241, the high-speed drive gear 243, and the low-speed drive gear 242 provided in the transmission input shaft 239 is not limited to the configuration of the above embodiment, and is close to the input gear 241, for example.
  • the low speed drive gear 242 may be provided on the side, and the high speed drive gear 243 may be provided on the side far from the input gear 241.
  • the arrangement configuration of the high-speed driven gear 245, the low-speed driven gear 244, and the driving gear 246 provided in the transmission output shaft 240 may be changed as appropriate.
  • the auxiliary transmission 215 includes the high-speed drive gear 243 and the low-speed drive gear 242 that are not provided with the shifter 247, but are provided on the transmission input shaft 239 so as to be integrally rotatable and slidable integrally in the axial direction. It is good also as a structure which performs gear shifting by sliding these gears.
  • the transmission output shaft 240 is provided with the high-speed driven gear 245 and the low-speed driven gear 244 so that they can rotate integrally and cannot slide in the axial direction.
  • the auxiliary transmission 215 is provided with a high-speed driven gear 245 and a low-speed driven gear 244 that are not provided with the shifter 247 but are provided on the transmission output shaft 240 so as to be integrally rotatable and slidable in the axial direction. It is good also as a structure which shifts by sliding.
  • the speed change input shaft 239 is provided with the high speed drive gear 243 and the low speed drive gear so as to be integrally rotatable and not slidable in the axial direction.
  • the collar member 280 for axial alignment is provided in the connection surface of the main transmission case 226 and the connection surface of the transmission case 216 at the position where the output shaft 229 is inserted.
  • a configuration without the collar member 280 may also be adopted.
  • the continuous portion 221C between the small-diameter power transmission portion 221A and the large-diameter laterally extending portion 221B in the axle 221 is formed in a tapered shape.
  • a stepped stepped portion may be formed.
  • the hydrostatic continuously variable transmission is used as the main transmission 214, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the main transmission 214 may be a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT) or other CVT.
  • a normal combine is shown as the harvesting machine, but a self-removing combine may be used, and other types of harvesting machines such as a corn harvesting machine may be used.
  • the combine includes a self-propelled traveling machine body 301, a crawler-type traveling apparatus 302 that enables self-running, and a cutting part that is supported on the front part of the traveling machine body 301 so as to be swingable up and down. 303, a threshing device 304, a Glen tank 305 arranged next to the threshing device 304, and an unloader 306 connected to the rear lower part of the Glen tank 305.
  • the cutting unit 303 includes a reel 303A, a reel 303A, an auger 303C, and a feeder 303D.
  • the planted cereal is scraped by the reel 303A and cut by the reel 303A.
  • the harvested grains are collected in front of the feeder 303D by the auger 303C, scraped into the feeder 303D, and conveyed to the threshing device 304 by the feeder 303D.
  • the harvested culm is threshed and sorted by the threshing device 304, and the threshed grain is conveyed to the glen tank 305 and stored.
  • the stored grain is discharged to the outside by the unloader 306.
  • the driving unit 307 is disposed on one side (right side) of the front portion of the traveling machine body 301.
  • the threshing device 304 is disposed on the opposite side of the driving unit 307 in the rear part of the traveling machine body 301, the Glen tank 305 is disposed on the same side as the driving unit 307, and the threshing device 304 and the Glen tank 305 are arranged side by side. It is out.
  • the front end portion of the threshing device 304 overlaps the rear portion of the operation unit 307 in the front-rear direction.
  • an engine 308 is provided in the lower part of the driving unit 307, and a transmission 309 is provided in front of the engine 308.
  • the transmission 309 is equipped with a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission 309A (hereinafter referred to as “HST 309A”) as a main transmission of the present invention, an auxiliary transmission 309C, and other reduction gears.
  • the transmission case 309B is connected to the transmission case 309B.
  • the driving force from the engine 308 is input to the HST 309A from the HST input shaft 311 and is shifted forward and backward continuously by the HST 309A.
  • the driving force shifted by the HST 309A is output from the HST output shaft 312 to the transmission case 309B, shifted by the auxiliary transmission 309C, and finally transmitted to the left and right driving sprockets 302A (see FIG. 23).
  • the left and right traveling devices 302 are driven by the left and right sprockets.
  • the driving force from the engine 308 is transmitted to the mowing unit 303 and the threshing device 304 through a route different from the transmission route to the HST input shaft 311.
  • the auxiliary transmission 309C is a two-stage switching and gear transmission.
  • the auxiliary transmission 309C includes an auxiliary transmission input shaft 313, an auxiliary transmission output shaft 316, a small diameter gear 314, a large diameter gear 315, a large diameter fixed gear 317, and a small diameter fixed gear 318 that constitute the “gear train” of the present invention. And a shifter 319.
  • the sub-transmission input shaft 313 and the sub-transmission output shaft 316 are supported by the mission case 309B so as to be rotatable along the left-right direction.
  • the small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter gear 315 are extrapolated to the auxiliary transmission input shaft 313 in a state in which they can rotate relative to each other but cannot slide.
  • the large-diameter fixed gear 317 and the small-diameter fixed gear 318 are externally fitted to the auxiliary transmission output shaft 316 in a state where relative rotation is impossible and sliding is impossible.
  • the small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter fixed gear 317 are positioned in the left-right direction so that they always mesh, and the large-diameter gear 315 and the small-diameter fixed gear 318 are positioned in the left-right direction so that they always mesh. Yes.
  • the shifter 319 is externally fitted (for example, spline fitted) to the auxiliary transmission input shaft 313 in a state where relative rotation is impossible and sliding is possible between the small diameter gear 314 and the large diameter gear 315.
  • the shifter 319 moves in the left-right direction and meshes with the inner diameter portion of the small-diameter gear 314, meshes with the inner diameter portion of the large-diameter gear 315, or meshes with both the small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter gear 315. It is possible to switch to a state that is not.
  • the sub-transmission device 309C causes the small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter fixed gear 317 to transmit the driving force that is shifted by the HST 309A and input to the sub-transmission input shaft 313 by the movement of the shifter 319 via the shifter 319.
  • the driving force can be switched in two stages.
  • the traveling speed is changed within the respective speed regions by selecting the high speed shift state or the low speed shift state by the speed change operation of the sub-transmission device 309C and greatly changing the speed range (a large change in the reduction ratio). And appearing after speed adjustment. Therefore, if the sub-transmission device 309C is operated in the high speed shift state, the cutting operation can be performed at high speed, and if the sub transmission device 309C is operated in the low speed transmission state, the cutting operation can be performed at low speed. That is, the traveling speed can be efficiently changed to a speed corresponding to the working state by operating the auxiliary transmission device 309C.
  • the driver 307 includes a driver seat 323, a front panel 321 positioned in front of the driver seat 323, and a left side of the driver seat 323 from the left end of the front panel 321. And a side panel 322 extending rearward.
  • the front panel 321 is provided with a reel lifting / lowering lever 334, a steering lever 331, a meter panel 332, and a water temperature meter 333 in this order from the right outer side to the inner side of the body.
  • a reel lifting / lowering lever 334 When the steering lever 331 is swung left and right, the traveling machine body 301 turns left and right.
  • the cutting unit 303 swings up and down.
  • the reel lift lever 334 is swung back and forth, the reel 303A swings up and down.
  • the water thermometer 333 is provided with a temperature indicator 333a as a region indicating the water temperature, and the water temperature is represented by the position where the needle 333c points to the temperature indicator 333a. Further, when the water temperature reaches an allowable upper limit temperature (for example, 115 ° C.), an alarm sound is generated from a buzzer (not shown). Further, a warning sign part 333b is provided adjacent to the high temperature side end of the temperature sign part 333a for performing a preliminary warning before the water temperature reaches the allowable upper limit temperature. The extreme end position of the warning sign portion 333b is set to the allowable upper limit temperature, and the needle 333c points to the area of the warning sign portion 333b to visually notify that the water temperature is approaching the allowable upper limit temperature.
  • an allowable upper limit temperature for example, 115 ° C.
  • an alarm sound is generated from a buzzer (not shown).
  • a warning sign part 333b is provided adjacent to the high temperature side end of the temperature sign part 333a for performing
  • the side panel 322 includes a lever guide 324, a lever guide 325, a lever guide 326, and a lever guide 327.
  • the lever guide 324 is formed in the front part of the side panel 322 in a state located in the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction and substantially along the front-rear direction.
  • the lever guide 325 is formed in the front portion of the side panel 322 in a state located right next to the lever guide 325 and along the front-rear direction.
  • the lever guide 326 is formed in a state of being located behind the lever guide 325 and in a state along the front-rear direction at the center portion in the front-rear direction of the side panel 322.
  • the lever guide 327 is formed at the center of the side panel 322 in the front-rear direction, in a state positioned behind the lever guide 324, in a state adjacent to the left side of the lever guide 326, and in a state along the front-rear direction.
  • a main transmission lever 341 as a “main transmission operation tool” of the present invention is inserted into the lever guide 324 so as to be able to swing back and forth.
  • a trunnion shaft (not shown) in the HST 309A is rotated, and a swash plate angle (not shown) is changed. That is, the HST 309A can be shifted by operating the main shift lever 341.
  • the lever guide 324 is displaced to the left in the left-right direction with respect to the forward-side operation path 324a on the forward-side operation path 324a along the front-rear direction and on the rear side of the forward-side operation path 324a.
  • the reverse operation path 324c in the state along the front-rear direction, and the neutral path 324b in the state along the left-right direction so as to connect the rear end of the forward operation path 324a and the front end of the reverse operation path 324c
  • the “neutral position” of the present invention is formed.
  • the main speed change lever 341 is operated to the front end side in the forward operation path 324a
  • the forward speed increases
  • the main speed change lever 341 is operated to the rear end side in the reverse operation path 324c
  • the reverse speed is increased.
  • Increases speed When the main transmission lever 341 is operated to the neutral path 324b, the speed becomes “0”.
  • a sub-transmission lever 342 as the “sub-transmission operating tool” of the present invention is inserted so as to be swingable back and forth.
  • the shifter 319 described above is operated by operating the auxiliary transmission lever 342.
  • the auxiliary transmission 309C can be switched to the low speed shift state, the neutral state, and the high speed shift state.
  • a “clutch operating tool” and a “clutch lever” 343 as a “clutch lever” of the present invention are inserted in a swingable manner.
  • the cutting clutch 310A see FIG. 25
  • the cutting clutch 310A see FIG. 25
  • the driving force of the engine 308 is transmitted to the harvesting unit 303.
  • the mowing clutch lever 343 can swing back and forth around the swing axis X located at the lower end.
  • a “clutch disengagement position (see FIG. 27A)” is set on the rear end side of the lever guide 326, and a “clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27B)” is on the front end side of the lever guide 326. Is set.
  • the cutting clutch lever 343 When the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position, it moves further forward by contacting the front end 326a of the lever guide 326, that is, the clutch disengagement position from the clutch engagement position. Movement to the opposite side is restricted. That is, the front end portion 326a corresponds to the “restricting portion” of the present invention.
  • a threshing clutch lever 344 is inserted so as to be able to swing back and forth.
  • the threshing clutch 310B (see FIG. 25) can be switched between the on state and the off state.
  • the driving force of the engine 308 is transmitted to the threshing device 304.
  • the power transmission path to the mowing unit 303 is provided in series on the lower side of the power transmission path from the engine 308 to the threshing device 304, when the threshing clutch 310B is in the disengaged state, the mowing clutch 310A is Even in the on state, the cutting unit 303 is not driven. That is, when the “threshing clutch 310B is engaged and the reaping clutch 310A is engaged”, the threshing device 304 and the reaping portion 303 are driven, and “the threshing clutch 310B is engaged and the reaping clutch is disengaged”. In this case, only the threshing device 304 is driven, and when the threshing clutch 310B is in the disengaged state, the threshing device 304 and the reaping unit 303 are not driven regardless of the state of the reaping clutch.
  • the check mechanism 345 is provided with a check portion 351 and a link portion 352.
  • the check part 351 can be moved out and out of the forward operation path 324a.
  • the link part 352 links the check part 351 and the cutting clutch lever 343, and when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position, the check part 351 moves to a predetermined command position in the forward operation path 324a. Project to the corresponding position. As a result, even if the main transmission lever 341 is moved further forward (front end side), it cannot be moved in contact with the check portion 351.
  • the restraining portion 351 is provided with a guide member 351a and a protruding member 351b.
  • the guide member 351a extends along the forward operation path 324a at a position deviated downward from the forward operation path 324a (lever guide 324) and is slidable along the front-rear direction.
  • the protruding member 351b is provided at the distal end of the guide member 351a and can protrude into the forward operation path 324a.
  • the guide member 351a and the protruding member 351b are formed by bending the tip of a single bar-like member (for example, a round bar).
  • a bracket 346 corresponding to the “support bracket” of the present invention and a bracket 347 corresponding to “another support bracket” of the present invention are attached to the bottom surface of the side panel 322.
  • the bracket 346 is provided between the lever guide 324 and the lever guide 325 in a plan view.
  • the bracket 346 is formed by bending a single plate into a U shape when viewed from the side, and further bending both upper ends into a hook shape on the front side and the rear side.
  • the bracket 346 is fixed to the bottom surface of the side panel 322 via the flanges at the front and rear ends.
  • the front surface portion and the rear surface portion of the bracket 346 are located at different positions along the front-rear direction, and a through hole 346a is formed in each.
  • the two through holes 346a are formed so as to overlap when viewed in the front-rear direction.
  • the guide member 351a passes through the two through holes 346a, and is supported by the bracket 346 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction (slidable).
  • the bracket 347 is provided on the left side of the forward operation path 324a, that is, on the opposite side of the bracket 346 across the forward operation path 324a in plan view. As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the bracket 347 is formed by bending a single plate into an L shape in front view. The bracket 347 is fixed to the bottom surface of the side panel 322 via an L-shaped one side. A long hole 347a is formed in the L-shaped other side of the bracket 347 along the front-rear direction.
  • the leading end of the projecting member 351b is penetrated through the long hole 347a, and one end of the projecting member 351b is supported by the guide member 351a, and the other end (tip section) is slidable in the front-rear direction (slidable). In this state, the bracket 347 is supported.
  • the bracket 347 has a front end of the long hole 347a positioned at least ahead of the front end of the forward operation path 324a by at least the radial length of the protruding member 351b, and a rear end of the long hole 347a is restrained. It is configured and positioned so as to be positioned rearward by the radial length of the protruding member 351b from the position.
  • the link part 352 is provided with an arm member 352a and a rod member 352b.
  • the arm portion is coupled and fixed to the lower end portion of the cutting clutch lever 343 and can swing around the swing axis X together with the cutting clutch lever 343.
  • the rod portion extends in the front-rear direction, the rear end portion is linked to the arm member 352a so as to be rotatable about the first axis Y1, and the front end portion is a second axis center with respect to the rear end portion of the guide member 351a. It is linked so as to be rotatable around Y2.
  • the rod member 352b is a rod-like member (for example, a round bar) that is bent downward at an intermediate portion slightly closer to the front end.
  • the arm portion extends downward and slightly forward from the swing axis X in the side view, and the cutting clutch lever 343 is When the clutch is engaged (see FIG. 27 (b)), it is in a state extending rearward and slightly upward from the swing axis X in a side view.
  • the rod member 352b has a front end connected to a guide member 351a that slides in the front-rear direction, so that the cutting clutch lever 343 moves from the clutch disengagement position (see FIG. 27A) to the clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27). 27 (b)), it moves rearward while maintaining the vertical position of the front end, and the rear end swings upward about the second axis Y2.
  • the link portion 352 has a swinging axis X in a side view when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated from the clutch disengagement position (see FIG. 27A) to the clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27B).
  • the first axis Y1 passes the rear side of the swing axis X, and the straight line L connecting the first axis Y1 and the second axis Y2 is the swing axis. It is configured to move across the heart X. Accordingly, when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27B), when a force pulling forward is applied to the rod member 352b, the arm portion is moved by the rod member 352b. Pulled forward, trying to rotate counterclockwise in left side view. However, as described above, the cutting clutch lever 343 to which the arm member 352a is connected and fixed is in contact with the front end portion 326a of the lever guide 326 and cannot rotate counterclockwise. It cannot move further forward.
  • the protruding member 351b is in a state of being retracted to the front side of the forward operation path 324a when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch disengagement position, and the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position. Then, the guide member 351a is pulled backward by the swing of the arm member 352a via the rod member 352b and slides, and the protruding member 351b protrudes to the check position of the forward operation path 324a. Therefore, as shown in FIG.
  • the main speed change lever 341 is checked even if it moves from the neutral path 324b side to the forward side. At the position, it abuts against the protruding member 351b and cannot be operated further forward. However, even when the cutting clutch 310A is operated, the main speed change lever 341 can be freely operated in the forward side operation path 324a between the check position and the neutral path 324b and in the reverse side operation path 324c.
  • the traveling speed region on the forward side is that the cutting clutch 310A is in the “disengaged state” (the check mechanism 345 is in the “non-check state”).
  • the check mechanism 345 is in the “non-check state”.
  • Pattern A when “0” to “V1 (maximum speed)” are set and the reaping clutch 310A is in the “engaged state” (the restraining mechanism 345 is in the “restraining state”), “pattern C” is obtained.
  • “0” to “V3 (maximum speed) k ⁇ V1”.
  • “k” is a coefficient satisfying “0 ⁇ k ⁇ 1”.
  • the check mechanism 345 As described above, by providing the check mechanism 345, two types of speed regions appear on condition that the cutting clutch 310A is turned on and off, and four traveling speed regions that are twice the number of speed change regions of the auxiliary transmission 309C appear. It becomes possible to go out. Therefore, compared with the gear-type sub-transmission device 309C having four gear trains, the left and right widths of the transmission case 309B are designed to be smaller, and the gear thickness is increased to improve the durability of the sub-transmission device 309C. You can make it. Further, since the traveling speed is not shifted to a certain traveling speed (V3, V4) or more in a state where the cutting unit 303 is driven, the traveling device 302 does not exceed the appropriate traveling speed due to an erroneous operation. It is possible to prevent a high load on 308.
  • the check mechanism 345 there are other ways to use the check mechanism 345.
  • the sub-transmission device 309C when the sub-transmission device 309C is operated in the low speed shift state and travels at a low speed, the reaping clutch 303 is driven when the mowing unit 303 is driven and the travel speed is considerably higher than the current speed.
  • the auxiliary transmission device 309C is operated in the high speed shifting state after the 310A is operated in the on state, the speed can be efficiently increased to the appropriate traveling speed.
  • the user forgets to operate the auxiliary transmission 309C in the high speed transmission state.
  • the check mechanism 345 is provided, even if the main speed change lever 341 is operated forward to increase the speed, the speed change side cannot be operated from the check position, and the sub-transmission device 309C is provided to the driver. It can be noticed that it is in the low speed shift state, and can be urged to operate the auxiliary transmission 309C to the high speed shift state.
  • the traveling speed region on the forward side is “pattern A” when the cutting clutch 310A is in the “disengaged state” (the restraint mechanism 345 is in the “non-restraint state”).
  • “k” is a coefficient satisfying “0 ⁇ k ⁇ 1”.
  • the check mechanism 345 does not operate. Therefore, in the traveling speed range on the forward side, the cutting clutch 310A is in the “cut state” (the check mechanism 345 is in the “non-check state”). ) Or “entering state” (the restraining mechanism 345 is “restraining state”), as indicated by “pattern B”, “0” to “V2 (maximum speed)”.
  • the main transmission device 309C when the sub-transmission device 309C is in a high-speed transmission state and the engine 308 is in a high-load state where a working unit that requires a large driving force is driven, the main transmission device is on the high-speed side. Thus, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the engine 308 is further loaded by the operation.
  • the harvesting clutch 310A and the harvesting clutch lever are provided as the working clutch and the working clutch lever.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the threshing clutch 310B and the threshing clutch lever 344 may be selected as the working clutch and the working clutch lever, and when there are other clutches and clutch levers, they may be selected.
  • the power transmission path to the traveling device 302 and the power transmission path to the mowing unit 303 and the threshing device 304 may be branched into two in the mission case 309B (for example, the HST output shaft 312).
  • the power transmission path to the mowing unit 303 and the power transmission path to the threshing device 304 are not provided in series, and may be configured as different routes.
  • auxiliary transmission device 309C can be switched between the two states of the high speed shift state and the low speed shift state. It may be configured to be switchable to a state.
  • the magnitude relationship between the speeds “V1” to “V4” in the above-described embodiment is not limited to that shown in FIG. 29 and FIG.
  • “V2” may be a value greater than “V3”
  • “V4” may be a value greater than “V3”.
  • the coefficient “k” is not necessarily a common value in the “high speed shift state” and the “low speed shift state”.
  • bracket 346 having two through-holes 346a is provided as the “support bracket” is shown.
  • two brackets having one through-hole are arranged side by side. It may be installed.
  • the main transmission may be, for example, an HMT (hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission) or other CVT.
  • the lever type is provided as the auxiliary transmission operation tool and the clutch operation tool.
  • a push button type switch or the like may be used.
  • the main transmission operating tool may be a sliding lever or a switch instead of a rocking lever.
  • the present invention can be applied not only to a full throw-in type combine, but also to a self-removing combine, and only a harvester that travels with a steering lever type harvester or a crawler type traveling device.
  • the present invention can also be applied to a harvesting machine that travels by a steering wheel type harvesting machine or a wheel type traveling device.
  • a transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvester according to the present invention includes, for example, a harvester such as a normal combine harvester, a self-removing combine harvester, a carrot harvester, a corn harvester, a transport vehicle, and a tractor. , Etc.
  • traveling device 34 output shaft 43 transmission case 43A opening 43B opening 44 input shaft 45 driven shaft 45A spline shaft portion 45B predetermined spline shaft portion 46 side clutch shaft 47 transmission 49 reduction mechanism 50 traveling drive shaft 61B spline boss portion 63 driven gear 63A gear portion 63B spline boss portion 65 driven gear 65A gear portion 65B spline boss portion 66 shift mechanism 74 spline boss 74a spline 81 output rotating body 82 transmission rotating body 83 side clutch 84 side brake 85 cylinder shaft 85A spline shaft portion 85C stepped portion 85D Engagement groove 85E Engagement part 86 Moving side Rolling body (driven rotating body) 86A Engagement part 86C Press part 86E Diameter expansion part 87 Fixed side rotary body (drive side rotary body) 87A Engaged part 88 Compression spring 89 Stopper (retaining ring) 90 Spring receiver 91 Sliding unit 92 Gear (drive gear, interlocking rotating body) 94 Brake hub 95 Separat

Abstract

In the present invention, a transmission device for a harvester has, inside a transmission case (43): a horizontal driven shaft (45) which is installed adjacently and in a posture parallel to an input shaft (44) of the transmission case (43); a horizontal side clutch shaft (46) which has a transmission rotor (82) which is interlocked with an output rotor (81) installed on the driven shaft (45); a selective gear-type transmission (47) for changing a motive force from the input shaft (44); and a pair of side clutches (83) which are positioned on the side clutch shaft (46) so as to individually connect/disconnect the transmission of the motive force from the transmission rotor (82) to right and left traveling devices. The input shaft (44) is installed on a horizontal output shaft (34), which is installed on an external device (A) connected to the transmission case (43), so as to integrally rotate with the output shaft (34) about the axial center of the output shaft (34). The transmission (47) is configured to transmit the motive force from input shaft (44) to the driven shaft (45) and is provided so as to extend from input shaft (44) to the driven shaft (45).

Description

作業機用の伝動装置及び収穫機Power transmission device and harvester for work machines
 本発明は、収穫機用の伝動装置等の作業機用の伝動装置に関する。作業機には、普通型(全稈投入型)コンバイン、自脱型コンバイン、ニンジン収穫機及びトウモロコシ収穫機などの収穫機の他、運搬車及びトラクタなども含まれるが、これらに限定するものではない。本発明はまた、このような収穫機等の作業機にも関する。 The present invention relates to a transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvesting machine. Working machines include ordinary harvesters (whole-throw-in type) combiners, self-removing combine harvesters, carrot harvesters and corn harvesters, as well as transport vehicles and tractors, but are not limited to these. Absent. The present invention also relates to a working machine such as a harvesting machine.
[1]作業機の一例である収穫機用の伝動装置では、たとえば、伝動ケースの入力軸に平行姿勢で隣接する左右向きの従動軸と、前記従動軸に備えた出力回転体と連動する伝動回転体を備えた左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸と、前記入力軸からの動力を変速する選択歯車式の変速機と、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に位置して前記伝動回転体から左右の走行装置への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチとを、前記伝動ケースに内蔵している。 [1] In a transmission device for a harvester that is an example of a work machine, for example, a left-right driven shaft that is adjacent to the input shaft of the transmission case in a parallel posture and a transmission that is linked to an output rotating body provided on the driven shaft. Left-right side clutch shaft provided with a rotator, a selection gear type transmission for shifting power from the input shaft, and a left-right travel device located on the side clutch shaft from the transmission rotator A pair of side clutches for intermittently interrupting transmission to are built in the transmission case.
 上記のような収穫機用の伝動装置としては、ミッションケース(伝動ケース)の内部において、副変速入力軸(入力軸)から副変速中間伝動軸(従動軸)に一対のギヤを介して減速伝動し、副変速装置(変速機)を、副変速中間伝動軸にシフト自在に備えた伝動体から副変速入力軸に相対回転可能に備えた副変速出力軸に伝動する状態で、副変速中間伝動軸と副変速出力軸とにわたって装備したものがある(たとえば特許文献1参照)。 As a transmission device for the harvesting machine as described above, the transmission is decelerated through a pair of gears from the auxiliary transmission input shaft (input shaft) to the auxiliary transmission intermediate transmission shaft (driven shaft) in the transmission case (transmission case). The sub-transmission intermediate transmission in a state where the sub-transmission device (transmission) is transmitted from the transmission body provided so as to be shiftable to the sub-transmission intermediate transmission shaft to the sub-transmission output shaft provided so as to be relatively rotatable to the sub-transmission input shaft. Some are equipped over the shaft and the auxiliary transmission output shaft (for example, see Patent Document 1).
[2]作業機用の伝動装置では、たとえば、左右の走行装置に個別に連動連結する一対の連動回転体と、前記一対の連動回転体への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチとを、伝動ケースに左右向きに内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸の軸上に装備している。 [2] In the transmission device for a work machine, for example, a pair of interlocking rotators that are individually interlocked and connected to the left and right traveling devices, and a pair of side clutches that individually interrupt the transmission to the pair of interlocking rotators. Equipped on the side clutch shaft built into the transmission case in the left-right direction.
 上記のような作業機用の伝動装置としては、一対のサイドクラッチを、それぞれ、一側端に噛合部を備えた筒状の移動側回転体、一側端に被噛合部を備えた固定側回転体、及び、噛合部と被噛合部とが噛み合う入り位置に向けて移動側回転体を付勢する圧縮バネ、などにより構成し、一対のサイドクラッチなどを内蔵する伝動ケースにおける各サイドクラッチとの対向箇所に、サイドクラッチの通過を許容する開口を備え、かつ、この開口を塞ぐカバー部材を着脱可能に装備して、各サイドクラッチを、サイドクラッチ軸に対して伝動ケースの外側から着脱可能に構成したものがある(たとえば特許文献2参照)。 As a transmission device for the working machine as described above, a pair of side clutches are respectively a cylindrical moving side rotating body having a meshing portion at one side end, and a fixed side having a meshed portion at one side end. Each side clutch in a transmission case that includes a rotating body and a compression spring that biases the moving-side rotating body toward an entering position where the meshing portion and the meshed portion mesh with each other, and includes a pair of side clutches, etc. Each side clutch can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft from the outside of the transmission case. (For example, refer to Patent Document 2).
[3]収穫機には、たとえば、ミッションケースの外部に設けられると共に、エンジンからの動力を、正逆無段に変速して、前記ミッションケースの一端側の側壁をケース外方側からケース内方側に向けて挿通する出力軸から出力する主変速装置と、前記ミッションケースに内装されると共に、前記出力軸から伝達された動力を作業状態に応じた高低2段に変速して走行装置に伝達するギヤ式の副変速装置とが備えられている。 [3] The harvester is provided, for example, outside the transmission case, and the power from the engine is shifted continuously in the forward and reverse directions so that the side wall on one end side of the transmission case is moved from the outside of the case to the inside of the case. A main transmission that outputs from an output shaft that is inserted toward the side, and a transmission that is internally mounted in the transmission case and that shifts the motive power transmitted from the output shaft into two steps depending on the working state. And a gear-type auxiliary transmission for transmission.
 従来の収穫機においては、主変速装置の出力軸が、ミッションケースの一端側の側壁をケース外方側からケース内方側に向けて挿通して片持ち状に設けられ、その片持ち状の出力軸に出力ギヤが一体回転自在に外挿されるとともに、副変速装置の変速用入力軸に備えられた変速入力用の伝動ギヤと出力ギヤが噛み合い連動して動力が副変速装置に伝達されるように構成されているものがある(たとえば特許文献3参照。)。 In a conventional harvesting machine, the output shaft of the main transmission is provided in a cantilever shape by inserting the side wall on one end side of the transmission case from the outer side of the case toward the inner side of the case. The output gear is extrapolated to the output shaft so as to be rotatable integrally, and the transmission input transmission gear provided on the transmission input shaft of the auxiliary transmission and the output gear mesh with each other to transmit power to the auxiliary transmission. (For example, refer to Patent Document 3).
[4]収穫機は、たとえば、エンジンからの駆動力を正逆無段に変速する主変速装置と、ミッションケースに内装されると共に、複数の組合せが可能なギヤ列が設けられ、主変速装置から出力された駆動力を作業状態に応じた複数段に変速して走行装置に伝達するギヤ式の副変速装置と、作業部への駆動力伝達を入り切りする作業クラッチと、前記主変速装置を変速操作する主変速操作具と、前記副変速装置を変速操作する副変速操作具と、前記作業クラッチの入り切り操作をするクラッチ操作具と、を備える。 [4] The harvesting machine is provided with, for example, a main transmission that shifts the driving force from the engine continuously in a forward and reverse direction, a gear case that is incorporated in the transmission case, and that can be combined in a plurality of combinations. A gear-type sub-transmission device that shifts the driving force output from a plurality of stages according to the working state and transmits it to the traveling device, a working clutch that turns on and off the driving force transmission to the working unit, and the main transmission device. A main transmission operating tool that performs a shifting operation; a sub-transmission operating tool that performs a shifting operation of the auxiliary transmission; and a clutch operating tool that performs an on / off operation of the work clutch.
 従来から、このような収穫機として、特許文献4に記載のようなものがあった。特許文献4に記載の収穫機では、副変速操作具(文献では、「副変速レバー」)を操作することで、副変速装置(文献では、「変速装置」)を、刈取作業に適した低速変速状態・中速変速状態、及び、路上走行に適した高速変速状態に切り換えられる。そして、この収穫機では、相互牽制機構が備えられ、この相互牽制機構は、作業クラッチ(文献では、「刈取クラッチ」)が入り操作されると、副変速装置が高速変速状態に切り換えられないように副変速操作具を牽制すると共に、副変速装置が高速変速状態に操作されると、作業クラッチが入り操作されないようにクラッチ操作具(文献では、「刈取クラッチレバー」)を牽制する。 Conventionally, there has been such a harvester as described in Patent Document 4. In the harvesting machine described in Patent Document 4, the sub-transmission device (“transmission device” in the literature) is operated at a low speed suitable for the cutting operation by operating the sub-transmission operation tool (“sub-transmission lever” in the literature). It is possible to switch to a shift state / medium speed shift state and a high speed shift state suitable for traveling on the road. This harvesting machine is provided with a mutual check mechanism, which prevents the auxiliary transmission from being switched to the high-speed shift state when a work clutch ("reaching clutch" in the literature) is engaged and operated. When the sub-transmission device is operated to the high speed shift state, the clutch operation tool ("reaching clutch lever" in the literature) is restrained so that the work clutch is not engaged and operated.
 この収穫機であれば、高速路上走行時における刈取部の不測の作動や、低速刈取収穫作業時における機体の急激な高速発進を確実に回避することができる。 This harvester can reliably avoid unexpected operation of the cutting part when traveling on a high-speed road and sudden high-speed start of the body during low-speed cutting harvesting work.
日本国特開2000-184817号公報(JP 2000-184817 A)Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-184817 (JP 公報 2000-184817 A) 日本国特開2002-295635号公報(JP 2002-295635 A)Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-295635 (JP 2002-295635 A) 日本国特開2012-229787号公報(JP 2012-229787 A)Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-229787 (JP 公報 2012-229787 A) 日本国実公昭61-003310号公報(JP S61-003310 Y)JP-B 61-003310 (JP 公報 S61-003310 Y)
[1]背景技術[1]に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。 [1] Issues corresponding to the background art [1] are as follows.
 上記の構成では、入力軸(副変速入力軸)から従動軸(副変速中間伝動軸)に減速伝動することによって変速機にかかるトルクが大きくなる。そのため、変速機にかかるトルクが大きくなることに起因して、走行中に駆動ギヤ(伝動ギヤ)と従動ギヤとの噛み合いが外れて変速機が中立状態になる、いわゆる変速抜け、を招く虞がある。 In the above configuration, the torque applied to the transmission increases by decelerating from the input shaft (sub-transmission input shaft) to the driven shaft (sub-transmission intermediate transmission shaft). For this reason, the torque applied to the transmission is increased, so that the drive gear (transmission gear) and the driven gear are disengaged during traveling, and the transmission is in a neutral state. is there.
 また、伝動ケース(ミッションケース)の内部において、入力軸から従動軸に減速伝動することにより、そのための減速構造(一対のギヤ)を伝動ケースの内部に装備する必要が生じることから、伝動ケース内の伝動構造が複雑になるとともに、伝動装置が大型化するようになる。 In addition, in the transmission case (transmission case), it is necessary to equip the transmission case with a speed reduction structure (a pair of gears) by decelerating transmission from the input shaft to the driven shaft. As the transmission structure becomes complicated, the transmission device becomes larger.
 本発明の目的は、伝動ケース内の伝動構造を合理的に構成して、伝動ケースに内蔵した変速機の変速抜けを防止しながら、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化、及び、伝動装置の小型軽量化、などを図れるようにすることにある。 The object of the present invention is to simplify the transmission structure in the transmission case, and the transmission device while rationally configuring the transmission structure in the transmission case to prevent the transmission from being lost in the transmission built in the transmission case. It is to be able to reduce the size and weight.
[2]背景技術[2]に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。 [2] Issues corresponding to the background art [2] are as follows.
 上記の構成によると、サイドクラッチ軸に各サイドクラッチを組み付ける場合には、圧縮バネの作用に抗する大きい力で、狭い伝動ケースの各開口から、サイドクラッチ軸に対する移動側回転体や圧縮バネなどの取り付けを行うとともに、伝動ケースに対するカバー部材の取り付けを行う必要があることから、サイドクラッチ軸に対するサイドクラッチの組み付けがかなり困難になっている。 According to the above configuration, when assembling each side clutch to the side clutch shaft, a large force that resists the action of the compression spring, and from each opening of the narrow transmission case, the moving side rotating body and the compression spring with respect to the side clutch shaft, etc. Since it is necessary to attach the cover member to the transmission case, the assembly of the side clutch to the side clutch shaft is considerably difficult.
 本発明の目的は、サイドクラッチ軸に対するサイドクラッチの組み付けを容易にすることにある。 An object of the present invention is to facilitate the assembly of the side clutch to the side clutch shaft.
[3]背景技術[3]に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。 [3] Issues corresponding to the background art [3] are as follows.
 上記従来構成では、たとえば、走行装置における走行負荷が過大になる等、伝動下手側の駆動負荷が過大になると、出力ギヤに対する伝動下手側からの駆動反力により、出力ギヤと下手側の変速入力用の伝動ギヤとの噛み合い部分において、噛み合うギヤ同士が離れる方向に片持ち状の出力軸が撓み変形して、各ギヤが斜め状態で噛み合うことがある。そして、このような駆動状態が継続して発生すると、前記各ギヤが早期に破損したり、ギヤが偏摩耗して早期に良好な伝動が行えなくなる等、短期間の使用で動力伝達が良好に行えなくなるおそれがあった。 In the above conventional configuration, for example, when the driving load on the lower side of the transmission becomes excessive, such as when the traveling load on the traveling device becomes excessive, the driving reaction force on the output gear from the lower side of the transmission causes the output gear and the lower side shift input. In the meshing portion with the transmission gear for use, the cantilevered output shaft is bent and deformed in a direction in which the meshing gears are separated from each other, and the gears may mesh in an oblique state. If such a driving state continues, the gears are damaged early, or the gears are unevenly worn and good transmission cannot be performed early. There was a risk of being unable to do so.
 本発明の目的は、伝動機構において良好な伝動状態を長期にわたり維持することが可能となる収穫機を提供する点にある。 An object of the present invention is to provide a harvester that can maintain a good transmission state in a transmission mechanism over a long period of time.
[4]背景技術[4]に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。 [4] Issues corresponding to the background art [4] are as follows.
 収穫機は、通常の刈取作業、倒伏穀稈の刈取作業、畔越え、路上走行等の種々の作業を行うものであり、これら夫々の作業に応じて種々の適正走行速度(ある程度の範囲を有する)が存在する。このため、特許文献1に記載の収穫機では、主変速装置とは別に、三段に切り換え可能な副変速装置が備えられ、適正走行速度を簡単に現出できるようにしている。 The harvesting machine performs various operations such as normal mowing work, fallen cereal harvesting work, crossing the shore, running on the road, etc., and various appropriate running speeds (having a certain range) according to each of these works. ) Exists. For this reason, the harvesting machine described in Patent Document 1 is provided with a sub-transmission device that can be switched to three speeds separately from the main transmission device, so that an appropriate traveling speed can be easily obtained.
 しかしながら、ギヤ式の副変速装置において切り換え段数を多く設定するには、ギヤ列のギヤ組合せ数を増やす必要があり、その結果、ギヤ列の占めるスペースが広くなって、ミッションケースが大型化する。つまり、特許文献4に記載のような収穫機では、適正走行速度以外への変速を防止できるものの、適正走行速度を一種類増やそうとすると、ギヤ列のギヤ組合せを一組増やす必要があり、部品点数やスペースの観点から効率が悪い。 However, in order to set a large number of switching stages in a gear-type sub-transmission, it is necessary to increase the number of gear combinations in the gear train. As a result, the space occupied by the gear train is widened, and the transmission case is enlarged. That is, in the harvester as described in Patent Document 4, although it is possible to prevent a shift to a speed other than the appropriate travel speed, it is necessary to increase the gear combination of the gear train by one set if an attempt is made to increase the proper travel speed by one type. Inefficient in terms of points and space.
 このような実情に鑑み、本発明は、部品点数やスペースの増加を最小限にしてコンパクトなミッションケースとしつつ、簡単に種々の適正走行速度が現出可能であり、かつ、適正走行速度以外への変速を防止できるコンバインを提供することを目的とする。 In view of such circumstances, the present invention can easily produce various appropriate traveling speeds while minimizing an increase in the number of parts and space, and can display various appropriate traveling speeds. An object of the present invention is to provide a combine that can prevent the shifting of gears.
[1]課題[1]に対応して提案される解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [1] Solutions proposed in response to the problem [1] are as follows.
 伝動ケースの入力軸に平行姿勢で隣接する左右向きの従動軸と、前記従動軸に備えた出力回転体と連動する伝動回転体を備えた左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸と、前記入力軸からの動力を変速する選択歯車式の変速機と、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に位置して前記伝動回転体から左右の走行装置への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチとを、前記伝動ケースに内蔵し、
 前記入力軸を、前記伝動ケースに連接する外部機器に備えた左右向きの出力軸に、前記出力軸の軸心を中心にして前記出力軸と一体回転する状態で備え、
 前記変速機を、前記入力軸から前記従動軸に伝動する構成で、前記入力軸と前記従動軸とにわたって装備している。
A left and right driven shaft adjacent in parallel to the input shaft of the transmission case, a left and right side clutch shaft having a transmission rotating body interlocked with an output rotating body provided on the driven shaft, and power from the input shaft And a pair of side clutches that are located on an axis of the side clutch shaft and individually connect and disconnect transmission from the transmission rotating body to the left and right traveling devices. Built-in,
The input shaft is provided on a left-right output shaft provided in an external device connected to the transmission case, in a state of rotating integrally with the output shaft around the axis of the output shaft,
The transmission is configured to be transmitted from the input shaft to the driven shaft, and is provided across the input shaft and the driven shaft.
 この手段によると、伝動ケースに連接する外部機器に備えた出力軸の軸心を中心にして出力軸と一体回転する伝動ケースの入力軸を変速機の駆動軸に兼用することができる。これにより、たとえば、入力軸とは別構成の専用の駆動軸を入力軸と平行に設ける場合に比較して、入力軸から駆動軸に伝動するギヤなどの伝動構造を不要にすることができる。その結果、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化による製造の容易化や伝動装置の小型軽量化などを図ることができる。また、その伝動構造によって入力軸から駆動軸に減速伝動する場合に招く虞のある、変速機にかかるトルクが大きくなることに起因した変速抜けを防止することができる。 According to this means, the input shaft of the transmission case that rotates integrally with the output shaft around the shaft center of the output shaft provided in the external device connected to the transmission case can be used as the drive shaft of the transmission. Accordingly, for example, a transmission structure such as a gear that transmits from the input shaft to the drive shaft can be made unnecessary as compared with a case where a dedicated drive shaft having a configuration different from that of the input shaft is provided in parallel with the input shaft. As a result, it is possible to facilitate manufacturing by simplifying the transmission structure in the transmission case and to reduce the size and weight of the transmission device. In addition, the transmission structure can prevent a shift from being lost due to an increase in torque applied to the transmission, which may be caused when the transmission is decelerated from the input shaft to the drive shaft.
 従って、伝動ケースに内蔵した変速機の変速抜けを防止することができる上に、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化、及び、伝動装置の小型軽量化、などを図ることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to prevent shifting of the transmission built in the transmission case, and to simplify the transmission structure in the transmission case and to reduce the size and weight of the transmission device.
 一好適実施形態では、前記伝動回転体を前記サイドクラッチ軸の中央部に配備し、前記一対のサイドクラッチを前記伝動回転体の左右に分散配置している。 In a preferred embodiment, the transmission rotor is arranged in the center of the side clutch shaft, and the pair of side clutches are distributed on the left and right of the transmission rotor.
 この手段によると、サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に配備する一対のサイドクラッチとともに、これらのサイドクラッチを介してサイドクラッチ軸から左右の走行装置に個別に伝動する2系統の伝動系、及び、これらの伝動系を覆う伝動ケースのケース部を左右対称にバランス良く構成することができる。また、一対のサイドクラッチを含む2系統の伝動系を共通部品で構成することができる。 According to this means, together with a pair of side clutches arranged on the shaft of the side clutch shaft, two transmission systems that individually transmit from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices via these side clutches, and these The case portion of the transmission case that covers the transmission system can be configured symmetrically with a good balance. In addition, two transmission systems including a pair of side clutches can be configured with common parts.
 従って、伝動装置において、サイドクラッチ軸から左右の走行装置にわたる伝動構造を、共通部品による構成の簡素化などを図りながら、左右対称のバランスが良い安定した状態に構成することができる。 Therefore, in the transmission device, the transmission structure extending from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices can be configured in a stable state with a good balance of left and right symmetry while simplifying the configuration using common parts.
 一好適実施形態では、前記出力回転体を前記従動軸の中央部に配備している。 In a preferred embodiment, the output rotating body is arranged at the center of the driven shaft.
 この手段によると、変速機の変速段に関係なく常にトルクがかかった状態で回転する出力回転体を従動軸の中央部に配備することにより、従動軸の両端を支持する伝動ケースにおける一対の軸支部にかかるトルクを均等にし易くなる。 According to this means, a pair of shafts in a transmission case that supports both ends of the driven shaft by arranging an output rotating body that rotates in a state where torque is always applied regardless of the speed of the transmission at the center of the driven shaft. It becomes easy to equalize the torque applied to the branch.
 従って、一対の軸支部にかかるトルクが不均等になることに起因して、その一方の軸支部の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 Therefore, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the torque applied to the pair of shaft support portions becomes uneven and the durability of one of the shaft support portions decreases and the replacement frequency increases.
 一好適実施形態では、前記変速機の従動ギヤを、前記出力回転体に隣接する状態で前記従動軸に装備している。 In a preferred embodiment, the driven gear of the transmission is mounted on the driven shaft in a state adjacent to the output rotating body.
 この手段によると、従動軸の軸上における出力回転体と従動ギヤとの間の不必要な間隔を無くすことができ、従動軸を短くすることができる。 According to this means, an unnecessary interval between the output rotating body and the driven gear on the driven shaft can be eliminated, and the driven shaft can be shortened.
 従って、変速機の小型軽量化、及び、それに伴う伝動装置の小型軽量化を図ることができる。 Therefore, the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
 一好適実施形態では、前記従動ギヤを、前記出力回転体の両側部に隣接する状態で前記従動軸に装備している。 In a preferred embodiment, the driven gear is mounted on the driven shaft in a state adjacent to both side portions of the output rotating body.
 この手段によると、変速機の変速段数を多くしながら、従動軸の軸上における伝動ギヤと従動ギヤとの間の不必要な間隔を無くすことができ、従動軸を短くすることができる。 According to this means, an unnecessary interval between the transmission gear and the driven gear on the driven shaft can be eliminated and the driven shaft can be shortened while increasing the number of transmission stages of the transmission.
 従って、変速機の変速段数を多くしながら、変速機の小型軽量化、及び、それに伴う伝動装置の小型軽量化を図ることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to reduce the size and weight of the transmission, and to reduce the size and weight of the transmission device associated therewith, while increasing the number of shift stages of the transmission.
 一好適実施形態では、前記従動ギヤの一端側にギヤ部を備え、かつ、前記従動ギヤの他端側にギヤ選択用の連係部を備えて、前記従動ギヤをギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係ギヤに構成し、前記連係ギヤを、前記ギヤ部が前記出力回転体に隣接する状態で前記従動軸に装備している。 In a preferred embodiment, a gear portion is provided on one end side of the driven gear, and a gear selection linkage portion is provided on the other end side of the driven gear, so that the driven gear serves as a shift mechanism for gear selection operation. The linkage gear is configured to be linked, and the linkage gear is mounted on the driven shaft in a state where the gear portion is adjacent to the output rotating body.
 この手段によると、たとえば、連係ギヤの連係部を出力回転体に隣接させる場合に比較して、従動ギヤのギヤ部を従動軸の中央側を配備することができる。これにより、従動軸の両端を支持する伝動ケースにおける一対の軸支部にかかるトルクを略均等にすることができる。 According to this means, for example, the gear portion of the driven gear can be arranged on the center side of the driven shaft as compared with the case where the linkage portion of the linkage gear is adjacent to the output rotating body. Thereby, the torque concerning a pair of shaft support part in the transmission case which supports the both ends of a driven shaft can be substantially equalized.
 従って、一対の軸支部にかかるトルクの差が大きくなることに起因して、一方の軸支部の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 Therefore, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the durability of one shaft support portion is reduced and the replacement frequency is increased due to an increase in the difference in torque applied to the pair of shaft support portions.
 一好適実施形態では、前記変速機をコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
 前記連係ギヤとして、前記出力回転体に隣接する前記連係ギヤとは別の連係ギヤを備え、
 前記連係ギヤのそれぞれは、前記連係部としてスプラインボス部を備え、
 前記別の連係ギヤを、前記出力回転体に隣接する前記連係ギヤの前記スプラインボス部と、前記別の連係ギヤの前記スプラインボス部との間に、前記従動軸と一体回転するスプライン軸部が介在する状態で、前記従動軸に装備している。
In one preferred embodiment, the transmission is configured in a constant mesh type,
As the linkage gear, a linkage gear different from the linkage gear adjacent to the output rotating body is provided,
Each of the linkage gears includes a spline boss portion as the linkage portion,
A spline shaft portion that rotates integrally with the driven shaft between the spline boss portion of the linkage gear adjacent to the output rotating body and the spline boss portion of the another linkage gear. The driven shaft is installed in an intervening state.
 この手段によると、出力回転体に隣接する連係ギヤ及び別の従動ギヤのギヤ選択操作を可能にするために入力軸又は従動軸に備えるスプライン軸部及びシフタを共有化することができる。 According to this means, it is possible to share the spline shaft portion and the shifter provided on the input shaft or the driven shaft in order to enable the gear selection operation of the linkage gear adjacent to the output rotating body and another driven gear.
 その結果、スプライン軸部及びシフタの装備数量を削減することによる変速構造の簡素化とともに、変速機の小型軽量化、及び、それに伴う伝動装置の小型軽量化を図ることができる。 As a result, the transmission structure can be simplified by reducing the number of spline shafts and shifters, the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
 一好適実施形態では、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係部を一端側に備えた連係ギヤを前記変速機に備え、
 前記連係ギヤを、前記連係部が前記入力軸又は前記従動軸における前記入力軸の入力側端部とは反対側の端部に位置する状態で、前記入力軸又は前記従動軸に装備している。
In one preferred embodiment, the transmission includes a linkage gear provided on one end side with a linkage portion linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
The linking gear is mounted on the input shaft or the driven shaft in a state where the linking portion is located at an end of the input shaft or the driven shaft opposite to the input side end of the input shaft. .
 この手段によると、入力軸の入力側端部から離れる入力軸又は従動軸の軸端側がギヤ選択用の操作領域になることから、その分、ギヤ選択用の操作領域を必要としない入力軸又は従動軸における入力側端部からの延出長さを短くすることができ、変速機における入力軸又は従動軸の延出方向での幅寸法を短くすることができる。 According to this means, the input shaft away from the input side end of the input shaft or the shaft end side of the driven shaft becomes the operation region for gear selection, and accordingly, the input shaft that does not require the operation region for gear selection or The extension length from the input side end portion of the driven shaft can be shortened, and the width dimension in the extending direction of the input shaft or the driven shaft in the transmission can be shortened.
 その結果、変速機の小型軽量化、及び、それに伴う伝動装置の小型軽量化を図ることができる。 As a result, the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
 一好適実施形態では、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係ギヤを前記変速機に備え、
 前記入力軸と前記従動軸とのいずれか一方を他方よりも下方に配備し、
 前記連係ギヤを下方に配備した前記入力軸又は前記従動軸に装備している。
In one preferred embodiment, the transmission includes a linkage gear linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
Either one of the input shaft and the driven shaft is disposed below the other,
The linkage gear is mounted on the input shaft or the driven shaft arranged below.
 この手段によると、たとえば、連係ギヤを上方に配備した入力軸又は従動軸に装備する場合に比較して、伝動ケースに貯留する潤滑オイルの表面高さを低くすることができ、伝動ケースにおけるオイル貯留量を少なくすることができる。その結果、オイル交換に要する作業時間の短縮やコストの削減、及び、伝動装置の軽量化、などを図ることができる。 According to this means, for example, the surface height of the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case can be reduced as compared with the case where the linkage gear is provided on the input shaft or the driven shaft arranged above, and the oil in the transmission case can be reduced. The amount of storage can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to shorten the work time required for oil change, reduce the cost, and reduce the weight of the transmission device.
 従って、伝動装置の軽量化、及び、オイル交換に要する作業時間の短縮化、などを図ることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to reduce the weight of the transmission device and shorten the work time required for oil replacement.
 一好適実施形態では、前記変速機を、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係部としてスプラインボス部を一端側に備えた複数の連係ギヤを有するコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
 前記複数の連係ギヤを相対回転可能に装備する前記入力軸又は前記従動軸は、それぞれの前記スプラインボス部に対する隣接部位に、隣接する前記スプラインボス部との前記シフト機構を介した連係を可能にするスプライン軸部を一体回転する状態で備え、
 各隣接部位の前記スプライン軸部のうち、単一の前記連係ギヤを連係の対象とする所定のスプライン軸部を、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプラインを形成した状態で、前記入力軸又は前記従動軸に着脱可能に外嵌装備するスプラインボスにより構成している。
In one preferred embodiment, the transmission is configured as a constant mesh type having a plurality of linkage gears having a spline boss portion on one end side as a linkage portion linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
The input shaft or the driven shaft equipped with the plurality of linkage gears so as to be relatively rotatable can be linked to the adjacent spline boss portion via the shift mechanism at the adjacent portion to the spline boss portion. Equipped with a spline shaft part that rotates integrally,
Among the spline shaft portions of each adjacent portion, with a predetermined spline shaft portion to be linked to a single linkage gear, a plurality of linkage splines are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface, The input shaft or the driven shaft is constituted by a spline boss that is detachably fitted on the input shaft or the driven shaft.
 ところで、複数の連係ギヤを相対回転可能に装備する入力軸又は従動軸において、その所定のスプライン軸部を構成するスプラインボスを、たとえば、その外周面に形成する各スプラインを、スプラインボスの両端にわたる長さに形成すると、スプラインボスを従動軸にスプライン嵌合する際には、スプラインボスの向きを考慮することなく、そのスプライン嵌合を簡単に行うことができる。その反面、スプラインボスの向きにかかわらず、スプラインボスと従動ギヤのスプラインボス部とにわたって摺動するシフタによるスプラインボスと従動ギヤとの連係操作を円滑に行えるようにするためには、各スプラインの両端部に加工費の高い面取り加工を施す必要があり、加工費の削減を図る上において改善の余地がある。 By the way, in an input shaft or a driven shaft equipped with a plurality of linkage gears so as to be relatively rotatable, spline bosses constituting the predetermined spline shaft portion, for example, each spline formed on the outer peripheral surface thereof extends over both ends of the spline bosses. When the spline boss is formed to have a length, when the spline boss is spline fitted to the driven shaft, the spline fitting can be easily performed without considering the direction of the spline boss. On the other hand, regardless of the direction of the spline boss, in order to facilitate the linkage operation between the spline boss and the driven gear by a shifter that slides between the spline boss and the spline boss of the driven gear, Both ends need to be chamfered with a high processing cost, and there is room for improvement in reducing the processing cost.
 そこで、この手段においては、スプラインボスの外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプラインを形成することにより、それらのスプラインにおけるスプラインボスの端部に位置する一端部のみに前述した面取り加工を施す必要が生じるようにしている。 Therefore, in this means, by forming a plurality of linkage splines only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss, the above-described chamfering process is performed only on one end portion located at the end portion of the spline boss in those splines. It is necessary to apply.
 これにより、各スプラインの両端部に面取り加工を施す場合に比較して加工費の削減を図れるようにしながら、スプラインボスを従動軸にスプライン嵌合する際には、このスプライン嵌合に適したスプラインボスの向きを、スプラインボスの外観から容易に視認することができ、スプラインボスの向きを間違えた状態でスプラインボスを従動軸にスプライン嵌合する誤組みの発生を防止することができる。 This makes it possible to reduce machining costs compared to the case where chamfering is performed on both ends of each spline, while the spline boss is fitted to the driven shaft with a spline suitable for this spline fitting. The direction of the boss can be easily recognized from the appearance of the spline boss, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of misassembly in which the spline boss is spline fitted to the driven shaft in a state where the direction of the spline boss is wrong.
 一好適実施形態では、前記伝動ケースは、前記入力軸における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部を露出させる開口を備えている。 In one preferred embodiment, the transmission case includes an opening that exposes an end of the input shaft opposite to the input side.
 この手段によると、たとえば、外部機器に無段変速装置又はモータを採用して、その無段変速装置又はモータからの動力を伝動ケースの入力軸に入力する構成において、無段変速装置又はモータの操作具を中立位置又は停止位置に操作した場合に、入力軸が回転停止しているか否かを直に視認することができる。 According to this means, for example, in a configuration in which a continuously variable transmission or motor is adopted as an external device and power from the continuously variable transmission or motor is input to the input shaft of the transmission case, the continuously variable transmission or motor When the operation tool is operated to the neutral position or the stop position, it is possible to directly recognize whether or not the input shaft has stopped rotating.
 その結果、外部機器に無段変速装置又はモータを採用した場合における無段変速装置の中立調節又はモータの停止調節を容易に行うことができる。 As a result, the neutral adjustment of the continuously variable transmission or the stop adjustment of the motor can be easily performed when the continuously variable transmission or the motor is adopted as the external device.
 一好適実施形態では、油圧機器から前記伝動ケースの内部に戻すオイルを、前記変速機におけるギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係ギヤに供給する油路を備えている。 In one preferred embodiment, an oil passage is provided for supplying oil returned from the hydraulic device to the inside of the transmission case to a linkage gear linked to a gear selection operation shift mechanism in the transmission.
 この手段によると、伝動ケースに貯留する潤滑オイルの補給を怠ることにより、潤滑オイルの表面が連係ギヤの高さ位置よりも低下した場合であっても、潤滑オイルの不足による入力軸又は従動軸と連係ギヤとの焼き付きを防止することができる。 According to this means, even if the surface of the lubricating oil is lower than the height position of the linkage gear by neglecting replenishment of the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case, the input shaft or the driven shaft due to lack of lubricating oil. And seizure with the linkage gear can be prevented.
 一好適実施形態では、前記伝動ケースから対応する前記走行装置にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸と、対応する前記サイドクラッチを経由した動力を前記走行駆動軸に減速して伝達する左右の減速機構とを備えている。 In a preferred embodiment, left and right traveling drive shafts extending from the transmission case to the corresponding traveling device and left and right traveling drive shafts, and left and right reduction mechanisms that transmit the power via the corresponding side clutches to the traveling drive shafts at a reduced speed. And.
 この手段によると、各サイドクラッチの伝動方向下手側に減速機構を備えることにより、各サイドクラッチにかかるトルクを軽減することができ、各サイドクラッチの断続操作を行い易くすることができる。 According to this means, by providing the speed reduction mechanism on the lower side in the transmission direction of each side clutch, the torque applied to each side clutch can be reduced, and the intermittent operation of each side clutch can be facilitated.
 従って、各サイドクラッチの断続操作による車体の旋回操作性の向上を図ることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the turning operability of the vehicle body by the intermittent operation of each side clutch.
 一好適実施形態では、前記サイドクラッチ軸と前記左右の走行駆動軸との間に左右向きの中継軸を備え、
 前記左右の減速機構は、それぞれ、前記サイドクラッチ軸から前記中継軸にわたる第1減速部と、前記中継軸から前記走行駆動軸にわたる第2減速部とを備えている。
In a preferred embodiment, a relay shaft facing left and right is provided between the side clutch shaft and the left and right travel drive shafts,
Each of the left and right speed reduction mechanisms includes a first speed reduction portion that extends from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft, and a second speed reduction portion that extends from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft.
 この手段によると、各減速機構に採用する従動側回転体の直径を小さくして、伝動ケース内での各減速機構の配置の自由度を高めながら、各減速機構での減速比を大きくすることができる。 According to this means, the speed reduction ratio in each speed reduction mechanism can be increased while reducing the diameter of the driven rotating body employed in each speed reduction mechanism and increasing the degree of freedom of arrangement of each speed reduction mechanism in the transmission case. Can do.
 従って、伝動ケース内での各減速機構の装備を行い易くしながら、走行時に大きい駆動トルクを得ることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to obtain a large driving torque during traveling while facilitating the installation of each speed reduction mechanism in the transmission case.
 一好適実施形態では、前記第1減速部と前記第2減速部とを、それぞれ、一対のギヤを噛み合い連動させるギヤ伝動式に構成し、
 前記中継軸を、前記走行駆動軸に対する前上方の位置に配備し、かつ、前記サイドクラッチ軸を、前記中継軸に対する後上方の位置に配備している。
In one preferred embodiment, each of the first reduction part and the second reduction part is configured in a gear transmission type in which a pair of gears are engaged and interlocked with each other,
The relay shaft is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft, and the side clutch shaft is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the relay shaft.
 この手段によると、たとえば、サイドクラッチ軸と中継軸と走行駆動軸とを上下方向に並べて配備する場合に比較して、各減速機構の上下長さを短くすることができる。 According to this means, for example, the vertical length of each speed reduction mechanism can be shortened as compared with the case where the side clutch shaft, the relay shaft, and the travel drive shaft are arranged in the vertical direction.
 そして、使用頻度の高い前進走行時には、各中継軸にかかるサイドクラッチ軸からの駆動力と各走行駆動軸からの駆動反力とが、互いの鉛直成分が打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、中継軸のギヤとサイドクラッチ軸の各ギヤ、及び、中継軸のギヤと各走行駆動軸のギヤ、を介してサイドクラッチ軸と各走行駆動軸とに分散するようになる。逆に、使用頻度の低い後進走行時には、中継軸にかかる駆動力と駆動反力とが、互いの鉛直成分が打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、中継軸のみにかかるようになる。 During forward traveling with high frequency of use, the driving force from the side clutch shaft and the driving reaction force from each traveling drive shaft applied to each relay shaft are reduced by the mutual cancellation of the vertical components, while the relay shaft Are distributed to the side clutch shaft and each travel drive shaft via the gears of the side clutch shaft and the gears of the relay shaft and the travel drive shaft. On the other hand, during reverse travel that is less frequently used, the driving force and the driving reaction force applied to the relay shaft are applied only to the relay shaft, while the vertical components cancel each other.
 つまり、使用頻度の高い前進走行時に、駆動力と駆動反力とが中継軸のみにかかるように構成する場合に比較して、中継軸を支持する各軸支部にかかるトルクを軽減することができる。 That is, the torque applied to each shaft support portion that supports the relay shaft can be reduced as compared with the case where the driving force and the driving reaction force are applied only to the relay shaft during forward traveling that is frequently used. .
 従って、各減速機構の上下長さを短くすることによる伝動装置の小型化を図りながら、中継軸を支持する各軸支部の耐久性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of each shaft support section that supports the relay shaft while reducing the size of the transmission device by shortening the vertical length of each speed reduction mechanism.
 一好適実施形態では、前記出力回転体と前記伝動回転体とを、それらを噛み合い連動させるギヤにより構成し、
 前記従動軸を、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する前上方の位置に配備し、かつ、前記入力軸を、前記従動軸に対する後上方の位置に配備している。
In one preferred embodiment, the output rotator and the transmission rotator are configured by gears that mesh and interlock with each other,
The driven shaft is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft, and the input shaft is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft.
 この手段によると、たとえば、入力軸と従動軸とサイドクラッチ軸とを上下方向に並べて配備する場合に比較して、伝動装置の上下長さを短くすることができる。 According to this means, for example, the vertical length of the transmission can be shortened as compared with the case where the input shaft, the driven shaft, and the side clutch shaft are arranged in the vertical direction.
 そして、使用頻度の高い前進走行時には、従動軸にかかる入力軸からの駆動力とサイドクラッチ軸からの駆動反力とが、互いの鉛直成分が打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、従動軸の従動ギヤと入力軸の駆動ギヤ、及び、従動軸における出力用のギヤとサイドクラッチ軸のギヤ、を介して入力軸とサイドクラッチ軸とに分散するようになる。逆に、使用頻度の低い後進走行時には、従動軸にかかる駆動力と駆動反力とが、互いの鉛直成分が打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、従動軸のみにかかるようになる。 During forward traveling with high frequency of use, the driving force from the input shaft on the driven shaft and the driving reaction force from the side clutch shaft are reduced by the mutual cancellation of the vertical components, while the driven gear of the driven shaft. And the input shaft drive gear, and the output gear and the side clutch shaft gear on the driven shaft are dispersed to the input shaft and the side clutch shaft. On the other hand, during reverse travel, which is less frequently used, the driving force and the driving reaction force applied to the driven shaft are applied only to the driven shaft, while the vertical components cancel each other.
 つまり、使用頻度の高い前進走行時に、駆動力と駆動反力とが従動軸のみにかかるように構成する場合に比較して、従動軸を支持する各軸支部にかかるトルクを軽減することができる。 That is, compared to the case where the driving force and the driving reaction force are applied only to the driven shaft during forward traveling with high use frequency, the torque applied to each shaft supporting portion that supports the driven shaft can be reduced. .
 従って、伝動装置の小型化を図りながら、従動軸を支持する各軸支部の耐久性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of each shaft support portion that supports the driven shaft while reducing the size of the transmission device.
 一好適実施形態では、前記サイドクラッチ軸を、前記入力軸及び前記走行駆動軸よりも後方の位置に配備している。 In a preferred embodiment, the side clutch shaft is arranged at a position behind the input shaft and the travel drive shaft.
 この手段によると、伝動装置の上下長さが長くなることを抑制しながら、サイドクラッチ軸と中継軸との間の離間距離を大きくすることができ、サイドクラッチ軸と中継軸との間での減速比を更に大きくすることができる。 According to this means, it is possible to increase the separation distance between the side clutch shaft and the relay shaft while suppressing an increase in the vertical length of the transmission device, so that the distance between the side clutch shaft and the relay shaft can be increased. The reduction ratio can be further increased.
 従って、伝動装置の大型化を抑制しながら、走行時に大きい駆動トルクを得ることができる。 Therefore, a large driving torque can be obtained during traveling while suppressing an increase in the size of the transmission device.
 一好適実施形態では、前記中継軸を前記従動軸よりも前方の位置に配備している。 In a preferred embodiment, the relay shaft is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft.
 この手段によると、伝動装置の上下長さが長くなることを抑制しながら、中継軸と各走行駆動軸との間の離間距離を大きくすることができ、中継軸と各走行駆動軸との間での減速比を更に大きくすることができる。 According to this means, it is possible to increase the separation distance between the relay shaft and each travel drive shaft while suppressing an increase in the vertical length of the transmission device, and between the relay shaft and each travel drive shaft. The reduction ratio at can be further increased.
 従って、伝動装置の大型化を抑制しながら、走行時に大きい駆動トルクを得ることができる。 Therefore, a large driving torque can be obtained during traveling while suppressing an increase in the size of the transmission device.
[2]課題[2]に対応して提案される解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [2] Solutions proposed in response to the problem [2] are as follows.
 左右の走行装置に個別に連動連結する一対の連動回転体と、前記一対の連動回転体への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチとを、伝動ケースに左右向きに内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸の軸上に装備し、
 前記一対のサイドクラッチは、それぞれ、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸に相対回転可能に外嵌する筒軸と、一側端に噛合部を備えた移動側回転体と、一側端に被噛合部を備えた固定側回転体と、前記噛合部と前記被噛合部とが噛み合う入り位置に向けて前記移動側回転体を付勢する圧縮バネと、前記移動側回転体を前記入り位置にて受け止めるストッパと、前記圧縮バネの一端部を受け止めるバネ受けとから構成し、
 前記一対のサイドクラッチのそれぞれにおいて、前記移動側回転体と前記圧縮バネと前記ストッパと前記バネ受けとを、前記筒軸の外周部に、前記ストッパと前記バネ受けとの間に前記移動側回転体と前記圧縮バネとが位置する配置で、かつ、前記移動側回転体が前記筒軸に対して前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で前記筒軸と一体回転するように装備して、前記筒軸と前記移動側回転体と前記圧縮バネと前記ストッパと前記バネ受けとを、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対して前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に着脱可能に一体摺動する摺動ユニットに構成している。
A side clutch shaft having a pair of interlocking rotators that are individually interlocked and connected to the left and right traveling devices, and a pair of side clutches that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the pair of interlocking rotators in the transmission case. Equipped on the shaft,
Each of the pair of side clutches has a cylindrical shaft that is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft in a state where the side clutch shaft can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. The moving-side rotating body having a meshing portion at a side end, a fixed-side rotating body having a meshed portion at one side end, and an entry position where the meshing portion and the meshed portion mesh with each other. A compression spring that biases the body, a stopper that receives the moving-side rotating body at the entry position, and a spring receiver that receives one end of the compression spring;
In each of the pair of side clutches, the moving side rotating body, the compression spring, the stopper, and the spring receiver are arranged on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft, and the moving side rotation is performed between the stopper and the spring receiver. An arrangement in which the body and the compression spring are positioned, and the moving-side rotating body rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft in a state in which the moving-side rotating body is slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft with respect to the cylinder shaft. Equipped with the cylinder shaft, the moving-side rotating body, the compression spring, the stopper, and the spring receiver slidably and detachably with respect to the side clutch shaft in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. It is configured as a sliding unit.
 この手段によると、サイドクラッチ軸に各サイドクラッチを組み付ける場合には、サイドクラッチ軸に各摺動ユニットを装着することにより、各サイドクラッチの構成部品である移動側回転体及び圧縮バネなどをサイドクラッチ軸に取り付けることができる。そして、サイドクラッチ軸に各摺動ユニットを装着する際には、圧縮バネの作用に抗する大きい力を必要としないことから、サイドクラッチ軸に対する移動側回転体及び圧縮バネなどの取り付けを容易にすることができる。 According to this means, when assembling each side clutch to the side clutch shaft, by attaching each sliding unit to the side clutch shaft, the moving side rotating body and the compression spring, which are the components of each side clutch, are side-mounted. Can be attached to the clutch shaft. When each sliding unit is mounted on the side clutch shaft, a large force against the action of the compression spring is not required, so that the moving side rotating body and the compression spring can be easily attached to the side clutch shaft. can do.
 一方、圧縮バネの作用に抗する大きい力を要する筒軸に対する移動側回転体や圧縮バネなどの着脱は、伝動ケースの外側において作業領域を制限されることなく、必要な工具を用いて自由に行えることから、筒軸に対する移動側回転体や圧縮バネなどの取り付けを容易に行うことができる。 On the other hand, attachment / detachment of the moving side rotating body or compression spring to / from the cylinder shaft that requires a large force against the action of the compression spring can be freely performed using the necessary tools without limiting the work area outside the transmission case. Since it can be performed, it is possible to easily attach the moving side rotating body or the compression spring to the cylinder shaft.
 従って、サイドクラッチ軸に対する各サイドクラッチの組み付け性を大幅に向上させることができる。 Therefore, the assembling property of each side clutch to the side clutch shaft can be greatly improved.
 一好適実施形態では、前記一対のサイドクラッチを介して前記一対の連動回転体に伝動する伝動回転体を前記サイドクラッチ軸の中央部に配備し、
 前記一対のサイドクラッチとともに前記一対の連動回転体を前記伝動回転体の左右に分散配置して、前記一対のサイドクラッチが、前記伝動回転体から左右同じ側に位置する前記連動回転体への伝動を断続するように構成している。
In one preferred embodiment, a transmission rotating body that is transmitted to the pair of interlocking rotating bodies via the pair of side clutches is disposed in a central portion of the side clutch shaft,
The pair of interlocking rotators and the pair of side clutches are distributed to the left and right of the transmission rotor, and the pair of side clutches are transmitted from the transmission rotor to the interlocking rotors on the same left and right sides. Is configured to be intermittent.
 この手段によると、サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に配備する一対のサイドクラッチ及び一対の連動回転体とともに、これらのサイドクラッチ及び連動回転体を介してサイドクラッチ軸から左右の走行装置に個別に伝動する2系統の伝動系、及び、これらの伝動系を覆う伝動ケースのケース部を左右対称にバランス良く構成することができる。また、一対のサイドクラッチ及び一対の連動回転体を含む2系統の伝動系を共通部品で構成することができる。 According to this means, a pair of side clutches and a pair of interlocking rotating bodies arranged on the side clutch shaft are transmitted separately from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices via these side clutches and the interlocking rotating bodies. The two transmission systems and the case part of the transmission case that covers these transmission systems can be configured symmetrically with a good balance. In addition, two transmission systems including a pair of side clutches and a pair of interlocking rotating bodies can be configured with common parts.
 従って、伝動装置において、サイドクラッチ軸から左右の走行装置にわたる伝動構造を、共通部品による構成の簡素化などを図りながら、左右対称のバランスが良い安定した状態に構成することができる。 Therefore, in the transmission device, the transmission structure extending from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices can be configured in a stable state with a good balance of left and right symmetry while simplifying the configuration using common parts.
 一好適実施形態では、前記一対のサイドクラッチを、それぞれ、前記移動側回転体が従動側回転体として機能し、かつ、前記固定側回転体が駆動側回転体として機能する状態に構成して、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、対応する前記連動回転体を構成部品の一つとして備える状態に構成している。 In one preferred embodiment, each of the pair of side clutches is configured such that the moving side rotating body functions as a driven side rotating body, and the fixed side rotating body functions as a driving side rotating body, Each of the sliding units is configured to include the corresponding interlocking rotating body as one of the components.
 この手段によると、摺動ユニットの構成部品の一つである移動側回転体をサイドクラッチの従動側回転体とすることにより、サイドクラッチ軸の軸上におけるサイドクラッチの伝動方向下手側に配備する連動回転体をも摺動ユニットの構成部品の一つとして構成することができ、これにより、サイドクラッチ軸に対するサイドクラッチ及び連動回転体の組み付け性を向上させることができる。 According to this means, the moving-side rotating body, which is one of the components of the sliding unit, is used as the driven-side rotating body of the side clutch, so that it is disposed on the lower side in the transmission direction of the side clutch on the side clutch shaft. The interlocking rotator can also be configured as one of the components of the sliding unit, thereby improving the assembly of the side clutch and the interlocking rotator with respect to the side clutch shaft.
 一好適実施形態では、前記伝動ケースは、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向における前記一対のサイドクラッチのそれぞれとの対向箇所に、前記摺動ユニットの通過を許容する開口を備え、かつ、前記開口を塞ぐカバー部材を着脱可能に装備して、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対して前記伝動ケースの外側から着脱可能に構成している。 In a preferred embodiment, the transmission case includes an opening that allows passage of the sliding unit at a position facing each of the pair of side clutches in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and the opening. A cover member for closing the cover is detachably mounted, and each of the sliding units is configured to be detachable from the outside of the transmission case with respect to the side clutch shaft.
 この手段によると、伝動ケース内に組み付けたサイドクラッチ軸に対して、各摺動ユニットを、圧縮バネの作用に抗する大きい力を要することなく、伝動ケースの外側から開口を介してサイドクラッチ軸に容易に装着することができる。 According to this means, the side clutch shaft can be moved from the outside of the transmission case through the opening to the side clutch shaft assembled in the transmission case without requiring a large force against the action of the compression spring. Can be easily installed.
 また、各摺動ユニットのメンテナンスを行う場合には、伝動ケースを分解することなく、伝動ケースの開口から各摺動ユニットを着脱することができる。そして、圧縮バネの作用に抗する大きい力を要する各摺動ユニットの分解及び組み立ては、伝動ケースの外側において作業領域を制限されることなく、必要な工具を用いて自由に行うことができる。 Also, when performing maintenance of each sliding unit, each sliding unit can be attached and detached from the opening of the transmission case without disassembling the transmission case. Then, disassembly and assembly of each sliding unit that requires a large force against the action of the compression spring can be freely performed using a necessary tool without limiting the work area outside the transmission case.
 従って、サイドクラッチ軸に対する各摺動ユニットの着脱性、及び、各摺動ユニットに対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, the detachability of each sliding unit with respect to the side clutch shaft and the maintainability with respect to each sliding unit can be improved.
 一好適実施形態では、前記カバー部材のそれぞれは、前記サイドクラッチ軸の端部を支持する軸支部を備えている。 In a preferred embodiment, each of the cover members includes a shaft support portion that supports an end portion of the side clutch shaft.
 この手段によると、伝動ケースに各カバー部材を取り付けることにより、サイドクラッチ軸の端部を各軸支部によって支持することができる。また、伝動ケースから各カバー部材を取り外すことにより、各カバー部材とともに各軸支部を伝動ケースから取り外すことができる。 According to this means, by attaching each cover member to the transmission case, the end portion of the side clutch shaft can be supported by each shaft support portion. Moreover, by removing each cover member from the transmission case, each shaft support portion can be removed from the transmission case together with each cover member.
 これにより、伝動ケースに対する各カバー部材及び各軸支部の着脱を個々に行う場合に比較して、それらの着脱に要する作業工数を削減することができる。そして、たとえば、ベアリングの交換などの各軸支部に対するメンテナンスを行う場合には、そのメンテナンス作業を、伝動ケースの外側において作業領域を制限されることなく必要な工具を用いて自由に行うことができる。 This makes it possible to reduce the man-hours required for attaching / detaching each cover member and each shaft support portion to / from the transmission case as compared with the case where each attaching / detaching is individually performed. For example, when performing maintenance on each shaft support such as replacement of a bearing, the maintenance work can be freely performed using a necessary tool without limiting the work area outside the transmission case. .
 従って、伝動ケースに対する各カバー部材及び各軸支部の着脱性とともに、各摺動ユニット及び各軸支部に対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, the detachability of each cover member and each shaft support portion with respect to the transmission case can be improved, and the maintainability for each sliding unit and each shaft support portion can be improved.
 一好適実施形態では、前記固定側回転体のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する着脱が可能な状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸に外嵌し、
 前記開口のそれぞれを、前記固定側回転体の通過を許容する大きさに形成している。
In one preferred embodiment, each of the fixed-side rotators is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft in a state where it can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft,
Each of the openings is formed in a size that allows passage of the fixed-side rotating body.
 この手段によると、伝動ケース内に組み付けたサイドクラッチ軸に対して、各摺動ユニットとともに各固定側回転体を、圧縮バネの作用に抗する大きい力を要することなく、伝動ケースの外側から開口を介してサイドクラッチ軸に容易に着脱することができる。 According to this means, the fixed-side rotating body together with each sliding unit is opened from the outside of the transmission case to the side clutch shaft assembled in the transmission case without requiring a large force against the action of the compression spring. Can be easily attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft.
 従って、摺動ユニット及び固定側回転体により構成する各サイドクラッチのサイドクラッチ軸に対する着脱性、及び、各サイドクラッチに対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the detachability with respect to the side clutch shaft of each side clutch constituted by the sliding unit and the fixed side rotating body and the maintainability with respect to each side clutch.
 一好適実施形態では、前記一対のサイドクラッチは、それぞれ、前記固定側回転体として、前記移動側回転体の前記噛合部との噛み合い長さの2倍以上の歯幅を有する平ギヤを備えている。 In a preferred embodiment, each of the pair of side clutches includes, as the fixed-side rotator, a spur gear having a tooth width that is at least twice as long as a meshing length with the meshing portion of the moving-side rotator. Yes.
 この手段によると、固定側回転体の被噛合部が摩耗した場合には、固定側回転体をサイドクラッチ軸から一旦取り外して反転させた後に再びサイドクラッチ軸に取り付けることにより、その摩耗を解消することができる。 According to this means, when the meshed portion of the fixed-side rotator is worn, the wear is eliminated by temporarily removing the fixed-side rotator from the side clutch shaft and attaching it to the side clutch shaft again. be able to.
 従って、各固定側回転体の寿命を2倍にすることができ、各サイドクラッチに要するランニングコストの削減を図ることができる。 Therefore, the life of each fixed-side rotating body can be doubled, and the running cost required for each side clutch can be reduced.
 一好適実施形態では、前記固定側回転体のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸における前記摺動ユニットよりも軸端側の部位に外嵌している。 In a preferred embodiment, each of the fixed-side rotating bodies is externally fitted to a portion of the side clutch shaft that is closer to the shaft end than the sliding unit.
 この手段によると、各固定側回転体の交換などの各固定側回転体に対するメンテナンスを行う場合に、サイドクラッチ軸に対する摺動ユニットの着脱を不要にすることができる。 According to this means, when performing maintenance on each fixed-side rotating body such as replacement of each fixed-side rotating body, it is possible to eliminate the need to attach and detach the sliding unit to the side clutch shaft.
 従って、各固定側回転体に対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the maintainability of each fixed side rotating body.
 一好適実施形態では、前記一対の連動回転体として駆動ギヤを備え、
 前記一対のサイドクラッチを、それぞれ、前記移動側回転体が従動側回転体として機能し、かつ、前記固定側回転体が駆動側回転体として機能する状態に構成して、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、対応する前記駆動ギヤを構成部品の一つとして備える状態に構成している。
In one preferred embodiment, a drive gear is provided as the pair of interlocking rotating bodies,
The pair of side clutches are configured such that the moving-side rotating body functions as a driven-side rotating body, and the fixed-side rotating body functions as a driving-side rotating body, Is configured to include the corresponding drive gear as one of the components.
 この手段によると、摺動ユニットの構成部品の一つである移動側回転体をサイドクラッチの従動側回転体とすることにより、サイドクラッチ軸の軸上におけるサイドクラッチの伝動方向下手側に配備する連動回転体をも摺動ユニットの構成部品の一つとして構成することができ、これにより、サイドクラッチ軸に対するサイドクラッチ及び連動回転体の組み付け性を向上させることができる。 According to this means, the moving-side rotating body, which is one of the components of the sliding unit, is used as the driven-side rotating body of the side clutch, so that it is disposed on the lower side in the transmission direction of the side clutch on the side clutch shaft. The interlocking rotator can also be configured as one of the components of the sliding unit, thereby improving the assembly of the side clutch and the interlocking rotator with respect to the side clutch shaft.
 ところで、たとえば、連動回転体が駆動プーリ又は駆動スプロケットである場合には、連動回転体を含む摺動ユニットのサイドクラッチ軸に対する着脱を伝動ケースの開口から行う場合に、その開口から駆動プーリ又は駆動スプロケットに対する伝動ベルト又は伝動チェーンの着脱を行う手間を要することから、開口からのサイドクラッチ軸に対する摺動ユニットの着脱が困難になる。 By the way, for example, when the interlocking rotating body is a driving pulley or a driving sprocket, when the sliding unit including the interlocking rotating body is attached to or detached from the side clutch shaft from the opening of the transmission case, the driving pulley or the drive is driven from the opening. Since it takes time to attach / detach the transmission belt or transmission chain to / from the sprocket, it becomes difficult to attach / detach the sliding unit to / from the side clutch shaft from the opening.
 これに対し、この手段では、連動回転体が駆動ギヤであることから、この駆動ギヤを含む摺動ユニットのサイドクラッチ軸に対する伝動ケースの開口からの着脱を、上記のような手間を要することなく容易に行うことができる。 On the other hand, in this means, since the interlocking rotating body is a drive gear, the attachment / detachment from the opening of the transmission case to the side clutch shaft of the sliding unit including the drive gear is not required as described above. It can be done easily.
 従って、駆動ギヤを含む摺動ユニットのサイドクラッチ軸に対する伝動ケースの開口からの着脱性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, the detachability from the opening of the transmission case to the side clutch shaft of the sliding unit including the drive gear can be improved.
 一好適実施形態では、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれは、前記駆動ギヤを前記筒軸に装備している。 In one preferred embodiment, each of the sliding units is equipped with the drive gear on the cylindrical shaft.
 たとえば、駆動ギヤを移動側回転体に備えた場合には、サイドクラッチの入り切り操作による移動側回転体の摺動変位に伴って、駆動ギヤに噛み合い連動する従動ギヤに対して駆動ギヤが摺動変位することから、その摺動変位に起因した摩耗が駆動ギヤと従動ギヤとの間において生じるようになる。 For example, when the driving gear is provided on the moving side rotating body, the driving gear slides with respect to the driven gear that meshes with the driving gear and interlocks with the sliding displacement of the moving side rotating body due to the on / off operation of the side clutch. Due to the displacement, wear due to the sliding displacement occurs between the drive gear and the driven gear.
 これに対し、この手段では、移動側回転体を摺動可能に支持する筒軸に駆動ギヤを装備することから、上記の摩耗を未然に回避することができる。 On the other hand, in this means, since the drive gear is provided on the cylindrical shaft that slidably supports the moving side rotating body, the above-described wear can be avoided in advance.
 従って、摺動ユニットに備える駆動ギヤ、及び、この駆動ギヤに噛み合い連動する従動ギヤの耐久性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of the drive gear provided in the sliding unit and the driven gear meshing with and interlocking with the drive gear.
 一好適実施形態では、前記伝動ケースは、対応する前記走行装置を制動する多板式のサイドブレーキを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上におけるそれぞれの前記摺動ユニットの外周側に装備し、
 前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれは、対応する前記サイドブレーキのブレーキハブを構成部品の一つとして前記筒軸と一体回転する状態で備えている。
In one preferred embodiment, the transmission case is equipped with a multi-plate side brake that brakes the corresponding traveling device on the outer peripheral side of each sliding unit on the axis of the side clutch shaft,
Each of the sliding units includes a corresponding brake hub of the side brake as one of the component parts so as to rotate integrally with the cylindrical shaft.
 この手段によると、サイドブレーキにより旋回内側の走行装置を制動させる制動旋回を行えるように構成しながら、各サイドブレーキの組み付け性を向上させることができる。 According to this means, it is possible to improve the assembling property of each side brake while configuring so that the braking device can perform the braking turning that brakes the traveling device inside the turning by the side brake.
 一好適実施形態では、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれは、前記筒軸と一体回転するスプラインボスを備え、
 前記スプラインボスのそれぞれを、一端側が前記駆動ギヤとして機能し、かつ、他端側が前記ブレーキハブとして機能する兼用部品に構成している。
In one preferred embodiment, each of the sliding units includes a spline boss that rotates integrally with the cylindrical shaft,
Each of the spline bosses is configured as a combination part in which one end side functions as the drive gear and the other end side functions as the brake hub.
 この手段によると、各スプラインボスが駆動ギヤとブレーキハブとを兼ねる兼用部品であることから、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化及び組み付け性の向上などを図ることができる。 According to this means, since each spline boss is a dual-purpose part that serves both as a drive gear and a brake hub, the structure can be simplified and the assembly can be improved by reducing the number of parts.
 一好適実施形態では、前記スプラインボスのそれぞれは、駆動ギヤ側の内周面に、対応する前記筒軸の一端側に備えたスプライン軸部に外嵌するスプライン穴部を備え、かつ、ブレーキハブ側の内周面に、前記筒軸との間に圧縮バネ用の収納空間を形成する拡径部を備えている。 In one preferred embodiment, each of the spline bosses has a spline hole portion fitted on a spline shaft portion provided on one end side of the corresponding cylindrical shaft on the inner peripheral surface on the drive gear side, and a brake hub. The inner peripheral surface on the side is provided with an enlarged diameter portion that forms a storage space for a compression spring between the cylinder shaft.
 この手段によると、駆動ギヤとブレーキハブとを兼ねることによって軸心方向に長くなる各スプラインボスの駆動ギヤ側を利用して、筒軸に対してスプラインボスを着脱可能にスプライン嵌合することができる。これにより、駆動ギヤ又はブレーキハブにおいて摩耗などが生じた場合には、スプラインボスのみを交換することができ、筒軸にスプラインボスを一体形成する場合に比較して、駆動ギヤ又はブレーキハブの摩耗などに対するメンテナンス費の削減を図ることができる。 According to this means, the spline boss can be removably fitted to the cylinder shaft by using the drive gear side of each spline boss that becomes longer in the axial direction by serving as the drive gear and the brake hub. it can. As a result, when wear or the like occurs in the drive gear or the brake hub, only the spline boss can be replaced. Compared to the case where the spline boss is integrally formed on the cylinder shaft, the wear of the drive gear or the brake hub is reduced. Maintenance costs can be reduced.
 また、各スプラインボスのブレーキハブ側を利用して、筒軸と圧縮バネとスプラインボスとを筒軸の径方向に重ね合わせた状態で装備することができる。これにより、筒軸の軸心方向に圧縮バネとスプラインボスとを並べて装備する場合に比較して、各摺動ユニットにおける軸心方向の長さを短くすることができ、その結果、サイドクラッチ軸の短尺化とともに伝動装置の左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置の小型化を図ることができる。 Also, using the brake hub side of each spline boss, it is possible to equip the cylinder shaft, the compression spring, and the spline boss in a state where they are overlapped in the radial direction of the cylinder shaft. As a result, the length in the axial direction of each sliding unit can be shortened as compared with the case where the compression spring and the spline boss are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the cylinder shaft. It is possible to reduce the size of the transmission device by narrowing the left and right widths of the transmission device together with the shortening of the length.
 一好適実施形態では、前記筒軸のそれぞれは、それらの外周部に備えた段差部にて前記バネ受けを構成して、前記スプライン軸部を、前記段差部から大径側の軸端にわたる長さに形成し、
 前記スプライン軸部のそれぞれは、それらの外周側に略環状に凹入形成した係合部を備え、かつ、前記係合部にC字形の止め輪を外嵌装備し、
 前記スプラインボスのそれぞれは、前記スプライン穴部を前記止め輪から前記段差部にわたる長さに形成し、かつ、前記拡径部を前記段差部からブレーキハブ側のボス端にわたる長さに形成している。
In one preferred embodiment, each of the cylindrical shafts constitutes the spring receiver with a stepped portion provided on the outer peripheral portion thereof, and the spline shaft portion extends from the stepped portion to the shaft end on the large diameter side. Formed into
Each of the spline shaft portions is provided with an engagement portion formed in a substantially annular recess on the outer peripheral side thereof, and a C-shaped retaining ring is fitted on the engagement portion.
Each of the spline bosses has the spline hole portion extending from the retaining ring to the stepped portion and the enlarged diameter portion extending from the stepped portion to the boss end on the brake hub side. Yes.
 この手段によると、筒軸の段差部と止め輪と圧縮バネとを使用した簡単な構成で、筒軸に対する所定位置にスプラインボスを簡単かつ確実に固定装備することができる。 According to this means, the spline boss can be easily and reliably fixed at a predetermined position with respect to the cylinder shaft with a simple configuration using the step portion of the cylinder shaft, the retaining ring, and the compression spring.
 一好適実施形態では、前記サイドブレーキのそれぞれは、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に交互に配置する複数のブレーキディスクと複数のセパレータプレートとを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による前記伝動ケースの横外方への取り外しが可能な状態で装備し、
 前記開口のそれぞれを、前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートの通過を許容する大きさに形成している。
In a preferred embodiment, each of the side brakes slides a plurality of brake disks and a plurality of separator plates alternately arranged in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. Equipped in a state that can be removed laterally outward of the transmission case by
Each of the openings is sized to allow passage of the brake disc and the separator plate.
 この手段によると、各摺動ユニットなどに加えて、各サイドブレーキにおける複数のブレーキディスク及び複数のセパレータプレートなどの着脱をも、伝動ケースの各開口から容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, in addition to each sliding unit, a plurality of brake discs and a plurality of separator plates in each side brake can be easily attached and detached from each opening of the transmission case.
 従って、各サイドブレーキの組み付け、及び、ブレーキディスクやセパレータプレートの交換などの各サイドブレーキに対するメンテナンスを容易にすることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to facilitate maintenance of each side brake such as assembly of each side brake and replacement of a brake disk and a separator plate.
 一好適実施形態では、前記移動側回転体のそれぞれは、それらの外周部に前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートに作用する押圧部を備え、
 前記サイドブレーキのそれぞれを、対応する前記移動側回転体が、前記移動側回転体の前記噛合部と前記固定側回転体の前記被噛合部とが噛み合いを解除する切り位置から、前記入り位置とは反対方向に位置する制動位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートのそれぞれが前記押圧部の作用による圧接を解除する制動解除状態から、前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートのそれぞれが前記押圧部の作用により圧接する制動状態に切り替わり、かつ、対応する前記移動側回転体が前記制動位置から前記切り位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、前記制動状態から前記制動解除状態に切り替わるように構成している。
In one preferred embodiment, each of the moving side rotating bodies includes a pressing portion acting on the brake disc and the separator plate on an outer peripheral portion thereof,
For each of the side brakes, the corresponding moving-side rotating body is moved from the cut position where the meshing portion of the moving-side rotating body and the meshed portion of the fixed-side rotating body release the meshing, The brake disc and the separator are released from the brake release state in which the brake disc and the separator plate release the pressure contact due to the action of the pressing portion as they slide toward the braking position located in the opposite direction. Each of the plates is switched to a braking state in which the plate is pressed by the action of the pressing portion, and the corresponding moving-side rotator slides from the braking position toward the cutting position. It is configured to switch to the brake release state.
 この手段によると、各サイドクラッチの移動側回転体をサイドブレーキの操作具に兼用することができ、また、これにより、サイドクラッチとサイドブレーキとを適切に連動させることができる。 According to this means, the moving side rotating body of each side clutch can be used as a side brake operating tool, and accordingly, the side clutch and the side brake can be appropriately interlocked.
 従って、車体の旋回操作に要する構成の簡素化を図りながら、車体の旋回操作性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the turning operability of the vehicle body while simplifying the configuration required for the turning operation of the vehicle body.
 一好適実施形態では、前記固定側回転体のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する着脱が可能な状態で、前記サイドクラッチ軸における前記摺動ユニットよりも軸端側の部位に外嵌し、
 前記カバー部材のそれぞれは、前記固定側回転体の通過を許容する補助開口を備え、かつ、前記補助開口を塞ぐ補助カバー部材を着脱可能に装備し、前記サイドクラッチ軸の端部を支持する軸支部を前記補助カバー部材に備えている。
In one preferred embodiment, each of the fixed-side rotating bodies can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and from the sliding unit on the side clutch shaft. Is also fitted around the shaft end side,
Each of the cover members includes an auxiliary opening that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator, and is detachably equipped with an auxiliary cover member that closes the auxiliary opening, and is a shaft that supports an end portion of the side clutch shaft. A branch is provided in the auxiliary cover member.
 この手段によると、各補助カバー部材を取り外すことにより、カバー部材によって各摺動ユニット並びに各サイドブレーキのブレーキディスク及びセパレータプレートの取り外しを阻止した状態で、固定側回転体の取り外しを可能にすることができる。 According to this means, by removing each auxiliary cover member, it is possible to remove the fixed-side rotating body in a state in which removal of each sliding unit and each brake disc and separator plate of each side brake is prevented by the cover member. Can do.
 従って、固定側回転体に対するメンテナンスを行う場合の作業性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve workability when performing maintenance on the fixed side rotating body.
 一好適実施形態では、前記補助開口のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心を中心とする円形に形成し、
 前記補助カバー部材のそれぞれは、前記補助開口に内嵌する大径部と、前記補助開口との間に環状の空間を形成する小径部とを、前記小径部が前記伝動ケースの内部側に位置する状態で備え、
 前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、前記移動側回転体が前記空間に対向する状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に装備し、
 前記移動側回転体を摺動操作する環状のピストンを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で前記空間に嵌入するとともに、前記空間がピストン操作用の油室として機能する状態に構成している。
In one preferred embodiment, each of the auxiliary openings is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft,
Each of the auxiliary cover members includes a large-diameter portion that fits in the auxiliary opening, and a small-diameter portion that forms an annular space between the auxiliary opening, and the small-diameter portion is located on the inner side of the transmission case. Ready to
Each of the sliding units is equipped on the side clutch shaft in a state where the moving side rotating body faces the space,
A state in which an annular piston that slides the moving-side rotating body is fitted into the space in a state in which it can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and the space functions as an oil chamber for operating the piston. It is configured.
 この手段によると、カバー部材と補助カバー部材との間の空間を利用して、サイドクラッチ及びサイドブレーキに対する油圧操作部を構成することができる。そして、カバー部材又は補助カバー部材を取り外すことにより、油圧操作部を取り外すことができ、油圧操作部に対するメンテナンスを容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, the hydraulic operation section for the side clutch and the side brake can be configured using the space between the cover member and the auxiliary cover member. Then, by removing the cover member or the auxiliary cover member, the hydraulic operation unit can be removed, and maintenance on the hydraulic operation unit can be easily performed.
 従って、構成の複雑化を抑制しながら、油圧操作部によってサイドクラッチ及びサイドブレーキの操作性を向上させることができ、また、油圧操作部に対するメンテナンス性を良好にすることができる。 Therefore, the operability of the side clutch and the side brake can be improved by the hydraulic operation part while suppressing the complication of the configuration, and the maintainability for the hydraulic operation part can be improved.
 一好適実施形態では、前記移動側回転体のそれぞれは、ストッパ側の内周面に、前記入り位置における前記ストッパの入り込みを許容する拡径部を備えている。 In a preferred embodiment, each of the moving side rotating bodies includes an enlarged diameter portion that allows the stopper to enter at the entering position on the inner peripheral surface on the stopper side.
 この手段によると、拡径部を形成しない場合に比較して、各摺動ユニットの軸心方向での長さを更に短くすることができる。その結果、サイドクラッチ軸の短尺化とともに伝動装置の左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置の小型化を図ることができる。 According to this means, the length of each sliding unit in the axial direction can be further shortened as compared with the case where the enlarged diameter portion is not formed. As a result, it is possible to reduce the size of the transmission device by shortening the side clutch shaft and reducing the lateral width of the transmission device.
 一好適実施形態では、前記ストッパを、前記筒軸の外周側に環状に凹入形成した係合溝に着脱可能に外嵌するC字形の止め輪により構成し、
 ストッパ用の前記拡径部を、前記ストッパの前記係合溝からの離脱を阻止する大きさに形成している。
In one preferred embodiment, the stopper is constituted by a C-shaped retaining ring that is detachably fitted in an engagement groove that is annularly recessed and formed on the outer peripheral side of the cylindrical shaft.
The enlarged diameter portion for the stopper is formed to a size that prevents the stopper from being detached from the engaging groove.
 この手段によると、たとえば、各筒軸の係合溝に対するストッパの係合が不完全で、ストッパが係合溝から浮き上がっている場合には、圧縮バネの作用によって移動側回転体が入り位置に摺動する際に、その入り位置への摺動がストッパとの接触によって阻止される。 According to this means, for example, when the stopper is not completely engaged with the engaging groove of each cylindrical shaft and the stopper is lifted from the engaging groove, the moving side rotating body is brought into the entering position by the action of the compression spring. When sliding, sliding to the entry position is prevented by contact with the stopper.
 つまり、各筒軸の係合溝に対するストッパの組み付け状態を、その組み付け後の圧縮バネの作用による移動側回転体の摺動によって容易に判別することができ、これにより、各筒軸の係合溝に対するストッパの係合が不完全である場合には、その係合を直ちに改善することができる。 That is, the assembled state of the stopper with respect to the engagement groove of each cylinder shaft can be easily determined by sliding of the moving side rotating body by the action of the compression spring after the assembly. If the engagement of the stopper with the groove is incomplete, the engagement can be improved immediately.
[3]課題[3]に対応して提案される解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [3] Solutions proposed in response to the problem [3] are as follows.
 ミッションケースの外部に設けられると共に、前記ミッションケースの一端側の側壁をケース外方側からケース内方側に向けて挿通する出力軸を有し、エンジンからの動力を正逆無段に変速して前記出力軸から出力する主変速装置と、
 前記ミッションケースに内装されると共に、前記出力軸から伝達された動力を作業状態に応じた高低2段に変速して走行装置に伝達するギヤ式の副変速装置とが備えられ、
 前記出力軸は、前記ミッションケース内を通過するとともに、他端側の側壁を挿通して軸端部がケース外方に露出する状態で、且つ、前記一端側の側壁と前記他端側の側壁との夫々に回動自在に支持される状態で備えられている収穫機。
It is provided outside the transmission case and has an output shaft that passes through the side wall on one end side of the transmission case from the outer side of the case to the inner side of the case. A main transmission that outputs from the output shaft;
A gear-type sub-transmission device that is internally mounted in the transmission case and that shifts the power transmitted from the output shaft to a high and low two-stage according to a working state and transmits it to the traveling device;
The output shaft passes through the transmission case and is inserted into the side wall on the other end side so that the shaft end is exposed to the outside of the case. The side wall on the one end side and the side wall on the other end side And harvester that is provided in a state of being rotatably supported by each.
 本構成によれば、主変速装置の出力軸が、ミッションケースの一端側の側壁をケース外方側からケース内方側に向けて挿通する状態で設けられる。そして、その出力軸は、ミッションケース内を通過して他端側の側壁を挿通して軸端部がケース外方に露出する状態で、且つ、一端側の側壁と他端側の側壁との夫々に回動自在に支持される状態で備えられている。 According to this configuration, the output shaft of the main transmission is provided in a state where the side wall on one end side of the transmission case is inserted from the case outer side toward the case inner side. The output shaft passes through the transmission case, passes through the side wall on the other end side, and the shaft end portion is exposed to the outside of the case, and between the side wall on the one end side and the side wall on the other end side. Each is provided in a state of being rotatably supported.
 このように出力軸が、ミッションケースにおける一端側の側壁と他端側の側壁との夫々に回動自在に支持される構成となっているから、出力ギヤに対する伝動下手側からの駆動反力により出力軸が撓み変形するおそれが少なくなり、良好なギヤ噛み合い状態を維持することが可能となる。その結果、良好な伝動状態を維持し易いものとなった。 As described above, the output shaft is rotatably supported on each of the side wall on one end side and the side wall on the other end side in the transmission case, so that the drive reaction force from the lower transmission side to the output gear causes The possibility that the output shaft is bent and deformed is reduced, and a good gear meshing state can be maintained. As a result, it was easy to maintain a good transmission state.
 また、出力軸が、他端側の側壁を挿通して他端側の軸端部がケース外方に露出しているので、ミッションケースの外方側からこの出力軸が回転しているか否かを目視で確認することが可能である。そうすると、たとえば、変速操作具にて主変速装置を中立位置に操作するときの操作状態を調整するような場合に、主変速装置が中立状態、すなわち出力軸が回転停止状態になっているか否かを目視で確認しながら、調整作業を精度よく行うことができる。 Also, since the output shaft is inserted through the side wall on the other end side and the shaft end on the other end side is exposed outside the case, whether the output shaft is rotating from the outer side of the mission case or not Can be visually confirmed. Then, for example, when adjusting the operation state when the main transmission is operated to the neutral position with the shift operation tool, whether or not the main transmission is in the neutral state, that is, whether the output shaft is in the rotation stop state or not. The adjustment work can be performed with high accuracy while visually confirming.
 従って、良好なギヤ噛み合い状態を維持することが可能であるとともに、適正な中立状態を現出可能であり、伝動機構において良好な伝動状態を長期にわたり維持することが可能となる収穫機を提供できるに至った。 Therefore, it is possible to provide a harvesting machine that can maintain a good gear meshing state and can display an appropriate neutral state and can maintain a good transmission state for a long time in the transmission mechanism. It came to.
 また、前記副変速装置における入力側の変速用入力軸に、前記出力軸に備えられた出力ギヤと噛み合い連動する入力ギヤが備えられていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that an input gear for input on the input side of the auxiliary transmission is provided with an input gear that meshes with and interlocks with an output gear provided on the output shaft.
 本構成によれば、出力軸に備えられた出力ギヤと副変速装置の変速用入力軸に備えられた入力ギヤとが噛み合い連動して、主変速装置の出力が副変速装置に伝達される。伝動下手側からの駆動反力により、出力ギヤと入力ギヤとの噛み合い箇所において、各ギヤが離れる方向に力が作用しても、出力軸が撓み変形するおそれが少ないので、各ギヤが斜め状態で噛み合う等の不利のない良好な伝動状態を維持し易いものとなった。 According to this configuration, the output gear provided on the output shaft and the input gear provided on the input shaft for shifting of the auxiliary transmission are meshed with each other, and the output of the main transmission is transmitted to the auxiliary transmission. Due to the driving reaction force from the lower transmission side, the output shaft is less likely to bend and deform even when force is applied in the direction where the output gear and input gear are engaged. It became easy to maintain a good transmission state without any disadvantages such as meshing with each other.
 また、前記変速用入力軸において、前記入力ギヤに近い側に高速伝動用駆動ギヤが備えられ、前記入力ギヤから遠い側に低速伝動用駆動ギヤが備えられていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the transmission input shaft is provided with a high-speed transmission drive gear on the side closer to the input gear and a low-speed transmission drive gear on the side far from the input gear.
 本構成によれば、副変速装置が高速状態に切り換えられているときは、高速伝動用駆動ギヤを介して動力が伝達され、副変速装置が低速状態に切り換えられているときは、低速伝動用駆動ギヤを介して動力が伝達される。 According to this configuration, when the auxiliary transmission is switched to the high speed state, power is transmitted via the high speed transmission drive gear, and when the auxiliary transmission is switched to the low speed state, the transmission is for low speed transmission. Power is transmitted through the drive gear.
 ところで、副変速装置が高速状態であるときは、高速で刈取作業を行う等、駆動負荷が大きい状態であり、副変速装置が低速状態であるときは、低速で刈取作業を行う等、駆動負荷が小さい状態であると考えられる。つまり、変速用入力軸において、高速伝動用駆動ギヤが備えられた箇所には比較的大きな駆動反力が作用し、低速伝動用駆動ギヤが備えられた箇所には比較的小さな駆動反力が作用すると考えられる。 By the way, when the auxiliary transmission is in a high speed state, the driving load is large, such as performing a cutting operation at a high speed, and when the auxiliary transmission is in a low speed state, the driving load is performed, for example, performing a cutting operation at a low speed. Is considered to be small. In other words, a relatively large driving reaction force acts on a portion where a high-speed transmission drive gear is provided, and a relatively small driving reaction force acts on a portion provided with a low-speed transmission drive gear. I think that.
 そして、入力ギヤに近い側に高速伝動用駆動ギヤが備えられるので、高速状態であるときには、極力、変速用入力軸の捻り変形が少ない状態で動力伝達することができる。尚、低速状態であるときには、低速伝動用駆動ギヤは入力ギヤから遠い側に備えられていても、変速用入力軸の捻り変形は少ない。 Since the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided on the side close to the input gear, the power can be transmitted with minimal torsional deformation of the transmission input shaft when it is in a high-speed state. In the low speed state, even if the low speed transmission drive gear is provided on the side far from the input gear, the torsional deformation of the transmission input shaft is small.
 従って、極力、変速用入力軸の捻り変形が少ない状態で、良好な伝動状態を維持し易いものとなった。 Therefore, it is easy to maintain a good transmission state with as little twist deformation as possible on the input shaft for shifting.
 また、前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤが、前記変速用入力軸を前記他端側の側壁において回動自在に支持する軸支部材との間で軸心方向に間隔をあけて備えられていると好適である。 Preferably, the low-speed transmission drive gear is provided with a space in the axial direction between the shift input shaft and a shaft support member that rotatably supports the shift input shaft on the side wall on the other end side. It is.
 本構成によれば、低速伝動用駆動ギヤと軸支部材との間に軸心方向に間隔があいているので、それらの間の空間を利用して、低速伝動用駆動ギヤ及び軸支部材の夫々に対して、潤滑油を適正に供給することができる。 According to this configuration, since there is a space in the axial direction between the drive gear for low speed transmission and the shaft support member, the space between them is used for the drive gear for low speed transmission and the shaft support member. Lubricating oil can be appropriately supplied to each.
 その結果、低速伝動用駆動ギヤ及び軸支部材の夫々が、適正に潤滑油が供給されることにより円滑な作動を継続して行うことができ、良好な伝動状態を維持し易いものとなった。 As a result, each of the low-speed transmission drive gear and the shaft support member can be continuously operated smoothly by appropriately supplying the lubricating oil, and it is easy to maintain a good transmission state. .
 また、前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤが、前記入力ギヤとの間で軸心方向に間隔をあけて備えられていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided with an interval in the axial direction between the input gear and the input gear.
 本構成によれば、高速伝動用駆動ギヤと入力ギヤとの間に軸心方向に間隔があいているので、それらの間の空間を利用して、高速伝動用駆動ギヤ及び入力ギヤの夫々に対して、潤滑油を適正に供給することができる。 According to this configuration, since there is a space in the axial direction between the high-speed transmission drive gear and the input gear, the space between them is used to each of the high-speed transmission drive gear and the input gear. On the other hand, lubricating oil can be supplied appropriately.
 その結果、高速伝動用駆動ギヤ及び入力ギヤの夫々が、適正に潤滑油が供給されることにより円滑な作動を継続して行うことができ、良好な伝動状態を維持し易いものとなった。 As a result, each of the drive gear for high speed transmission and the input gear can be continuously operated smoothly by appropriately supplying the lubricating oil, and it is easy to maintain a good transmission state.
 また、前記副変速装置における出力側の変速用出力軸に、前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤが噛み合い連動する高速伝動用従動ギヤと、前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤが噛み合い連動する低速伝動用従動ギヤと、前記副変速装置の伝動下手側に位置する下手側伝動ギヤと噛み合い連動する駆動用ギヤとが夫々備えられていると好適である。 Further, a high-speed transmission driven gear in which the high-speed transmission drive gear meshes and interlocks with an output-side shift output shaft in the sub-transmission device, and a low-speed transmission driven gear in which the low-speed transmission drive gear meshes and interlocks, It is preferable that a driving gear that meshes with and is interlocked with a lower transmission gear positioned on the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission is provided.
 本構成によれば、副変速装置における変速用入力軸の動力は、高速伝動用駆動ギヤ及び高速伝動用従動ギヤを介して、又は、低速伝動用駆動ギヤ及び低速伝動用従動ギヤを介して、変速用出力軸に伝達される。そして、変速用出力軸の動力は、高速伝動用従動ギヤ及び低速伝動用従動ギヤとは別に備えられた駆動ギヤ及びそれと噛み合う下手側伝動ギヤを介して、副変速装置の伝動下手側に伝達される。 According to this configuration, the power of the transmission input shaft in the auxiliary transmission is transmitted via the high-speed transmission drive gear and the high-speed transmission driven gear, or via the low-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear. It is transmitted to the shift output shaft. The power of the transmission output shaft is transmitted to the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission device via a drive gear provided separately from the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear and the lower transmission gear meshing with the drive gear. The
 ところで、このような構成に代えて、たとえば、変速用入力軸側からの動力が伝達されるギヤを利用して、副変速装置の伝動下手側へ動力を伝達させる構成、すなわち、従動用ギヤと駆動用ギヤとを共用する構成とすることも考えられる。しかし、このような構成では、ギヤに対して、変速用入力軸側からの駆動力と、伝動下手側からの駆動反力とが夫々、加わることになり、走行装置の負荷が通常の状態であっても、ギヤに大きな負荷が掛かり、耐久性が低下するおそれがある。 By the way, instead of such a configuration, for example, a configuration in which power is transmitted from the transmission input shaft side to the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission device, that is, a driven gear, A configuration in which the drive gear is shared is also conceivable. However, in such a configuration, the driving force from the speed change input shaft side and the driving reaction force from the lower transmission side are applied to the gear, respectively, and the load of the traveling device is normal. Even if it exists, there exists a possibility that a heavy load may be applied to a gear and durability may fall.
 これに対して、本構成によれば、高速伝動用従動ギヤ及び低速伝動用従動ギヤには、変速用入力軸側からの動力が伝達されるだけであり、駆動ギヤは伝動下手側へ動力を伝達させる駆動専用のギヤであるから、従動用ギヤと駆動用ギヤとを共用することに起因した大きな負荷が掛かることを回避できて、耐久性の低下を防止できる。 In contrast, according to this configuration, only the power from the transmission input shaft side is transmitted to the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear, and the drive gear transmits power to the lower transmission side. Since it is a drive-dedicated gear to be transmitted, it is possible to avoid applying a large load due to sharing the driven gear and the driving gear, and it is possible to prevent a decrease in durability.
 また、前記駆動用ギヤが、前記高速伝動用従動ギヤと前記低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間に位置する状態で備えられていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the driving gear is provided in a state of being positioned between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear.
 本構成によれば、変速用出力軸における高速伝動用従動ギヤと低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間に駆動用ギヤが備えられる。
 ギヤ式の副変速装置においては、高速伝動用従動ギヤに動力が伝達される状態と、低速伝動用従動ギヤに動力が伝達される状態とに切り換えるための切換用の操作機構が備えられるが、この切換用の操作機構は、高速伝動用従動ギヤと低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間に対応する箇所に備えられることになる。
According to this configuration, the driving gear is provided between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear on the transmission output shaft.
The gear-type auxiliary transmission includes a switching operation mechanism for switching between a state where power is transmitted to the driven gear for high speed transmission and a state where power is transmitted to the driven gear for low speed transmission. This switching operation mechanism is provided at a corresponding location between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear.
 従って、上述したような切換用の操作機構を備えるために、軸心方向に離間した状態で備えられる高速伝動用従動ギヤと低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間の空間を利用して、コンパクトに駆動用ギヤを配備することができる。 Therefore, in order to provide the operation mechanism for switching as described above, the space between the driven gear for high speed transmission and the driven gear for low speed transmission provided in a state of being separated in the axial direction is compactly driven. Gears can be deployed.
 また、前記駆動用ギヤが、前記高速伝動用従動ギヤに近い位置に備えられていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the driving gear is provided at a position close to the high-speed driven gear.
 本構成によれば、駆動用ギヤが高速伝動用従動ギヤに近い位置に備えられるので、駆動負荷が大きめである高速状態であるときには、高速伝動用従動ギヤに伝達された動力が高速伝動用従動ギヤに近い箇所に位置する駆動用ギヤを介して、極力、変速用出力軸の捻り変形が少ない状態で伝動下手側に動力伝達することができる。尚、低速状態であるときは駆動負荷が小さい場合が多く、駆動用ギヤが低速伝動用従動ギヤから遠い位置に備えられていても、変速用出力軸の捻り変形は少ない。 According to this configuration, since the driving gear is provided at a position close to the high-speed transmission driven gear, the power transmitted to the high-speed transmission driven gear is transmitted to the high-speed transmission driven gear when the driving load is high. Power can be transmitted to the lower transmission side through the drive gear located near the gear as much as possible with little torsional deformation of the output shaft for shifting. In the low speed state, the driving load is often small, and even if the driving gear is provided at a position far from the low speed driven gear, the torsional deformation of the transmission output shaft is small.
 また、前記副変速装置は、入力側の変速用入力軸と、出力側の変速用出力軸と、前記変速用入力軸に相対回転可能に備えられた高速伝動用駆動ギ及び低速伝動用駆動ギヤと、前記変速用出力軸に固定状態で備えられた高速伝動用従動ギヤ及び低速伝動用従動ギヤとを備え、
 前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤと前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤとを、前記高速伝動用従動ギヤと前記低速伝動用従動ギヤとに夫々常時噛み合う状態で、軸心方向にスライド不能に備えて構成されるとともに、
 前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤと前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤとの間に、前記変速用入力軸にスプライン外嵌されて、前記変速用入力軸に相対回転自在に備えられた前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤのスプライン部に噛み合い連動する高速伝動用操作位置と、前記変速用入力軸に相対回転自在に備えられた前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤのスプライン部に噛み合い連動する低速伝動用操作位置とにスライド自在なシフタを備えて構成されていると好適である。
The auxiliary transmission includes an input-side transmission input shaft, an output-side transmission output shaft, a high-speed transmission drive gear and a low-speed transmission drive gear that are provided so as to be rotatable relative to the transmission input shaft. And a driven gear for high speed transmission and a driven gear for low speed transmission provided in a fixed state on the output shaft for shifting,
The high-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission drive gear are configured so as to be non-slidable in the axial direction in a state where they are always meshed with the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear, respectively. ,
Between the high-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission drive gear, a spline is externally fitted to the transmission input shaft, and the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided rotatably relative to the transmission input shaft. A shifter that is slidable between a high-speed transmission operation position that meshes with the spline portion and a low-speed transmission operation position that meshes with and interlocks with the spline portion of the low-speed transmission drive gear that is relatively rotatable with respect to the transmission input shaft. It is suitable if it is provided with.
 本構成によれば、シフタを高速伝動用操作位置にスライドさせると、シフタは高速伝動用駆動ギヤのスプライン部に噛み合い連動するので、高速伝動用駆動ギヤが一体的に回転する。そして、高速伝動用駆動ギヤと高速伝動用従動ギヤとが噛み合い連動することにより変速された高速の動力は、変速出力軸を介して走行装置に伝達される。 According to this configuration, when the shifter is slid to the high-speed transmission operation position, the shifter meshes with and interlocks with the spline portion of the high-speed transmission drive gear, so that the high-speed transmission drive gear rotates integrally. Then, the high-speed power shifted by the high-speed transmission drive gear and the high-speed transmission driven gear meshing and interlocking with each other is transmitted to the traveling device via the transmission output shaft.
 一方、シフタを低速伝動用操作位置にスライドさせると、シフタは低速伝動用駆動ギヤのスプライン部に噛み合い連動するので、低速伝動用駆動ギヤが一体的に回転する。そして、低速伝動用駆動ギヤと低速伝動用従動ギヤとが噛み合い連動することにより変速された低速の動力は、変速出力軸を介して走行装置に伝達される。 On the other hand, when the shifter is slid to the operation position for low-speed transmission, the shifter meshes with the spline portion of the low-speed transmission drive gear, so that the low-speed transmission drive gear rotates integrally. Then, the low-speed power that is shifted by the low-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear meshing and interlocking with each other is transmitted to the traveling device via the transmission output shaft.
 従って、シフタをスライド操作することにより、副変速装置を高速状態と低速状態とに切り換えることができる。 Therefore, the auxiliary transmission can be switched between the high speed state and the low speed state by sliding the shifter.
 また、前記変速用出力軸における前記高速伝動用従動ギヤと前記低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間に、前記副変速装置の伝動下手側に位置する下手側伝動ギヤと噛み合い連動する駆動用ギヤが備えられ、
 前記シフタをスライド操作するシフトフォークが、前記シフタと前記駆動用ギヤとの間の空間を通過する状態で備えられていると好適である。
Further, a drive gear that meshes with and engages with a lower transmission gear located on the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission is provided between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear on the transmission output shaft. And
It is preferable that a shift fork for sliding the shifter is provided in a state of passing through a space between the shifter and the driving gear.
 本構成によれば、変速用入力軸における高速伝動用駆動ギヤと低速伝動用駆動ギヤとの間にシフタが備えられ、変速用出力軸における高速伝動用従動ギヤと低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間に駆動用ギヤが備えられる。そして、シフタをスライド操作するシフトフォークが、シフタと駆動用ギヤとの間の空間を通過する状態で備えられる。 According to this configuration, the shifter is provided between the high-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission drive gear on the transmission input shaft, and between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear on the transmission output shaft. Is provided with a driving gear. A shift fork for sliding the shifter is provided in a state of passing through a space between the shifter and the driving gear.
 このように高速伝動用従動ギヤと低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間の空間を有効に利用して、コンパクトに駆動用ギヤを配備するようにしながら、シフタと駆動用ギヤとの間の空間を有効に利用して、他の伝動軸との干渉のおそれの少ない状態で良好にシフトフォークを配備することができる。 In this way, the space between the shifter and the driving gear is effectively used while the space between the driven gear for high speed transmission and the driven gear for low speed transmission is effectively utilized to provide a compact driving gear. Therefore, the shift fork can be satisfactorily deployed in a state where there is little risk of interference with other transmission shafts.
 また、前記シフトフォークが、前記シフタの外周に設けられた係合用周溝における半周分以上の領域に係合するように構成されていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the shift fork is configured to engage with a region equal to or more than a half circumference in an engagement circumferential groove provided on an outer periphery of the shifter.
 本構成によれば、シフタの外周に設けられた係合用周溝における半周分以上の領域に係合する状態で、シフトフォークにてシフタをスライド操作するようにしている。その結果、シフトフォークによりシフタをスライド操作させるときに、シフタに対してシフタの半周分以上の広い領域にシフトフォークの操作力が作用し、シフタに対してシフトフォークの操作力が局所的に作用するのと比較して、変速用入力軸に対してシフタが傾きにくく、拗れをおこすおそれのない状態で、円滑にスライド移動する。 According to the present configuration, the shifter is slid by the shift fork in a state where it is engaged with a region equal to or more than a half circumference in the engagement circumferential groove provided on the outer periphery of the shifter. As a result, when the shifter is operated to slide by the shift fork, the shift fork operating force acts on the shifter over a wide area that is more than half the circumference of the shifter, and the shift fork operating force acts locally on the shifter. The shifter is less likely to tilt with respect to the input shaft for shifting, and smoothly slides in a state where there is no risk of dripping.
 また、前記シフトフォークが、前記シフタの外周に設けられた係合用周溝における直径上に位置する2箇所に係合するように構成されていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the shift fork is configured to be engaged with two positions located on a diameter of an engagement circumferential groove provided on an outer periphery of the shifter.
 本構成によれば、シフタの外周に設けられた係合用周溝における直径上に位置する2箇所に係合する状態で、シフトフォークにてシフタをスライド操作するようにしている。その結果、シフトフォークによりシフタをスライド操作させるときに、シフタに、スライド移動方向に対して傾斜させる操作力が作用しにくく、拗れを起こす等のおそれのない状態で円滑にシフタをスライド操作させることができる。 According to this configuration, the shifter is slid with the shift fork while engaged with two positions located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove provided on the outer periphery of the shifter. As a result, when the shifter is slid by the shift fork, the shifter is not easily acted upon to tilt the shifter with respect to the slide movement direction, and the shifter is smoothly slid in a state where there is no fear of dripping. be able to.
 また、前記出力軸が、軸心方向に沿って分割され且つ一体回転自在に連動連係された一対の分割伝動軸を備えて構成されていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the output shaft is provided with a pair of divided transmission shafts which are divided along the axial direction and linked together so as to be integrally rotatable.
 本構成によれば、出力軸が軸心方向に沿って分割された一対の分割伝動軸にて構成されるので、たとえば、主変速装置から片持ち状に延設された出力用回転軸を一方の分割伝動軸として利用して、その一方の分割伝動軸の軸心方向に沿って連なる状態で、且つ、一体回転自在に連動連係される状態で他方の分割伝動軸を備えることにより、出力軸を構成することができる。つまり、従来より既存の片持ち状の出力用回転軸の構成を有効に利用することで、主変速装置の構造を大幅に改良する必要がない。 According to this configuration, since the output shaft is constituted by a pair of divided transmission shafts divided along the axial direction, for example, one of the output rotating shafts extending in a cantilever manner from the main transmission is provided. By providing the other divided transmission shaft in a state of being linked along the axial direction of one of the divided transmission shafts and being linked and interlocked so as to be integrally rotatable, the output shaft Can be configured. That is, it is not necessary to significantly improve the structure of the main transmission by effectively utilizing the configuration of the existing cantilevered output rotating shaft.
 また、前記出力軸から前記副変速装置に動力を伝達する出力ギヤが、前記一対の分割伝動軸の夫々に対して一体回転自在に外嵌装着され、前記一対の分割伝動軸が前記出力ギヤにより連動連係されていると好適である。 An output gear for transmitting power from the output shaft to the auxiliary transmission is externally fitted to each of the pair of split transmission shafts so as to be integrally rotatable, and the pair of split transmission shafts are driven by the output gear. It is preferable to be linked and linked.
 本構成によれば、副変速装置に動力を伝達するための出力ギヤを有効に利用して、一対の分割伝動軸の夫々を一体回転自在に連動連係させるので、一対の伝動軸を連動連係させるための専用の連結部材を用いて構造を複雑にする等の不利のない状態で、一対の分割伝動軸により出力軸を構成することができる。 According to this configuration, the output gear for transmitting power to the auxiliary transmission is effectively used, and each of the pair of split transmission shafts is linked and interlocked so as to be integrally rotatable. Therefore, the pair of transmission shafts are linked and linked. Thus, the output shaft can be constituted by the pair of split transmission shafts in a state where there is no disadvantage such as making the structure complicated by using a dedicated connecting member.
 また、前記主変速装置の周囲を覆う主変速ケースと前記ミッションケースとがフランジ連結される状態で接続され、
 前記主変速ケースの接続面と前記ミッションケースの接続面のうち前記出力軸が挿通する箇所の夫々に、前記出力軸の軸心を中心とする同心円状の嵌合溝が形成され、
 前記主変速ケースの前記嵌合溝と前記ミッションケースの前記嵌合溝との夫々に嵌り合う状態で、軸心合わせ用のカラー部材が備えられていると好適である。
Further, the main transmission case that covers the periphery of the main transmission and the transmission case are connected in a flange-coupled state,
A concentric fitting groove centered on the axis of the output shaft is formed in each of the connection surfaces of the main transmission case and the connection surface of the transmission case where the output shaft is inserted,
It is preferable that a collar member for axial alignment is provided in a state of fitting into the fitting groove of the main transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case.
 本構成によれば、主変速装置の周囲を覆う主変速ケースとミッションケースとがフランジ連結され、ミッションケースにおける主変速ケースが接続される側の側壁をケース外方側すなわち、主変速ケースの内部からケース内方側に向けて挿通する状態で出力軸が備えられる。 According to this configuration, the main transmission case that covers the periphery of the main transmission and the transmission case are flange-connected, and the side wall of the transmission case on the side to which the main transmission case is connected is outside the case, that is, inside the main transmission case. The output shaft is provided so as to be inserted from the inner side toward the inner side of the case.
 そして、主変速ケースの接続面とミッションケースの接続面のうち出力軸が挿通する箇所の夫々に、出力軸の軸心を中心とする同心円状の嵌合溝が形成されており、主変速ケースの嵌合溝とミッションケースの嵌合溝との夫々に嵌り合う状態で、軸心合わせ用のカラー部材が備えられる。 A concentric fitting groove centering on the axis of the output shaft is formed in each of the connection surface of the main transmission case and the connection surface of the transmission case where the output shaft is inserted. A collar member for axial alignment is provided in a state of fitting into the fitting groove of the transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case.
 すなわち、主変速ケースの嵌合溝とミッションケースの嵌合溝との夫々に嵌り合う状態で同一のカラー部材が装着されるので、主変速ケースの嵌合溝の中心とミッションケースの嵌合溝の中心とが合致する状態で、主変速ケースとミッションケースとがフランジ連結される。 That is, since the same collar member is mounted in a state of fitting into the fitting groove of the main transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case, the center of the fitting groove of the main transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case are fitted. The main transmission case and the transmission case are flange-coupled with each other in a state in which the center of the gear is aligned.
 その結果、主変速ケースの内部からミッションケース内方側に向けて挿通する状態で備えられる出力軸を、嵌合溝の軸心合わせが行われた主変速ケースとミッションケースとによって軸心位置のずれの少ない良好な状態で回転自在に支持することができる。 As a result, the output shaft provided in a state of being inserted from the inside of the main transmission case toward the inner side of the transmission case is positioned at the axial center position by the main transmission case and the transmission case in which the fitting grooves are aligned. It can be rotatably supported in a good state with little deviation.
 また、前記副変速装置にて変速された動力を左右の走行装置に各別に伝達する左右一対の車軸が、前記ミッションケースから固定延設された左右両側の車軸ケース内を挿通する状態で備えられ、
 前記左右一対の車軸が夫々、機体横幅方向内方側の端部に小径の動力伝達部を備え、機体横幅方向外方側に大径の横向き延設部を備えて構成され、且つ、
 前記小径の動力伝達部と前記大径の横向き延設部との間の連設箇所が、前記小径の動力伝達部から機体横幅方向外方側に向かうほど大径となるようなテーパ状に形成されていると好適である。
In addition, a pair of left and right axles for separately transmitting the power shifted by the auxiliary transmission to the left and right traveling devices are provided in a state of being inserted through the left and right axle cases fixedly extending from the transmission case. ,
Each of the pair of left and right axles is configured with a small-diameter power transmission portion at an end on the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and a laterally extending portion with a large diameter on the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and
The connecting portion between the small-diameter power transmission portion and the large-diameter laterally extending portion is formed in a tapered shape so that the diameter increases from the small-diameter power transmission portion toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage. It is preferable that
 本構成によれば、左右一対の車軸は、ミッションケースの内部において、動力伝達部に対して変速後の動力が伝達され、その動力を車軸ケース内を挿通する横向き延設部を介して走行装置に伝達する。左右の走行装置の左右間隔を大きめに設定する収穫機では、車軸ケース内を挿通する横向き延設部を大径に形成することで支持強度を大にする必要がある。 According to this configuration, the pair of left and right axles transmits the motive power after the shift to the power transmission unit inside the transmission case, and the traveling device via the laterally extending portion that inserts the power into the axle case. To communicate. In a harvesting machine in which the left-right distance between the left and right traveling devices is set to be large, it is necessary to increase the support strength by forming a laterally extending portion that passes through the axle case with a large diameter.
 そして、小径の動力伝達部と大径の横向き延設部との間の連設箇所が、小径の動力伝達部から機体横幅方向外方側に向かうほど大径となるようなテーパ状に形成されているから、車軸ケースの機体横幅方向内方側の端部において、車軸ケースの内面とテーパ状の連設箇所との間には、機体横幅方向内方側が広く、機体横幅方向外方側ほど狭くなるような隙間が形成される。 Then, the connecting portion between the small-diameter power transmission portion and the large-diameter laterally extending portion is formed in a tapered shape such that the diameter increases from the small-diameter power transmission portion toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage. Therefore, at the end of the axle case on the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage is wider between the inner surface of the axle case and the tapered connecting portion, and the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage. A narrowing gap is formed.
 その結果、ミッションケース側から供給される潤滑油が、上記隙間における広幅の内方側端部から順次、機体横幅方向外方側に向けて導入されることになり、潤滑油の供給を良好に行うことができる。 As a result, the lubricating oil supplied from the mission case side is introduced from the wide inner side end portion in the gap toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, so that the lubricating oil can be supplied satisfactorily. It can be carried out.
[4]課題[4]に対応して提案される解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [4] Solutions proposed in response to the problem [4] are as follows.
 エンジンからの駆動力を正逆無段に変速する主変速装置と、
 ミッションケースに内装されると共に、複数の組合せが可能なギヤ列が設けられ、主変速装置から出力された駆動力を作業状態に応じた複数段に変速して走行装置に伝達するギヤ式の副変速装置と、
 作業部への駆動力伝達を入り切りする作業クラッチと、
 前記主変速装置を変速操作する主変速操作具と、
 前記副変速装置を変速操作する副変速操作具と、
 前記作業クラッチの入り切り操作をするクラッチ操作具と、
 前記作業クラッチが入り操作されると、前記主変速操作具が前記主変速操作具の前進側操作経路における所定の指令位置よりも増速側へ操作されるのを牽制する牽制機構と、が備えられた点にある。
A main transmission that shifts the driving force from the engine continuously in a forward and reverse direction;
The gear case is provided with a gear train that can be combined in a plurality of combinations, and the driving force output from the main transmission is shifted to a plurality of stages according to the working state and transmitted to the traveling device. A transmission,
A working clutch that turns on and off the transmission of driving force to the working part;
A main speed changer for shifting the main speed change device;
A sub-transmission operating tool for performing a shift operation on the sub-transmission device;
A clutch operating tool for performing on / off operation of the working clutch;
A check mechanism that checks that when the work clutch is engaged and operated, the main transmission operating tool is operated to a speed increasing side from a predetermined command position in the forward operation path of the main transmission operating tool. It is in the point.
 本発明によれば、作業クラッチが入り操作されているときと、切り操作されているときとで、主変速装置による前進速度領域が異なるものになる。つまり、作業クラッチの入り切りを条件として、二種類の速度領域が現出される。したがって、副変速装置の変速領域数の二倍の数の適正走行速度領域を現出可能なコンバインとなる。しかも、主変速操作具の操作を牽制するだけであって、ミッションケース内における部品点数やスペースを増加させる必要がなく、副変速装置のギヤ組合せ数を増やすのと比較してコンパクトなミッションケースとすることができる。また、スペースが増加しないので、その分を利用して、ギヤ厚を厚くして、副変速装置の耐久性を向上させることも可能になる。 According to the present invention, the forward speed range by the main transmission is different between when the work clutch is engaged and when it is disengaged. That is, two types of speed regions appear on condition that the work clutch is turned on and off. Therefore, the combine is capable of revealing an appropriate traveling speed region twice as many as the number of shifting regions of the auxiliary transmission. Moreover, it is only necessary to check the operation of the main transmission operation tool, it is not necessary to increase the number of parts and space in the transmission case, and compared to increasing the number of gear combinations of the auxiliary transmission, can do. In addition, since the space does not increase, it is possible to increase the durability of the auxiliary transmission by using that amount to increase the gear thickness.
 さらに、作業クラッチが入り操作されると、牽制機構によって、主変速操作具が前進側操作経路における所定の指令位置よりも増速側へ操作されるのが牽制されるので、作業部が駆動している状態において、走行速度が一定の走行速度以上に変速されることがない。したがって、誤操作によって走行装置が適正走行速度以上になることが防止される。 Furthermore, when the work clutch is engaged and operated, the check mechanism controls the operation of the main transmission operating tool from the predetermined command position in the forward operation path to the speed increasing side, so that the working unit is driven. In this state, the traveling speed is not changed beyond a certain traveling speed. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the traveling device from exceeding the appropriate traveling speed due to an erroneous operation.
 また、前記作業クラッチが入り操作されても、前記前進側操作経路のうち前記所定の指令位置と中立位置との間の経路、及び、後進側操作経路における前記主変速操作具の操作は自在であると好適である。 Further, even if the operation clutch is engaged, the operation of the main transmission operating tool in the path between the predetermined command position and the neutral position in the forward operation path and the reverse operation path can be freely performed. It is preferable.
 本構成によれば、作業部が駆動している状態である一定の走行速度以上に変速されることはないが、後進走行を含む低速側への変速は可能である。したがって、現在の作業の途中で、現在の作業についての適正走行速度以下の適正走行速度の作業や後進走行が必要となった場合に、走行速度の円滑な変更が可能となる。 According to this configuration, the gear is not shifted beyond a certain traveling speed that is the state in which the working unit is driven, but the shifting to the low speed side including the backward traveling is possible. Therefore, in the middle of the current work, when it is necessary to perform a work with an appropriate travel speed equal to or lower than the appropriate travel speed for the current work or a reverse travel, the travel speed can be smoothly changed.
 また、前記所定の指令位置は、前記前進側操作経路のうち中間位置よりも増速側の位置に設定されていると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the predetermined command position is set to a position on the speed increasing side with respect to the intermediate position in the forward operation path.
 本構成によれば、牽制時における主変速操作具の操作可能領域は、前進側操作経路の半分以上に設定されている。つまり、牽制時と非牽制時とにおける上限速度の差が比較的小さいので、作業状態と非作業状態において適正走行速度の差が小さいような場合に有効である。 に よ According to this configuration, the operable region of the main transmission operating tool at the time of check is set to more than half of the forward operation path. That is, the difference in the upper limit speed between the check state and the non-check state is relatively small, which is effective when the difference in the appropriate traveling speed is small between the working state and the non-working state.
 また、前記副変速装置は、高速変速状態と低速変速状態との二つの状態に切り換え可能であり、
 前記牽制機構は、前記副変速装置が前記高速変速状態に操作されている状態においても前記低速変速状態に操作されている状態においても、前記作業クラッチが入り操作されると、前記主変速操作具が前記前進側操作経路における前記所定の指令位置よりも増速側へ操作されるのを牽制すると好適である。
Further, the auxiliary transmission can be switched between two states, a high speed shift state and a low speed shift state,
When the operation clutch is engaged and operated in both the state in which the auxiliary transmission is operated in the high speed shift state and the state in which the sub transmission is operated in the low speed shift state, the check mechanism is It is preferable to check that the engine is operated to the speed increasing side from the predetermined command position in the forward operation path.
 本構成であれば、副変速装置が高速変速状態であり、かつ、大きな駆動力を必要とする作業部が駆動しているようなエンジン高負荷状態のときに、主変速装置が高速変速側に操作されて、エンジンに更に負荷かかってしまう事態を未然に防止できる。 With this configuration, when the auxiliary transmission is in a high speed shift state and the engine is in a high load state where a working unit that requires a large driving force is driven, the main transmission shifts to the high speed shift side. It is possible to prevent a situation where the engine is further loaded by being operated.
 また、副変速装置が低速変速状態に操作されて低速で走行している状態から、作業部を駆動させると共に現状速度よりもかなり高速で走行する状態に移行しようとする場合は、作業クラッチを入り状態に操作した上で、副変速装置を高速変速状態に操作すると効率良く適正走行速度に増速できる。しかし、副変速装置を高速変速状態に操作し忘れることも考えられる。この場合において、本構成であれば、運転者が、増速をしようと、主変速操作具を操作しても所定の指令位置よりも増速側には操作できず、走行速度は適正走行速度よりも低いものとなる。この結果、運転者は、副変速装置が低速変速状態であることに気付くこととなる。 In addition, when the sub-transmission device is operated in the low speed shift state and travels at a low speed, the work unit is driven and the transition to the state of traveling at a considerably higher speed than the current speed is performed. When the sub-transmission device is operated to the high-speed shift state after being operated to the state, the speed can be efficiently increased to the appropriate traveling speed. However, it is conceivable that the user forgets to operate the auxiliary transmission device in the high speed transmission state. In this case, with this configuration, even if the driver operates the main transmission operating tool to increase the speed, the driver cannot operate the speed higher than the predetermined command position, and the travel speed is the appropriate travel speed. Will be lower. As a result, the driver becomes aware that the auxiliary transmission is in the low speed shifting state.
 このように、本構成であれば、適正走行速度以上への主変速操作具の誤操作を未然に防止できると共に、副変速装置の操作し忘れ等の誤操作を運転者に気付かせられる。 Thus, with this configuration, it is possible to prevent an erroneous operation of the main transmission operating tool beyond the appropriate traveling speed and to make the driver aware of an erroneous operation such as forgetting to operate the auxiliary transmission.
 また、前記副変速装置は、高速変速状態と低速変速状態との二つの状態に切り換え可能であり、
 前記牽制機構は、前記副変速装置が前記高速変速状態に操作されている状態において前記作業クラッチが入り操作されると、前記主変速操作具が前記前進側操作経路における前記所定の指令位置よりも増速側へ操作されるのを牽制すると好適である。
Further, the auxiliary transmission can be switched between two states, a high speed shift state and a low speed shift state,
The check mechanism is configured such that when the work clutch is engaged and operated in a state in which the sub-transmission device is operated in the high-speed shift state, the main transmission operating tool is moved from the predetermined command position in the forward operation path. It is preferable to check the operation to the speed increasing side.
 本構成であれば、副変速装置が高速変速状態であり、かつ、大きな駆動力を必要とする作業部が駆動しているようなエンジン負荷の高い作業時に、主変速装置が高速変速側に操作されて、エンジン負荷が更に高まってしまうようなことを防止できる。 With this configuration, the main transmission is operated to the high-speed transmission side when the sub-transmission is in a high-speed shift state and the engine load is high, such as when a working unit that requires a large driving force is driven. Thus, it is possible to prevent the engine load from further increasing.
 このように、本構成であれば、適正走行速度以上への主変速操作具の誤操作が未然に防止される。 Thus, with this configuration, erroneous operation of the main transmission operating tool beyond the appropriate traveling speed is prevented in advance.
 また、前記主変速操作具として、前後揺動操作式の主変速レバーが備えられると共に、前記クラッチ操作具として、前後揺動操作式のクラッチレバーが備えられ、
 前記牽制機構に、前記前進側操作経路に対して出退可能な牽制部と、前記牽制部と前記クラッチレバーとを連係するリンク部と、が備えられ、
 前記クラッチレバーがクラッチ入り位置へ操作されると、前記牽制部が前記前進側操作経路のうち前記所定の指令位置に対応する位置に突出すると好適である。
In addition, as the main transmission operating tool, a main transmission lever of a swinging operation type is provided, and as a clutch operation tool, a clutch lever of a swinging operation type is provided.
The check mechanism is provided with a check portion that can be moved back and forth with respect to the forward operation path, and a link portion that links the check portion and the clutch lever.
When the clutch lever is operated to the clutch engagement position, it is preferable that the check portion protrudes to a position corresponding to the predetermined command position in the forward operation path.
 本構成によると、主変速操作具が前後揺動式の主変速レバーであるので、牽制部が所定の指令位置に対応する位置に突出すると、主変速レバーが増速側に操作されて主変速レバーと牽制部とが当接すると、主変速レバーがそれ以上増速側へ操作されることが確実に防止できる。また、本構成によれば、クラッチ操作具が前後揺動操作式のクラッチレバーであって動きが単純であり、かつ、牽制部が前進操作経路に対して出退するものであって動きが単純であるので、クラッチレバーと牽制部とを連係するリンク部を簡単な構造にすることができる。 According to this configuration, since the main transmission operating tool is a forward / backward swing type main transmission lever, when the check portion protrudes to a position corresponding to a predetermined command position, the main transmission lever is operated to the speed increasing side and the main transmission lever is operated. When the lever and the check portion come into contact with each other, it is possible to reliably prevent the main transmission lever from being further operated to the speed increasing side. Further, according to this configuration, the clutch operating tool is a forward / backward swing type clutch lever, and the movement is simple, and the check portion is moved back and forth with respect to the forward operation path, and the movement is simple. As a result, the link portion that links the clutch lever and the check portion can have a simple structure.
 また、前記主変速レバーは、運転部のサイドパネルに備えられ、
 前記クラッチレバーは、前記サイドパネルにおいて前記主変速レバーの後方に備えられ、
 前記牽制部は、前後方向に沿ってスライド移動可能であり、かつ、前記クラッチレバーがクラッチ切り位置に操作されると前記前進側操作経路の前方側に引退すると好適である。
The main transmission lever is provided on a side panel of the driving unit,
The clutch lever is provided behind the main transmission lever in the side panel,
It is preferable that the check portion is slidable along the front-rear direction, and is retracted to the front side of the forward operation path when the clutch lever is operated to the clutch disengagement position.
 本構成によれば、前後揺動式の主変速レバーとクラッチレバーとが、サイドパネルにおいて前後に並べられ、かつ、牽制部が、前進側操作経路の前方から前後方向にスライドして前進側操作経路に突出する。つまり、全ての部材の動きが前後方向に沿っているので、リンク部を前後方向に沿った形状かつ前後方向に沿った動きのものとすることができる。この結果、簡単な構造かつ左右方向にコンパクトな牽制機構となる。 According to this configuration, the main swing lever and the clutch lever of the front / rear swing type are arranged in the front / rear direction on the side panel, and the check portion slides in the front / rear direction from the front of the forward operation path to perform the forward operation. Project into the path. That is, since the movement of all the members is along the front-rear direction, the link portion can have a shape along the front-rear direction and a movement along the front-rear direction. As a result, the check mechanism is simple in structure and compact in the left-right direction.
 また、前記クラッチレバーが前記クラッチ入り位置からクラッチ切り位置とは反対側に移動するのを規制する規制部が備えられ、
 前記リンク部に、前記クラッチレバーの揺動軸心周りに前記クラッチレバーと一体的に揺動するアーム部材と、一端が前記アーム部材に対して第1軸心回りに回動可能に連係されると共に他端が前記牽制部に対して第2軸心回りに回動可能に連係されたロッド部材と、が備えられ、
 前記リンク部は、前記クラッチレバーがクラッチ切り位置から前記クラッチ入り位置に操作されると、前記揺動軸心の方向に沿って見て、前記第1軸心が前記揺動軸心の後方側を通過し、かつ、前記第1軸心と前記第2軸心とを結ぶ直線が、前記揺動軸心を跨いで移動するように構成されていると好適である。
And a restricting portion for restricting movement of the clutch lever from the clutch engaged position to the opposite side of the clutch disengaged position.
An arm member that swings integrally with the clutch lever around the swing axis of the clutch lever is linked to the link portion, and one end thereof is linked to the arm member so as to be rotatable around the first axis. And a rod member whose other end is linked to the check portion so as to be rotatable around the second axis, and
When the clutch lever is operated from the clutch disengagement position to the clutch engagement position, the link portion is configured such that the first axis is a rear side of the swing axis when viewed along the direction of the swing axis. And a straight line connecting the first axis and the second axis is preferably configured to move across the swing axis.
 本構成によれば、クラッチレバーがクラッチ切り位置からクラッチ入り位置に操作されると、第1軸心と第2軸心とを結ぶ直線が、揺動軸心を跨いで移動するように構成され、かつ、規制部が備えられているので、作業クラッチがクラッチ入り操作されるときのリンク部の動作と、作業クラッチが切り操作されるときのリンク部の動作とは、逆の動作でなければならない。即ち、作業クラッチが入り操作されるときに辿った経路を第1軸心が逆に辿るようにリンク部が動作するしか、作業クラッチが切り操作されることはない。 According to this configuration, when the clutch lever is operated from the clutch disengagement position to the clutch engagement position, the straight line connecting the first axis and the second axis moves across the swing axis. In addition, since the restriction portion is provided, the operation of the link portion when the work clutch is operated to be engaged with the clutch and the operation of the link portion when the work clutch is operated to be disengaged are not opposite operations. Don't be. In other words, the work clutch is only disconnected when the link unit operates so that the first axis follows the path followed when the work clutch is engaged and operated.
 したがって、主変速レバーが牽制機構によって牽制されている際に、たとえば、誤って運転者が強づくに主変速レバーを増速側へ動かそうとしても、その力によって不測にリンク機構が動いてしまってクラッチレバーが切り位置に移動させられるということがない。 Therefore, when the main speed change lever is being restrained by the restraining mechanism, for example, even if the driver forcibly tries to move the main speed change lever to the speed increasing side, the link mechanism moves unexpectedly due to that force. Thus, the clutch lever is not moved to the disengaged position.
 また、前記牽制部に、前記前進側操作経路から外れた位置で前記前進側操作経路に沿って延びると共に、前後方向に沿ってスライド移動可能なガイド部材が備えられ、
 前後方向に沿った異なる二位置に支持ブラケットが備えられ、
 前記ガイド部材は前記支持ブラケットに支持されていると好適である。
Further, the check portion is provided with a guide member that extends along the forward operation path at a position deviated from the forward operation path and is slidable along the front-rear direction.
Support brackets are provided at two different positions along the front-rear direction,
The guide member is preferably supported by the support bracket.
 本構成によれば、ガイド部材は、その移動方向に並ぶ二箇所において支持ブラケットに支持、案内されるので、ガイド部材の移動が安定し、かつ、円滑になる。 According to this configuration, since the guide member is supported and guided by the support bracket at two locations aligned in the moving direction, the movement of the guide member becomes stable and smooth.
 また、前記支持ブラケットに、前後方向に沿った異なる二位置に位置する二つの貫通孔が備えられ、
 前記ガイド部材は、前記貫通孔に貫通支持されていると好適である。
Further, the support bracket is provided with two through holes located at two different positions along the front-rear direction,
It is preferable that the guide member is supported through the through hole.
 本構成によれば、ガイド部材を案内支持する部材として一つの支持ブラケットを備えるだけで良い。また、一つの支持ブラケットに並ぶ貫通孔を二つ設ける構成であるので、二つのブラケットの夫々に一つの貫通孔が備えられている場合と異なって、貫通孔の位置合わせ作業が不要である。 According to this configuration, it is only necessary to provide one support bracket as a member for guiding and supporting the guide member. In addition, since the two through holes arranged in one support bracket are provided, unlike the case where one through hole is provided in each of the two brackets, the alignment operation of the through holes is unnecessary.
 また、前記牽制部に、前記ガイド部材の先端部に設けられると共に、前記前進側操作経路に突出可能な突出部材が備えられ、
 前記支持ブラケットとは別の支持ブラケットが備えられ、
 前記別の支持ブラケットに、前記突出部材が貫通されて前記突出部材の前後方向のスライド移動を許容する長孔が形成され、
 前記別の支持ブラケットは、前記前進側操作経路を挟んで前記支持ブラケットとは反対側に設けられていると好適である。
In addition, the restraining portion is provided with a protruding member that is provided at the distal end portion of the guide member and that can protrude into the forward operation path.
A support bracket different from the support bracket is provided,
The other support bracket is formed with a long hole through which the projecting member is penetrated to allow the projecting member to slide in the front-rear direction.
The another support bracket is preferably provided on the opposite side of the support bracket across the forward operation path.
 本構成によると、突出部材は、主変速レバーと当接する箇所を挟んで一方側が支持ブラケットに支持され、かつ、他方側が別の支持ブラケットに支持されている。つまり、突出部材は、当接部を挟んで両端側共に安定して支持されている。したがって、本構成であると、ガイド部材全体として安定支持されるのは当然ながら、主変速レバーを牽制するに際して、主変速レバーが当接しても牽制部に変形やこじれが生じ難く、主変速レバーの増速側への移動を確実に牽制できる。 According to this configuration, the projecting member is supported by the support bracket on one side and the other side is supported by another support bracket across the portion that contacts the main transmission lever. That is, the protruding member is stably supported on both end sides with the abutting portion interposed therebetween. Therefore, in this configuration, the guide member is stably supported as a whole, and when the main transmission lever is restrained, the main transmission lever is hardly deformed or twisted even if the main transmission lever comes into contact. It is possible to reliably check the movement to the speed increasing side.
 また、前記作業部は刈取部であり、かつ、前記作業クラッチは刈取クラッチであると好適である。 Further, it is preferable that the working unit is a reaping portion and the working clutch is a reaping clutch.
 本構成であれば、刈取作業時には上限速度が低くなり、かつ、非刈取作業時には上限速度が高くなって、夫々に最適な速度領域を簡単な構成で現出可能である。 In the case of this configuration, the upper limit speed is lowered during the cutting operation and the upper limit speed is increased during the non-cutting operation, so that an optimum speed region can be obtained with a simple configuration.
 また、前記主変速装置は、静油圧式無段変速装置であると好適である。 The main transmission is preferably a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission.
 本構成のように、主変速装置として静油圧式無段変速装置を採用すると、コンパクトな変速装置となる上、中立状態では、ブレーキをかけたのと同じ効果が得られ、操作性が高いものとなる。 When a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission is adopted as the main transmission as in this configuration, the transmission becomes a compact transmission, and in the neutral state, the same effect as when the brake is applied is obtained, and the operability is high. It becomes.
 その他の特徴、及びこれから奏する有利な効果については、添付図面を参照しながら以下の説明を読めば明らかになるだろう。 Other features and advantageous effects to be obtained will be clarified by reading the following description with reference to the accompanying drawings.
第1実施形態を示す図であって(以下、図16まで同じ)、普通型コンバインの右側面図である。It is a figure which shows 1st Embodiment (following, it is the same also to FIG. 16), and is a right view of a normal type combine. 油圧構成の一部を示す油圧回路図である。It is a hydraulic circuit diagram which shows a part of hydraulic structure. 静油圧式無段変速装置及び伝動装置の正面図である。It is a front view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置及び伝動装置の左側面図である。It is a left view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置及び伝動装置の右側面図である。It is a right view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置の一部破断正面図及び伝動装置の縦断正面図である。It is the partially broken front view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission, and the longitudinal cross-sectional front view of a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置の一部及び伝動装置における上部側の縦断正面図である。It is a longitudinal front view of a part of the hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and the upper side of the transmission. 伝動装置における下部側の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the lower part side in a transmission. 伝動装置の縦断左側面図である。It is a vertical left side view of a transmission. 伝動装置における変速機の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the transmission in a transmission. 伝動装置における一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニットなどの縦断正面図である。It is a longitudinal front view of a pair of side clutch brake units and the like in the transmission. 補助カバー部材及び固定側回転体を取り外した状態を示す伝動装置における要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part in the transmission which shows the state which removed the auxiliary | assistant cover member and the stationary-side rotary body. カバー部材及び摺動ユニットなどを取り外した状態を示す伝動装置における要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part in the transmission which shows the state which removed the cover member, the sliding unit, etc. 走行駆動軸及び駆動軸ケースを取り外した状態を示す伝動装置における要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part in the transmission which shows the state which removed the traveling drive shaft and the drive shaft case. 伝動装置における各軸の配置などを示す要部の縦断左側面図である。It is a vertical left view of the principal part which shows arrangement | positioning etc. of each axis | shaft in a transmission. 伝動ケースにおけるオイル吸込口及び内部油路の構成を示す要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part which shows the structure of the oil suction inlet and internal oil path in a transmission case. 第2実施形態を示す図であって(以下、図22まで同じ)、コンバインの全体側面図である。It is a figure which shows 2nd Embodiment (following, it is the same also to FIG. 22), and is the whole combine side view. コンバインの全体平面図である。It is a whole top view of a combine. 伝動構造を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a transmission structure. ミッションケースの縦断正面図である。It is a longitudinal front view of a mission case. ミッションケースの一部縦断正面図である。It is a partially longitudinal front view of a mission case. ミッションケースの一部縦断側面図である。It is a partially vertical side view of a mission case. 第3実施形態を示す図であって(以下、図30まで同じ)、コンバインの左側の側面図である。It is a figure which shows 3rd Embodiment (following, it is the same also to FIG. 30), and is a left side view of a combine. コンバインの上面図である。It is a top view of a combine. HST及びトランスミッションの内部構造を模式的に示す線図である。It is a diagram which shows typically the internal structure of HST and a transmission. サイドパネル周辺の一部断面上面図である。It is a partial cross section top view of the periphery of a side panel. サイドパネル内部を示す縦断左側面図であって、(a)は刈取クラッチレバーが切り位置のときの状態を示し、(b)は刈取クラッチレバーが入り位置のときの状態を示す。It is the vertical left side view which shows the inside of a side panel, Comprising: (a) shows the state when a cutting clutch lever is in a cut position, (b) shows the state when a cutting clutch lever is in an engagement position. 牽制機構の牽制の仕組みを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the mechanism of the check of a check mechanism. 牽制機構による速度領域の変化を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the change of the speed area | region by a check mechanism. 別実施形態における牽制機構による速度領域の変化を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the change of the speed area | region by the check mechanism in another embodiment.
[第1実施形態]
 まず、図1~16を参照しながら、第1実施形態について説明する。
[First Embodiment]
First, the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.
 まず、作業機用(より具体的には収穫機用)の伝動装置における基本構成を図面に基づいて説明する。 First, the basic configuration of a transmission device for a work machine (more specifically, for a harvester) will be described with reference to the drawings.
 図6~10に示すように、収穫機用の伝動装置13は、その入力軸44に平行姿勢で隣接する左右向きの従動軸45と、従動軸45に備えた出力ギヤ81(出力回転体の一例。以下、「出力回転体81」とも称する。)と連動する伝動ギヤ82(伝動回転体の一例。以下、「伝動回転体82」とも称する。)を備えた左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸46と、入力軸44からの動力を変速する選択歯車式の変速機47と、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸上に位置して伝動回転体82から左右のクローラ(走行装置の一例)7への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチ83とを、伝動ケース43に内蔵している。入力軸44は、伝動ケース43に連接する外部機器Aに備えた左右向きの出力軸34に、出力軸34の軸心を中心にして出力軸34と一体回転する状態で備えている。また、変速機47は、入力軸44から従動軸45に伝動する構成で、入力軸44と従動軸45とにわたって装備している。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 10, the transmission device 13 for the harvester includes a left and right driven shaft 45 adjacent to the input shaft 44 in a parallel posture, and an output gear 81 (an output rotating body of the output rotating body) provided on the driven shaft 45. An example, hereinafter referred to as “output rotator 81”), and a side clutch shaft 46 facing left and right provided with a transmission gear 82 (an example of a transmission rotator, hereinafter also referred to as “transmission rotator 82”). A transmission 47 of a selection gear type that shifts the power from the input shaft 44 and a transmission from the transmission rotating body 82 to the left and right crawlers (an example of a traveling device) 7 positioned on the side clutch shaft 46 are individually provided. A pair of side clutches 83 that are intermittently connected to each other are built in the transmission case 43. The input shaft 44 is provided on a left-right output shaft 34 provided in the external device A connected to the transmission case 43 so as to rotate integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis of the output shaft 34. Further, the transmission 47 is configured to transmit from the input shaft 44 to the driven shaft 45 and is provided across the input shaft 44 and the driven shaft 45.
 伝動回転体82は、サイドクラッチ軸46の中央部に配備している。一対のサイドクラッチ83は、伝動回転体82の左右に分散配置している。出力回転体81は、従動軸45の中央部に配備している。 The transmission rotating body 82 is arranged at the center of the side clutch shaft 46. The pair of side clutches 83 are distributed on the left and right of the transmission rotor 82. The output rotator 81 is disposed at the center of the driven shaft 45.
 変速機47は、その従動ギヤ63,65を、出力回転体81の両側部に隣接する状態で従動軸45に装備している。各従動ギヤ63,65は、それらの一端側にギヤ部63A,65Aを備え、かつ、それらの他端側にギヤ選択用の連係部Baを備えて、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構66に連係する連係ギヤBに構成している。そして、それらのギヤ部63A,65Aが出力回転体81に隣接する状態で従動軸45に装備している。 The transmission 47 is equipped with the driven gears 63 and 65 on the driven shaft 45 in a state adjacent to both sides of the output rotating body 81. Each driven gear 63, 65 includes gear portions 63A, 65A on one end thereof, and a gear selection linkage portion Ba on the other end thereof, and is linked to a shift mechanism 66 for gear selection operation. The linkage gear B is configured. These gear portions 63 </ b> A and 65 </ b> A are mounted on the driven shaft 45 in a state adjacent to the output rotating body 81.
 変速機47は、コンスタントメッシュ式に構成している。また、連係ギヤBとして、出力回転体81に隣接する連係ギヤB(従動ギヤ63,65)とは別の連係ギヤB(従動ギヤ61)を備えている。各連係ギヤBは、連係部Baとしてスプラインボス部61B,63B,65Bを備えている。そして、別の連係ギヤBは、出力回転体81に隣接する連係ギヤB(従動ギヤ65)のスプラインボス部65Bと、別の連係ギヤB(従動ギヤ61)のスプラインボス部61Bとの間に、従動軸45と一体回転するスプライン軸部45Aが介在する状態で、従動軸45に装備している。 The transmission 47 is configured as a constant mesh type. Further, as the linkage gear B, a linkage gear B (driven gear 61) different from the linkage gear B (driven gears 63, 65) adjacent to the output rotating body 81 is provided. Each linkage gear B includes spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B as the linkage portion Ba. Another linkage gear B is located between the spline boss portion 65B of the linkage gear B (driven gear 65) adjacent to the output rotating body 81 and the spline boss portion 61B of another linkage gear B (driven gear 61). The driven shaft 45 is equipped with a spline shaft portion 45 </ b> A that rotates integrally with the driven shaft 45.
 各連係ギヤBのうち、従動軸45における入力軸44の入力側端部とは反対側の端部に位置する連係ギヤB(従動ギヤ63)は、その連係部Baが従動軸45における入力軸44の入力側端部とは反対側の端部に位置する状態で従動軸45に装備している。 Of the linking gears B, the linking gear B (driven gear 63) located at the end of the driven shaft 45 opposite to the input side end of the input shaft 44 has the linking portion Ba as the input shaft of the driven shaft 45. 44 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 in a state of being located at the end opposite to the input side end of 44.
 変速機47は、複数の連係ギヤBを相対回転可能に装備する従動軸45が入力軸44よりも下方に位置するように構成している。従動軸45は、各スプラインボス部61B,63B,65Bに対する隣接部位に、隣接するスプラインボス部61B,63B,65Bとのシフト機構66を介した連係を可能にするスプライン軸部45A,45Bを一体回転する状態で備えている。そして、各スプライン軸部45A,45Bのうち、単一の連係ギヤBを連係の対象とする所定のスプライン軸部45Bを、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプライン74aを形成した状態で、従動軸45に着脱可能に外嵌装備するスプラインボス74により構成している。 The transmission 47 is configured such that a driven shaft 45 equipped with a plurality of linkage gears B so as to be relatively rotatable is positioned below the input shaft 44. The driven shaft 45 is integrated with spline shaft portions 45A and 45B that enable linkage with the adjacent spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B via the shift mechanism 66 at adjacent portions to the spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B. It is prepared in a rotating state. Then, among the spline shaft portions 45A and 45B, a plurality of splines 74a for linking are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface of a predetermined spline shaft portion 45B for which a single linkage gear B is to be linked. In this state, the spline boss 74 is detachably fitted to the driven shaft 45.
 伝動ケース43は、入力軸44における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部を露出させる開口43Aを備えている。 The transmission case 43 includes an opening 43 </ b> A that exposes an end of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side.
 伝動装置13は、伝動ケース43に備えた油圧機器(たとえばバルブユニット107。図3~5参照)から伝動ケース43の内部に戻すオイルを、変速機47の各連係ギヤBに供給する油路137を備えている。 The transmission 13 is an oil passage 137 that supplies oil returned to the inside of the transmission case 43 from a hydraulic device (for example, the valve unit 107; see FIGS. 3 to 5) provided in the transmission case 43 to each linkage gear B of the transmission 47. It has.
 伝動装置13は、伝動ケース43から対応するクローラ7(図1参照)にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸50と、対応するサイドクラッチ83を経由した動力を走行駆動軸50に減速して伝達する左右の減速機構49(以下、「伝動機構49」とも称する。)とを備えている。 The transmission 13 decelerates and transmits power to the traveling drive shaft 50 via the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 extending from the transmission case 43 to the corresponding crawler 7 (see FIG. 1) and the corresponding side clutch 83. A left and right speed reduction mechanism 49 (hereinafter also referred to as “transmission mechanism 49”) is provided.
 伝動ケース43は、サイドクラッチ軸46と左右の走行駆動軸50との間に左右向きの中継軸119を備えている。そして、各減速機構49は、サイドクラッチ軸46から中継軸119にわたる第1減速部122(第1伝動部の一例。以下、「第1伝動部122」ともいう。)と、中継軸119から走行駆動軸50にわたる第2減速部123(第2伝動部の一例。以下、「第2伝動部123」ともいう。)とを備えている。 The transmission case 43 includes a laterally extending relay shaft 119 between the side clutch shaft 46 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50. Each speed reduction mechanism 49 travels from a side reduction shaft 122 extending from the side clutch shaft 46 to the relay shaft 119 (an example of a first transmission portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “first transmission portion 122”) and the relay shaft 119. A second speed reduction portion 123 (an example of a second transmission portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “second transmission portion 123”) over the drive shaft 50 is provided.
 第1減速部122及び第2減速部123は、それぞれ、一対のギヤ92,124~126を噛み合い連動させるギヤ伝動式に構成している。そして、第1減速部122の従動ギヤ(従動回転体の一例)124と第2減速部123の駆動ギヤ(駆動回転体の一例)125とを備える中継軸119を、第2減速部123の従動ギヤ(従動回転体の一例)126を備える走行駆動軸50に対する前上方の位置に配備し、かつ、第1減速部122の駆動ギヤ92を備えるサイドクラッチ軸46を、中継軸119に対する後上方の位置に配備している。 The first speed reduction part 122 and the second speed reduction part 123 are each configured as a gear transmission type in which a pair of gears 92 and 124 to 126 are engaged with each other. Then, the relay shaft 119 including the driven gear (an example of a driven rotor) 124 of the first reduction part 122 and the drive gear (an example of a drive rotor) 125 of the second reduction part 123 is connected to the second reduction part 123. A side clutch shaft 46 provided at a front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft 50 including a gear (an example of a driven rotor) 126 and including a drive gear 92 of the first reduction gear 122 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the relay shaft 119. Deployed in position.
 出力回転体81及び伝動回転体82は、それらを噛み合い連動させるギヤにより構成している。そして、各従動ギヤ61,63,65及び出力回転体81を備える従動軸45を、伝動回転体82を備えるサイドクラッチ軸46に対する前上方の位置に配備し、かつ、従動軸45の各従動ギヤ61,63,65と噛み合い連動する駆動ギヤ60,62,64を備える入力軸44を、従動軸45に対する後上方の位置に配備している。 The output rotator 81 and the transmission rotator 82 are constituted by gears that mesh and interlock with each other. The driven shaft 45 including the driven gears 61, 63, 65 and the output rotating body 81 is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 including the transmission rotating body 82, and each driven gear of the driven shaft 45 is provided. An input shaft 44 including drive gears 60, 62, and 64 that mesh with and interlock with 61, 63, and 65 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft 45.
 サイドクラッチ軸46は、入力軸44及び走行駆動軸50よりも後方の位置に配備している。また、中継軸119は、従動軸45よりも前方の位置に配備している。 The side clutch shaft 46 is disposed at a position behind the input shaft 44 and the travel drive shaft 50. Further, the relay shaft 119 is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft 45.
 図6~9及び図11~13に示すように、作業機用の伝動装置13は、左右のクローラ7(図1参照)に個別に連動連結する一対の駆動ギヤ(連動回転体の一例)92と、一対の駆動ギヤ92への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチ83とを、伝動ケース43に左右向きに内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸46の軸上に装備している。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 9 and FIGS. 11 to 13, the transmission device 13 for the work machine includes a pair of drive gears (an example of an interlocking rotating body) 92 individually interlocked and connected to the left and right crawlers 7 (see FIG. 1). And a pair of side clutches 83 for individually connecting and disconnecting transmission to the pair of drive gears 92 are provided on the side clutch shaft 46 built in the transmission case 43 in the left-right direction.
 各サイドクラッチ83は、サイドクラッチ軸46に対するサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態でサイドクラッチ軸46に相対回転可能に外嵌する筒軸85と、一側端に噛合部86Aを備えた移動側回転体86と、一側端に被噛合部87Aを備えた固定側回転体87と、噛合部86Aと被噛合部87Aとが噛み合う入り位置に向けて移動側回転体86を付勢する圧縮バネ88と、移動側回転体86を入り位置にて受け止めるストッパ89と、圧縮バネ88の一端部を受け止めるバネ受け90とから構成している。 Each side clutch 83 includes a cylindrical shaft 85 that is fitted on the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. The moving-side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A, the fixed-side rotating body 87 provided with the meshed portion 87A at one end, and the moving side toward the entering position where the meshing portion 86A and the meshed portion 87A mesh. A compression spring 88 that biases the rotating body 86, a stopper 89 that receives the moving-side rotating body 86 at the entry position, and a spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88.
 そして、各サイドクラッチ83においては、移動側回転体86と圧縮バネ88とストッパ89とバネ受け90とを、筒軸85の外周部に、ストッパ89とバネ受け90との間に移動側回転体86と圧縮バネ88とが位置する配置で、かつ、移動側回転体86が筒軸85に対してサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で筒軸85と一体回転するように装備して、筒軸85と移動側回転体86と圧縮バネ88とストッパ89とバネ受け90とを、サイドクラッチ軸46に対してサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に着脱可能に一体摺動する摺動ユニット91に構成している。 In each side clutch 83, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are arranged on the outer peripheral portion of the cylindrical shaft 85 and between the stopper 89 and the spring receiver 90. 86 and the compression spring 88 are positioned so that the moving side rotating body 86 can rotate integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 in a state in which it can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the cylinder shaft 85. Equipped with the cylinder shaft 85, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 so as to be detachably integrated with the side clutch shaft 46 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. The sliding unit 91 is configured.
 伝動装置13は、一対のサイドクラッチ83を介して各駆動ギヤ92に伝動する伝動回転体82をサイドクラッチ軸46の中央部に配備している。そして、一対のサイドクラッチ83とともに一対の駆動ギヤ92を伝動回転体82の左右に分散配置して、一対のサイドクラッチ83が、伝動回転体82から左右同じ側に位置する駆動ギヤ92への伝動を断続するように構成している。 In the transmission device 13, a transmission rotating body 82 that is transmitted to each drive gear 92 via a pair of side clutch 83 is provided in the center portion of the side clutch shaft 46. Then, a pair of drive gears 92 and a pair of side clutches 83 are dispersedly arranged on the left and right of the transmission rotating body 82 so that the pair of side clutches 83 are transmitted from the transmission rotating body 82 to the drive gear 92 located on the same left and right side. Is configured to be intermittent.
 各サイドクラッチ83は、移動側回転体86が従動側回転体として機能し、かつ、固定側回転体87が駆動側回転体として機能する状態に構成して、摺動ユニット91のそれぞれを、対応する駆動ギヤ92(連動回転体)を構成部品の一つとして備えるように構成している。 Each side clutch 83 is configured so that the moving-side rotating body 86 functions as a driven-side rotating body and the fixed-side rotating body 87 functions as a driving-side rotating body. The driving gear 92 (interlocking rotating body) is configured as one of the components.
 伝動ケース43は、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向における一対のサイドクラッチ83のそれぞれとの対向箇所に、摺動ユニット91の通過を許容する開口43Bを備え、かつ、開口43Bを塞ぐカバー部材102を着脱可能に装備して、摺動ユニット91のそれぞれを、サイドクラッチ軸46に対して伝動ケース43の外側から着脱可能に構成している。 The transmission case 43 includes an opening 43B that allows the sliding unit 91 to pass therethrough at a position facing each of the pair of side clutches 83 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46, and covers the opening 43B. The sliding units 91 are configured to be detachable from the outside of the transmission case 43 with respect to the side clutch shaft 46.
 各カバー部材102は、サイドクラッチ軸46の端部を支持する軸支部105を備えている。 Each cover member 102 includes a shaft support portion 105 that supports the end portion of the side clutch shaft 46.
 各固定側回転体87は、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向での摺動によるサイドクラッチ軸46に対する着脱が可能な状態でサイドクラッチ軸46に外嵌している。そして、伝動ケース43の各開口43Bを、固定側回転体87の通過を許容する大きさに形成している。 Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be attachable to and detachable from the side clutch shaft 46 by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. And each opening 43B of the transmission case 43 is formed in the magnitude | size which accept | permits passage of the fixed side rotary body 87. As shown in FIG.
 各サイドクラッチ83は、固定側回転体87として、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aとの噛み合い長さの2倍以上の歯幅を有する平ギヤを備えている。 Each side clutch 83 is provided with a spur gear having a tooth width that is at least twice as long as the meshing length with the meshing portion 86A of the movable rotating body 86 as the stationary rotating body 87.
 各固定側回転体87は、サイドクラッチ軸46における摺動ユニット91よりも軸端側の部位に外嵌している。 Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is externally fitted to a portion of the side clutch shaft 46 that is closer to the shaft end than the sliding unit 91.
 伝動装置13は、一対の連動回転体として駆動ギヤ92を備え、各摺動ユニット91は、対応する駆動ギヤ92を構成部品の一つとして筒軸85に装備している。 The transmission device 13 includes a drive gear 92 as a pair of interlocking rotating bodies, and each sliding unit 91 includes the corresponding drive gear 92 as one of the components on the cylindrical shaft 85.
 伝動ケース43は、対応するクローラ7を制動する多板式のサイドブレーキ84を、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸上におけるそれぞれの摺動ユニット91の外周側に装備している。そして、各摺動ユニット91は、対応するサイドブレーキ84のブレーキハブ94を構成部品の一つとして筒軸85と一体回転する状態で備えている。 The transmission case 43 is equipped with a multi-plate side brake 84 for braking the corresponding crawler 7 on the outer peripheral side of each sliding unit 91 on the side clutch shaft 46. Each sliding unit 91 includes a brake hub 94 of the corresponding side brake 84 as one of the components in a state of rotating integrally with the cylindrical shaft 85.
 各摺動ユニット91は、筒軸85と一体回転するスプラインボス99を備えている。そして、各スプラインボス99は、一端側が駆動ギヤ92として機能し、かつ、他端側がブレーキハブ94として機能する兼用部品に構成している。また、駆動ギヤ側の内周面に、対応する筒軸85の一端側に備えたスプライン軸部85Aに外嵌するスプライン穴部99Aを備え、かつ、ブレーキハブ側の内周面に、筒軸85との間に圧縮バネ88用の収納空間100を形成する拡径部99Bを備えている。 Each sliding unit 91 includes a spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85. Each spline boss 99 is configured as a dual-purpose part whose one end functions as the drive gear 92 and whose other end functions as the brake hub 94. Further, the inner peripheral surface on the drive gear side is provided with a spline hole portion 99A fitted on the spline shaft portion 85A provided on one end side of the corresponding cylindrical shaft 85, and the inner peripheral surface on the brake hub side is provided with a cylindrical shaft. An enlarged diameter portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for the compression spring 88 is provided.
 各筒軸85は、それらの外周部に備えた段差部85Cにてバネ受け90を構成して、それらのスプライン軸部85Aを、段差部85Cから大径側の軸端にわたる長さに形成している。各スプライン軸部85Aは、それらの外周側に略環状に凹入形成した係合部85Eを備え、かつ、係合部85EにC字形の止め輪101を外嵌装備している。各スプラインボス99は、それらのスプライン穴部99Aを止め輪101から段差部85Cにわたる長さに形成し、かつ、拡径部99Bを段差部85Cからブレーキハブ側のボス端にわたる長さに形成している。 Each cylindrical shaft 85 forms a spring receiver 90 with a stepped portion 85C provided on the outer peripheral portion thereof, and the spline shaft portion 85A is formed with a length extending from the stepped portion 85C to the shaft end on the large diameter side. ing. Each spline shaft portion 85A includes an engagement portion 85E that is formed in a substantially annular recess on the outer peripheral side thereof, and a C-shaped retaining ring 101 is fitted on the engagement portion 85E. Each spline boss 99 has a spline hole 99A formed in a length extending from the retaining ring 101 to the stepped portion 85C, and an enlarged diameter portion 99B formed in a length extending from the stepped portion 85C to the boss end on the brake hub side. ing.
 各サイドブレーキ84は、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に交互に配置する複数のブレーキディスク96と複数のセパレータプレート95とを、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向での摺動による伝動ケース43の横外方への取り外しが可能な状態で装備している。
そして、伝動ケース43の各開口43Bは、ブレーキディスク96及びセパレータプレート95の通過を許容する大きさに形成している。
Each side brake 84 includes a plurality of brake disks 96 and a plurality of separator plates 95 arranged alternately in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46, and the transmission case 43 by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. Equipped in a state that can be removed laterally.
Each opening 43 </ b> B of the transmission case 43 is formed in a size that allows passage of the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95.
 各移動側回転体86は、それらの外周部にブレーキディスク96及びセパレータプレート95に作用するリム部86C(押圧部の一例。以下、「押圧部86C」とも称する。)を備えている。そして、各サイドブレーキ84は、対応する移動側回転体86が、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aと固定側回転体87の被噛合部87Aとが噛み合いを解除する切り位置から、入り位置とは反対方向に位置する制動位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、ブレーキディスク96及びセパレータプレート95のそれぞれが押圧部86Cの作用による圧接を解除する制動解除状態から、ブレーキディスク96及びセパレータプレート95のそれぞれが押圧部86Cの作用により圧接する制動状態に切り替わり、かつ、対応する移動側回転体86が制動位置から切り位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、制動状態から制動解除状態に切り替わるように構成している。 Each moving-side rotating body 86 includes a rim portion 86C (an example of a pressing portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “pressing portion 86C”) that acts on the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95 on the outer peripheral portion thereof. Each side brake 84 is moved from the cut position where the corresponding moving-side rotating body 86 releases the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86 and the engaged portion 87A of the fixed-side rotating body 87 to the entering position. As the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95 are slid toward the braking position located in the opposite direction, the brake disk 96 and the separator plate 95 are released from the brake release state in which the pressure contact due to the action of the pressing portion 86C is released. Each of 95 is switched to a braking state in which it is pressed by the action of the pressing portion 86C, and as the corresponding moving-side rotating body 86 slides from the braking position to the cutting position, it changes from the braking state to the braking release state. It is configured to switch.
 各固定側回転体87は、サイドクラッチ軸46における摺動ユニット91よりも軸端側の部位に外嵌している。そして、各カバー部材102には、固定側回転体87の通過を許容する補助開口102Aを備え、かつ、補助開口102Aを塞ぐ補助カバー部材103を着脱可能に装備し、サイドクラッチ軸46の端部を支持する軸支部105を補助カバー部材103に備えている。 Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is externally fitted to a portion of the side clutch shaft 46 that is closer to the shaft end than the sliding unit 91. Each cover member 102 is provided with an auxiliary opening 102A that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator 87, and an auxiliary cover member 103 that closes the auxiliary opening 102A is detachably provided. The auxiliary cover member 103 is provided with a shaft support portion 105 that supports the shaft.
 各補助開口102Aは、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心を中心とする円形に形成している。各補助カバー部材103は、補助開口102Aに内嵌する大径部103Aと、補助開口102Aとの間に環状の空間104を形成する小径部103Bとを、小径部103Bが伝動ケース43の内部側に位置する状態で備えている。各摺動ユニット91は、それらの移動側回転体86が空間104に対向する状態でサイドクラッチ軸46の軸上に装備している。そして、各空間104に、対応する移動側回転体86を摺動操作する環状のピストン106を、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で嵌入するとともに、各空間104がピストン操作用の油室として機能する状態に構成している(以下、環状の空間を「油室104」とも称する。)。 Each auxiliary opening 102 </ b> A is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft 46. Each auxiliary cover member 103 includes a large-diameter portion 103A that fits in the auxiliary opening 102A and a small-diameter portion 103B that forms an annular space 104 between the auxiliary opening 102A, and the small-diameter portion 103B is located inside the transmission case 43. It is prepared in the state located in. Each sliding unit 91 is equipped on the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the moving side rotating body 86 faces the space 104. Then, an annular piston 106 for sliding the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 is fitted in each space 104 in a state in which it can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46, and each space 104 is operated for piston operation. (Hereinafter, the annular space is also referred to as “oil chamber 104”).
 各摺動ユニット91において、ストッパ89は、筒軸85の外周側に環状に凹入形成した係合溝85Dに着脱可能に外嵌するC字形の止め輪により構成している。移動側回転体86は、ストッパ側の内周面に、その入り位置におけるストッパ89の入り込みを許容する拡径部86Eを備えている。そして、その拡径部86Eは、ストッパ89の係合溝85Dからの離脱を阻止する大きさに形成している。 In each sliding unit 91, the stopper 89 is constituted by a C-shaped retaining ring that is detachably fitted in an engaging groove 85D that is formed in an annular recess on the outer peripheral side of the cylindrical shaft 85. The moving-side rotator 86 is provided with an enlarged diameter portion 86E that allows the stopper 89 to enter at the insertion position on the inner peripheral surface on the stopper side. The enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed in a size that prevents the stopper 89 from being detached from the engagement groove 85D.
 次に、作業機(ここでは収穫機)用の伝動装置を、収穫機の一例である普通型コンバイン(全稈投入型コンバイン)に適用した実施形態を図面に基づいて説明する。 Next, an embodiment in which a transmission device for a working machine (here, a harvesting machine) is applied to a normal combine (an all-fired combine combine) that is an example of a harvesting machine will be described with reference to the drawings.
 図1に示すように、本実施形態で例示する普通型コンバインは、走行車体1における前端部の左側箇所に、作業走行時に車体の前方に位置する収穫対象の未刈り穀稈を刈り取って後方に搬送する収穫装置としての刈取搬送装置2を、走行車体1の前方に向けて延出する状態で昇降可能に連結している。また、走行車体1の左半部に、刈取搬送装置2が搬送した刈取穀稈に扱き処理を施し、この扱き処理で得た処理物に選別処理を施す脱穀装置3を搭載している。更に、走行車体1における右半部の後側領域に、脱穀装置3の底部から揚送コンベヤ(図示せず)を介して揚送した穀粒をホッパ4Aに一旦貯留して、その穀粒の籾袋5への詰め込みを可能にする袋詰装置4を搭載している。そして、これらにより、稲や麦あるいは大豆などの穀物を収穫し、収穫した穀物の袋詰めを可能にする袋詰め仕様に構成している。 As shown in FIG. 1, the ordinary combine illustrated in the present embodiment harvests unharvested cereals to be harvested that are located in front of the vehicle body at the left side of the front end portion of the traveling vehicle body 1 to the rear. A cutting and conveying device 2 as a harvesting device to be conveyed is connected so as to be movable up and down in a state of extending toward the front of the traveling vehicle body 1. In addition, a threshing device 3 is mounted on the left half of the traveling vehicle body 1 to perform a handling process on the harvested cereal mash conveyed by the harvesting conveyance apparatus 2 and to perform a sorting process on a processed product obtained by the handling process. Furthermore, the grain lifted from the bottom of the threshing device 3 via the lifting conveyor (not shown) is temporarily stored in the hopper 4A in the rear region of the right half of the traveling vehicle body 1, and the grain of the grain is stored. A bagging device 4 that enables packing into the bag 5 is mounted. By these, grains such as rice, wheat, and soybean are harvested, and the bagging specifications that enable bagging of the harvested grains are configured.
 尚、図示は省略するが、普通型コンバインは、袋詰め仕様に代えて、たとえば、袋詰装置4の代わりに、揚送コンベヤにて揚送した穀粒を貯留する穀粒タンク、及び、穀粒タンクに貯留した穀粒の機外への排出を可能にするスクリュ搬送式又はバケット搬送式などの穀粒排出装置を装備する穀粒タンク仕様に構成してもよい。 In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, instead of a bagging specification, a normal type combine is replaced with the bagging apparatus 4, for example, the grain tank which stores the grain lifted by the lifting conveyor, and grain You may comprise in the grain tank specification equipped with grain discharging apparatuses, such as a screw conveyance type or a bucket conveyance type, which enables discharge | emission of the grain stored in the grain tank out of the machine.
 図1、図3、図4及び図6に示すように、走行車体1は、角パイプ材などの複数の鋼材を連結して構成した車体フレーム6を備え、この車体フレーム6の下部に、左右のクローラ7として左右のクローラ7を配備してフルクローラ仕様に構成している。また、車体フレーム6における右半部の前側領域に搭乗運転部8を形成し、搭乗運転部8の後部側に備えた運転座席9の下方に水冷式のディーゼルエンジン(以下、エンジンと称する)10などを配備している。そして、車体フレーム6における前部の左右中央側箇所に、エンジン10の出力軸(図示せず)から左右のクローラ7への伝動を可能にするベルト式の伝動機構11と、外部機器Aとしての静油圧式の無段変速装置(以下、HSTと称する)12と、伝動装置13とを配備している。 As shown in FIGS. 1, 3, 4, and 6, the traveling vehicle body 1 includes a vehicle body frame 6 configured by connecting a plurality of steel materials such as a square pipe material. The left and right crawlers 7 are arranged as full crawler specifications. A boarding operation unit 8 is formed in the front half region of the right half of the vehicle body frame 6, and a water-cooled diesel engine (hereinafter referred to as an engine) 10 is provided below a driver seat 9 provided on the rear side of the boarding operation unit 8. Etc. are deployed. A belt-type transmission mechanism 11 that enables transmission from the output shaft (not shown) of the engine 10 to the left and right crawlers 7 at the front left and right central positions of the body frame 6, and an external device A A hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (hereinafter referred to as HST) 12 and a transmission 13 are provided.
 尚、図示は省略するが、走行車体1は、フルクローラ仕様に代えて、たとえば、左右のクローラ7として左右の前輪と左右の後輪とを装備するホイール仕様、あるいは、左右のクローラ7として左右の前輪と左右の後部クローラとを装備するセミクローラ仕様、などに構成してもよい。また、水冷式のディーゼルエンジン10に代えて、たとえば、空冷式のディーゼルエンジン、あるいは、水冷式又は空冷式のガソリンエンジン、などを装備してもよい。更に、エンジン10と電動式の走行モータとを備えるハイブリッド仕様、あるいは、エンジン10に代えて電動式の走行モータを備える電動仕様に構成してもよい。また、搭乗運転部8を車体フレーム6における左半部の前側箇所などに形成してもよい。更に、搭乗運転部8を覆うキャビンを装備してもよい。 In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, instead of the full crawler specification, the traveling vehicle body 1 is equipped with left and right front wheels and left and right rear wheels as left and right crawlers 7, or left and right crawlers 7 as left and right crawlers 7, respectively. A semi-crawler specification equipped with front wheels and left and right rear crawlers may be configured. Further, instead of the water-cooled diesel engine 10, for example, an air-cooled diesel engine or a water-cooled or air-cooled gasoline engine may be provided. Furthermore, a hybrid specification including the engine 10 and an electric traveling motor, or an electric specification including an electric traveling motor instead of the engine 10 may be configured. Further, the boarding operation unit 8 may be formed at the front side portion of the left half of the vehicle body frame 6 or the like. Furthermore, you may equip the cabin which covers the boarding operation part 8. FIG.
 図1に示すように、車体フレーム6は、その搭乗運転部形成領域に台座部6Aを備えており、この台座部6Aに搭乗運転部8を形成することにより、搭乗運転部8の全体をHST12及び伝動装置13よりも上方の位置に配備している。 As shown in FIG. 1, the vehicle body frame 6 includes a pedestal portion 6A in the boarding operation portion formation region. By forming the boarding operation portion 8 on the pedestal portion 6A, the entire boarding operation portion 8 is made HST12. And it arrange | positions in the position above the transmission device 13. FIG.
 搭乗運転部8は、台座部6Aの前端部位に立設したフロントパネル14、及び、台座部6Aの左端部位にフロントパネル14の左端部に連接する状態で立設したサイドパネル15、などにより、車体右側からの乗降が可能な搭乗空間を形成している。そして、フロントパネル14の上部に、十字揺動式で中立復帰型に構成した操縦レバー16などを配備している。また、サイドパネル15の上部に、前後揺動式で位置保持型に構成した主変速レバー17及び副変速レバー18などを配備している。更に、その足元箇所に、踏み込み解除位置へのバネ付勢に抗した踏み込み位置での位置保持が可能な自己復帰型に構成したブレーキペダル19を配備している。 The boarding operation unit 8 includes a front panel 14 erected at the front end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, a side panel 15 erected in a state connected to the left end portion of the front panel 14 at the left end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, and the like. A boarding space that allows passengers to enter and exit from the right side of the vehicle is formed. In addition, on the upper part of the front panel 14, a control lever 16 that is configured to be a cross swing type and a neutral return type is provided. Further, a main transmission lever 17 and a sub transmission lever 18 that are configured to be position-holding and swinging back and forth are provided on the upper portion of the side panel 15. Furthermore, a brake pedal 19 configured as a self-returning type capable of maintaining the position at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed position is provided at the foot portion.
 刈取搬送装置2は、収穫対象の穀稈を刈り取って所定位置に回収する刈取回収ユニット20と、所定位置に回収した刈取穀稈を脱穀装置3の穀稈投入口(図示せず)に向けて搬送するスラットコンベヤからなるフィーダ21とを装備している。 The reaping and conveying apparatus 2 reapers the harvested culm and collects it at a predetermined position, and directs the harvested cereal collected at the predetermined position toward the culm input (not shown) of the threshing device 3. It is equipped with a feeder 21 consisting of a slat conveyor for conveying.
 刈取回収ユニット20は、その前端部の左右両端箇所に、車体の走行に伴って、未刈り穀稈を収穫対象の穀稈と収穫対象外の穀稈とに梳き分ける左右のデバイダ22を分配装備している。また、その前部の上方箇所に、左右のデバイダ22によって梳き分けた収穫対象穀稈の穂先側を後方に向けて掻き込む回転リール23を配備している。更に、その底部に、収穫対象穀稈の株元側を切断するバリカン形の切断機構24を装備し、その切断機構24の後方箇所に、切断機構24による切断後の刈取穀稈を左右方向の所定位置に寄せ集めて、その所定位置から後方のフィーダ21に向けて送り出すオーガドラム25を配備している。 The harvesting and collecting unit 20 distributes left and right dividers 22 at both the left and right ends of the front end of the front and rear parts to separate the uncut harvested potatoes into harvested and unharvested grains. is doing. In addition, a rotating reel 23 is disposed at an upper portion of the front portion, and the tip of the harvest target grain culm divided by the left and right dividers 22 is scraped back. Furthermore, the bottom is equipped with a clipper-shaped cutting mechanism 24 that cuts the stock source side of the harvested cereal, and the harvested cereal after cutting by the cutting mechanism 24 is placed in the left-right direction at the rear portion of the cutting mechanism 24. An auger drum 25 that is gathered at a predetermined position and sent from the predetermined position toward the rear feeder 21 is provided.
 フィーダ21は、刈取回収ユニット20における所定位置の真後ろに形成した穀稈送出口(図示せず)から脱穀装置3の穀稈投入口(図示せず)にわたるように構成している。そして、その後端部に、刈取搬送装置2の入力軸を兼ねる左右向きのフィーダ駆動軸26を装備し、このフィーダ駆動軸26を脱穀装置3の前壁に相対回転可能に連結している。 The feeder 21 is configured to extend from a cereal feed outlet (not shown) formed immediately behind a predetermined position in the harvesting and collecting unit 20 to a cereal inlet (not shown) of the threshing apparatus 3. The rear end portion is equipped with a left-right feeder drive shaft 26 that also serves as an input shaft of the cutting and conveying device 2, and the feeder drive shaft 26 is connected to the front wall of the threshing device 3 so as to be relatively rotatable.
 図2に示すように、刈取搬送装置2は、昇降用の油圧制御ユニット27の作動によってフィーダ駆動軸26を支点にして昇降するように構成している。油圧制御ユニット27には、オイルタンク28に貯留したオイルを第1油圧ポンプ29の作動によって供給している。油圧制御ユニット27は、車体フレーム6とフィーダ21とにわたって架設した油圧式の昇降シリンダ(図示せず)、及び、この昇降シリンダに対する操作圧を変更する昇降用のバルブユニット(図示せず)、などを備えている。昇降用のバルブユニットは、操縦レバー16に昇降用の機械式連係機構(図示せず)を介して連係している。そして、操縦レバー16の前後方向での揺動操作に基づいて、オイルタンク28と第1油圧ポンプ29と昇降シリンダとの間におけるオイルの流れを制御することにより、昇降シリンダに対する操作圧を変更するように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 2, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to move up and down with the feeder drive shaft 26 as a fulcrum by the operation of a hydraulic control unit 27 for lifting and lowering. The oil stored in the oil tank 28 is supplied to the hydraulic control unit 27 by the operation of the first hydraulic pump 29. The hydraulic control unit 27 includes a hydraulic lift cylinder (not shown) installed over the vehicle body frame 6 and the feeder 21, a lift valve unit (not shown) for changing the operating pressure on the lift cylinder, and the like. It has. The raising / lowering valve unit is linked to the control lever 16 via a raising / lowering mechanical linkage mechanism (not shown). Based on the swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, the flow of oil between the oil tank 28, the first hydraulic pump 29, and the lifting cylinder is controlled to change the operating pressure on the lifting cylinder. It is configured as follows.
 この構成から、操縦レバー16を前後方向に揺動操作することにより、刈取搬送装置2を、収穫対象の未刈り穀稈を収穫する下側の作業領域と収穫しない上側の非作業位置とに昇降させることができる。そして、作業領域においては、収穫対象穀稈に対する切断機構24の高さ位置を変更する刈り高さ調節を行うことができ、これにより、刈取搬送装置2の作業位置を任意の高さ位置に設定変更することができる。 From this configuration, by swinging the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, the cutting and conveying device 2 is moved up and down to a lower work area for harvesting unharvested cereal to be harvested and an upper non-work position for not harvesting. Can be made. In the work area, the cutting height can be adjusted by changing the height position of the cutting mechanism 24 with respect to the harvest target cereal, thereby setting the work position of the cutting and conveying device 2 to an arbitrary height position. Can be changed.
 つまり、刈取搬送装置2は、操縦レバー16の前後方向への揺動操作によって、下側の作業領域における任意の作業位置と上側の非作業位置とにわたって昇降変位するように構成している。 That is, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to be displaced up and down over an arbitrary work position in the lower work area and an upper non-work position by a swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction.
 図1に示すように、刈取搬送装置2は、任意の作業位置に位置する場合には、少なくとも伝動装置13における上部の前方を覆う状態(図1にて実線で示す状態)になり、非作業位置に位置する場合には、伝動装置13における上下方向全域の前方を開放する状態(図1にて二点鎖線で示す状態)になるように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 1, when the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is located at an arbitrary work position, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is in a state of covering at least the front of the upper portion of the transmission device 13 (state indicated by a solid line in FIG. 1) When located at the position, the transmission device 13 is configured to open the front in the entire vertical direction (state indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 1).
 尚、刈取搬送装置2は、たとえば、前後揺動式で中立復帰型に構成した昇降操作専用の操作レバー、又は、昇降操作専用のスイッチ、などの操作に基づいて昇降するように構成してもよい。また、作業位置と伝動装置13の前方を開放する非作業位置とにわたって、横方向に摺動変位又は揺動変位するように構成してもよい。 For example, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 may be configured to move up and down based on operations such as an operation lever dedicated to the lifting operation or a switch dedicated to the lifting operation that is configured to swing back and forth and to be in a neutral return type. Good. Moreover, you may comprise so that a sliding displacement or a rocking | displacement displacement may be carried out laterally over a working position and the non-working position which open | releases the front of the transmission device 13. FIG.
 図3~7に示すように、HST12は、変速ケース30に油圧ポンプ31と油圧モータ32とを内蔵して構成している。また、油圧ポンプ31のポンプ軸がHST12の入力軸33になり、かつ、油圧モータ32のモータ軸がHST12の出力軸34になるように構成している。そして、その入力軸33及び出力軸34が左右向きになる状態で油圧ポンプ31の真下に油圧モータ32が位置する縦長の左右向き姿勢で走行車体1に装備している。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 7, the HST 12 is configured by incorporating a hydraulic pump 31 and a hydraulic motor 32 in a speed change case 30. Further, the pump shaft of the hydraulic pump 31 is configured as the input shaft 33 of the HST 12, and the motor shaft of the hydraulic motor 32 is configured as the output shaft 34 of the HST 12. The traveling vehicle body 1 is mounted in a vertically long and horizontal posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 with the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 being left and right.
 変速ケース30は、油圧ポンプ31と油圧モータ32とを収納する凹部35Aを備えたケース本体35、及び、凹部35Aを塞ぐポートブロック36、などを備えている。油圧ポンプ31には、アキシャルプランジャ形の可変容量ポンプを採用している。油圧モータ32には、アキシャルプランジャ形の固定容量モータを採用している。HST12の入力軸33及び出力軸34は、ポートブロック36を貫通してケース外に突出している。HST12の入力軸33には、ベルト式の伝動機構11の出力プーリ37を、中継軸38などを介して、出力プーリ37と入力軸33とが入力軸33の軸心を中心にして一体回転する状態に連動連結している。ポートブロック36は、その上部側に入力軸33が貫通する入力部を備え、かつ、その下部側に出力軸34が貫通する出力部を備えている。そして、その入力部に、入力軸33及び中継軸38などを外囲する筒状の入力ケース39の一端部をボルト連結している。また、その出力部を伝動装置13の入力部に連接した状態で伝動装置13の右側面の上部にボルト連結している。 The transmission case 30 includes a case body 35 having a recess 35A that houses the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32, a port block 36 that closes the recess 35A, and the like. As the hydraulic pump 31, an axial plunger type variable displacement pump is adopted. The hydraulic motor 32 is an axial plunger type fixed capacity motor. The input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 pass through the port block 36 and protrude out of the case. The output pulley 37 of the belt-type transmission mechanism 11 is integrally rotated with the input shaft 33 of the HST 12 around the axis of the input shaft 33 via the relay shaft 38 and the like. Linked to the state. The port block 36 includes an input portion through which the input shaft 33 penetrates at an upper portion thereof, and an output portion through which the output shaft 34 penetrates at a lower portion thereof. And the one end part of the cylindrical input case 39 which encloses the input shaft 33, the relay shaft 38, etc. is bolt-connected to the input part. Further, the output portion is connected to the upper portion of the right side surface of the transmission device 13 in a state where the output portion is connected to the input portion of the transmission device 13.
 HST12は、油圧ポンプ31のポンプ斜板(図示せず)を操作する変速操作軸40を、変速ケース30の前壁から前方に突出する状態で備えている。変速操作軸40は、主変速レバー17の前後方向での揺動操作に連動して、ポンプ斜板の操作角が主変速レバー17の操作位置に対応した角度に変更されるように、その前端部に備えた連係アーム41を、主変速用の機械式連係機構42を介して主変速レバー17に連係している。 The HST 12 includes a speed change operation shaft 40 for operating a pump swash plate (not shown) of the hydraulic pump 31 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30. The speed change operation shaft 40 has its front end so that the operation angle of the pump swash plate is changed to an angle corresponding to the operation position of the main speed change lever 17 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the main speed change lever 17 in the front-rear direction. The linkage arm 41 provided in the section is linked to the main transmission lever 17 via a main transmission mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
 つまり、HST12は、主変速装置として機能するように構成した状態で走行車体1に装備している。 That is, the HST 12 is mounted on the traveling vehicle body 1 in a state where it is configured to function as a main transmission.
 図2に示すように、HST12は、その内部に備えたチャージポンプ(図示せず)などの作動により、オイルタンク28に貯留したオイルを補充するように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 2, the HST 12 is configured to replenish oil stored in the oil tank 28 by operation of a charge pump (not shown) provided therein.
 尚、図示は省略するが、HST12は、たとえば、その入力軸33及び出力軸34が前後向きになる状態で油圧ポンプ31の真下に油圧モータ32が位置する縦長の前後向き姿勢、あるいは、その入力軸33及び出力軸34が左右向きになる状態で油圧ポンプ31と油圧モータ32とが前後に並ぶ前後に長い左右向き姿勢、などで走行車体1に装備してもよい。また、油圧モータ32としてアキシャルプランジャ形の可変容量モータを装備してもよい。 Although not shown in the drawings, the HST 12 is, for example, a vertically long posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 with the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 facing forward or backward, or its input. The traveling vehicle body 1 may be mounted in a laterally long posture before and after the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32 are arranged in the front-rear direction with the shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 facing left-right. Further, an axial plunger type variable capacity motor may be provided as the hydraulic motor 32.
 次に、伝動装置13の全体構成及び伝動ケース43の構成について説明する。 Next, the overall configuration of the transmission device 13 and the configuration of the transmission case 43 will be described.
 図3~9に示すように、伝動装置13は、鋳造性の伝動ケース43に、左右向きの入力軸44と従動軸45とサイドクラッチ軸46、コンスタントメッシュ式の選択歯車式に構成した変速機47、一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48、及び、左右の伝動機構49、などを内蔵して構成している。そして、伝動ケース43の下部から左右の対応するクローラ7にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸50、及び、左右の走行駆動軸50を個別に外囲した状態で回転可能に支持する左右の駆動軸ケース51、などを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 9, the transmission 13 includes a castable transmission case 43, a left-right input shaft 44, a driven shaft 45, a side clutch shaft 46, and a constant mesh type selection gear type transmission. 47, a pair of side clutch brake units 48, left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and the like. The left and right traveling drive shafts 50 extending from the lower portion of the transmission case 43 to the corresponding crawlers 7 on the left and right sides, and the left and right drive shafts that rotatably support the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 in an individually enclosed state. Case 51 is provided.
 伝動ケース43は、主ケース部品52と左右の補助ケース部品53とを備えている。主ケース部品52は、左ケース部材54と右ケース部材55とに分割可能な左右二分割構造に構成している。そして、左右のケース部材54,55をボルト連結することにより、その内部空間として第1空間部56と補助空間部57とを備えるように構成している。また、その左右の側壁の下部側には、主ケース部品52の内部に向けて凹入する凹入部52Aを備えている。そして、主ケース部品52の左右の側壁に、それらの凹入部52Aを覆う状態で左右の補助ケース部品53をボルト連結することにより、左右の側壁と左右の補助ケース部品53との間に左右の第2空間部58を備えるように構成している。 The transmission case 43 includes a main case part 52 and left and right auxiliary case parts 53. The main case component 52 has a left and right divided structure that can be divided into a left case member 54 and a right case member 55. The left and right case members 54 and 55 are connected to each other by bolts so that the first space 56 and the auxiliary space 57 are provided as internal spaces. In addition, on the lower side of the left and right side walls, a recessed portion 52A that is recessed toward the inside of the main case component 52 is provided. Then, the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are bolted to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 so as to cover the recessed portions 52A, so that the left and right side case and the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are left and right. A second space 58 is provided.
 つまり、伝動ケース43は、その内部空間として第1空間部56と補助空間部57と左右の第2空間部58とを備えている。 That is, the transmission case 43 includes a first space 56, an auxiliary space 57, and left and right second spaces 58 as internal spaces.
 図3~7、図9及び図10に示すように、伝動ケース43は、その搭乗運転部側となる右側壁の上部に、HST12のポートブロック36に備えた出力部に連接する入力部を備えている。そして、その入力部にポートブロック36の出力部を連接させた状態で、その右側壁の上部にHST12をボルト連結によって装備している。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 7, 9, and 10, the transmission case 43 includes an input unit connected to the output unit provided in the port block 36 of the HST 12 on the upper portion of the right side wall on the boarding operation unit side. ing. And with the output part of the port block 36 connected to the input part, the HST 12 is equipped on the upper part of the right side wall by bolt connection.
 伝動装置13の入力軸44は、その入力側の端部となる右端部を、伝動ケース43に連接する外部機器Aとして備えたHST12の出力軸34に、筒軸59を介してスプライン嵌合することにより、出力軸34の軸心を中心にして出力軸34と一体回転するように構成している。伝動ケース43は、その左側壁の上部側に、入力軸44における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部となる左端部を露出させる第1開口43Aを備えている。 The input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is spline-fitted via the cylindrical shaft 59 to the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 provided with the right end portion serving as the input side end portion thereof as the external device A connected to the transmission case 43. Thus, the output shaft 34 is configured to rotate integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis. The transmission case 43 includes a first opening 43 </ b> A that exposes a left end portion that is an end portion of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side end portion on the upper side of the left side wall.
 これにより、HST12の中立調節を行う場合には、主変速レバー17を中立位置に操作した状態においてHST12の出力軸34が停止しているか否かの確認を、第1開口43Aから露出している入力軸44の左端部を目視することによって簡単に行うことができる。つまり、HST12の中立調節を簡単かつ確実に行うことができる。 As a result, when the neutral adjustment of the HST 12 is performed, it is exposed from the first opening 43A whether or not the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 is stopped when the main transmission lever 17 is operated to the neutral position. This can be easily performed by visually observing the left end portion of the input shaft 44. That is, neutral adjustment of the HST 12 can be performed easily and reliably.
 尚、伝動ケース43に連接する外部機器Aとして、たとえば、ベルト式の無段変速装置、油圧機械式の無段変速装置(HMT)、ベルト式の伝動機構、あるいは、電動モータ、などを備えるようにしてもよい。 The external device A connected to the transmission case 43 includes, for example, a belt-type continuously variable transmission, a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT), a belt-type transmission mechanism, or an electric motor. It may be.
 次に、伝動装置13における変速機47に関する構成について説明する。 Next, a configuration related to the transmission 47 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
 図6、図7、図9及び図10に示すように、変速機47は、伝動ケース43における第1空間部56の上部に、畦越え走行時などに使用する使用頻度が最も低い低速伝動用の低速駆動ギヤ60と低速従動ギヤ61、作業走行時などに使用する使用頻度が比較的高い中速伝動用の中速駆動ギヤ62と中速従動ギヤ63、作業走行時や移動走行時などに使用する使用頻度が最も高い高速伝動用の高速駆動ギヤ64と高速従動ギヤ65、及び、それらのギヤ選択操作を可能にするシフト機構66、などを配備して、シフト機構66のギヤ選択操作による3段の変速が可能となるように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 6, 7, 9, and 10, the transmission 47 is provided at the upper portion of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43 for low-speed transmission that is least frequently used when traveling over a bridge. The low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61, the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 for medium-speed transmission, which are used relatively frequently during work travel, and the like during work travel and travel travel. A high-speed drive gear 64 and a high-speed driven gear 65 for high-speed transmission, which are used most frequently, and a shift mechanism 66 that enables gear selection operation thereof are provided, and the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 is performed. It is configured so that a three-stage shift is possible.
 各駆動ギヤ60,62,64は、低速駆動ギヤ60を、伝動装置13の入力軸44にスプライン嵌合する筒軸59に一体形成し、中速駆動ギヤ62及び高速駆動ギヤ64を伝動装置13の入力軸44にスプライン嵌合することにより、伝動装置13の入力軸44に、
その軸心を中心にして伝動装置13の入力軸44と一体回転する状態で装備している。また、低速駆動ギヤ60が入力軸44の右端側に位置し、中速駆動ギヤ62が入力軸44の左端側に位置し、高速駆動ギヤ64が入力軸44の中央側に位置する状態に配置設定している。つまり、伝動装置13の入力軸44が、各駆動ギヤ60,62,64を一体回転する状態に支持する変速機47の駆動軸を兼ねるように構成している。
The drive gears 60, 62, 64 integrally form the low-speed drive gear 60 on the cylindrical shaft 59 that is spline-fitted to the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13, and connect the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the high-speed drive gear 64 to the transmission device 13. By spline fitting to the input shaft 44, the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13
It equips with the input shaft 44 of the transmission 13 rotating integrally with the shaft center as a center. Further, the low speed drive gear 60 is positioned on the right end side of the input shaft 44, the medium speed drive gear 62 is positioned on the left end side of the input shaft 44, and the high speed drive gear 64 is positioned on the center side of the input shaft 44. It is set. That is, the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is configured to also serve as the drive shaft of the transmission 47 that supports the drive gears 60, 62, and 64 so as to rotate together.
 各従動ギヤ61,63,65は、入力軸44の下方に隣接配備した従動軸45に相対回転可能に外嵌装備している。また、それらの一端側に、対応する駆動ギヤ60,62,64と常に噛み合う状態のギヤ部61A,63A,65Aを備え、かつ、それらの他端側にギヤ選択用の連係部Baとしてスプラインボス部61B,63B,65Bを備えて、シフト機構66に連係する連係ギヤBに構成している。そして、低速従動ギヤ61を、そのギヤ部61Aが従動軸45の右端側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部61Bが従動軸45の中央側に位置する状態で従動軸45の右端側に配備している。また、中速従動ギヤ63を、そのギヤ部63Aが従動軸45の中央側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部63Bが従動軸45の左端側に位置する状態で従動軸45の中央側に配備している。更に、高速従動ギヤ65を、そのギヤ部65Aが従動軸45の中央側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部65Bが従動軸45の右端側に位置する状態で従動軸45の中央側に配備している。 Each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is externally fitted to a driven shaft 45 disposed adjacently below the input shaft 44 so as to be relatively rotatable. Further, gear portions 61A, 63A, and 65A that are always meshed with the corresponding drive gears 60, 62, and 64 are provided at one end side thereof, and a spline boss is provided at the other end side as a gear selection linkage portion Ba. The parts 61 </ b> B, 63 </ b> B, and 65 </ b> B are provided, and the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66. The low-speed driven gear 61 is disposed on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 61A positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 61B positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45. is doing. Further, the medium-speed driven gear 63 is moved to the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 63A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45. Have deployed. Further, the high-speed driven gear 65 is arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 65A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 65B positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45. is doing.
 シフト機構66は、従動軸45と一体回転する状態で従動軸45に備えた第1スプライン軸部45Aと第2スプライン軸部45B、第1スプライン軸部45Aにスプライン嵌合する第1シフタ67、第2スプライン軸部45Bにスプライン嵌合する第2シフタ68、第1シフタ操作用の第1フォーク部69Aと第2シフタ操作用の第2フォーク部69Bとを備えたシフトフォーク69、シフトフォーク69を相対摺動可能に支持する左右向きの変速支軸70、シフトフォーク69と変速支軸70との間に介装した位置保持用のデテント機構71、シフトフォーク69を左右方向に摺動操作する操作アーム72、及び、操作アーム72を支持する前後向きの変速操作軸73、などを備えて構成している。 The shift mechanism 66 includes a first spline shaft portion 45A and a second spline shaft portion 45B provided on the driven shaft 45 in a state of rotating integrally with the driven shaft 45, a first shifter 67 that is spline-fitted to the first spline shaft portion 45A, Shift fork 69, shift fork 69 provided with second shifter 68 that is spline fitted to second spline shaft portion 45B, first fork portion 69A for operating the first shifter, and second fork portion 69B for operating the second shifter The left and right shift support shafts 70 that support the slidable movement, the shift fork 69 and the position maintaining detent mechanism 71 interposed between the shift support shafts 70 and the shift forks 69 are slid in the left and right directions. An operation arm 72, a front-rear shift operation shaft 73 that supports the operation arm 72, and the like are provided.
 第1スプライン軸部45Aは、従動軸45における低速従動ギヤ61と高速従動ギヤ65との間に位置する右側部位に一体形成している。そして、その左右に、低速従動ギヤ61のスプラインボス部61Bと高速従動ギヤ65のスプラインボス部65Bとが隣接することにより、低速用と高速用との2つの従動ギヤ61,65を連係の対象とする状態に構成している。 The first spline shaft portion 45 </ b> A is integrally formed on the right side portion of the driven shaft 45 located between the low speed driven gear 61 and the high speed driven gear 65. The spline boss portion 61B of the low-speed driven gear 61 and the spline boss portion 65B of the high-speed driven gear 65 are adjacent to the left and right sides, so that the two driven gears 61 and 65 for low-speed and high-speed use are linked. It is configured in the state.
 第2スプライン軸部45Bは、従動軸45の左端部に着脱可能にスプライン嵌合したスプラインボス74により構成している。そして、その右側に中速従動ギヤ63のスプラインボス部63Bが隣接することにより、中速従動ギヤ63のみを連係の対象とする状態に構成している。 The second spline shaft portion 45B is configured by a spline boss 74 that is detachably splined to the left end portion of the driven shaft 45. And the spline boss | hub part 63B of the medium speed driven gear 63 adjoins the right side, and it is comprised in the state which makes only the medium speed driven gear 63 the object of a cooperation.
 第1シフタ67及び第2シフタ68は、シフトフォーク69が変速支軸70の軸上で変速支軸70に沿って摺動するのに伴って、変速機47の変速状態を、第1シフタ67にて低速従動ギヤ61のスプラインボス部61Bを従動軸45の第1スプライン軸部45Aにスプライン連係する低速伝動状態と、第2シフタ68にて中速従動ギヤ63のスプラインボス部63Bを従動軸45の第2スプライン軸部45Bにスプライン連係する中速伝動状態と、第1シフタ67にて高速従動ギヤ65のスプラインボス部65Bを従動軸45の第1スプライン軸部45Aにスプライン連係する高速伝動状態との3段に切り替えるように構成している。 The first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 change the shift state of the transmission 47 as the shift fork 69 slides along the shift support shaft 70 on the shift support shaft 70. The spline boss portion 61B of the low speed driven gear 61 is splined to the first spline shaft portion 45A of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B of the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven to the driven shaft by the second shifter 68. The medium-speed transmission state in which the second spline shaft portion 45B of the driven shaft 45 is spline-coupled, and the high-speed transmission in which the spline boss portion 65B of the high-speed driven gear 65 is spline-coupled to the first spline shaft portion 45A of the driven shaft 45 by the first shifter 67. It is configured to switch to three stages with the state.
 図9及び図10に示すように、デテント機構71は、シフトフォーク69の凹部69Cに備えたボール75と圧縮バネ76、及び、変速支軸70の外周面に環状に形成した3つの係合溝70A,70B,70C、などにより、シフトフォーク69を、変速機47の低速伝動状態に対応する低速位置と、変速機47の中速伝動状態に対応する中速位置と、変速機47の高速伝動状態に対応する高速位置とに係合保持するように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the detent mechanism 71 includes a ball 75 and a compression spring 76 provided in the recess 69 </ b> C of the shift fork 69, and three engagement grooves formed annularly on the outer peripheral surface of the transmission support shaft 70. 70A, 70B, 70C, etc., to shift the shift fork 69 at a low speed position corresponding to the low speed transmission state of the transmission 47, a medium speed position corresponding to the medium speed transmission state of the transmission 47, and a high speed transmission of the transmission 47. It is configured to engage and hold at a high speed position corresponding to the state.
 図3~5、図9及び図10に示すように、変速機47の操作アーム72は、変速操作軸73の軸心を中心にして左右方向に揺動し、その遊端部をシフトフォーク69の相対変位を許容する状態でシフトフォーク69に係合している。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 5, 9, and 10, the operation arm 72 of the transmission 47 swings in the left-right direction around the axis of the speed change operation shaft 73, and the free end thereof is shifted to the shift fork 69. Is engaged with the shift fork 69 in a state in which the relative displacement is allowed.
 変速操作軸73は、伝動ケース43の前壁を貫通し、伝動ケース43の内部に位置する内端部に操作アーム72を備え、かつ、伝動ケース43の前壁から前方に突出する外端部に連係アーム77を備えて、操作アーム72と連係アーム77とを連動連結している。 The speed change operation shaft 73 passes through the front wall of the transmission case 43, has an operation arm 72 at the inner end located inside the transmission case 43, and has an outer end protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 43. The operation arm 72 and the linkage arm 77 are interlocked and connected to each other.
 連係アーム77は、副変速レバー18の前後方向での揺動操作に連動して、シフトフォーク69の操作位置が副変速レバー18の操作位置に対応した位置に変更されるように、その遊端部を、副変速用の機械式連係機構78を介して副変速レバー18に連係している。 The linkage arm 77 has its free end so that the operation position of the shift fork 69 is changed to a position corresponding to the operation position of the sub transmission lever 18 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the sub transmission lever 18 in the front-rear direction. This portion is linked to the auxiliary transmission lever 18 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
 つまり、変速機47は副変速装置として機能するように構成した状態で伝動ケース43に内蔵している。 That is, the transmission 47 is built in the transmission case 43 in a state configured to function as an auxiliary transmission.
 上記の構成から、変速機47は、伝動装置13の入力軸44から従動軸45に伝動する状態で、伝動装置13の入力軸44と従動軸45とにわたって装備している。そして、副変速レバー18の操作に連動したシフト機構66のギヤ選択操作によって従動軸45に連動連結する従動ギヤ61,63,65を選択することにより、その伝動状態が、HST12の出力軸34からの動力を、低速駆動ギヤ60及び低速従動ギヤ61を介して従動軸45に伝達する低速伝動状態と、中速駆動ギヤ62及び中速従動ギヤ63を介して従動軸45に伝達する中速伝動状態と、高速駆動ギヤ64及び高速従動ギヤ65を介して従動軸45に伝達する高速伝動状態とに、択一的に切り替わるように構成している。 From the above configuration, the transmission 47 is equipped across the input shaft 44 and the driven shaft 45 of the transmission device 13 in a state where the transmission 47 is transmitted from the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 to the driven shaft 45. Then, by selecting the driven gears 61, 63, 65 linked to the driven shaft 45 by the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 that is linked to the operation of the auxiliary transmission lever 18, the transmission state is changed from the output shaft 34 of the HST 12. Is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61, and is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63. It is configured to selectively switch between a state and a high-speed transmission state that is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65.
 そして、この変速機47においては、伝動装置13の入力軸44を変速機47の駆動軸に兼用することから、たとえば、入力軸44とは別構成の専用の駆動軸を入力軸44と平行に設ける場合に比較して、入力軸44から駆動軸に伝動するギヤなどの伝動構造を不要にすることができる。その結果、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化による製造の容易化や伝動装置13の小型軽量化などを図ることができる。 In this transmission 47, since the input shaft 44 of the transmission 13 is also used as the drive shaft of the transmission 47, for example, a dedicated drive shaft different from the input shaft 44 is parallel to the input shaft 44. Compared with the case where it is provided, a transmission structure such as a gear that transmits from the input shaft 44 to the drive shaft can be eliminated. As a result, it is possible to facilitate manufacture by simplifying the transmission structure in the transmission case and reduce the size and weight of the transmission device 13.
 また、各従動ギヤ61,63,65を相対回転可能に支持し、かつ、第1シフタ67及び第2シフタ68を相対摺動可能に支持する従動軸45を入力軸44よりも下方の位置に配備することにより、伝動ケース43に貯留する潤滑オイルの表面高さを低くすることができ、伝動ケース43におけるオイル貯留量を少なくすることができる。その結果、オイル交換に要する作業時間の短縮やコストの削減、及び、伝動装置13の軽量化、などを図ることができる。 Further, the driven shaft 45 that supports the driven gears 61, 63, 65 so as to be relatively rotatable and supports the first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 so as to be relatively slidable is located at a position below the input shaft 44. By deploying, the surface height of the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case 43 can be reduced, and the amount of oil stored in the transmission case 43 can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to shorten the work time required for the oil change, reduce the cost, and reduce the weight of the transmission device 13.
 更に、低速従動ギヤ61と高速従動ギヤ65との2つが、従動軸45に備えた第1スプライン軸部45Aの連係対象となるように構成していることから、たとえば、低速従動ギヤ61を連係の対象とする低速専用のスプライン軸部と、高速従動ギヤ65を連係の対象とする高速専用のスプライン軸部とを従動軸45に備える場合に比較して、変速機47におけるスプライン軸部及びシフタの装備数量を削減することができ、また、従動軸45の長さを短くすることができる。その結果、変速機47における構成の簡素化、及び、変速機47の小型軽量化や伝動ケース43に対する組み付け性の向上、などを図ることができる。 Furthermore, since the low-speed driven gear 61 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are configured to be linked with the first spline shaft portion 45A provided on the driven shaft 45, for example, the low-speed driven gear 61 is linked. Compared with the case where the driven shaft 45 has a spline shaft portion dedicated to low speed and a spline shaft portion dedicated to high speed driven gear 65, the spline shaft portion and shifter in the transmission 47 Can be reduced, and the length of the driven shaft 45 can be shortened. As a result, the configuration of the transmission 47 can be simplified, the transmission 47 can be reduced in size and weight, and the assembling property to the transmission case 43 can be improved.
 その上、各従動ギヤ61,63,65のうち、入力軸44の入力側端部である右端部から最も離れた位置に配置する中速従動ギヤ63を、そのギヤ部63Aが従動軸45の中央側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部63Bが従動軸45の左端側に位置する状態で従動軸45に装備していることから、この中速従動ギヤ63を、そのギヤ部63Aが従動軸45の左端側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部63Bが従動軸45の中央側に位置する反対向きの状態で従動軸45に装備する場合に比較して、この中速従動ギヤ63に噛み合い連動する中速駆動ギヤ62を右寄りに配置することができる。これにより、入力軸44の左方への延出長さを従動軸45よりも短くすることができる。また、入力軸44の左端部を支持するために伝動ケース43の左側壁に備えるベアリング79などの軸支部の位置を、その下方において従動軸45の左端部を支持するために伝動ケース43の左側壁に備えるベアリング80などの軸支部よりも右側に偏倚させることができる。その結果、伝動装置13の上部での左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置13の小型化を図ることができる。 In addition, among the driven gears 61, 63, 65, the medium-speed driven gear 63 disposed at the position farthest from the right end portion that is the input side end portion of the input shaft 44 is used. Since the driven shaft 45 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 with the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven by the gear portion 63A. Compared with the case where the driven shaft 45 is mounted in the opposite direction in which the spline boss portion 63B is located on the left end side of the shaft 45 and located on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is The medium speed drive gear 62 that meshes with each other can be arranged on the right side. Thereby, the length of the input shaft 44 extending to the left can be made shorter than the driven shaft 45. Further, the position of a shaft support portion such as a bearing 79 provided on the left side wall of the transmission case 43 to support the left end portion of the input shaft 44, and the left side of the transmission case 43 to support the left end portion of the driven shaft 45 below it. It can be biased to the right side of a shaft support such as a bearing 80 provided on the wall. As a result, it is possible to reduce the size of the transmission device 13 by narrowing the left-right width at the top of the transmission device 13.
 そして、入力軸44においては、各駆動ギヤ60,62,64のうちの使用頻度が最も高い高速駆動ギヤ64を入力軸44の中央側に配備し、この高速駆動ギヤ64よりも使用頻度が低い低速駆動ギヤ60と中速駆動ギヤ62とを入力軸44の軸端側に配備していることから、使用頻度が最も高い高速駆動ギヤ64を使用する高速伝動状態において入力軸44にかかるトルクを、入力軸44の両端部を支持するために伝動ケース43の左右の側壁に備えた左右のベアリング79などの軸支部によってバランス良く受け止めることができる。つまり、左右の軸支部にかかるトルクが均等又は略均等になる時間を長くすることができ、その結果、使用頻度が最も高い高速駆動ギヤ64を入力軸44の軸端側に配備する場合に生じる、その軸端側を支持する一方の軸支部にかかるトルクが他方の軸支部にかかるトルクよりも大きくなる時間が長くなることに起因して、その一方の軸支部の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 In the input shaft 44, the high-speed drive gear 64 having the highest use frequency among the drive gears 60, 62, 64 is arranged on the center side of the input shaft 44, and the use frequency is lower than that of the high-speed drive gear 64. Since the low-speed drive gear 60 and the medium-speed drive gear 62 are arranged on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44, the torque applied to the input shaft 44 in the high-speed transmission state in which the high-speed drive gear 64 with the highest use frequency is used. In order to support both ends of the input shaft 44, it can be received in a balanced manner by shaft support portions such as left and right bearings 79 provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43. That is, it is possible to increase the time during which the torque applied to the left and right shaft support portions is equal or substantially equal, and as a result, it occurs when the high-speed drive gear 64 having the highest use frequency is provided on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44. Since the time required for the torque applied to one shaft supporting portion supporting the shaft end side to be larger than the torque applied to the other shaft supporting portion is increased, the durability of the one shaft supporting portion is lowered and replaced. The possibility of increasing the frequency can be suppressed.
 また、従動軸45においては、各従動ギヤ61,63,65のうちの使用頻度が最も低い低速従動ギヤ61を従動軸45の右端側に配備し、この低速従動ギヤ61よりも使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ63と高速従動ギヤ65とを従動軸45の中央側に配備していることから、使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ63又は高速従動ギヤ65を使用する中速伝動状態及び高速伝動状態において従動軸45にかかるトルクを、従動軸45の両端部を支持するために伝動ケース43の左右の側壁に備えた左右のベアリング80などの軸支部によってバランス良く受け止めることができる。つまり、左右の軸支部にかかるトルクが均等又は略均等になる時間を長くすることができ、その結果、使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ63と高速従動ギヤ65とのいずれか一方又は双方を従動軸45の軸端側に配備する場合に生じる、その軸端側を支持する一方の軸支部にかかるトルクが他方の軸支部にかかるトルクよりも大きくなる時間が長くなることに起因して、その一方の軸支部の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 In the driven shaft 45, the low-speed driven gear 61 having the lowest usage frequency among the driven gears 61, 63, 65 is arranged on the right end side of the driven shaft 45, and the usage frequency is higher than that of the low-speed driven gear 61. Since the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium-speed transmission state and the high-speed transmission using the medium-speed driven gear 63 or the high-speed driven gear 65 that are frequently used are used. In this state, the torque applied to the driven shaft 45 can be received in a well-balanced manner by shaft support portions such as left and right bearings 80 provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 in order to support both ends of the driven shaft 45. That is, it is possible to lengthen the time during which the torque applied to the left and right shaft support portions is equal or substantially equal, and as a result, drive one or both of the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 that are frequently used. Due to the fact that the time required for the torque applied to one shaft support part supporting the shaft end side to be larger than the torque applied to the other shaft support part, which occurs when the shaft 45 is arranged on the shaft end side, is longer. It is possible to suppress the possibility that the durability of one of the shaft support portions is reduced and the replacement frequency is increased.
 ところで、この変速機47において、第2スプライン軸部45Bを構成するスプラインボス74は、たとえば、その外周面に形成する中速従動ギヤ63に対する連係用の各スプライン74aを、スプラインボス74の両端にわたる長さに形成すると、スプラインボス74を従動軸45にスプライン嵌合する際には、スプラインボス74の向きを考慮することなく、そのスプライン嵌合を簡単に行うことができる。その反面、スプラインボス74の向きにかかわらず、第2シフタ68の摺動による中速従動ギヤ63に対する連係操作を円滑に行えるようにするためには、各スプライン74aの両端部に加工費の高い面取り加工を施す必要があり、加工費の削減を図る上において改善の余地がある。 By the way, in this transmission 47, the spline boss 74 constituting the second spline shaft portion 45B includes, for example, each spline 74a linked to the medium speed driven gear 63 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss 74 over both ends of the spline boss 74. When the spline boss 74 is formed to have a length, when the spline boss 74 is fitted to the driven shaft 45 by spline, the spline can be easily fitted without considering the direction of the spline boss 74. On the other hand, regardless of the orientation of the spline boss 74, in order to smoothly perform the linkage operation with respect to the medium speed driven gear 63 by the sliding of the second shifter 68, the processing cost is high at both ends of each spline 74a. Chamfering needs to be performed, and there is room for improvement in reducing processing costs.
 そこで、このスプラインボス74においては、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプライン74aを形成し、これらのスプライン74aにおけるスプラインボス74の端部に位置する一端部のみに前述した面取り加工を施すようにしている(図7及び図10参照)。 Therefore, in the spline boss 74, a plurality of splines 74a for linking are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface, and the chamfering process described above is performed only on one end portion of the spline 74a located at the end portion of the spline boss 74. (See FIGS. 7 and 10).
 これにより、各スプライン74aの両端部に面取り加工を施す場合に比較して加工費の削減を図れるようにしながら、スプラインボス74を従動軸45にスプライン嵌合する際には、このスプライン嵌合に適したスプラインボス74の向きを、スプラインボス74の外観から容易に視認することができ、スプラインボス74の向きを間違えた状態でスプラインボス74を従動軸45にスプライン嵌合する誤組みの発生を防止することができる。 As a result, when the spline boss 74 is fitted to the driven shaft 45 while the chamfering process is performed on both ends of each spline 74a, it is possible to reduce the machining cost. Appropriate orientation of the spline boss 74 can be easily seen from the appearance of the spline boss 74, and the spline boss 74 can be mistakenly assembled to the driven shaft 45 with the spline boss 74 in the wrong direction. Can be prevented.
 尚、図示は省略するが、以下の〔1〕~〔7〕に変速機47に関する構成の別実施形態を例示する。 Although not shown, the following [1] to [7] illustrate other embodiments of the configuration related to the transmission 47.
〔1〕変速機47は、コンスタントメッシュ式に代えて、たとえば、従動軸45に相対摺動可能な状態で従動軸45と一体回転するように外嵌した筒軸に、各従動ギヤ61,63,65と、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構66に連係するギヤ選択用の連係部とを備えて、各従動ギヤ61,63,65を、それらがシフト機構66の操作によって一体的に摺動する状態にシフト機構66に連係される連係ギヤBに構成して、シフト機構66によるギヤ選択操作により、その変速状態が、低速駆動ギヤ60と低速従動ギヤ61とが噛み合い連動する低速伝動状態と、中速駆動ギヤ62と中速従動ギヤ63とが噛み合い連動する中速伝動状態と、高速駆動ギヤ64と高速従動ギヤ65とが噛み合い連動する高速伝動状態とに、択一的に切り替わるスライディングメッシュ式に構成してもよい。 [1] The transmission 47 replaces the constant mesh type with each driven gear 61, 63 on a cylindrical shaft that is externally fitted so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 while being slidable relative to the driven shaft 45, for example. , 65 and a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are slid integrally by operation of the shift mechanism 66. In the state, the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 causes the shift state to be a low-speed transmission state in which the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are engaged with each other. A slurry that is selectively switched between a medium-speed transmission state in which the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 are engaged and interlocked, and a high-speed transmission state in which the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are engaged and interlocked. It may be configured to loading mesh type.
〔2〕変速機47は、コンスタントメッシュ式に代えて、たとえば、各従動ギヤ61,63,65を、従動軸45に個々に相対摺動可能な状態で従動軸45と一体回転するように装備し、かつ、各従動ギヤ61,63,65に、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構66に連係するギヤ選択用の連係部を備えて、各従動ギヤ61,63,65をシフト機構66に連係する連係ギヤBに構成するとともに、各従動ギヤ61,63,65を、それらがシフト機構66の操作によって一体的に摺動する状態にシフト機構66に連係して、シフト機構66によるギヤ選択操作により、その変速状態が、低速駆動ギヤ60と低速従動ギヤ61とが噛み合い連動する低速伝動状態と、中速駆動ギヤ62と中速従動ギヤ63とが噛み合い連動する中速伝動状態と、高速駆動ギヤ64と高速従動ギヤ65とが噛み合い連動する高速伝動状態とに、択一的に切り替わるスライディングメッシュ式に構成してもよい。 [2] Instead of the constant mesh type, for example, the transmission 47 is equipped with each driven gear 61, 63, 65 so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 while being individually slidable on the driven shaft 45. In addition, each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is provided with a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is linked to the shift mechanism 66. The linked gear B is configured so that the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are linked to the shift mechanism 66 so that they are integrally slid by the operation of the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 is performed. The low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are meshed and interlocked with each other, the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 are meshed and interlocked, In the high-speed transmission state where the driving gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 is interlocked engagement, it may be configured to sliding mesh type switching to alternative.
〔3〕変速機47は、コンスタントメッシュ式に代えて、たとえば、各従動ギヤ61,63,65のスプラインボス部61B,63B,65Bと、それらに隣接する第1スプライン軸部45A又は第2スプライン軸部45Bとの間に、それらの周速度を同期させる同期部を備えるシンクロメッシュ式に構成してもよい。 [3] The transmission 47 is replaced with, for example, the spline boss portions 61B, 63B, 65B of the driven gears 61, 63, 65, and the first spline shaft portion 45A or the second spline adjacent thereto, instead of the constant mesh type. You may comprise in the synchromesh system provided with the synchronous part which synchronizes those peripheral speeds between the axial parts 45B.
〔4〕変速機47は、3段変速式に代えて、たとえば、作業走行用の低速伝動状態と移動走行用の高速伝動状態とに切り替え可能な2段変速式に構成してもよい。また、低速伝動状態よりも低速の微速伝動状態などを備えて4段以上の切り替えが可能な多段変速式に構成してもよい。 [4] The transmission 47 may be configured as a two-speed transmission that can be switched between a low-speed transmission state for work travel and a high-speed transmission state for mobile travel instead of the three-speed transmission. Further, it may be configured as a multi-stage transmission type that can be switched at four or more stages with a low-speed transmission state that is slower than the low-speed transmission state.
〔5〕変速機47は、各従動ギヤ61,63,65をシフト機構66によるギヤ選択操作が可能な連係ギヤBとして従動軸45に装備する構成に代えて、各駆動ギヤ60,62,64をシフト機構66によるギヤ選択操作が可能な連係ギヤBとして入力軸44に装備するようにしてもよい。そして、この構成においては、入力軸44を従動軸45の下方に隣接配備するように構成してもよい。 [5] The transmission 47 replaces the configuration in which each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 as a linkage gear B that can be selected by the shift mechanism 66, and each drive gear 60, 62, 64 is provided. May be provided on the input shaft 44 as a linkage gear B that allows a gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66. In this configuration, the input shaft 44 may be arranged adjacently below the driven shaft 45.
〔6〕変速機47における第1スプライン軸部45Aを、従動軸45に着脱可能にスプライン嵌合するスプラインボスにより構成してもよい。また、変速機47における第2スプライン軸部45Bを従動軸45に一体形成してもよい。 [6] The first spline shaft portion 45A in the transmission 47 may be constituted by a spline boss that is detachably splined to the driven shaft 45. Further, the second spline shaft portion 45 </ b> B in the transmission 47 may be integrally formed with the driven shaft 45.
〔7〕入力軸44又は従動軸45における各駆動ギヤ60,62,64及び各従動ギヤ61,63,65の配置は、各ギヤ60~65の使用頻度に応じて種々の変更が可能である。たとえば、低速駆動ギヤ60及び低速従動ギヤ61の使用頻度が高い場合には、低速駆動ギヤ60及び低速従動ギヤ61を入力軸44又は従動軸45の中央側に配置してもよい。また、高速駆動ギヤ64及び高速従動ギヤ65の使用頻度が低い場合には、高速駆動ギヤ64及び高速従動ギヤ65を入力軸44又は従動軸45の軸端側に配置してもよい。 [7] The arrangement of the drive gears 60, 62, 64 and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 on the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45 can be variously changed according to the frequency of use of the gears 60 to 65. . For example, when the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are used frequently, the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 may be arranged on the center side of the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45. Further, when the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are used less frequently, the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 may be arranged on the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45 on the shaft end side.
 次に、伝動装置13における変速機47の従動軸45からサイドクラッチ軸46への伝動構造について説明する。 Next, a transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 of the transmission 47 to the side clutch shaft 46 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
 図6~11に示すように、従動軸45は、その中央部における中速従動ギヤ63と高速従動ギヤ65との間の部位に、変速機47の出力回転体81として機能する小径の出力ギヤ81を、従動軸45と出力ギヤ81とが一体回転するようにスプライン嵌合している。サイドクラッチ軸46は、伝動ケース43における第1空間部56の上下中間部に配備している。そして、その左右中間位置に、出力ギヤ81と噛み合い連動する伝動回転体82としての大径の伝動ギヤ82を、サイドクラッチ軸46と伝動ギヤ82とが相対摺動不能な状態で一体回転するようにスプライン嵌合している。つまり、従動軸45からサイドクラッチ軸46にわたる伝動構造を、出力ギヤ81及び伝動ギヤ82によるギヤ伝動式に構成して、変速機47による変速後の動力を、従動軸45からサイドクラッチ軸46に減速伝達するように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 11, the driven shaft 45 has a small-diameter output gear that functions as an output rotating body 81 of the transmission 47 at a central portion between the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65. 81 is spline-fitted so that the driven shaft 45 and the output gear 81 rotate together. The side clutch shaft 46 is disposed in the upper and lower intermediate portions of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43. Then, a large-diameter transmission gear 82 as a transmission rotating body 82 meshing with and interlocking with the output gear 81 is integrally rotated at the left and right intermediate positions in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 and the transmission gear 82 are not relatively slidable. Is fitted with a spline. That is, the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is configured as a gear transmission type by the output gear 81 and the transmission gear 82, and the power after the shift by the transmission 47 is transferred from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to transmit deceleration.
 尚、図示は省略するが、従動軸45からサイドクラッチ軸46にわたる伝動構造は、ギヤ伝動式に代えて、たとえば、従動軸45に出力回転体81として備えた小径のスプロケットと、サイドクラッチ軸46に伝動回転体82として備えた大径のスプロケットと、それらのスプロケットにわたって巻き掛けた伝動チェーンとからチェーン伝動式に構成してもよい。また、従動軸45に出力回転体81として備えた小径のプーリと、サイドクラッチ軸46に伝動回転体82として備えた大径のプーリと、それらのプーリにわたって巻き掛けた伝動ベルトとからベルト伝動式に構成してもよい。更に、出力回転体81を、たとえば、従動軸45に一体形成してもよく、また、従動軸45と一体回転するように従動軸45にキーを介して連結してもよい。一方、伝動回転体82を、たとえば、サイドクラッチ軸46に一体形成してもよく、また、サイドクラッチ軸46と一体回転するようにサイドクラッチ軸46にキーを介して連結してもよく、更に、サイドクラッチ軸46に相対回転可能に外嵌してもよい。 Although illustration is omitted, the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is replaced with a gear transmission type, for example, a small-diameter sprocket provided on the driven shaft 45 as the output rotating body 81, and the side clutch shaft 46. Alternatively, a large-diameter sprocket provided as a transmission rotating body 82 and a transmission chain wound around these sprockets may be configured as a chain transmission type. Further, a belt transmission type includes a small-diameter pulley provided as an output rotator 81 on the driven shaft 45, a large-diameter pulley provided as a transmission rotator 82 on the side clutch shaft 46, and a transmission belt wound around these pulleys. You may comprise. Further, the output rotating body 81 may be integrally formed with the driven shaft 45, for example, or may be connected to the driven shaft 45 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45. On the other hand, the transmission rotating body 82 may be formed integrally with the side clutch shaft 46, for example, or may be connected to the side clutch shaft 46 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46. The side clutch shaft 46 may be externally fitted so as to be relatively rotatable.
 次に、伝動装置13における左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に関する構成について説明する。 Next, the structure regarding the left and right side clutch brake units 48 in the transmission 13 will be described.
 図6~9及び図11~13に示すように、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48は、それぞれ、伝動ギヤ82から対応するクローラ7への伝動を断続する噛み合い式のサイドクラッチ83と、対応するクローラ7を制動する多板式のサイドブレーキ84とを備えている。そして、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸上において、伝動ギヤ82を中心にした左右対称になるように伝動ギヤ82を挟んだ状態で左右に分散配備して、左側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48が、左側の伝動機構49及び左側の走行駆動軸50を介して左側のクローラ7に作用し、かつ、右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48が、右側の伝動機構49及び右側の走行駆動軸50を介して右側のクローラ7に作用するように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 9 and FIGS. 11 to 13, each side clutch brake unit 48 includes a meshing side clutch 83 for intermittently transmitting power from the transmission gear 82 to the corresponding crawler 7, and the corresponding crawler 7. And a multi-plate type side brake 84 for braking the vehicle. Then, on the side clutch shaft 46, the left side clutch brake unit 48 is arranged on the left side in a distributed manner so as to be symmetric with respect to the transmission gear 82. The left crawler 7 acts on the left crawler 7 via the transmission mechanism 49 and the left traveling drive shaft 50, and the right side clutch brake unit 48 is connected to the right crawler via the right transmission mechanism 49 and the right traveling drive shaft 50. 7 is configured to act.
 各サイドクラッチ83は、サイドクラッチ軸46に対するサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態でサイドクラッチ軸46に相対回転可能に外嵌する筒軸85、一側端に噛合部86Aを備えた移動側回転体86、被噛合部87Aを備えた固定側回転体87、噛合部86Aと被噛合部87Aとが噛み合う入り位置に向けて移動側回転体86を付勢する圧縮バネ88、移動側回転体86を入り位置にて受け止めるC字形の止め輪からなるストッパ89、及び、圧縮バネ88の一端部を受け止めるバネ受け90、などを備えている。そして、対応する移動側回転体86が、圧縮バネ88の作用によって入り位置に摺動することにより、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aと固定側回転体87の被噛合部87Aとが噛み合う伝動状態に切り替わり、かつ、圧縮バネ88の作用に抗して切り位置に摺動することにより、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aと固定側回転体87の被噛合部87Aとが噛み合いを解除する遮断状態に切り替わるように構成している。 Each side clutch 83 has a cylindrical shaft 85 that is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. The moving-side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A, the fixed-side rotating body 87 provided with the meshed portion 87A, and the moving-side rotating body 86 is biased toward the entering position where the meshing portion 86A and the meshed portion 87A mesh. A compression spring 88, a stopper 89 made of a C-shaped retaining ring that receives the moving side rotating body 86 at the entry position, a spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88, and the like. Then, when the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 slides to the entry position by the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the engaged portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 are engaged with each other. By switching to the state and sliding to the cutting position against the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the meshed portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 release the meshing. It is configured to switch to the shut-off state.
 各筒軸85は、伝動ギヤ82に近接する内端側に大径の第1スプライン軸部85Aを備えている。また、伝動ギヤ82から離れる外端側に小径の第2スプライン軸部85Bを備えている。そして、第1スプライン軸部85Aの内端に位置する段差部85Cがバネ受け90として機能するように構成している。また、第2スプライン軸部85Bの外端部に、ストッパ89が着脱可能に外嵌する環状の係合溝85Dを形成している。 Each cylindrical shaft 85 includes a first spline shaft portion 85A having a large diameter on the inner end side close to the transmission gear 82. Further, a small-diameter second spline shaft portion 85B is provided on the outer end side away from the transmission gear 82. The step portion 85C located at the inner end of the first spline shaft portion 85A is configured to function as the spring receiver 90. Further, an annular engagement groove 85D into which the stopper 89 is detachably fitted is formed at the outer end portion of the second spline shaft portion 85B.
 各移動側回転体86は、それらの内周部が、筒軸85の第2スプライン軸部85Bに相対摺動可能にスプライン嵌合するスプラインボス部86Bとして機能するように構成している。また、それらの外周部を形成するリム部86Cにおける外端側の内周部分に複数の内歯を周方向に一定ピッチで形成することにより、リム部86Cの内周部分が噛合部86Aとして機能するように構成している。 Each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured such that its inner peripheral portion functions as a spline boss portion 86B that is spline-fitted to the second spline shaft portion 85B of the cylindrical shaft 85 so as to be relatively slidable. Also, by forming a plurality of internal teeth at a constant pitch in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral portion on the outer end side of the rim portion 86C that forms the outer peripheral portion, the inner peripheral portion of the rim portion 86C functions as the meshing portion 86A. It is configured to do.
 各固定側回転体87は、複数の外歯を備えた平ギヤにより、その外周部が被噛合部87Aとして機能するように構成している。そして、サイドクラッチ軸46に対するサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態でサイドクラッチ軸46と一体回転するように、サイドクラッチ軸46における対応する筒軸85よりも軸端側の両端部位に、筒軸85と隣接する状態でスプライン嵌合している。これにより、各固定側回転体87が、左右のサイドクラッチ83において、サイドクラッチ軸46を介して伝動ギヤ82と一体回転する駆動側回転体として機能する状態に構成している。 Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured by a spur gear provided with a plurality of external teeth so that the outer peripheral portion functions as a meshed portion 87A. Then, the side clutch shaft 46 has a shaft more than the corresponding cylindrical shaft 85 so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. Spline fitting is performed at both end portions on the end side so as to be adjacent to the cylindrical shaft 85. Thus, each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured to function as a driving-side rotating body that rotates integrally with the transmission gear 82 via the side clutch shaft 46 in the left and right side clutches 83.
 図11~13に示すように、各サイドクラッチ83においては、移動側回転体86と圧縮バネ88とストッパ89とバネ受け90とを、筒軸85の外周部に、ストッパ89とバネ受け90との間に移動側回転体86と圧縮バネ88とが左右に並んで位置する配置で、かつ、移動側回転体86が筒軸85に対してサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で筒軸85と一体回転するように装備して、筒軸85と移動側回転体86と圧縮バネ88とストッパ89とバネ受け90とを、サイドクラッチ軸46に対してサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に着脱可能に一体摺動する摺動ユニット91に構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 11 to 13, in each side clutch 83, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are disposed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft 85. The moving-side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are arranged side by side between the moving-side rotating body 86 and the moving-side rotating body 86 can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the cylinder shaft 85. The cylinder shaft 85, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the side clutch shaft 46. The sliding unit 91 is configured to slide integrally in a detachable manner in the axial direction.
 各摺動ユニット91は、対応するクローラ7に連動連結する連動回転体としての駆動ギヤ92を、構成部品の一つとして、筒軸85と一体回転する状態で備えている。これにより、各摺動ユニット91に備えた移動側回転体86が、各サイドクラッチ83において、筒軸85を介して駆動ギヤ92と一体回転する従動側回転体として機能する状態に構成している。 Each sliding unit 91 is provided with a drive gear 92 as an interlocking rotating body interlockingly connected to the corresponding crawler 7 so as to rotate integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 as one of the components. Thereby, the moving side rotating body 86 provided in each sliding unit 91 is configured to function as a driven side rotating body that rotates integrally with the drive gear 92 via the cylindrical shaft 85 in each side clutch 83. .
 サイドクラッチ軸46の軸上における伝動ギヤ82と左右の摺動ユニット91との間には、それらの間においてサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に働く力を受け止めるスラストカラー93を介装している。 A thrust collar 93 is interposed between the transmission gear 82 and the left and right sliding units 91 on the side clutch shaft 46 to receive the force acting in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 therebetween. .
 各サイドブレーキ84は、摺動ユニット91と一体回転するブレーキハブ94、ブレーキハブ94に外嵌した複数のセパレータプレート95、複数のセパレータプレート95とサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に交互に配置する複数のブレーキディスク96と単一のプレッシャプレート97、及び、複数のブレーキディスク96と単一のプレッシャプレート97とを支持するブレーキハウジング98、などを備えて構成している。 The side brakes 84 are alternately arranged in the axial direction of the brake hub 94 that rotates integrally with the sliding unit 91, the plurality of separator plates 95 that are externally fitted to the brake hub 94, and the plurality of separator plates 95 and the side clutch shaft 46. A plurality of brake disks 96 and a single pressure plate 97, a brake housing 98 that supports the plurality of brake disks 96 and the single pressure plate 97, and the like are configured.
 各ブレーキハブ94は、対応する摺動ユニット91に、その構成部品の一つとして外嵌装備している。そして、複数のセパレータプレート95を、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で摺動ユニット91と一体回転するように支持している。 Each brake hub 94 is fitted on the corresponding sliding unit 91 as one of its components. The plurality of separator plates 95 are supported so as to rotate integrally with the sliding unit 91 in a state in which the separator plates 95 can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
 各ブレーキハウジング98は、セパレータプレート95及びブレーキディスク96などを外囲する略筒状で、伝動ケース43における左右の側壁の上下中間部位に一体形成している。そして、複数のブレーキディスク96と単一のプレッシャプレート97とを、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で回転不能に支持している。また、それらの内端部位に、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心に沿って伝動ケース43の内部側に摺動するセパレータプレート95及びブレーキディスク96を受け止める受止部98Aを備えている。 Each brake housing 98 has a substantially cylindrical shape that surrounds the separator plate 95, the brake disc 96, and the like, and is integrally formed at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43. A plurality of brake discs 96 and a single pressure plate 97 are supported in a non-rotatable manner while being slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. In addition, a receiving portion 98A for receiving the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 that slides inward of the transmission case 43 along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 is provided at the inner end portions thereof.
 各摺動ユニット91は、筒軸85と一体回転するスプラインボス99を備えている。各スプラインボス99は、伝動ケース内の左右中央側に位置する内端側が駆動ギヤ92として機能し、かつ、伝動ケース内の左右一端側に位置する外端側がブレーキハブ94として機能する兼用部品に構成している。そして、駆動ギヤ側の内周面に、対応する筒軸85の内端側に備えた第1スプライン軸部85Aに外嵌するスプライン穴部99Aを備え、かつ、ブレーキハブ側の内周面に、筒軸85との間に圧縮バネ用の収納空間100を形成する拡径部99Bを備えている。 Each sliding unit 91 includes a spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85. Each spline boss 99 serves as a dual-purpose part whose inner end located on the left and right center side in the transmission case functions as the drive gear 92 and whose outer end located on the left and right ends in the transmission case functions as the brake hub 94. It is composed. The drive gear side has an inner peripheral surface provided with a spline hole 99A that fits outside the first spline shaft portion 85A provided on the inner end side of the corresponding cylinder shaft 85, and on the inner peripheral surface on the brake hub side. A diameter-expanded portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for a compression spring is provided between the cylindrical shaft 85 and the cylindrical shaft 85.
 各筒軸85は、第1スプライン軸部85Aを、筒軸85の段差部85Cから大径側の軸端にわたる長さに形成している。そして、大径側の軸端部における第1スプライン軸部85Aの外周側に略環状に凹入形成した係合部85Eを備え、かつ、この係合部85EにC字形の止め輪101を着脱可能に外嵌装備している。 Each cylindrical shaft 85 has a first spline shaft portion 85A formed from the stepped portion 85C of the cylindrical shaft 85 to a length extending from the shaft end on the large diameter side. Then, an engagement portion 85E is formed on the outer peripheral side of the first spline shaft portion 85A at the shaft end portion on the large diameter side, and the C-shaped retaining ring 101 is attached to and detached from the engagement portion 85E. Equipped with external fitting as possible.
 各スプラインボス99は、そのスプライン穴部99Aを止め輪101から段差部85Cにわたる長さに形成し、かつ、拡径部99Bを段差部85Cからブレーキハブ側のボス端(止め輪101から遠い側のボス端)にわたる長さに形成している。 Each spline boss 99 has its spline hole 99A formed in a length extending from the retaining ring 101 to the stepped portion 85C, and the enlarged diameter portion 99B from the stepped portion 85C to the boss end on the brake hub side (the side far from the retaining ring 101). The boss end).
 各移動側回転体86は、それらのスプラインボス部86Bとリム部86Cとの間に、スプラインボス99におけるブレーキハブ側の端部の係入を許容するリング状の凹部86Dを形成している。これにより、各移動側回転体86をスプラインボス側に移動させた場合には、それらのスプラインボス部86Bの内端側が、対応するスプラインボス99の拡径部99Bに係入し、かつ、リム部86Cの内端側がスプラインボス99に外嵌して、リム部86Cの内端が、スプラインボス99のブレーキハブ側に外嵌配備した複数のセパレータプレート95及びブレーキディスク96を、プレッシャプレート97を介してブレーキハウジング98の受止部98Aに向けて押圧するように構成している。 Each moving-side rotating body 86 is formed with a ring-shaped recess 86D that allows the end of the spline boss 99 on the brake hub side to be engaged between the spline boss portion 86B and the rim portion 86C. Thereby, when each moving side rotating body 86 is moved to the spline boss side, the inner end side of the spline boss portion 86B is engaged with the enlarged diameter portion 99B of the corresponding spline boss 99, and the rim The inner end side of the portion 86C is externally fitted to the spline boss 99, and the inner end of the rim portion 86C is a plurality of separator plates 95 and brake discs 96 that are externally fitted to the brake hub side of the spline boss 99. It is comprised so that it may press toward the receiving part 98A of the brake housing 98.
 つまり、各移動側回転体86のリム部86Cが、対応するサイドブレーキ84のセパレータプレート95及びブレーキディスク96に作用する押圧部86Cとして機能する状態に構成している。これにより、各サイドブレーキ84は、対応する移動側回転体86が、圧縮バネ88の作用に抗して、前述した切り位置から、入り位置とは反対方向に位置する制動位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、複数のセパレータプレート95及びブレーキディスク96が押圧部86Cの作用による圧接を解除する制動解除状態から、複数のセパレータプレート95及びブレーキディスク96が押圧部86Cの作用により圧接する制動状態に切り替わり、かつ、圧縮バネ88の作用によって制動位置から切り位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、制動状態から制動解除状態に切り替わるように構成している。 That is, the rim portion 86 </ b> C of each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured to function as a pressing portion 86 </ b> C that acts on the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 of the corresponding side brake 84. As a result, each side brake 84 slides from the cut position described above to the braking position located in the direction opposite to the entry position, against the action of the compression spring 88 by the corresponding moving side rotating body 86. As a result, the brake in which the plurality of separator plates 95 and the brake disc 96 are pressed by the action of the pressing portion 86C from the braking release state in which the pressure contacts by the action of the pressing portion 86C are released. It is configured to switch from the braking state to the braking release state as it switches to the state and slides from the braking position to the cutting position by the action of the compression spring 88.
 図2~8及び図11~13に示すように、伝動ケース43は、その左右の側壁におけるサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向での各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48との対向箇所に、摺動ユニット91、セパレータプレート95、ブレーキディスク96、及び、プレッシャプレート97、などの通過を許容する第2開口43Bを備え、かつ、これらの第2開口43Bを塞ぐカバー部材102をボルト連結によって着脱可能に備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 to 8 and FIGS. 11 to 13, the transmission case 43 has sliding units 91 at positions facing the side clutch brake units 48 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 on the left and right side walls. The separator plate 95, the brake disc 96, the pressure plate 97, and the like are provided with a second opening 43B that allows passage, and the cover member 102 that closes the second opening 43B is detachably provided by bolt connection. Yes.
 各カバー部材102は、固定側回転体87の通過を許容する補助開口102Aを備え、かつ、この補助開口102Aを塞ぐ補助カバー部材103をボルト連結によって着脱可能に備えている。各補助開口102Aは、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心を中心とする円形に形成している。各補助カバー部材103は、補助開口102Aに内嵌する大径部103Aと、補助開口102Aとの間に環状の空間104を形成する小径部103Bとを、小径部103Bが伝動ケース43の内部側に位置する状態で備えている。そして、その小径部103Bに、サイドクラッチ軸46の端部を支持するベアリングなどの軸支部105を備えている。 Each cover member 102 includes an auxiliary opening 102A that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator 87, and an auxiliary cover member 103 that closes the auxiliary opening 102A is detachably attached by bolt connection. Each auxiliary opening 102 </ b> A is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft 46. Each auxiliary cover member 103 includes a large-diameter portion 103A that fits in the auxiliary opening 102A and a small-diameter portion 103B that forms an annular space 104 between the auxiliary opening 102A, and the small-diameter portion 103B is located inside the transmission case 43. It is prepared in the state located in. The small-diameter portion 103B is provided with a shaft support portion 105 such as a bearing that supports the end portion of the side clutch shaft 46.
 各摺動ユニット91は、移動側回転体86のリム部86Cがカバー部材102に備えた環状の空間104に対向する状態でサイドクラッチ軸46の軸上に装備している。各カバー部材102は、それらの環状の空間104に、移動側回転体86を摺動操作する環状のピストン106を、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で嵌入装備している。そして、環状の空間104がピストン操作用の油室104として機能する状態に構成している。 Each sliding unit 91 is mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the rim portion 86C of the moving side rotating body 86 faces the annular space 104 provided in the cover member 102. Each cover member 102 is fitted and fitted with an annular piston 106 that slides the moving side rotating body 86 in the annular space 104 so as to be slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. . The annular space 104 is configured to function as an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
 各ピストン106は、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107の作動によりサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動し、この摺動により、対応する移動側回転体86をサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心方向に摺動操作するように構成している。具体的には、バルブユニット107の作動による油室104の昇圧に伴って、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心に沿ってサイドクラッチ軸46の中央側に摺動し、この摺動により、対応する移動側回転体86を圧縮バネ88の作用に抗して入り位置から切り位置に摺動操作し、その後、切り位置から制動位置に摺動操作する。また、バルブユニット107の作動による油室104の減圧に伴って、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸心に沿ってサイドクラッチ軸46の軸端側に摺動し、この摺動により、対応する移動側回転体86を圧縮バネ88の作用によって制動位置から切り位置に摺動操作し、その後、切り位置から入り位置に摺動操作する。 Each piston 106 slides in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 by the operation of the steering valve unit 107, and by this sliding, the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 is slid in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to be operated dynamically. Specifically, as the pressure of the oil chamber 104 is increased by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the center side of the side clutch shaft 46. The side rotating body 86 is slid from the entry position to the cut position against the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cut position to the braking position. Further, as the oil chamber 104 is depressurized by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the shaft end side of the side clutch shaft 46, and this sliding causes the corresponding movement side rotation. The body 86 is slid from the braking position to the cutting position by the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cutting position to the entry position.
 ステアリング用のバルブユニット107は、操縦レバー16の左右方向での揺動操作に基づいて作動状態が切り替わるように、操縦レバー16にステアリング用の機械式連係機構108を介して連係している。具体的には、操縦レバー16が中立位置に位置する状態では、各ピストン106に対する操作圧を減圧する減圧状態を維持する。操縦レバー16が中立位置から左方に揺動操作されると、減圧状態から左側のピストン106に対する操作圧を昇圧する左昇圧状態に切り替わる。操縦レバー16が中立位置から右方に揺動操作されると、減圧状態から右側のピストン106に対する操作圧を昇圧する右昇圧状態に切り替わる。操縦レバー16が中立位置に揺動操作されると、左昇圧状態又は右昇圧状態から減圧状態に切り替わる。 The steering valve unit 107 is linked to the steering lever 16 via the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108 so that the operating state is switched based on the swinging operation of the steering lever 16 in the left-right direction. Specifically, in a state where the control lever 16 is positioned at the neutral position, a reduced pressure state in which the operation pressure on each piston 106 is reduced is maintained. When the control lever 16 is swung to the left from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the left pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the left piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung rightward from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the right pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the right piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung to the neutral position, the left pressure increasing state or the right pressure increasing state is switched to the pressure reducing state.
 この構成から、操縦レバー16を中立位置に保持することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107を減圧状態に維持することができ、これにより、各移動側回転体86を入り位置に維持することができ、結果、走行状態を、左右のクローラ7を等速駆動する直進状態に維持することができる。また、操縦レバー16を中立位置から左方に揺動操作することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107を減圧状態から左昇圧状態に切り替えることができ、これにより、右側の移動側回転体86を入り位置に維持しながら、左側の移動側回転体86を入り位置から切り位置又は制動位置に摺動させることができ、結果、走行状態を、直進状態から左側のクローラ7を従動又は制動させて車体を左方向に旋回させる左旋回状態に切り替えることができる。逆に、操縦レバー16を中立位置から右方に揺動操作することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107を減圧状態から右昇圧状態に切り替えることができ、これにより、左側の移動側回転体86を入り位置に維持しながら、右側の移動側回転体86を入り位置から切り位置又は制動位置に摺動させることができ、結果、走行状態を、直進状態から右側のクローラ7を従動又は制動させて車体を右方向に旋回させる右旋回状態に切り替えることができる。そして、左旋回状態又は右旋回状態において、操縦レバー16を中立位置に揺動操作することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107を左昇圧状態又は右昇圧状態から減圧状態に切り替えることができ、これにより、切り位置又は制動位置に位置する左右いずれか一方の移動側回転体86を入り位置に摺動させることができ、結果、走行状態を、左旋回状態又は右旋回状態から直進状態に切り替えることができる。 With this configuration, by holding the control lever 16 in the neutral position, the valve unit 107 for steering can be maintained in a reduced pressure state, whereby each moving-side rotating body 86 can be maintained in the entering position. As a result, the traveling state can be maintained in a straight traveling state in which the left and right crawlers 7 are driven at a constant speed. Further, by swinging the control lever 16 to the left from the neutral position, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the left increased pressure state. While maintaining the position, the left-side moving rotating body 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the left crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight traveling state to the vehicle body. Can be switched to a left-turning state in which the is turned leftward. Conversely, by swinging the control lever 16 to the right from the neutral position, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the right increased pressure state. While maintaining the entering position, the right moving rotator 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the right crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight running state. It is possible to switch to a right turn state in which the vehicle body turns rightward. Then, by swinging the control lever 16 to the neutral position in the left turn state or the right turn state, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the left boosted state or the right boosted state to the reduced pressure state. Accordingly, either the left or right moving side rotating body 86 located at the cutting position or the braking position can be slid to the entering position, and as a result, the traveling state is switched from the left turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state. be able to.
 つまり、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48においては、各移動側回転体86をサイドクラッチ83とサイドブレーキ84との双方の操作具に兼用する兼用構造を採用して、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化などを図りながら、サイドクラッチ83とサイドブレーキ84とを適切に連動させることができ、これにより、左右のクローラ7による走行状態を、直進状態から左旋回状態又は右旋回状態に、また、左旋回状態又は右旋回状態から直進状態に滑らかに移行させることができる。 In other words, each side clutch brake unit 48 employs a shared structure in which each moving side rotating body 86 is also used as an operating tool for both the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84, thereby simplifying the configuration by reducing the number of parts. The side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 can be appropriately interlocked with each other so that the traveling state by the left and right crawlers 7 can be changed from a straight traveling state to a left turning state or a right turning state, It is possible to smoothly shift from the turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state.
 そして、上記の構成から、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48においては、伝動ケース43に内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸46及び伝動ケース43に備えた各ブレーキハウジング98に対して、移動側回転体86、固定側回転体87、セパレータプレート95、及び、ブレーキディスク96、などを伝動ケース43の各開口43Aから着脱することができる。また、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に対する操作用のピストン106、及び、サイドクラッチ軸用の軸支部105などは、各開口43Aを閉塞するカバー部材102とともに伝動ケース43に対して着脱することができる。これにより、移動側回転体86、固定側回転体87、セパレータプレート95、ブレーキディスク96、ピストン106、及び、軸支部105の交換などのメンテナンス作業を行う場合には、伝動ケース43から各カバー部材102を取り外すことにより、伝動ケース43を分解する手間を要することなく簡単に行うことができる。また、固定側回転体87、ピストン106、及び、軸支部105に対するメンテナンス作業に関しては、カバー部材102から補助カバー部材103を取り外すことにより、移動側回転体86、セパレータプレート95、及び、ブレーキディスク96、などをカバー部材102によって伝動ケース内に保持した状態で、固定側回転体87、ピストン106、及び、軸支部105に対するメンテナンス作業を行うことができる。 From the above configuration, in each side clutch brake unit 48, the moving side rotating body 86 and the fixed side rotation with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 built in the transmission case 43 and each brake housing 98 provided in the transmission case 43. The body 87, the separator plate 95, the brake disk 96, and the like can be attached and detached from the openings 43A of the transmission case 43. Further, the operation piston 106 for each side clutch brake unit 48, the shaft support portion 105 for the side clutch shaft, and the like can be attached to and detached from the transmission case 43 together with the cover member 102 that closes each opening 43A. Accordingly, when performing maintenance work such as replacement of the moving-side rotating body 86, the fixed-side rotating body 87, the separator plate 95, the brake disk 96, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105, the transmission case 43 is connected to each cover member. By removing 102, it can carry out easily, without requiring the effort which disassembles the transmission case 43. FIG. Further, regarding the maintenance work for the fixed side rotating body 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105, the moving side rotating body 86, the separator plate 95, and the brake disk 96 are removed by removing the auxiliary cover member 103 from the cover member 102. , And the like can be maintained in the transmission case by the cover member 102, and maintenance work can be performed on the fixed-side rotating body 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105.
 また、サイドクラッチ83の筒軸85と移動側回転体86と圧縮バネ88とストッパ89とバネ受け90、駆動ギヤ92、及び、サイドブレーキ84のブレーキハブ94、などを、サイドクラッチ軸46に対して一体的に着脱可能な摺動ユニット91としてユニット化していることから、移動側回転体86や圧縮バネ88などをサイドクラッチ軸46に対して個々に着脱する場合に比較して、サイドクラッチ軸46に対する着脱性の向上を図ることができる。 Further, the cylindrical shaft 85 of the side clutch 83, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, the spring receiver 90, the drive gear 92, the brake hub 94 of the side brake 84, and the like are attached to the side clutch shaft 46. Since the sliding unit 91 is detachably integrated as a unit, the side clutch shaft is compared with the case where the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are individually attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46. The detachability with respect to 46 can be improved.
 特に、移動側回転体86や圧縮バネ88などをサイドクラッチ軸46に対して個々に着脱する場合には、狭い伝動ケース43の各開口43Aから、圧縮バネ88の作用に抗する大きい力で、サイドクラッチ軸46に対する移動側回転体86やストッパ89などの着脱を行う必要があることから、サイドクラッチ軸46に対する移動側回転体86やストッパ89などの着脱が困難になる。これに対し、このサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48においては、移動側回転体86や圧縮バネ88などをユニット化した状態でサイドクラッチ軸46に対して着脱することから、圧縮バネ88の作用に抗した移動側回転体86やストッパ89などの着脱は、作業領域が制限されない伝動ケース43の外側において筒軸59に対して行えば良く、その結果、サイドクラッチ軸46に対する移動側回転体86やストッパ89などの着脱性を大幅に向上させることができる。 In particular, when the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, and the like are individually attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46, a large force that resists the action of the compression spring 88 from each opening 43A of the narrow transmission case 43, Since it is necessary to attach / detach the moving side rotating body 86, the stopper 89, and the like to / from the side clutch shaft 46, it becomes difficult to attach / detach the moving side rotating body 86, the stopper 89, etc. to / from the side clutch shaft 46. On the other hand, in the side clutch brake unit 48, the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46 in a united state, so that the movement against the action of the compression spring 88 is achieved. The side rotator 86, the stopper 89, and the like may be attached to and detached from the cylindrical shaft 59 outside the transmission case 43 where the work area is not limited. As a result, the moving side rotator 86, the stopper 89, etc. with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 The detachability of the can be greatly improved.
 更に、各摺動ユニット91においては、筒軸85と一体回転するスプラインボス99が駆動ギヤ92とブレーキハブ94とを兼ねる兼用部品であることから、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化及び組み付け性の向上などを図ることができる。また、そのスプラインボス99におけるブレーキハブ側の内周面に、筒軸85との間に圧縮バネ用の収納空間100を形成する拡径部99Bを備えることにより、筒軸85と圧縮バネ88とスプラインボス99とを筒軸85の径方向に重ね合わせた状態で装備することができる。これにより、各摺動ユニット91が軸心方向に長くなるのを防止することができ、結果、サイドクラッチ軸46の短尺化、及び、伝動装置13の上下中間部での左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置13の小型化を図ることができる。 Furthermore, in each sliding unit 91, since the spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 is a dual-purpose part that also serves as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94, the structure can be simplified and assembled by reducing the number of parts. Can be improved. Further, the spline boss 99 has an enlarged diameter portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for the compression spring between the inner surface of the brake hub side of the spline boss 99 and the cylindrical shaft 85 and the compression spring 88. The spline boss 99 can be equipped in a state where the spline boss 99 is overlapped in the radial direction of the cylinder shaft 85. As a result, the sliding units 91 can be prevented from becoming longer in the axial direction. As a result, the side clutch shaft 46 is shortened and the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the transmission device 13 are reduced. Therefore, the transmission device 13 can be downsized.
 図11~13に示すように、各移動側回転体86は、そのスプラインボス部86Bにおけるストッパ側の内周面に、移動側回転体86が入り位置に摺動する際にストッパ89の入り込みを許容する拡径部86Eを形成している。各拡径部86Eは、ストッパ89の係合溝85Dからの離脱を阻止する大きさに形成している。 As shown in FIGS. 11 to 13, each moving side rotating body 86 is inserted into the stopper 89 on the inner peripheral surface of the spline boss portion 86B when the moving side rotating body 86 slides to the entering position. An allowed enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed. Each enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed in a size that prevents the stopper 89 from being detached from the engaging groove 85D.
 これにより、たとえば、各筒軸85の係合溝85Dに対するストッパ89の係合が不完全で、ストッパ89が係合溝85Dから浮き上がっている場合には、圧縮バネ88の作用によって移動側回転体86が入り位置に摺動する際に、その入り位置への摺動がストッパ89との接触によって阻止される。つまり、各筒軸85の係合溝85Dに対するストッパ89の組み付け状態を、その組み付け後の圧縮バネ88の作用による移動側回転体86の摺動によって容易に判別することができる。これにより、各筒軸85の係合溝85Dに対するストッパ89の係合が不完全である場合には、その係合を直ちに改善することができる。 Thereby, for example, when the engagement of the stopper 89 with the engagement groove 85D of each cylindrical shaft 85 is incomplete and the stopper 89 is lifted from the engagement groove 85D, the moving side rotating body is operated by the action of the compression spring 88. When 86 is slid into the entry position, sliding into the entry position is prevented by contact with the stopper 89. That is, the assembled state of the stopper 89 with respect to the engaging groove 85D of each cylindrical shaft 85 can be easily determined by the sliding of the moving side rotating body 86 due to the action of the compression spring 88 after the assembly. Thereby, when the engagement of the stopper 89 with the engagement groove 85D of each cylindrical shaft 85 is incomplete, the engagement can be immediately improved.
 また、拡径部86Eを形成しない場合に比較して、各摺動ユニット91の軸心方向での長さを更に短くすることができ、これにより、サイドクラッチ軸46の短尺化、及び、伝動装置13の上下中間部での左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置13の小型化を更に図ることができる。 Further, the length of each sliding unit 91 in the axial center direction can be further shortened as compared with the case where the diameter-expanded portion 86E is not formed, thereby shortening the side clutch shaft 46 and transmitting power. It is possible to further reduce the size of the transmission device 13 by narrowing the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the device 13.
 図7及び図11~13に示すように、各固定側回転体87は、それらの被噛合部87Aを形成する各外歯が、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aとの噛み合い長さの2倍以上の歯幅を有する状態に構成している。 As shown in FIG. 7 and FIGS. 11 to 13, each fixed-side rotating body 87 has a meshing length of 2 with the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86. The tooth width is more than doubled.
 これにより、固定側回転体87における被噛合部87Aの摩耗に起因して、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aとの間においてガタツキが生じる場合には、補助カバー部材103を取り外して補助開口102Aを開放し、この補助開口102Aを利用してサイドクラッチ軸46から取り外した固定側回転体87を、その左右を反転させた後に、補助開口102Aからサイドクラッチ軸46に再び組み付けることにより、固定側回転体87を交換することなく、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aとの間でのガタツキを解消することができる。 As a result, when the ratchet occurs between the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 due to wear of the meshed portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87, the auxiliary cover member 103 is removed and the auxiliary opening 102A is removed. The fixed-side rotating body 87 removed from the side clutch shaft 46 using the auxiliary opening 102A is reversed and then reassembled from the auxiliary opening 102A to the side clutch shaft 46. It is possible to eliminate rattling with the meshing portion 86 </ b> A of the moving-side rotator 86 without exchanging the rotator 87.
 つまり、固定側回転体87の寿命を2倍にすることができ、サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に要するランニングコストの削減を図ることができる。 That is, the life of the fixed side rotating body 87 can be doubled, and the running cost required for the side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced.
 図2に示すように、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48の油室104には、伝動ケース43に貯留した潤滑用のオイルを作動用として、第2油圧ポンプ109の作動によってステアリング用のバルブユニット107を介して供給している。ステアリング用のバルブユニット107は、操縦レバー16の左右方向での操作に基づいて各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48の油室104に対するオイルの流れを切り替える切替バルブ110、及び、操縦レバー16の操作に基づいて左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48の油室104に対するリリーフ圧を変更する可変リリーフバルブ111、などを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 2, in the oil chamber 104 of each side clutch brake unit 48, the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case 43 is used for operation, and the steering valve unit 107 is operated by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109. Is supplied through. The steering valve unit 107 is based on the switching valve 110 that switches the flow of oil to the oil chamber 104 of each side clutch brake unit 48 based on the operation of the control lever 16 in the left-right direction, and on the operation of the control lever 16. A variable relief valve 111 for changing the relief pressure for the oil chamber 104 of the left and right side clutch brake units 48 is provided.
 尚、図示は省略するが、以下の〔1〕~〔17〕に一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48などのステアリングに関する構成の別実施形態を例示する。 Although not shown in the drawings, the following [1] to [17] illustrate another embodiment of the configuration relating to the steering such as the pair of side clutch brake units 48.
〔1〕一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48が、左右揺動式で中立復帰型に構成したステアリング専用の操作レバー、又は、ステアリングホイール、などの操作に基づいて作動状態が切り替わるように構成してもよい。 [1] The pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured such that the operating state is switched based on an operation of a steering-dedicated operation lever or a steering wheel that is configured to be a left-right swinging and neutral return type. Good.
〔2〕一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48を、たとえば、電動シリンダの作動によってサイドクラッチ83及びサイドブレーキ84の作動状態を切り替える電動式などに構成してもよい。 [2] The pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured to be, for example, an electric type that switches the operating state of the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 by operating an electric cylinder.
〔3〕一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に代えて一対のサイドクラッチ83のみを備えるように構成してもよい。 [3] Instead of the pair of side clutch brake units 48, only a pair of side clutches 83 may be provided.
〔4〕一対のサイドクラッチ83を、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸上において伝動回転体82を挟まずに左右に並べて配備して、サイドクラッチ軸46からの動力を断続するように構成し、伝動回転体82をサイドクラッチ軸46の左右一端側に配備するように構成してもよい。 [4] A pair of side clutches 83 are arranged side by side on the side clutch shaft 46 side by side without the transmission rotating body 82 interposed therebetween, and the power from the side clutch shaft 46 is intermittently configured. The body 82 may be arranged on the left and right ends of the side clutch shaft 46.
〔5〕一対のサイドクラッチ83を、移動側回転体86が駆動側回転体として機能し、固定側回転体87が従動側回転体として機能するように構成してもよい。 [5] The pair of side clutches 83 may be configured such that the moving side rotating body 86 functions as a driving side rotating body and the fixed side rotating body 87 functions as a driven side rotating body.
〔6〕サイドクラッチ軸46を固定装備し、サイドクラッチ軸46の軸上において、一対のサイドクラッチ83が伝動回転体82から対応する駆動ギヤ(連動回転体)92への伝動を断続するように構成してもよい。 [6] The side clutch shaft 46 is fixedly installed, and on the shaft of the side clutch shaft 46, the pair of side clutches 83 intermittently transmit power from the transmission rotating body 82 to the corresponding drive gear (interlocking rotating body) 92. It may be configured.
〔7〕各摺動ユニット91を、移動側回転体86が伝動回転体82に隣接するようにサイドクラッチ軸46の軸上に配備した上で、伝動回転体82が、被噛合部87Aを備える固定側回転体87を兼用し、かつ、噛合部86Aを備える移動側回転体86が連動回転体を兼用するように構成して、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化などを図るようにしてもよい。また、伝動回転体82が固定側回転体87を兼用する構成に代えて、サイドクラッチ軸46に着脱可能に外嵌した固定側回転体87を、伝動回転体82と一体回転する状態に伝動回転体82に係合連結するように構成してもよい。 [7] After each sliding unit 91 is arranged on the side clutch shaft 46 so that the moving-side rotator 86 is adjacent to the transmission rotator 82, the transmission rotator 82 includes an engaged portion 87A. The fixed side rotating body 87 is also used and the moving side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A is also used as the interlocking rotating body so that the configuration can be simplified by reducing the number of parts. Good. Further, instead of the configuration in which the transmission rotating body 82 also serves as the fixed-side rotating body 87, the fixed-side rotating body 87 that is detachably fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 is rotated in a state of rotating integrally with the transmission rotating body 82. The body 82 may be configured to be engaged and connected.
〔8〕各摺動ユニット91は、駆動ギヤ92とブレーキハブ94とを個別に備えるように構成してもよい。また、その構成部品として、駆動ギヤ92とブレーキハブ94とのいずれか一方又は双方を含まないように構成してもよい。 [8] Each sliding unit 91 may be configured to include the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 individually. Moreover, you may comprise so that either one or both of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may not be included as the component.
〔9〕各摺動ユニット91においては、筒軸85に、駆動ギヤ92とブレーキハブ94とを兼ねるスプラインボス99を一体形成するように構成してもよい。また、筒軸85に駆動ギヤ92とブレーキハブ94とのいずれか一方を一体形成するように構成してもよい。 [9] Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that a spline boss 99 serving as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 is integrally formed on the cylindrical shaft 85. In addition, either one of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may be formed integrally with the cylinder shaft 85.
〔10〕各摺動ユニット91においては、収納空間100を備えずに、筒軸85の軸心方向に圧縮バネ88とスプラインボス99とを並べて配備するように構成してもよい。 [10] Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that the compression spring 88 and the spline boss 99 are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the cylindrical shaft 85 without providing the storage space 100.
〔11〕各筒軸85に、移動側回転体86を入り位置にて受け止めるストッパ89として機能する段差部を形成してもよい。また、各移動側回転体86にストッパ89の入り込みを許容する拡径部86Eを備えないようにしてもよい。 [11] A stepped portion that functions as a stopper 89 for receiving the moving side rotating body 86 at the entering position may be formed on each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, each moving-side rotating body 86 may not include the enlarged diameter portion 86E that allows the stopper 89 to enter.
〔12〕圧縮バネ88の一端部を受け止めるバネ受け90を、各筒軸85に外嵌固定したC字形の止め輪によって構成してよい。また、スプラインボス99の内周面におけるスプライン穴部99Aと拡径部99Bとの境界に位置する段差部がバネ受け90として機能するように構成してもよい。 [12] The spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88 may be configured by a C-shaped retaining ring that is externally fitted to each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, a step portion located at the boundary between the spline hole 99A and the enlarged diameter portion 99B on the inner peripheral surface of the spline boss 99 may function as the spring receiver 90.
〔13〕各固定側回転体87として、移動側回転体86の噛合部86Aとの噛み合い長さと同じ歯幅を有する平ギヤなどを採用してもよい。 [13] As each fixed-side rotating body 87, a spur gear having the same tooth width as the meshing length with the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86 may be adopted.
〔14〕カバー部材102に補助開口102Aと補助カバー部材103とを備えないように構成してもよい。 [14] The cover member 102 may not be provided with the auxiliary opening 102A and the auxiliary cover member 103.
〔15〕伝動ケース43と各カバー部材102との間に軸支部105を備えるように構成してもよい。 [15] A shaft support portion 105 may be provided between the transmission case 43 and each cover member 102.
〔16〕伝動ケース43に、各移動側回転体86を摺動操作する環状のピストン106とピストン操作用の油室104とを備えるように構成してもよい。 [16] The transmission case 43 may include an annular piston 106 for slidingly operating each moving-side rotating body 86 and an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
〔17〕連動回転体として、駆動ギヤ92に代えて駆動スプロケット又は駆動プーリを備えるように構成してもよい。 [17] As the interlocking rotating body, a drive sprocket or a drive pulley may be provided instead of the drive gear 92.
 次に、伝動装置13における駐車ブレーキ112に関する構成について説明する。 Next, a configuration related to the parking brake 112 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
 図3、図5~7及び図11に示すように、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48は、搭乗運転部側に位置する右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に備えたサイドブレーキ84が駐車ブレーキ112として機能するように、右側のサイドブレーキ84を、駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構113及び駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構114を介してブレーキペダル19に連係している。 As shown in FIGS. 3, 5 to 7, and 11, in each side clutch brake unit 48, the side brake 84 provided in the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation unit side functions as the parking brake 112. In this way, the right side brake 84 is linked to the brake pedal 19 via the parking brake operating mechanism 113 and the parking brake mechanical linkage mechanism 114.
 駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構113は、プレッシャプレート97に作用するように右側のカバー部材102に内嵌したリング状の操作部材115、操作部材115をサイドクラッチ軸46の軸心を中心にして回動操作する制動操作軸116、制動操作軸116の右端部に連結した連係アーム117、及び、操作部材115の回動を操作部材115の左右方向への摺動に変換するように右側のカバー部材102と操作部材115との間に形成した乗り上げ式のカム機構118、などを備えている。 The parking brake operating mechanism 113 rotates the ring-shaped operating member 115 and the operating member 115 fitted in the right cover member 102 around the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 so as to act on the pressure plate 97. The brake operation shaft 116 to be operated, the linkage arm 117 connected to the right end of the brake operation shaft 116, and the right cover member 102 so as to convert the rotation of the operation member 115 into the sliding of the operation member 115 in the left-right direction. And an operating member 115 are provided.
 駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構114は、駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構113における連係アーム117の遊端部をブレーキペダル19に連係している。そして、この連係により、ブレーキペダル19の踏み込み解除位置から踏み込み位置への踏み込み操作を行うと、その操作に連動して制動操作軸116が正転し、この正転に連動して操作部材115が正転するとともに左方向に摺動して右側のプレッシャプレート97を押圧することにより、右側のサイドブレーキ84が制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替わるように構成している。また、ブレーキペダル19の踏み込み位置から踏み込み解除位置への踏み込み解除操作を行うと、その操作に連動して制動操作軸116が逆転し、この逆転に連動して操作部材115が逆転するとともに右方向に摺動して右側のプレッシャプレート97に対する押圧を解除することにより、右側のサイドブレーキ84が制動状態から制動解除状態に切り替わるように構成している。 The mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake links the free end portion of the linkage arm 117 in the operation mechanism 113 for parking brake to the brake pedal 19. When the depression operation of the brake pedal 19 from the depression release position to the depression position is performed by this linkage, the braking operation shaft 116 is rotated forward in conjunction with the operation, and the operation member 115 is moved in conjunction with the forward rotation. By rotating forward and sliding in the left direction and pressing the right pressure plate 97, the right side brake 84 is configured to switch from the brake released state to the brake state. Further, when the depression release operation from the depression position of the brake pedal 19 to the depression release position is performed, the braking operation shaft 116 reverses in conjunction with the operation, the operation member 115 reverses in conjunction with the reverse rotation, and the right direction The right side brake 84 is configured to be switched from the braking state to the braking release state by releasing the pressure applied to the right pressure plate 97 by sliding to the right side.
 ブレーキペダル19は、踏み込み位置への踏み込み操作を行うと、その操作に連動する保持機構(図示せず)の作用により、踏み込み解除位置へのバネ付勢に抗して踏み込み位置にて位置保持することができる。また、この位置保持状態においてブレーキペダル19の踏み込み操作を行うと、その操作に連動する保持機構の作用により、踏み込み位置でのブレーキペダル19の位置保持を解除することができ、バネ付勢を利用したブレーキペダル19の踏み込み位置から踏み込み解除位置への踏み込み解除操作を行うことができる。 When the brake pedal 19 is depressed to the depressed position, the brake pedal 19 is held at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed release position by the action of a holding mechanism (not shown) linked to the operation. be able to. Further, when the brake pedal 19 is depressed in this position holding state, the holding of the brake pedal 19 at the depressed position can be released by the action of a holding mechanism linked to the operation, and spring bias is used. The depression release operation from the depressed position of the brake pedal 19 to the depressed release position can be performed.
 つまり、操縦レバー16を中立位置に保持した直進状態において、ブレーキペダル19を踏み込み位置に踏み込み操作することにより、ブレーキペダル19を踏み込み位置に保持することができるとともに、右側のサイドブレーキ84を制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替え保持することができ、右側のサイドブレーキ84による制動力を左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48を介して左右のクローラ7に作用させることができる。その結果、右側のサイドブレーキ84を駐車ブレーキ112として機能させることができる。 That is, in the straight traveling state in which the control lever 16 is held at the neutral position, the brake pedal 19 can be held at the depressed position by depressing the brake pedal 19 to the depressed position, and the brake on the right side brake 84 is released. The braking state can be switched from the state to the braking state, and the braking force by the right side brake 84 can be applied to the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48. As a result, the right side brake 84 can function as the parking brake 112.
 尚、図示は省略するが、以下の〔1〕~〔4〕に駐車ブレーキ112に関する構成の別実施形態を例示する。 Although not shown in the drawings, the following [1] to [4] illustrate another embodiment of the configuration related to the parking brake 112.
〔1〕左側のサイドブレーキ84が駐車ブレーキ112として機能するように構成してもよい。また、左右両方のサイドブレーキ84が駐車ブレーキ112として機能するように構成してもよい。 [1] The left side brake 84 may function as the parking brake 112. Further, both the left and right side brakes 84 may function as the parking brake 112.
〔2〕左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48を介して左右のクローラ7を制動する専用の駐車ブレーキ112を装備してもよい。 [2] A dedicated parking brake 112 that brakes the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48 may be provided.
〔3〕駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構113を、通電の遮断により右側のサイドブレーキ84を制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替える電気式、又は、減圧により右側のサイドブレーキ84を制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替える油圧式に構成してもよい。 [3] The parking brake operation mechanism 113 is an electric type that switches the right side brake 84 from the brake released state to the braked state by turning off the power supply, or the right side brake 84 is changed from the brake released state to the braked state by depressurization. You may comprise the hydraulic type to switch.
〔4〕ブレーキペダル19に代えて、駐車位置と駐車解除位置とに位置切り替え保持可能に構成したブレーキレバー、又は、駐車ブレーキ操作用のスイッチ、などを装備してもよい。 [4] Instead of the brake pedal 19, a brake lever configured to be able to switch and hold between a parking position and a parking release position, a switch for operating a parking brake, or the like may be provided.
 次に、伝動装置13における左右の伝動機構49及び左右の走行駆動軸50に関する構成について説明する。 Next, the configuration related to the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
 図3~9及び図14に示すように、伝動ケース43は、サイドクラッチ軸46と左右の走行駆動軸50との間の位置に、左右の中継軸119を、第1空間部56と対応する第2空間部58とにわたる左右向きの姿勢で配備している。そして、その主ケース部品52における左右の側壁に、対応する中継軸119における伝動ケース43の左右中央側に位置する内端部を支持するベアリングなどの第1軸支部120を備えている。また、各補助ケース部品53に、対応する中継軸119における伝動ケース43の左右両端側に位置する外端部を支持するベアリングなどの第2軸支部121を備えている。これにより、各中継軸119を、それらの両端部を支持する両持ち状態で安定性良く回転可能に支持することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 9 and 14, the transmission case 43 corresponds to the first space 56 with the left and right relay shafts 119 at positions between the side clutch shaft 46 and the left and right travel drive shafts 50. It is deployed in a left-right orientation across the second space 58. The left and right side walls of the main case component 52 are provided with first shaft support portions 120 such as bearings that support inner end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 located on the left and right center sides of the transmission case 43. In addition, each auxiliary case component 53 includes a second shaft support portion 121 such as a bearing that supports outer end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 positioned on the left and right ends of the transmission case 43. Thereby, each relay shaft 119 can be supported in a stable manner so as to be rotatable in a both-side supported state in which both end portions thereof are supported.
 各伝動機構49は、伝動ケース43の左右中央側に位置する第1空間部56においてサイドクラッチ軸46と対応する中継軸119とにわたる第1伝動部122と、伝動ケース43の左右両端側に位置する左右の第2空間部58において対応する中継軸119と走行駆動軸50とにわたる第2伝動部123とを備えている。そして、第1伝動部122が第2伝動部123よりも上方に位置する状態で、伝動ギヤ82を中心にして左右対称になるように構成している。 Each transmission mechanism 49 is positioned at the first transmission portion 122 extending across the side clutch shaft 46 and the relay shaft 119 corresponding to the side clutch shaft 46 in the first space portion 56 positioned on the left and right center side of the transmission case 43, and on both left and right ends of the transmission case 43. The left and right second space portions 58 are provided with corresponding relay shafts 119 and second transmission portions 123 extending across the travel drive shaft 50. The first transmission unit 122 is configured to be symmetrical with respect to the transmission gear 82 in a state where the first transmission unit 122 is positioned above the second transmission unit 123.
 各第1伝動部122は、対応する摺動ユニット91に備えた駆動ギヤ92と、この駆動ギヤ92よりも大径で対応する中継軸119と一体回転する従動回転体としての従動ギヤ124とを備えて、これらのギヤ92,124が噛み合い連動するギヤ連動式で、対応するサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48を経由した動力を減速する第1減速部として機能するように構成している。各従動ギヤ124は、第1空間部56に位置する中継軸119の内端部にスプライン嵌合している。 Each first transmission section 122 includes a drive gear 92 provided in the corresponding sliding unit 91 and a driven gear 124 as a driven rotating body that is larger in diameter than the drive gear 92 and rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119. In addition, the gears 92 and 124 are engaged with each other, and are configured so as to function as a first reduction unit that decelerates the power via the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48. Each driven gear 124 is spline-fitted to the inner end portion of the relay shaft 119 located in the first space portion 56.
 各第2伝動部123は、対応する中継軸119に一体形成した駆動回転体としての小径の駆動ギヤ125と、対応する走行駆動軸50と一体回転する従動回転体としての大径の従動ギヤ126とを備えて、これらのギヤ125,126が噛み合い連動するギヤ連動式で、対応する第1伝動部122から走行駆動軸50に減速伝動する第2減速部として機能するように構成している。 Each of the second transmission parts 123 includes a small-diameter drive gear 125 as a driving rotary body integrally formed with the corresponding relay shaft 119 and a large-diameter driven gear 126 as a driven rotary body that rotates integrally with the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50. The gears 125 and 126 are meshed and interlocked with each other, and function as a second reduction gear that decelerates from the corresponding first transmission portion 122 to the travel drive shaft 50.
 つまり、各伝動機構49は、対応するサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48を経由した動力を2段階に減速して対応する走行駆動軸50に伝達する減速機構として機能するように構成している。 That is, each transmission mechanism 49 is configured to function as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates the power that has passed through the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48 in two stages and transmits it to the corresponding travel drive shaft 50.
 伝動ケース43は、その主ケース部品52における左右の側壁に、対応する従動ギヤ126における主ケース部品側のボス部126Aを回転可能に支持するベアリングなどの支持部127を備えている。また、各補助ケース部品53に、対応する従動ギヤ126における補助ケース部品側のボス部126Bを回転可能に支持するベアリングなどの支持部128を備えている。これにより、各従動ギヤ126を、それらの両端部を支持する両持ち状態で安定性良く回転可能に支持することができる。 The transmission case 43 includes support portions 127 such as bearings that rotatably support the boss portions 126A on the main case component side of the corresponding driven gear 126 on the left and right side walls of the main case component 52. In addition, each auxiliary case component 53 includes a support portion 128 such as a bearing that rotatably supports the boss portion 126B on the auxiliary case component side in the corresponding driven gear 126. Thereby, each driven gear 126 can be supported in a stable manner so as to be rotatable in a both-side supported state in which both end portions thereof are supported.
 各従動ギヤ126は、それらの中心部に、対応する走行駆動軸50との連動連結を可能にするスプライン嵌合部としてのスプライン穴部126Cを備えている。各走行駆動軸50は、それらにおける伝動ケース側の端部に、対応する従動ギヤ126との連動連結を可能にするスプライン嵌合部としてのスプライン軸部50Aを備えている。これにより、対応する従動ギヤ126と走行駆動軸50とを、走行駆動軸50の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態で連動連結することができる。 Each driven gear 126 is provided with a spline hole portion 126C as a spline fitting portion that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 at the center thereof. Each traveling drive shaft 50 includes a spline shaft portion 50A as a spline fitting portion that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding driven gear 126 at the end portion on the transmission case side thereof. As a result, the corresponding driven gear 126 and the travel drive shaft 50 can be linked and connected in a state where the drive drive shaft 50 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the travel drive shaft 50.
 各走行駆動軸50は、それらの外端部に、対応するクローラ7の駆動スプロケット129をスプライン嵌合した状態で抜け止め固定している。各駆動軸ケース51は、対応する走行駆動軸50を回転可能かつ走行駆動軸50の軸心方向に摺動不能に支持している。 The traveling drive shafts 50 are fixed to the outer ends of the traveling drive shafts 50 so that the drive sprockets 129 of the corresponding crawlers 7 are spline-fitted. Each drive shaft case 51 supports the corresponding travel drive shaft 50 so that it can rotate and cannot slide in the axial direction of the travel drive shaft 50.
 各補助ケース部品53は、従動ギヤ126に連動連結する走行駆動軸50が通る開口53Aと、対応する駆動軸ケース51における伝動ケース側の端部に備えたフランジ部51Aが着脱可能にボルト連結される被連結部53Bとを備えている。 Each auxiliary case component 53 is detachably bolted to an opening 53A through which the traveling drive shaft 50 linked to the driven gear 126 passes and a flange portion 51A provided at the end of the corresponding drive shaft case 51 on the transmission case side. Connected portion 53B.
 上記の構成から、各第2空間部58に備えた各伝動機構49の第2伝動部123などに対するメンテナンスを行う場合には、主ケース部品52に対する各補助ケース部品53のボルト連結を解除して、各補助ケース部品53を主ケース部品52の左右の側壁から主ケース部品52の横外方に離間させることにより、各第2伝動部123の駆動ギヤ125及び従動ギヤ126を主ケース部品52の各凹入部52Aに残した状態で、主ケース部品52から各補助ケース部品53とともに走行駆動軸50及び駆動軸ケース51を取り外すことができる。これにより、主ケース部品52を左右に分割する場合のような大きな手間を要することなく、比較的簡単に各第2伝動部123を露出させることができる。その結果、各第2伝動部123などに対するメンテナンス、特に、従動ギヤ126あるいは補助ケース部品側の第2軸支部(ベアリング)121や支持部(ベアリング)128の交換などを容易に行うことができる。 From the above configuration, when performing maintenance on the second transmission portion 123 of each transmission mechanism 49 provided in each second space portion 58, the bolt connection of each auxiliary case component 53 to the main case component 52 is released. Then, the auxiliary case parts 53 are separated from the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 laterally outward of the main case part 52, so that the drive gear 125 and the driven gear 126 of each second transmission portion 123 are connected to the main case part 52. The traveling drive shaft 50 and the drive shaft case 51 can be removed from the main case component 52 together with the auxiliary case components 53 while remaining in the respective recessed portions 52A. Thereby, each 2nd transmission part 123 can be exposed comparatively easily, without requiring big effort like the case where the main case component 52 is divided | segmented into right and left. As a result, it is possible to easily perform maintenance on each second transmission portion 123 and the like, in particular, replacement of the driven gear 126 or the second shaft support portion (bearing) 121 and the support portion (bearing) 128 on the auxiliary case component side.
 そして、各第2伝動部123を露出させた状態においても、各中継軸119及び各第2伝動部123の駆動ギヤ125や従動ギヤ126を、主ケース部品52の各凹入部52Aにおける適正位置に、主ケース部品側の各第1軸支部120又は各支持部127によって安定的に支持することができる。これにより、従動ギヤ126に対する走行駆動軸50のスプライン嵌合、並びに、補助ケース部品側の第2軸支部121又は支持部128による中継軸119及び従動ギヤ126の支持などを行いながら、各補助ケース部品53を主ケース部品52の左右の側壁にボルト連結する組み付け作業を容易に行うことができる。 Even in the state where each second transmission portion 123 is exposed, the driving gear 125 and the driven gear 126 of each relay shaft 119 and each second transmission portion 123 are placed at appropriate positions in the respective recessed portions 52A of the main case component 52. Further, it can be stably supported by the first shaft support portions 120 or the support portions 127 on the main case component side. As a result, the spline fitting of the travel drive shaft 50 to the driven gear 126 and the support of the relay shaft 119 and the driven gear 126 by the second shaft support portion 121 or the support portion 128 on the auxiliary case component side are performed. Assembling work for bolting the part 53 to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 can be easily performed.
 また、伝動ケース43から各駆動軸ケース51を取り外す場合には、各補助ケース部品53に対する各駆動軸ケース51のボルト連結を解除して、各駆動軸ケース51を対応する補助ケース部品53の被連結部53Bから補助ケース部品53の横外方に離間させることにより、伝動ケース43から各駆動軸ケース51とともに走行駆動軸50を簡単に取り外すことができる。逆に、伝動ケース43に各駆動軸ケース51を取り付ける場合には、各走行駆動軸50を対応する従動ギヤ126にスプライン嵌合することにより、各補助ケース部品53に対する適正位置に駆動軸ケース51を安定的に位置させることができる。これにより、各補助ケース部品53に対する各駆動軸ケース51のボルト連結を簡単に行うことができ、この連結により、対応する走行駆動軸50と従動ギヤ126とをスプライン嵌合状態に維持することができる。 Further, when removing each drive shaft case 51 from the transmission case 43, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 is released, and each drive shaft case 51 is covered with the corresponding auxiliary case component 53. The travel drive shaft 50 can be easily removed from the transmission case 43 together with each drive shaft case 51 by separating the auxiliary case part 53 from the connecting portion 53B to the laterally outward direction. Conversely, when each drive shaft case 51 is attached to the transmission case 43, the drive shaft case 51 is placed at an appropriate position with respect to each auxiliary case component 53 by spline fitting each travel drive shaft 50 to the corresponding driven gear 126. Can be positioned stably. Thereby, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 can be easily performed, and the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 and the driven gear 126 can be maintained in the spline fitting state by this connection. it can.
 つまり、伝動ケース43に対する各走行駆動軸50及び各駆動軸ケース51の着脱を容易に行うことができる。その結果、伝動装置13を輸送する場合には、伝動ケース43から各走行駆動軸50及び各駆動軸ケース51を取り外すことにより、伝動装置13を、各走行駆動軸50及び各駆動軸ケース51の左右方向への張り出しを無くしたコンパクトな状態にすることができ、輸送の面において有利にすることができる。また、各走行駆動軸50及び各駆動軸ケース51を長さの異なるものに付け替えることにより、伝動装置13としては同じものを使用しながら、左右のクローラ7のトレッド幅を機種などに応じて容易に変更することができる。 That is, each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case 43. As a result, when transporting the transmission device 13, each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 are removed from the transmission case 43, so that the transmission device 13 is connected to each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51. It is possible to achieve a compact state with no overhang in the left-right direction, which is advantageous in terms of transportation. In addition, by replacing the traveling drive shafts 50 and the drive shaft cases 51 with different lengths, the tread width of the left and right crawlers 7 can be easily adjusted according to the model while using the same transmission device 13. Can be changed.
 更に、左右の伝動機構49を左右対称に構成していることにより、左右それぞれの伝動機構49に使用する各駆動ギヤ92,125、各従動ギヤ124,126、及び、中継軸119、などを共通部品にすることができる。これにより、部品管理の容易化、及び、各伝動機構49の組み付け工程などが同じになることによる組み付け性の向上、などを図ることができる。 Further, since the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 are configured symmetrically, the drive gears 92 and 125, the driven gears 124 and 126 used for the left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and the relay shaft 119 are shared. Can be a part. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the parts management and improve the assembling performance due to the same assembling process of each transmission mechanism 49.
 その上、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に対する伝動方向下手側に減速機構として機能する伝動機構49を備えることにより、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48にかかるトルクを軽減することができ、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48の操作を行い易くすることができる。また、入力軸44と変速機47との間に減速機構を備えない構成でありながら、左右の走行駆動軸50において大きいトルクを発生させることができる。 In addition, by providing a transmission mechanism 49 that functions as a speed reduction mechanism on the lower side in the transmission direction with respect to each side clutch brake unit 48, torque applied to each side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced, and each side clutch brake unit 48. It is possible to facilitate the operation. In addition, a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 even though the speed reduction mechanism is not provided between the input shaft 44 and the transmission 47.
 尚、図示は省略するが、各伝動機構49は、対応する中継軸119と一体回転する第2伝動部123の駆動ギヤ125を、中継軸119に着脱可能に外嵌装備するように構成してもよい。また、伝動ケース43に単一の中継軸119を左右向きに固定装備し、この中継軸119に、第1伝動部122の従動ギヤ124と第2伝動部123の駆動ギヤ125とを一体形成した筒軸を相対回転可能に外嵌装備するように構成してもよい。 Although not shown in the drawings, each transmission mechanism 49 is configured such that the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 that rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119 is detachably fitted to the relay shaft 119. Also good. In addition, a single relay shaft 119 is fixed to the transmission case 43 in the lateral direction, and the driven gear 124 of the first transmission portion 122 and the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 are integrally formed on the relay shaft 119. You may comprise so that a cylindrical shaft may be externally fitted so that relative rotation is possible.
 図3~6、図8及び図14に示すように、左右の補助ケース部品53、左右の走行駆動軸50、及び、左右の駆動軸ケース51は、それぞれ、左右に兼用可能な左右同一形状の共通部品に構成している。これにより、左右の補助ケース部品53、左右の走行駆動軸50、及び、左右の駆動軸ケース51を、それぞれ、左右固有の形状に個別に構成する場合に比較して、部品管理の容易化などを図りながら、左右の組み違えを防止することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 6, 8 and 14, the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 have the same left and right shapes that can be used both left and right. Consists of common parts. Thereby, compared with the case where the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 are individually configured in a shape unique to the left and right, parts management is facilitated, etc. It is possible to prevent the left and right from being combined with each other.
 次に、伝動装置13の伝動ケース43に関する構成について説明する。 Next, the configuration related to the transmission case 43 of the transmission device 13 will be described.
 図3、図6、図8及び図9に示すように、伝動ケース43は、その底部における左右の第2伝動部123の間に位置する左右中央側部位に、その左右中央側部位を左右の第1伝動部122に近接させる上向きの凹部43Cを備えて、その底部を逆U字形に形成している。また、その凹部43Cの凹入端側が、伝動ケース43の底部における左右の走行駆動軸50の間に位置して、主ケース部品52の左右の側壁にわたるように形成している。これにより、泥の深い作業地での走行において、伝動ケース43に接触する泥などの抜けを円滑にすることができ、伝動ケース43に作用する走行抵抗を軽減することができる。また、左右の走行駆動軸50を支持する伝動ケース43の底部に対する補強を、走行駆動軸50の支持位置を考慮した適切な状態で効果的に行うことができる。 As shown in FIGS. 3, 6, 8, and 9, the transmission case 43 has a left and right central side portion located between the left and right second transmission portions 123 at the bottom thereof, An upward concave portion 43 </ b> C that is brought close to the first transmission portion 122 is provided, and its bottom portion is formed in an inverted U shape. In addition, the concave end side of the concave portion 43 </ b> C is located between the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 at the bottom of the transmission case 43 and extends across the left and right side walls of the main case component 52. As a result, in traveling in a deep mud work area, mud etc. coming into contact with the transmission case 43 can be smoothly removed, and traveling resistance acting on the transmission case 43 can be reduced. In addition, the bottom of the transmission case 43 that supports the left and right travel drive shafts 50 can be effectively reinforced in an appropriate state in consideration of the support position of the travel drive shaft 50.
 次に、伝動装置13の伝動に関する構成について説明する。 Next, a configuration related to transmission of the transmission device 13 will be described.
 図8、図9及び図15に示すように、伝動装置13は、各中継軸119を走行駆動軸50に対する前上方の位置に配備している。また、サイドクラッチ軸46を各中継軸119に対する後上方の位置に配備している。これにより、図15において実線で示すように、使用頻度の高い前進走行時には、各中継軸119にかかるサイドクラッチ軸46からの駆動力F1と各走行駆動軸50からの駆動反力F2とが、互いの鉛直成分F1a,F2aが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、各中継軸119の従動ギヤ124とサイドクラッチ軸46の各駆動ギヤ92、及び、各中継軸119の駆動ギヤ125と各走行駆動軸50の従動ギヤ126、を介してサイドクラッチ軸46と各走行駆動軸50とに分散するようになる。逆に、図15において破線で示すように、使用頻度の低い後進走行時には、各中継軸119にかかる駆動力F1と駆動反力F2とが、互いの鉛直成分F1a,F2aが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、各中継軸119のみにかかるようになる。その結果、使用頻度の高い前進走行時に、駆動力F1と駆動反力F2とが各中継軸119のみにかかるように構成する場合に比較して、各中継軸119を支持する各軸支部(ベアリング)120,121にかかる負荷を軽減することができ、各軸支部120,121の耐久性を向上させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 15, the transmission device 13 has the relay shafts 119 disposed at the front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft 50. Further, the side clutch shaft 46 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to each relay shaft 119. As a result, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 15, during forward traveling with high use frequency, the driving force F1 from the side clutch shaft 46 applied to each relay shaft 119 and the driving reaction force F2 from each traveling drive shaft 50 are: While the vertical components F1a and F2a are reduced by canceling each other, the driven gear 124 of each relay shaft 119 and each drive gear 92 of the side clutch shaft 46, and the drive gear 125 and each travel drive shaft of each relay shaft 119 are reduced. The side clutch shaft 46 and the travel drive shafts 50 are distributed via the 50 driven gears 126. Conversely, as shown by the broken line in FIG. 15, during reverse travel that is less frequently used, the driving force F <b> 1 and the driving reaction force F <b> 2 applied to each relay shaft 119 decrease as the vertical components F <b> 1 a and F <b> 2 a cancel each other. However, only the relay shaft 119 is applied. As a result, compared to a case where the driving force F1 and the driving reaction force F2 are applied only to each relay shaft 119 during forward traveling with high use frequency, each shaft supporting portion (bearing) supporting each relay shaft 119 is compared. ) The load on 120, 121 can be reduced, and the durability of each pivotal support 120, 121 can be improved.
 図7、図9及び図15に示すように、伝動装置13は、変速機47の従動軸45をサイドクラッチ軸46に対する前上方の位置に配備している。また、変速機47の駆動軸を兼ねる入力軸44を従動軸45に対する後上方の位置に配備している。これにより、図15において実線で示すように、使用頻度の高い前進走行時には、従動軸45にかかる入力軸44からの駆動力F3とサイドクラッチ軸46からの駆動反力F4とが、互いの鉛直成分F3a,F4aが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、従動軸45の各従動ギヤ61,63,65と入力軸44の各駆動ギヤ60,62,64、及び、従動軸45の出力ギヤ81とサイドクラッチ軸46の伝動ギヤ82、を介して入力軸44とサイドクラッチ軸46とに分散するようになる。逆に、図15において破線で示すように、使用頻度の低い後進走行時には、従動軸45にかかる駆動力F3と駆動反力F4とが、互いの鉛直成分F3a,F4aが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、従動軸45のみにかかるようになる。その結果、使用頻度の高い前進走行時に、駆動力F3と駆動反力F4とが従動軸45のみにかかるように構成する場合に比較して、従動軸45を支持する各軸支部(ベアリング)80にかかる負荷を軽減することができ、各軸支部の耐久性を向上させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 7, 9, and 15, the transmission device 13 is provided with a driven shaft 45 of the transmission 47 at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft 46. In addition, an input shaft 44 that also serves as a drive shaft of the transmission 47 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft 45. As a result, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 15, during forward traveling with high use frequency, the driving force F3 from the input shaft 44 applied to the driven shaft 45 and the driving reaction force F4 from the side clutch shaft 46 are perpendicular to each other. The driven gears 61, 63, 65 of the driven shaft 45 and the drive gears 60, 62, 64 of the input shaft 44, and the output gear 81 of the driven shaft 45 and the side are lowered while the components F 3 a, F 4 a are canceled out. The input shaft 44 and the side clutch shaft 46 are dispersed via the transmission gear 82 of the clutch shaft 46. Conversely, as shown by the broken line in FIG. 15, during reverse travel that is less frequently used, the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 applied to the driven shaft 45 decrease as the vertical components F3a and F4a cancel each other. However, only the driven shaft 45 is applied. As a result, each shaft support (bearing) 80 that supports the driven shaft 45 is compared with a case where the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 are applied only to the driven shaft 45 during forward traveling with high use frequency. Load can be reduced, and the durability of each shaft support can be improved.
 図9及び図15に示すように、伝動装置13は、サイドクラッチ軸46を入力軸44及び各走行駆動軸50よりも後方の位置に配備している。又、各中継軸119を従動軸45よりも前方の位置に配備している。これにより、伝動装置13の上下長さが長くなることを抑制しながら、サイドクラッチ軸46と各中継軸119との間の離間距離、及び、各中継軸119と各走行駆動軸50との間の離間距離を大きくすることができる。その結果、サイドクラッチ軸46と各中継軸119との間での各駆動ギヤ92と各従動ギヤ124との減速比、及び、各中継軸119と各走行駆動軸50との間での各駆動ギヤ125と各従動ギヤ126との減速比を大きくすることができ、左右の走行駆動軸50において大きいトルクを発生させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 9 and 15, the transmission device 13 has the side clutch shaft 46 disposed behind the input shaft 44 and each travel drive shaft 50. Further, each relay shaft 119 is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft 45. Thereby, while suppressing that the vertical length of the transmission device 13 becomes long, the separation distance between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The separation distance can be increased. As a result, the reduction ratio between each drive gear 92 and each driven gear 124 between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and each drive between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The reduction ratio between the gear 125 and each driven gear 126 can be increased, and a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
 次に、伝動装置13に関係する伝動ケース43の周辺構造について説明する。 Next, the peripheral structure of the transmission case 43 related to the transmission device 13 will be described.
 図1~5及び図9に示すように、刈取搬送装置2は、前述したように、操縦レバー16の前後方向への揺動操作により、伝動装置13の前方を覆う作業位置と伝動装置13の前方を開放する非作業位置とにわたって昇降変位するように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 5 and FIG. 9, the cutting and conveying device 2 has a working position covering the front of the transmission device 13 and the transmission device 13 by swinging the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction as described above. It is configured to move up and down over a non-working position where the front is opened.
 伝動ケース43は、大径の従動ギヤ124を備える各中継軸119を、入力軸44、従動軸45、サイドクラッチ軸46、及び、各走行駆動軸50よりも前方の位置に配備することにより、その前壁における各中継軸119の配置対応箇所となる下部側を前方に膨出させている。これにより、その前壁の上部側が下部側よりも後方に偏倚した形状になっている。そして、その前壁の上部側に、伝動ケース内に貯留したオイルを濾過するオイルフィルタ130と、このオイルフィルタ130からのオイルを制御する前述したステアリング用のバルブユニット107とを、搭乗運転部側となる右側にバルブユニット107が位置するように左右に並べた状態で着脱可能に配備している。 In the transmission case 43, the relay shafts 119 including the large-diameter driven gears 124 are arranged at positions ahead of the input shaft 44, the driven shaft 45, the side clutch shaft 46, and the travel drive shafts 50, The lower side of the front wall that corresponds to the location of each relay shaft 119 is bulged forward. Thereby, the upper side of the front wall has a shape that is biased rearward than the lower side. An oil filter 130 that filters the oil stored in the transmission case and the steering valve unit 107 that controls the oil from the oil filter 130 are installed on the front side of the front wall. In such a state that the valve unit 107 is positioned on the right side, the left and right sides are arranged detachably.
 ステアリング用のバルブユニット107は、そのバルブ操作軸131を、バルブユニット107の上部側においてバルブケース132の前壁から前方に突出する状態で装備している。そして、そのバルブ操作軸131の突出端部となる前端部に、バルブ操作軸131と一体で動く連係アーム133を、搭乗運転部側となる右側に延出させた状態で装備し、その延出端側を操縦レバー16にステアリング用の機械式連係機構108を介して連係している。 The steering valve unit 107 is equipped with the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of protruding forward from the front wall of the valve case 132 on the upper side of the valve unit 107. Then, a linkage arm 133 that moves integrally with the valve operating shaft 131 is mounted on the front end portion that is the protruding end portion of the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of extending to the right side that is the boarding operation portion side. The end side is linked to the control lever 16 through a mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering.
 HST12は、前述したように、搭乗運転部側となる伝動ケース43における右側壁の上部に配備するとともに、その変速操作軸40を、変速ケース30の前壁から前方に突出する状態で装備している。そして、変速操作軸40の突出端部となる前端部に備えた連係アーム41を、主変速レバー17に主変速用の機械式連係機構42を介して連係している。 As described above, the HST 12 is provided on the upper portion of the right side wall of the transmission case 43 on the boarding operation unit side, and is equipped with the speed change operation shaft 40 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30. Yes. The linkage arm 41 provided at the front end portion which is the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 40 is linked to the main speed change lever 17 via a main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
 変速機47は、その変速操作軸73が伝動ケース43の前壁におけるオイルフィルタ130の上方箇所を貫通し、変速操作軸73の突出端部となる前端部が、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107よりも前方に位置するように構成している。そして、その変速操作軸73の前端部に、変速操作軸73と一体で動く連係アーム77を、搭乗運転部側となる右側に延出させた状態で装備し、その延出端側を副変速レバー18に副変速用の機械式連係機構78を介して連係している。 In the transmission 47, the speed change operation shaft 73 passes through an upper portion of the oil filter 130 on the front wall of the transmission case 43, and the front end portion serving as the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 is more than the valve unit 107 for steering. It is configured to be located in the front. Then, a linkage arm 77 that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft 73 is provided at the front end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 so as to extend to the right side, which is the boarding operation portion side, and the extension end side is sub-shifted. The lever 18 is linked via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
 駐車ブレーキ112は、搭乗運転部側に位置する右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に備えたサイドブレーキ84を利用して構成している。そして、駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構113に備えた制動操作軸116を、搭乗運転部側に位置する伝動ケース43の右側壁から搭乗運転部側となる右外方に突出させ、その突出端部となる右端部に備えた連係アーム117を、ブレーキペダル19に駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構114を介して連係している。 The parking brake 112 is configured by using a side brake 84 provided in the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation unit side. Then, the braking operation shaft 116 provided in the parking brake operating mechanism 113 is protruded from the right side wall of the transmission case 43 located on the boarding driving part side to the right outer side on the boarding driving part side, The linkage arm 117 provided at the right end portion is linked to the brake pedal 19 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake.
 上記の構成から、オイルフィルタ130やステアリング用のバルブユニット107の交換、又は、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構108、主変速用の機械式連係機構42、及び、副変速用の機械式連係機構78の調整、などのメンテナンス作業を行う場合には、刈取搬送装置2を非作業位置まで上昇させることにより、オイルフィルタ130、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構108、主変速用の機械式連係機構42、及び、副変速用の機械式連係機構78の前方を開放することができ、それらの前方から前述したメンテナンス作業を容易に行うことができる。 From the above configuration, the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be replaced, or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission. When performing maintenance work such as adjustment of the oil pressure, the cutting and conveying device 2 is raised to the non-working position, whereby the oil filter 130, the steering valve unit 107, the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108, and the main transmission The front of the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for sub-transmission can be opened, and the above-described maintenance work can be easily performed from the front thereof.
 また、主変速用の機械式連係機構42、副変速用の機械式連係機構78、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構108、及び、駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構114のそれぞれを、搭乗運転部8と伝動ケース43との間において、それらの連係長さを極力短くした状態で構成することができる。そして、各変速操作軸40,73及びバルブ操作軸131が前方に突出していることにより、これらの操作軸40,73,131に対する主変速用の機械式連係機構42、副変速用の機械式連係機構78、又は、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構108の接続を、それらの前方から容易に行うことができる。 Further, the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission, the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake are respectively connected to the boarding operation unit 8. And the transmission case 43 can be configured in a state in which their linkage length is shortened as much as possible. Since each of the speed change operation shafts 40 and 73 and the valve operation shaft 131 protrude forward, the main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the sub gear shift mechanical linkage with respect to the operation shafts 40, 73, and 131 are provided. The mechanism 78 or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering can be easily connected from the front thereof.
 しかも、変速機47の変速操作軸73がオイルフィルタ130よりも上方に位置することにより、副変速レバー18と変速機47の変速操作軸73との副変速用の機械式連係機構78を介した連係を、オイルフィルタ130により阻害されることなく簡単に行うことができる。 In addition, since the transmission operation shaft 73 of the transmission 47 is positioned above the oil filter 130, the auxiliary transmission lever 18 and the transmission operation shaft 73 of the transmission 47 are connected via the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for the auxiliary transmission. The linkage can be easily performed without being obstructed by the oil filter 130.
 更に、オイルフィルタ130及びステアリング用のバルブユニット107に対する泥などの付着を、前方に膨出する伝動ケース43の下部側によって抑制することができる。また、オイルフィルタ130及びステアリング用のバルブユニット107を伝動ケース43の下部側に配備する場合に比較して、オイルフィルタ130やステアリング用のバルブユニット107の交換などを行う際の作業姿勢を無理の少ない楽な姿勢にすることができる。その結果、オイルフィルタ130及びステアリング用のバルブユニット107に対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Furthermore, adhesion of mud or the like to the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be suppressed by the lower side of the transmission case 43 that bulges forward. Compared with the case where the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 are arranged on the lower side of the transmission case 43, the working posture when the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 are replaced is excessive. It can be a less comfortable posture. As a result, the maintainability of the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be improved.
 図1~5に示すように、伝動ケース43は、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107よりも後方の位置に各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48を備えている。そして、その各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48を覆う左右のケース部分となる左右のカバー部材102に、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット48の油室104に連通する配管用の接続部102Bを備えている。各接続部102Bは、左右のカバー部材102におけるオイルフィルタ130よりも下方の位置に配備している。ステアリング用のバルブユニット107は、その左側の側壁に左側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に対する配管用の接続部107Aを備え、その上側の側壁に右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に対する配管用の接続部107Bを備えている。そして、左側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に対する伝動ケース側の接続部102Bとバルブユニット側の接続部107Aとにわたる左側の油圧管134を、バルブユニット107の前壁から前方に突出しない状態でオイルフィルタ130の下方を通るように配管している。また、右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット48に対する伝動ケース側の接続部102Bとバルブユニット側の接続部107Bとにわたる右側の油圧管135を、バルブユニット107の前壁から前方に突出しない状態でバルブユニット107の右側方を通るように配管している。 As shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, the transmission case 43 includes the side clutch brake units 48 at positions behind the steering valve unit 107. The left and right cover members 102 that are the left and right case portions covering the side clutch brake units 48 are provided with pipe connection portions 102 </ b> B communicating with the oil chambers 104 of the side clutch brake units 48. Each connection part 102B is arranged at a position below the oil filter 130 in the left and right cover members 102. The steering valve unit 107 includes a pipe connection 107A for the left side clutch brake unit 48 on the left side wall, and a pipe connection 107B for the right side clutch brake unit 48 on the upper side wall. I have. The left side hydraulic pipe 134 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102 </ b> B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107 </ b> A to the left side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass below. Further, the right hydraulic pipe 135 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107B with respect to the right side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass right side of.
 これにより、泥の深い作業地での作業走行などにおいて、サイドクラッチブレーキユニット用の各油圧管134,135を作業地の泥などからの抵抗を受け難くすることができる。その結果、それらの油圧管134,135が泥などに押されて変形するなどの不都合が生じる虞を抑制することができる。また、左側の油圧管134は、オイルフィルタ130の着脱に支障を来さない状態で配管することができ、右側の油圧管135は、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構108の後方において、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構108による操縦レバー16とバルブ操作軸131との連係に支障を来さない状態で配管することができる。つまり、オイルフィルタ130やステアリング用の機械式連係機構108に対するメンテナンス性を損なうことなく、サイドクラッチブレーキユニット用の各油圧管134,135を良好に配管することができる。 This makes it possible to make the hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 for the side clutch brake unit less susceptible to resistance from mud and the like in the work place when working in a deep work place and the like. As a result, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 are deformed by being pushed by mud or the like. Further, the left hydraulic pipe 134 can be piped in a state that does not hinder the attachment / detachment of the oil filter 130, and the right hydraulic pipe 135 is disposed behind the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering. It is possible to perform piping in a state where the linkage between the control lever 16 and the valve operating shaft 131 by the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 is not hindered. In other words, the hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 for the side clutch brake unit can be satisfactorily piped without impairing the maintainability of the oil filter 130 and the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering.
 図2、図9及び図16に示すように、伝動ケース43は、その主ケース部品52の前壁における下部側の内面に、第2油圧ポンプ109の作動による伝動ケース43に貯留したオイルの吸い込みを可能にするオイル吸込口43Dを形成している。また、その主ケース部品52の前壁に、オイル吸込口43Dからオイルフィルタ130のオイル流入口130Aにわたる内部油路43Eを形成している。これにより、たとえば、伝動ケース43に伝動ケース43に貯留したオイルの取り出しを可能にするオイル取出口を形成し、このオイル取出口からオイルフィルタ130のオイル流入口130Aにわたる油圧管を伝動ケース43の外部に配管する場合に比較して、部品点数の削減による配管構造の簡素化及び配管に要する手間の削減などを図ることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 2, 9, and 16, the transmission case 43 sucks oil stored in the transmission case 43 by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109 on the inner surface of the lower side of the front wall of the main case part 52. The oil suction port 43D that enables the above is formed. Further, an internal oil passage 43 </ b> E extending from the oil suction port 43 </ b> D to the oil inlet 130 </ b> A of the oil filter 130 is formed on the front wall of the main case part 52. As a result, for example, an oil outlet that enables the oil stored in the transmission case 43 to be taken out is formed in the transmission case 43, and a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet 130 </ b> A of the oil filter 130 is connected to the transmission case 43. Compared to the case of piping outside, it is possible to simplify the piping structure by reducing the number of parts and reduce the labor required for piping.
 オイル吸込口43D及び内部油路43Eは、伝動ケース43の右ケース部材55における左ケース部材54との合わせ面55Aに凹入形成した溝55Bを、左ケース部材54における右ケース部材55との合わせ面54Aにて塞ぐことにより、左ケース部材54と右ケース部材55との合わせ面55A,55Bに形成している。これにより、左ケース部材54と右ケース部材55との合わせ面55A,55Bに介装するガスケット136を、右ケース部材55の合わせ面55Aに形成する溝55Bの形状を考慮する必要のない、左ケース部材54の合わせ面54Aの全面に接合する単純な形状に形成することができる。つまり、たとえば、オイル吸込口43D及び内部油路43Eを、左ケース部材54の合わせ面54Aと右ケース部材55の合わせ面55Aとの双方に凹入形成した溝によって左ケース部材54と右ケース部材55との合わせ面55A,55Bを跨いだ状態に形成する場合にガスケット136に備える必要が生じる、左ケース部材側の溝と右ケース部材側の溝とを連通させるための長穴、を不要にすることができる。その結果、左ケース部材54と右ケース部材55との合わせ面54A,55Aに対するガスケット136のシール性、及び、ガスケット136の強度を容易に確保することができる。 The oil suction port 43 </ b> D and the internal oil passage 43 </ b> E are provided with a groove 55 </ b> B that is recessed and formed in the mating surface 55 </ b> A of the right case member 55 of the transmission case 43 with the left case member 54. By closing with the surface 54A, the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 are formed. Thereby, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the groove 55B formed in the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55 for the gasket 136 interposed between the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55. It can be formed in a simple shape that is bonded to the entire mating surface 54A of the case member 54. That is, for example, the left case member 54 and the right case member 43D and the inner oil passage 43E are formed by recessing both the mating surface 54A of the left case member 54 and the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55. When the mating surfaces 55A and 55B with 55 are formed across the mating surfaces 55A and 55B, it is necessary to provide the gasket 136, and there is no need for an elongated hole for communicating the groove on the left case member side and the groove on the right case member side. can do. As a result, the sealing property of the gasket 136 with respect to the mating surfaces 54A and 55A between the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 and the strength of the gasket 136 can be easily ensured.
 オイル吸込口43Dは、左右の伝動機構49の間における第1空間部56において回転数が最も低い左右の従動ギヤ126の間に形成している。つまり、左右の従動ギヤ12は、第1空間部56において回転数が最も低いことから、それらの駆動時の回転に伴って発生する気泡も少なくなっており、そして、それらの従動ギヤ12から最も離れた位置になる左右の従動ギヤ126の間にオイル吸込口43Dを形成することから、各従動ギヤ12の回転に伴って発生する気泡がオイルとともにオイル吸込口43Dから吸い込まれる不都合の発生を効果的に抑制することができる。 The oil suction port 43 </ b> D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 having the lowest rotation speed in the first space 56 between the left and right transmission mechanisms 49. That is, since the left and right driven gears 12 have the lowest rotation speed in the first space portion 56, the number of bubbles generated along with the rotation at the time of driving thereof is reduced. Since the oil suction port 43D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 that are separated from each other, it is possible to effectively prevent the occurrence of inconvenience that bubbles generated along with the rotation of each driven gear 12 are sucked from the oil suction port 43D together with oil. Can be suppressed.
 図3及び図9に示すように、伝動ケース43は、その下部側を前方に膨出させていることを利用して、その前壁におけるオイルフィルタ130の下方箇所に、オイルを受け止めて伝動ケース43の左側壁に案内するオイルガイド43Fを形成している。これにより、オイルフィルタ130を取り外す際に、オイルフィルタ130のオイル流入口130Aや伝動ケース43の内部油路43Eなどから漏れ出したオイルを伝動ケース43の左側壁に沿って流下させることができる。これにより、その漏れ出したオイルが伝動ケース43の前壁や左右の側壁などに広域にわたって流下する場合に比較して、オイルフィルタ130の交換などを行った後の清掃作業を容易にすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 9, the transmission case 43 utilizes the fact that the lower side is bulged forward, and receives the oil at the lower part of the oil filter 130 on the front wall to transmit the transmission case 43. An oil guide 43F is formed to guide the left side wall of 43. Thereby, when the oil filter 130 is removed, the oil leaked from the oil inlet 130 </ b> A of the oil filter 130, the internal oil passage 43 </ b> E of the transmission case 43, etc. can flow down along the left side wall of the transmission case 43. Thereby, compared with the case where the leaked oil flows down to the front wall and the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 over a wide area, the cleaning work after the oil filter 130 is replaced can be facilitated. it can.
 図2、図3、図5~7及び図10に示すように、伝動ケース43は、油圧機器であるステアリング用のバルブユニット107から伝動ケース43の内部に戻すオイルを、従動軸45及び従動軸45と相対回転する各従動ギヤ61,63,65に供給する潤滑用の油路137を備えている。潤滑用の油路137は、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107から伝動ケース43にわたる油圧管138、及び、従動軸45に形成した内部油路45C、などによって形成している。これにより、たとえば、伝動ケース43に対するオイルの補給を怠ることにより、伝動ケース43に貯留したオイルの表面高さが各従動ギヤ61,63,65の下端よりも低くなった場合であっても、ステアリング用のバルブユニット107からのオイルを各従動ギヤ61,63,65に供給することができ、従動軸45に対する各従動ギヤ61,63,65の焼き付きを防止することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 2, 3, 5 to 7 and 10, the transmission case 43 supplies oil returned from the steering valve unit 107, which is a hydraulic device, to the inside of the transmission case 43. The oil passage 137 for lubrication is provided to each of the driven gears 61, 63, 65 rotating relative to the motor 45. The lubricating oil passage 137 is formed by a hydraulic pipe 138 extending from the steering valve unit 107 to the transmission case 43, an internal oil passage 45C formed in the driven shaft 45, and the like. Thereby, for example, even if the surface height of the oil stored in the transmission case 43 is lower than the lower ends of the driven gears 61, 63, 65 by neglecting oil supply to the transmission case 43, Oil from the steering valve unit 107 can be supplied to each driven gear 61, 63, 65, and seizure of each driven gear 61, 63, 65 with respect to the driven shaft 45 can be prevented.
 尚、昇降用のバルブユニット又はHSTなどの油圧機器からのオイルを、潤滑用の油路45Cなど介して従動軸45及び各従動ギヤ61,63,65に供給するように構成してもよい。 In addition, you may comprise so that the oil from hydraulic equipments, such as a valve unit for raising / lowering or HST, may be supplied to the driven shaft 45 and each driven gear 61, 63, 65 via the oil path 45C for lubrication.
 図4、図6、図7及び図9に示すように、伝動ケース43は、その後上部に備える補助空間部57を、作業装置用の補助伝動機構(図示せず)を内蔵することが可能な形状に形成している。そして、その入力用の第3開口43Gを備える右側壁とは反対側の左側壁における所定位置に、補助伝動機構からの補助動力の取り出しを可能にする第4開口43Hを形成し、かつ、この第4開口43Hを塞ぐ蓋部材139を着脱可能に装備している。これにより、この伝動装置13を、たとえば、伝動装置13の入力軸44から分岐した動力を伝動ケース43の第4開口43Hから取り出して作業装置の一例である刈取搬送装置に伝達する構成を採用する自脱型コンバインなどに適用する場合には、補助空間部57に、刈取搬送装置に対する動力分配用の補助伝動機構を内蔵することにより、自脱型コンバインなどに適した伝動構造に簡単に仕様変更することができる。つまり、自脱型コンバインなどにも適用することができる汎用性の高い伝動装置13を得ることができる。そして、自脱型コンバインなどに適用した場合には、伝動ケース43の第4開口43Hから取り出した動力を作業装置に伝達する作業伝動系と、伝動装置13に対する入力系となるHST12などとの干渉を回避し易くなる。その上、前述したように、変速機47における入力軸44の左方への延出長さが従動軸45よりも短くなって伝動装置13の上部での左右幅が右寄りに狭くなることにより、伝動ケース43における左側壁の上部側に形成した第4開口43Hから取り出した動力を作業装置に伝達することから伝動装置13の左上部側に配備することが一般的になる作業伝動系の配置空間を、伝動装置13の左上部側において確保し易くなる。その結果、自脱型コンバインなどへの適用を促進させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 4, 6, 7, and 9, the transmission case 43 can incorporate an auxiliary space portion 57 provided in the upper portion thereof and an auxiliary transmission mechanism (not shown) for the working device. It is formed into a shape. And the 4th opening 43H which enables taking out of auxiliary power from an auxiliary power transmission mechanism is formed in the predetermined position in the left side wall opposite to the right side wall provided with the 3rd opening 43G for input, and this A lid member 139 that closes the fourth opening 43H is detachably mounted. Thereby, this transmission apparatus 13 employ | adopts the structure which takes out the motive power branched from the input shaft 44 of the transmission apparatus 13, for example from the 4th opening 43H of the transmission case 43, and transmits it to the cutting conveyance apparatus which is an example of a working device. When applied to a self-removing combine, etc., the auxiliary space 57 has a built-in auxiliary transmission mechanism for power distribution to the cutting and conveying device, so that the specification can be easily changed to a transmission structure suitable for self-removing combine. can do. That is, it is possible to obtain a highly versatile transmission 13 that can be applied to a self-removing combine. When applied to a self-removing combine, etc., the interference between the work transmission system that transmits the power extracted from the fourth opening 43H of the transmission case 43 to the work apparatus and the HST 12 that is the input system to the transmission apparatus 13 or the like It becomes easy to avoid. In addition, as described above, the extension length of the input shaft 44 to the left in the transmission 47 is shorter than the driven shaft 45, and the left-right width at the top of the transmission 13 is narrowed to the right. An arrangement space for a work transmission system that is generally arranged on the upper left side of the transmission device 13 because the power extracted from the fourth opening 43H formed on the upper side of the left side wall of the transmission case 43 is transmitted to the work device. Is easily secured on the upper left side of the transmission device 13. As a result, it is possible to promote the application to a self-removing combine.
 図1及び図3~5に示すように、HST12は、そのケース本体35の上部にオイルフィルタ140を着脱可能に装備している。そして、刈取搬送装置2を非作業位置まで上昇させた場合には、オイルフィルタ140の前方を開放することができ、これにより、その前方からオイルフィルタ140の交換などのオイルフィルタ140に対するメンテナンス作業を容易に行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 1 and FIGS. 3 to 5, the HST 12 is detachably equipped with an oil filter 140 at the upper part of the case main body 35. When the cutting and conveying device 2 is raised to the non-working position, the front of the oil filter 140 can be opened, and maintenance work for the oil filter 140 such as replacement of the oil filter 140 can be performed from the front. It can be done easily.
 以上説明した第1実施形態に係る作業機用の伝動装置は、たとえば、普通型コンバイン、自脱型コンバイン、ニンジン収穫機、トウモロコシ収穫機、などの収穫機、及び、運搬車、トラクタ、などに適用することができる。 The transmission device for the working machine according to the first embodiment described above is used in, for example, harvesting machines such as ordinary combine harvesters, self-removing combine harvesters, carrot harvesters, corn harvesters, and transport vehicles, tractors, and the like. Can be applied.
[第2実施形態]
 以下、図17~22を参照しながら、本発明の第2実施形態を、収穫機としての普通型のコンバインに適用した場合の例について説明する。
[Second Embodiment]
Hereinafter, an example in which the second embodiment of the present invention is applied to an ordinary combine as a harvester will be described with reference to FIGS.
〔全体構成〕
 図17及び図18に示すように、コンバインには、左右一対のクローラ式の走行装置202を備えた自走式の走行機体201と、走行機体201の前部に上下揺動可能に支持された刈取部203と、刈取穀稈を脱穀処理する脱穀装置204と、脱穀処理された穀粒を貯留するグレンタンク205と、グレンタンク205の後下部に接続され、グレンタンク205に貯留する穀粒を外部に排出するアンローダ206等を備えて構成されている。
〔overall structure〕
As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the combine is supported by a self-propelled traveling machine body 201 having a pair of left and right crawler-type traveling devices 202 and on the front part of the traveling machine body 201 so as to be swingable up and down. The reaping unit 203, the threshing device 204 for threshing the harvested cereal, the Glen tank 205 for storing the threshed grain, and the grains stored in the Glen tank 205 connected to the lower rear part of the Glen tank 205 An unloader 206 for discharging to the outside is provided.
 刈取部203は、植立穀稈を機体側へ掻き込むリール207と、植立穀稈の株元を切断して植立穀稈を刈り取る刈取装置208と、刈取穀稈を横送り搬送して集めて後方に送り込むオーガ209と、オーガ209から送り込まれた刈取穀稈を機体後方上方の脱穀装置204の入口に向けて搬送するフィーダ210とを備えている。刈取穀稈は、脱穀装置204によって脱穀選別され、脱穀された穀粒はグレンタンク205に搬送されて貯留される。貯留された穀粒は、アンローダ206によって外部に排出することができる。 The cutting part 203 is a reel 207 that scrapes the planted cereal toward the machine, a cutting device 208 that cuts the stock of the planted cereal and reaps the planted cereal, and feeds the harvested cereal to the feed. An auger 209 that collects and feeds backwards, and a feeder 210 that conveys the harvested cereals fed from the auger 209 toward the entrance of the threshing device 204 at the rear upper side of the machine body. The harvested culm is threshed and sorted by the threshing device 204, and the threshed grain is conveyed to the Glen tank 205 and stored. The stored grain can be discharged to the outside by the unloader 206.
 図18に示すように、運転部211が、走行機体201の前部のうち横一側(右側)に配置されている。脱穀装置204は、走行機体201の後部において運転部211とは反対側に配置され、グレンタンク205は、運転部211と同じ側に配置されて、脱穀装置204とグレンタンク205とは左右に並んでいる。脱穀装置204は、前後方向において、その前端部分が運転部211の後部と重複している。 As shown in FIG. 18, the driving unit 211 is arranged on one side (right side) of the front part of the traveling machine body 201. The threshing device 204 is disposed on the opposite side of the driving unit 211 in the rear part of the traveling machine body 201, the Glen tank 205 is disposed on the same side as the driving unit 211, and the threshing device 204 and the Glen tank 205 are arranged side by side. It is out. In the threshing device 204, the front end portion of the threshing device 204 overlaps with the rear portion of the operation unit 211.
 尚、この実施形態では、機体横幅方向の向き(右側又は左側)を定義するときは、機体進行方向視において対応する向きとして定義する。従って、図面上における向き(右側又は左側)とは異なる場合がある。 In this embodiment, when defining the direction (right side or left side) in the aircraft width direction, it is defined as the corresponding direction in the aircraft traveling direction view. Therefore, the orientation in the drawing (right side or left side) may be different.
 図17及び図18に示すように、運転部211の下部にエンジン212が備えられ、エンジン212の前方にトランスミッション213が備えられている。図19に示すように、トランスミッション213は、静油圧式無段変速装置(HST)からなる主変速装置214と、副変速装置215や他の減速装置が内装されたミッションケース216とが連結されて構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, an engine 212 is provided in the lower part of the driving unit 211, and a transmission 213 is provided in front of the engine 212. As shown in FIG. 19, the transmission 213 is connected to a main transmission 214 composed of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (HST) and a transmission case 216 in which an auxiliary transmission 215 and other reduction gears are housed. It is configured.
 エンジン212からの動力は、主変速装置214によって正逆無段に変速され、さらに、ミッションケース216に内装された副変速装置215により変速されたのち、副変速装置215の伝動下手側に設けられた操向伝動機構219、中間ギヤ機構220、及び、左右一対の車軸221を介して左右の走行装置202に伝達される。 The power from the engine 212 is shifted continuously in the forward and reverse directions by the main transmission 214 and further shifted by the auxiliary transmission 215 built in the transmission case 216 and then provided on the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission 215. The steering transmission mechanism 219, the intermediate gear mechanism 220, and the pair of left and right axles 221 are transmitted to the left and right traveling devices 202.
 また、エンジン212の動力が、運転部211に備えられた脱穀クラッチレバー222にて断続操作自在な脱穀クラッチ223を介して脱穀装置204に伝達するように構成され、さらに、脱穀装置204に伝達された動力が、運転部211に備えられた刈取クラッチレバー224にて断続操作自在な刈取クラッチ225を介して刈取部203に伝達するように構成されている。 Further, the power of the engine 212 is configured to be transmitted to the threshing device 204 via the threshing clutch 223 that can be intermittently operated by the threshing clutch lever 222 provided in the operation unit 211, and further transmitted to the threshing device 204. The motive power is transmitted to the cutting unit 203 via a cutting clutch 225 that can be intermittently operated by a cutting clutch lever 224 provided in the operation unit 211.
〔主変速装置〕
 図20に示すように、主変速装置214は、全体が主変速ケース226にて覆われており、ミッションケース216における右側(図面では左側)上部側の外部に設けられ、この主変速ケース226とミッションケース216とがフランジ連結されている。つまり、主変速ケース226とミッションケース216とが、縦向き姿勢の接続面同士を当て付ける状態で複数箇所をボルト227で連結して接続されている。
[Main transmission]
As shown in FIG. 20, the main transmission 214 is entirely covered with a main transmission case 226, and is provided outside the transmission case 216 on the right side (left side in the drawing) on the upper side. The transmission case 216 is flange-connected. In other words, the main transmission case 226 and the transmission case 216 are connected by connecting a plurality of locations with the bolts 227 in a state in which the connection surfaces in the vertical orientation are in contact with each other.
 主変速装置214は、入力軸228にエンジン212の動力が伝達される。そして、ミッションケース216の一端側の側壁としての右側の側壁216Aをケース外方側からケース内方側に向けて挿通する出力軸229を有し、エンジン212からの動力を正逆無段に変速して出力軸229から出力するように構成されている。 The main transmission 214 transmits the power of the engine 212 to the input shaft 228. The transmission case 216 has an output shaft 229 through which the right side wall 216A as a side wall on one end side of the transmission case 216 is inserted from the outer side of the case toward the inner side of the case. Then, it is configured to output from the output shaft 229.
 説明を加えると、図20及び図21に示すように、主変速ケース226とミッションケース216とが互いにフランジ連結される箇所、つまり、主変速ケース226の一端側としての左側の側壁226A、及び、ミッションケース216の右側の側壁216Aの夫々に、挿通孔230,231が形成され、主変速装置214の出力軸229は、主変速ケース226とミッションケース216の夫々に形成された挿通孔230,231を通して、主変速ケース226の内部からミッションケース216の内部に向けて延設されている。 20 and 21, as shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 21, a portion where the main transmission case 226 and the transmission case 216 are flange-connected to each other, that is, the left side wall 226A as one end side of the main transmission case 226, and Insertion holes 230 and 231 are formed in the right side wall 216A of the transmission case 216, and the output shaft 229 of the main transmission 214 is inserted into the insertion holes 230 and 231 formed in the main transmission case 226 and the transmission case 216, respectively. And extending from the inside of the main transmission case 226 toward the inside of the transmission case 216.
 そして、主変速ケース226とミッションケース216の夫々に形成された挿通孔230,231における両ケース226,216の接続箇所に同心円状の嵌合溝M1,M2が形成されており、主変速ケース226の嵌合溝M1とミッションケース216の嵌合溝M2との夫々に嵌り合う状態で、軸心合わせ用のカラー部材280が備えられている。このカラー部材280により、両ケースの挿通孔230,231の軸心合わせが行われ、出力軸229を精度よく支持することができる。 Further, concentric fitting grooves M1 and M2 are formed at connecting portions of the cases 226 and 216 in the insertion holes 230 and 231 formed in the main transmission case 226 and the transmission case 216, respectively. A collar member 280 for axial alignment is provided in a state in which the fitting groove M1 and the fitting groove M2 of the transmission case 216 are fitted. The collar member 280 aligns the axes of the insertion holes 230 and 231 of both cases, and can support the output shaft 229 with high accuracy.
 このように、出力軸229は、ミッションケース216の右側の側壁216Aに形成された挿通孔230に備えられたベアリング232により回動自在に右側の側壁216Aに支持されており、さらに、ミッションケース216内を通過して他端側としての左側の側壁216Bに至るまで延設されている。 As described above, the output shaft 229 is rotatably supported by the right side wall 216A by the bearing 232 provided in the insertion hole 230 formed in the right side wall 216A of the mission case 216. Further, the transmission case 216 It extends to the left side wall 216B as the other end side through the inside.
 出力軸229は、さらに、左側の側壁216Bに形成された挿通孔231に備えられた軸支部材としてのベアリング233にて回動自在に支持されるとともに、軸端部229aがケース外方に露出する状態で備えられている。従って、出力軸229は、右側の側壁216Aと左側の側壁216Bとの夫々にベアリング232,233を介して回動自在に支持されている。 The output shaft 229 is further rotatably supported by a bearing 233 as a shaft support member provided in the insertion hole 231 formed in the left side wall 216B, and the shaft end portion 229a is exposed to the outside of the case. It is prepared in the state to do. Therefore, the output shaft 229 is rotatably supported on the right side wall 216A and the left side wall 216B via the bearings 232 and 233, respectively.
 そして、出力軸229は、軸心方向に沿って分割され且つ一体回転自在に連動連係された一対の分割伝動軸229A,229Bを備えて構成され、出力軸229から副変速装置215に動力を伝達する出力ギヤ234が、一対の分割伝動軸229A,229Bの夫々に対して一体回転自在に外嵌装着され、一対の分割伝動軸229A,229Bが出力ギヤ234により連動連係されている。 The output shaft 229 is configured to include a pair of split transmission shafts 229A and 229B that are divided along the axial direction and linked together so as to be integrally rotatable. Power is transmitted from the output shaft 229 to the auxiliary transmission 215. The output gear 234 is fitted to the pair of split transmission shafts 229A and 229B so as to be integrally rotatable, and the pair of split transmission shafts 229A and 229B are linked and linked by the output gear 234.
 すなわち、出力軸229は、主変速装置214の内部から延設された第1分割伝動軸229Aと、その第1分割伝動軸229Aの軸端に突き合わせた状態で同一軸心上に位置して延びる第2分割伝動軸229Bとを備えて構成されている。そして、第1分割伝動軸229A及び第2分割伝動軸229Bの夫々の外周部にスプライン部235,236が形成され、第1分割伝動軸229A及び第2分割伝動軸229B夫々のスプライン部235,236にわたって噛み合い状態で外嵌する出力ギヤ234が備えられている。 That is, the output shaft 229 extends from the first split transmission shaft 229A extending from the inside of the main transmission 214 and is positioned on the same axis in a state of being in contact with the shaft end of the first split transmission shaft 229A. The second split transmission shaft 229B is provided. Spline portions 235 and 236 are formed on the outer peripheral portions of the first divided transmission shaft 229A and the second divided transmission shaft 229B, and the spline portions 235 and 236 of the first divided transmission shaft 229A and the second divided transmission shaft 229B, respectively. An output gear 234 that is externally fitted in a meshed state is provided.
 また、第2分割伝動軸229Bは、第1分割伝動軸229A側の一端部が出力ギヤ234に噛み合い、他端部がミッションケース216の左側の側壁216Bに形成された挿通孔231を挿通してその軸端部229aがミッションケース216の外方(外部)に露出する状態で、軸支部材としてのベアリング233を介して左側の側壁216Bに回転自在に支持されている。 The second split transmission shaft 229B has one end on the first split transmission shaft 229A meshing with the output gear 234 and the other end inserted through an insertion hole 231 formed in the left side wall 216B of the transmission case 216. The shaft end 229a is rotatably supported on the left side wall 216B via a bearing 233 as a shaft support member in a state where the shaft end 229a is exposed to the outside (outside) of the mission case 216.
 このように出力軸229の軸端部229aがミッションケース216の外部に露出しているので、主変速レバー237を中立位置に操作したときに、主変速装置214が中立状態(出力軸229が回転停止状態)になるように、主変速レバー237との間での機械的な連係機構を調整するような場合に、中立状態であるか否かを目視で確認しながら調整作業を行うことが可能であり、適正な調整作業を行うことができる。 Since the shaft end 229a of the output shaft 229 is exposed to the outside of the transmission case 216 as described above, when the main transmission lever 237 is operated to the neutral position, the main transmission 214 is in the neutral state (the output shaft 229 rotates). When adjusting the mechanical linkage mechanism with the main speed change lever 237 so that it is in the stop state), it is possible to perform the adjustment work while visually confirming whether or not it is in the neutral state Therefore, proper adjustment work can be performed.
 図21に示すように、出力ギヤ234は、出力軸229における主変速装置214側の端部に位置する状態で備えられ、出力軸229における主変速装置214とは反対側の箇所には、出力ギヤ234を主変速装置214側の端部に位置する状態で位置保持するためのカラー238が外挿されている。 As shown in FIG. 21, the output gear 234 is provided in a state of being located at an end portion of the output shaft 229 on the main transmission device 214 side, and an output shaft 229 has an output at a position opposite to the main transmission device 214. A collar 238 for holding the gear 234 in a state where the gear 234 is positioned at the end on the main transmission 214 side is extrapolated.
 従って、主変速装置214の出力軸229は、ミッションケース216内を通過して左側の側壁216Bを挿通して、軸端部229aがケース外方に露出する状態で、且つ、ベアリング232,233を介して右側の側壁216Aと左側の側壁216Bとの夫々に回動自在に支持される構成となっている。 Accordingly, the output shaft 229 of the main transmission 214 passes through the transmission case 216 and is inserted through the left side wall 216B so that the shaft end 229a is exposed to the outside of the case, and the bearings 232 and 233 are disposed. Via the right side wall 216A and the left side wall 216B.
〔副変速装置〕
 副変速装置215は、出力軸229から伝達された動力を作業状態に応じた高低2段に変速して走行装置202に伝達するギヤ式の変速装置であり、この副変速装置215には、入力側の変速用入力軸239と出力側の変速用出力軸240とが備えられている。
 図20及び図21に示すように、変速用入力軸239は、車体横幅方向(図21の図面左右方向)に沿う状態で回転自在にミッションケース216に支持されている。そして、この変速用入力軸239に、一体回転する状態で且つスライド移動不能な状態で、出力軸229に備えられた出力ギヤ234と噛み合い連動する入力ギヤ241が備えられている。また、変速用入力軸239には、相対回転自在で且つスライド移動不能な状態で、低速伝動用駆動ギヤ(以下、低速駆動ギヤという)242、及び、高速伝動用駆動ギヤ(高速駆動ギヤという)243の夫々が備えられている。
[Sub-transmission device]
The sub-transmission device 215 is a gear-type transmission that shifts the power transmitted from the output shaft 229 to two steps according to the working state and transmits it to the traveling device 202. A shift-side input shaft 239 and an output-side shift output shaft 240 are provided.
As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, the transmission input shaft 239 is supported by the transmission case 216 so as to be rotatable in a state along the vehicle body lateral direction (the horizontal direction in the drawing of FIG. 21). The speed change input shaft 239 is provided with an input gear 241 that meshes with and interlocks with the output gear 234 provided on the output shaft 229 in a state where the input shaft 239 rotates integrally and cannot slide. Further, the transmission input shaft 239 has a low-speed transmission drive gear (hereinafter referred to as a low-speed drive gear) 242 and a high-speed transmission drive gear (referred to as a high-speed drive gear) in a state in which the input shaft 239 is relatively rotatable and cannot slide. Each of 243 is provided.
 変速用出力軸240は、変速用入力軸239と並行な姿勢で車体横幅方向に沿う状態で回転自在にミッションケース216に支持されている。そして、この変速用出力軸240に、一体回転する状態で且つスライド移動不能な状態で、低速伝動用従動ギヤ(以下、低速従動ギヤという)244、高速伝動用従動ギヤ(以下、高速従動ギヤという)245、駆動用ギヤ246の夫々が備えられている。 The transmission output shaft 240 is supported by the transmission case 216 so as to be rotatable in a state along the lateral width direction of the vehicle body in a posture parallel to the transmission input shaft 239. The transmission output shaft 240 is in a state of being integrally rotated and incapable of sliding movement, and a low-speed transmission driven gear (hereinafter referred to as a low-speed driven gear) 244 and a high-speed transmission driven gear (hereinafter referred to as a high-speed driven gear). ) 245 and drive gear 246 are provided.
 低速駆動ギヤ242と低速従動ギヤ244とは、常時噛み合うように車体横幅方向の位置が設定され、高速駆動ギヤ243と高速従動ギヤ245とは、常時噛み合うように車体横幅方向の位置が設定されている。 The low-speed drive gear 242 and the low-speed driven gear 244 are set in the vehicle width direction so that they are always engaged, and the high-speed drive gear 243 and the high-speed driven gear 245 are set in the vehicle width direction so that they are always engaged. Yes.
 変速用入力軸239における低速駆動ギヤ242と高速駆動ギヤ243との間に、一体回転自在かつスライド移動可能な状態でシフタ247がスプライン嵌合されている。このシフタ247は、左右方向に移動して、低速駆動ギヤ242に形成されたスプライン部248と噛み合う低速位置P1、高速駆動ギヤ243に形成されたスプライン部249と噛み合う高速位置P3、低速駆動ギヤ242及び高速駆動ギヤ243の何れとも噛み合わない中立位置P2に切換自在である。 A shifter 247 is spline-fitted between the low-speed drive gear 242 and the high-speed drive gear 243 of the transmission input shaft 239 so as to be integrally rotatable and slidable. The shifter 247 moves in the left-right direction and engages with a spline portion 248 formed on the low-speed drive gear 242, a high-speed position P3 meshed with the spline portion 249 formed on the high-speed drive gear 243, and the low-speed drive gear 242. And a neutral position P2 that does not mesh with any of the high-speed drive gear 243.
 シフタ247をスライド操作するシフトフォーク250が、変速用入力軸239と並行な姿勢で左右方向に沿う状態でスライド移動自在に支持されており、このシフトフォーク250が、上記3位置(低速位置P1、高速位置P3、中立位置P2)に切り換え自在に、且つ、各位置で位置保持自在に構成されている。 A shift fork 250 for sliding the shifter 247 is supported so as to be slidable in a state parallel to the speed change input shaft 239 along the left-right direction. The shift fork 250 is supported by the three positions (low speed position P1, It is configured to be switchable between a high speed position P3 and a neutral position P2) and to be able to hold a position at each position.
 すなわち、図21及び図22に示すように、軸部材の外周部に形成された3つの周溝253と、シフトフォーク250のボール保持部250bに保持されて周溝253に入り込み係合自在なボール254と、ボール254を周溝253に入り込む方向に押圧付勢するバネ255とが備えられている。 That is, as shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22, the three circumferential grooves 253 formed on the outer peripheral portion of the shaft member and the balls which are held by the ball holding portions 250 b of the shift fork 250 and enter the circumferential grooves 253 and can be freely engaged. 254 and a spring 255 that presses and urges the ball 254 in a direction to enter the circumferential groove 253.
 また、図21に示すように、運転部211に備えられた副変速レバー256の操作に伴って、たとえば、リンク機構等からなる連動操作機構257を介して揺動アーム258が操作されると、その揺動アーム258と一体に揺動する操作アーム259に備えられた係止具260がシフトフォーク250に形成された係合溝261に係合する状態で備えられ、揺動アーム258が揺動するのに伴ってシフトフォーク250が軸部材251の軸心方向に沿ってスライド移動するように構成されている。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 21, when the swing arm 258 is operated through an interlocking operation mechanism 257 including a link mechanism or the like in accordance with the operation of the auxiliary transmission lever 256 provided in the operation unit 211, for example. A locking tool 260 provided on an operation arm 259 that swings integrally with the swing arm 258 is provided in a state of engaging with an engagement groove 261 formed on the shift fork 250, and the swing arm 258 swings. Accordingly, the shift fork 250 is configured to slide along the axial direction of the shaft member 251.
 シフトフォーク250は、ボール254がいずれかの周溝253に入り込み係合することにより位置保持される。シフトフォーク250が副変速レバー256の操作に伴ってスライド移動すると、ボール254がスライド移動に追従して周溝253と周溝253との間の山を乗り越えて別の周溝253に位置することにより、シフトフォーク250を所望の位置に変更したのちにその位置で保持することができる。 The position of the shift fork 250 is maintained when the ball 254 enters and engages with one of the circumferential grooves 253. When the shift fork 250 slides in accordance with the operation of the auxiliary transmission lever 256, the ball 254 follows the sliding movement and climbs over a mountain between the circumferential groove 253 and the circumferential groove 253 and is positioned in another circumferential groove 253. Thus, the shift fork 250 can be held at that position after being changed to a desired position.
 図22に示すように、シフトフォーク250は、シフタ247の係合用周溝262における直径上に位置する2箇所に係合するように構成されている。また、変速用入力軸239に備えられるシフタ247と、変速用出力軸240に備えられる駆動用ギヤ246との間の空間を通過する状態で備えられている。 As shown in FIG. 22, the shift fork 250 is configured to engage at two positions located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove 262 of the shifter 247. Further, it is provided in a state of passing through a space between a shifter 247 provided on the transmission input shaft 239 and a driving gear 246 provided on the transmission output shaft 240.
 そして、このシフトフォーク250は、スライド支持部250aから一体的に延設される状態で機体側面視略C形の係合作用部250cが形成されている。この係合作用部250cは、シフタ247の外周部に形成された係合用周溝262に入り込み係合して、スライド操作に伴ってシフタ247を軸心方向にスライドさせる。 The shift fork 250 is formed with an engagement action portion 250c having a substantially C-shape in a side view of the machine body in a state of extending integrally from the slide support portion 250a. The engaging action portion 250c enters and engages with the engaging circumferential groove 262 formed on the outer peripheral portion of the shifter 247, and slides the shifter 247 in the axial direction in accordance with the sliding operation.
 係合作用部250cは、一対の先端部がシフタ247の係合用周溝262における直径上に位置する2箇所に係合して、この2箇所を軸心方向に押し操作することにより、シフタ247をスライドさせるように構成されている。このように係合用周溝262における直径上に位置する2箇所を押し操作することにより、拗れの生じるおそれの少ない状態で円滑にシフタ247をスライド操作させることができる。 The engaging action portion 250c engages with two locations where the pair of tip portions are located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove 262 of the shifter 247, and pushes these two locations in the axial direction, thereby shifting the shifter 247. Is configured to slide. In this way, by pushing the two locations located on the diameter of the engaging circumferential groove 262, the shifter 247 can be smoothly slid in a state where there is little fear of twisting.
 図21に示すように、変速用入力軸239において、入力ギヤ241に近い側に高速駆動ギヤ243が備えられ、入力ギヤ241から遠い側に低速駆動ギヤ242が備えられている。また、高速駆動ギヤ243は、入力ギヤ241との間で軸心方向に間隔をあけた状態で備えられている。すなわち、高速駆動ギヤ243と入力ギヤ241との間には、両者の間隔が設定値に維持されるように、間隔を維持するためのカラー281が備えられている。 As shown in FIG. 21, a high speed drive gear 243 is provided on the side near the input gear 241 and a low speed drive gear 242 is provided on the side far from the input gear 241 in the speed change input shaft 239. The high-speed drive gear 243 is provided in a state of being spaced apart from the input gear 241 in the axial direction. That is, a collar 281 is provided between the high-speed drive gear 243 and the input gear 241 so as to maintain the distance between the high-speed drive gear 243 and the input gear 241.
 また、低速駆動ギヤ242は、変速用入力軸239をミッションケース216の左側の側壁216Bに回転自在に支持するためのベアリング233との間で軸心方向に間隔をあけて備えられている。すなわち、低速駆動ギヤ242とベアリング233との間には、両者の間隔が設定値に維持されるように、間隔を維持するためのカラー282が備えられている。 Further, the low-speed drive gear 242 is provided with a space in the axial direction between the transmission input shaft 239 and a bearing 233 for rotatably supporting the left side wall 216B of the transmission case 216. That is, a collar 282 is provided between the low-speed drive gear 242 and the bearing 233 so as to maintain the distance between the low-speed drive gear 242 and the bearing 233 so that the distance between the two is maintained at the set value.
 以上の構成によって、副変速装置215は、シフタ247の移動によって、主変速装置214で変速されて変速用入力軸239に入力された動力を、シフタ247を介して、動力を高低二段に切り換え可能である。なお、シフタ247が中立位置P2にあれば動力の伝達が絶たれた中立状態となる。副変速装置215を高速変速状態に操作すれば、高速での刈取作業が可能であり、低速変速状態に操作すれば、低速での刈取作業が可能である。即ち、副変速装置215を変速操作することによって、走行速度を作業状態に応じた速度に変速することができる。 With the above configuration, the sub-transmission device 215 switches the power, which is shifted by the main transmission device 214 and input to the transmission input shaft 239 by the movement of the shifter 247, to high and low two stages via the shifter 247. Is possible. If the shifter 247 is in the neutral position P2, the power transmission is cut off and the neutral state is established. If the auxiliary transmission 215 is operated in the high speed shifting state, the cutting operation can be performed at high speed, and if it is operated in the low speed shifting state, the cutting operation can be performed at low speed. That is, by operating the auxiliary transmission 215 to change the traveling speed, the traveling speed can be changed to a speed according to the working state.
 また、刈取作業を行わないで畦道や路上を走行する場合には、作業用速度よりも高速で走行することができるように構成されている。つまり、刈取作業を行うために、刈取クラッチレバー224がクラッチ入り位置に操作されると、主変速装置214を変速操作する主変速レバー237が、設定値以上の高速域に操作されることを牽制し、刈取クラッチレバー224がクラッチ切り位置に操作されると、牽制を解除して主変速レバー237が設定値以上の高速域にまで操作することを許容する牽制手段(図示せず)が備えられている。 Also, when traveling on a road or on a road without cutting, it is configured to be able to travel at a speed higher than the working speed. That is, when the cutting clutch lever 224 is operated to the clutch engagement position in order to perform the cutting operation, the main transmission lever 237 for shifting the main transmission 214 is prevented from being operated in a high speed range that is equal to or higher than the set value. When the cutting clutch lever 224 is operated to the clutch disengagement position, there is provided a checking means (not shown) that releases the check and allows the main transmission lever 237 to be operated to a high speed range equal to or higher than a set value. ing.
 つまり、刈取作業中においては、牽制手段による牽制作動により、主変速レバー237は設定値以上の高速域に操作されず、設定値よりも低速の操作領域で変速操作可能である。その状態で、副変速レバー256を操作して、副変速装置215を高速変速状態に操作すれば、高速側での刈取作業が可能であり、低速変速状態に操作すれば、低速側での刈取作業が可能である。路上走行時においては、主変速レバー237が、設定値以上の高速域にも操作可能であり、作業速度よりも高速で移動走行することができる。 That is, during the cutting operation, the main speed change lever 237 is not operated in the high speed range above the set value by the check operation by the check means, and the speed change operation can be performed in the operation range lower than the set value. In this state, if the sub-transmission lever 256 is operated to operate the sub-transmission device 215 to the high-speed shift state, the cutting operation on the high-speed side is possible. Work is possible. When traveling on the road, the main speed change lever 237 can be operated in a high speed range that is equal to or higher than the set value, and can travel at a speed higher than the work speed.
〔操向伝動機構〕
 操向伝動機構219について説明する。
 図19及び図20に示すように、操向伝動機構219は、変速用出力軸240と平行な姿勢でミッションケース216に支持されたサイドクラッチ軸263と、サイドクラッチ軸263の中央付近に一体回転するように固定されたセンターギヤ264と、センターギヤ264の左右両側において相対回転自在かつスライド移動自在にサイドクラッチ軸263に外挿された左右のクラッチスリーブ265と、クラッチスリーブ265の移動によって押圧されて制動力を作用させる摩擦ディスク266と、左右のクラッチスリーブ265を各別又は同時に摩擦ディスク266の側に移動させるシフタ267とを備えて構成されている。センターギヤ264は、副変速装置215における駆動用ギヤ246が噛み合い連動して変速後の動力が伝達される。従って、センターギヤ264が下手側伝動ギヤに相当する。
[Steering transmission mechanism]
The steering transmission mechanism 219 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, the steering transmission mechanism 219 rotates integrally with the side clutch shaft 263 supported by the transmission case 216 in a posture parallel to the transmission output shaft 240 and near the center of the side clutch shaft 263. The center gear 264 is fixed to the left and right sides, the left and right clutch sleeves 265 inserted on the side clutch shaft 263 so as to be relatively rotatable and slidable on both the left and right sides of the center gear 264, and the clutch sleeve 265 being pressed. And a shifter 267 that moves the left and right clutch sleeves 265 separately or simultaneously to the friction disk 266 side. The center gear 264 is engaged with the driving gear 246 in the auxiliary transmission 215 and interlocked with the center gear 264 to transmit the power after shifting. Accordingly, the center gear 264 corresponds to the lower transmission gear.
 クラッチスリーブ265の内端側(ミッションケース216の左右中央側)とセンターギヤ264の両側部に噛み合い部268を形成し、両側の噛み合い部268によって、いわゆるドッグクラッチが構成されている。また、左右のクラッチスリーブ265には、中間ギヤ機構220の後述する中間ギヤ272と常時噛み合うサイドギヤ270が備えられている。センターギヤ264の噛み合い部268に、クラッチスリーブ265の噛み合い部268が噛み合うことによって、「クラッチ入り状態(伝動状態)」となって、クラッチスリーブ265がセンターギヤ264と一体的に回転し、主変速装置214及び副変速装置215によって変速された動力が、中間ギヤ機構220を介して走行装置202に伝達される。 A meshing portion 268 is formed on the inner end side of the clutch sleeve 265 (the left and right center side of the transmission case 216) and on both sides of the center gear 264, and the meshing portions 268 on both sides constitute a so-called dog clutch. Further, the left and right clutch sleeves 265 are provided with side gears 270 that always mesh with an intermediate gear 272 (described later) of the intermediate gear mechanism 220. When the meshing portion 268 of the clutch sleeve 265 meshes with the meshing portion 268 of the center gear 264, a “clutch engaged state (transmission state)” is established, and the clutch sleeve 265 rotates integrally with the center gear 264 to perform main shift. The power shifted by the device 214 and the auxiliary transmission 215 is transmitted to the traveling device 202 via the intermediate gear mechanism 220.
 これとは逆に、クラッチスリーブ265がセンターギヤ264から離間する方向にスライド移動し、センターギヤ264とクラッチスリーブ265との噛み合いが解除されることによって、「クラッチ切り状態(遮断状態)」となり、走行装置202への動力の伝達が切断される。さらに、クラッチスリーブ265が摩擦ディスク266を押圧すると、クラッチスリーブ265に制動力が付与され、走行装置202にブレーキがかかる。 On the contrary, the clutch sleeve 265 slides in a direction away from the center gear 264, and the engagement between the center gear 264 and the clutch sleeve 265 is released, so that a "clutch disengaged state (disengaged state)" Transmission of power to the traveling device 202 is cut off. Further, when the clutch sleeve 265 presses the friction disk 266, a braking force is applied to the clutch sleeve 265, and the traveling device 202 is braked.
 従って、左右いずれかのクラッチスリーブ265がスライド移動することにより、車体を旋回させることができ、左右のクラッチスリーブ265を同時にスライド移動させると、走行を停止させることができる。 Therefore, the vehicle body can be turned by sliding the left or right clutch sleeve 265, and the travel can be stopped by simultaneously sliding the left and right clutch sleeves 265.
〔中間ギヤ機構〕
 図19及び図20に示すように、中間ギヤ機構220は、サイドクラッチ軸263と平行な姿勢でミッションケース216に支持された中間軸271と、中間軸271に相対回転自在かつスライド移動不能に外挿された左右の中間ギヤ272とを備えている。左右の中間ギヤ272は、左右のサイドギヤ270と各別に常時噛み合いする大径ギヤ部272Aと、車軸221に備えられたファイナルギヤ276と噛み合う小径ギヤ部272Bとを備えて構成されている。操向伝動機構219から伝達された動力は、左右の中間ギヤ272を介して、左右の走行装置202に伝達される。
[Intermediate gear mechanism]
As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, the intermediate gear mechanism 220 has an intermediate shaft 271 supported by the transmission case 216 in a posture parallel to the side clutch shaft 263, and an intermediate shaft 271 that is relatively rotatable and non-slidable. The left and right intermediate gears 272 are provided. The left and right intermediate gears 272 include a large-diameter gear portion 272A that always meshes with the left and right side gears 270, and a small-diameter gear portion 272B that meshes with a final gear 276 provided on the axle 221. The power transmitted from the steering transmission mechanism 219 is transmitted to the left and right traveling devices 202 via the left and right intermediate gears 272.
〔車軸について〕
 図19及び図20に示すように、主変速装置214及び副変速装置215にて変速された動力を左右の走行装置202に伝達する左右一対の車軸221が、ミッションケース216から固定延設された左右両側の車軸ケース273内を挿通する状態で備えられている。
[Axle]
As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, a pair of left and right axles 221 that transmit the power shifted by the main transmission 214 and the auxiliary transmission 215 to the left and right traveling devices 202 are fixedly extended from the transmission case 216. It is provided in a state of being inserted through the axle cases 273 on the left and right sides.
 そして、図20に示すように、左右一対の車軸221は、夫々、機体横幅方向内方側の端部に小径の動力伝達部221Aを備え、機体横幅方向外方側に大径の横向き延設部221Bを備えて構成され、且つ、動力伝達部221Aと横向き延設部221Bとの間の連設箇所221Cが、動力伝達部221Aから機体横幅方向外方側に向かうほど大径となるようなテーパ状に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 20, the pair of left and right axles 221 includes a small-diameter power transmission portion 221A at the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and a large-diameter laterally extending outwardly in the lateral direction of the fuselage. The portion 221C is configured to include the portion 221B, and the continuous portion 221C between the power transmission portion 221A and the laterally extending portion 221B has a larger diameter from the power transmission portion 221A toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the body. It is formed in a taper shape.
 動力伝達部221Aの外周部にスプライン部274が形成され、このスプライン部274には中間ギヤ272と一体回転する小径ギヤ275と噛み合うファイナルギヤ276が外嵌装着されている。また、横向き延設部221Bは、支持強度を高めるために大径に設けられており、車軸ケース273の内周面との間の隙間が狭くなっている。 A spline portion 274 is formed on the outer periphery of the power transmission portion 221A, and a final gear 276 that meshes with a small-diameter gear 275 that rotates integrally with the intermediate gear 272 is externally attached to the spline portion 274. Further, the laterally extending portion 221 </ b> B is provided with a large diameter in order to increase the support strength, and the gap between the inner peripheral surface of the axle case 273 is narrow.
 そして、動力伝達部221Aと横向き延設部221Bとの間の連設箇所221Cがテーパ状に形成されているから、ミッションケース216内部に貯留されている循環油が、車軸221を支持するベアリング277を介して、動力伝達部221Aと車軸ケース273との間の広い空間からテーパ状の隙間を通して、横向き延設部221Bと車軸ケース273の内周面との間の隙間に流動させやすいものとなっている。 Since the connecting portion 221C between the power transmission portion 221A and the laterally extending portion 221B is formed in a tapered shape, the circulating oil stored in the transmission case 216 is supported by the bearing 277 that supports the axle 221. From the wide space between the power transmission part 221A and the axle case 273, the taper-like gap makes it easy to flow into the gap between the laterally extending part 221B and the inner peripheral surface of the axle case 273. ing.
〔第2実施形態の別実施形態〕
(1)主変速装置214の出力軸229が、軸心方向の全長にわたって一体形成される構成としてもよい。
[Another embodiment of the second embodiment]
(1) The output shaft 229 of the main transmission 214 may be integrally formed over the entire length in the axial direction.
(2)変速用入力軸239に備えられる、入力ギヤ241、高速駆動ギヤ243、低速駆動ギヤ242の配置構成は、上記実施形態の構成に限定されるものではなく、たとえば、入力ギヤ241に近い側に低速駆動ギヤ242が備えられ、入力ギヤ241から遠い側に高速駆動ギヤ243が備えられる構成としてもよい。また、それに合わせて、変速用出力軸240に備えられる、高速従動ギヤ245、低速従動ギヤ244、駆動用ギヤ246の配置構成についても同様に、適宜変更して実施してもよい。 (2) The arrangement configuration of the input gear 241, the high-speed drive gear 243, and the low-speed drive gear 242 provided in the transmission input shaft 239 is not limited to the configuration of the above embodiment, and is close to the input gear 241, for example. The low speed drive gear 242 may be provided on the side, and the high speed drive gear 243 may be provided on the side far from the input gear 241. In accordance therewith, the arrangement configuration of the high-speed driven gear 245, the low-speed driven gear 244, and the driving gear 246 provided in the transmission output shaft 240 may be changed as appropriate.
(3)副変速装置215として、シフタ247を備えずに、変速用入力軸239に、一体回転可能に且つ軸心方向に一体的にスライド自在に高速駆動ギヤ243及び低速駆動ギヤ242を備え、これらのギヤをスライドさせて変速を行う構成としてもよい。この場合には、変速用出力軸240に、一体回転可能に且つ軸心方向にスライド不能に、高速従動ギヤ245と低速従動ギヤ244とが備えられることになる。 (3) The auxiliary transmission 215 includes the high-speed drive gear 243 and the low-speed drive gear 242 that are not provided with the shifter 247, but are provided on the transmission input shaft 239 so as to be integrally rotatable and slidable integrally in the axial direction. It is good also as a structure which performs gear shifting by sliding these gears. In this case, the transmission output shaft 240 is provided with the high-speed driven gear 245 and the low-speed driven gear 244 so that they can rotate integrally and cannot slide in the axial direction.
(4)副変速装置215として、シフタ247を備えずに、変速用出力軸240に、一体回転可能に且つ軸心方向にスライド自在に高速従動ギヤ245及び低速従動ギヤ244を備え、これらのギヤをスライドさせて変速を行う構成としてもよい。この場合には、変速用入力軸239に、一体回転可能に且つ軸心方向にスライド不能に、高速駆動ギヤ243と低速駆動ギヤとが備えられることになる。 (4) The auxiliary transmission 215 is provided with a high-speed driven gear 245 and a low-speed driven gear 244 that are not provided with the shifter 247 but are provided on the transmission output shaft 240 so as to be integrally rotatable and slidable in the axial direction. It is good also as a structure which shifts by sliding. In this case, the speed change input shaft 239 is provided with the high speed drive gear 243 and the low speed drive gear so as to be integrally rotatable and not slidable in the axial direction.
(5)上記実施形態では、主変速ケース226の接続面とミッションケース216の接続面のうち出力軸229が挿通する箇所に、軸心合わせ用のカラー部材280を備える構成としたが、このようなカラー部材280を備えない構成としてもよい。 (5) In the above-described embodiment, the collar member 280 for axial alignment is provided in the connection surface of the main transmission case 226 and the connection surface of the transmission case 216 at the position where the output shaft 229 is inserted. A configuration without the collar member 280 may also be adopted.
(6)上記実施形態では、車軸221における小径の動力伝達部221Aと大径の横向き延設部221Bとの間の連設箇所221Cがテーパ状に形成されるものを示したが、このような構成に代えて階段状の段差部を形成する構成としてもよい。 (6) In the above-described embodiment, the continuous portion 221C between the small-diameter power transmission portion 221A and the large-diameter laterally extending portion 221B in the axle 221 is formed in a tapered shape. Instead of the configuration, a stepped stepped portion may be formed.
(7)上記実施形態においては、主変速装置214として静油圧式無段変速装置を用いたが、本発明は、これに限られるものではない。主変速装置214は、油圧機械式無段変速機(HMT)やその他のCVTであっても良い。 (7) In the above embodiment, the hydrostatic continuously variable transmission is used as the main transmission 214, but the present invention is not limited to this. The main transmission 214 may be a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT) or other CVT.
(8)上記実施形態では、収穫機として、普通型のコンバインを示したが、自脱型のコンバインでもよく、トウモロコシ収穫機等、他の種類の収穫機でもよい。 (8) In the above embodiment, a normal combine is shown as the harvesting machine, but a self-removing combine may be used, and other types of harvesting machines such as a corn harvesting machine may be used.
[第3実施形態]
 以下、図23~図30を参照しながら、本発明の第3実施形態を説明する。以下の説明では、具体的な実施形態の一つである全稈投入型のコンバインを参照する。
[Third Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In the following description, reference is made to an all-throw-in type combine that is one of the specific embodiments.
〔全体構成について〕
 図23に示すごとく、コンバインには、自走式の走行機体301と、自走を可能にするクローラ式の走行装置302と、走行機体301の前部に上下揺動可能に支持された刈取部303と、脱穀装置304と、脱穀装置304の横隣に配置されたグレンタンク305と、グレンタンク305の後下部に接続されたアンローダ306と、が備えられている。
[About overall configuration]
As shown in FIG. 23, the combine includes a self-propelled traveling machine body 301, a crawler-type traveling apparatus 302 that enables self-running, and a cutting part that is supported on the front part of the traveling machine body 301 so as to be swingable up and down. 303, a threshing device 304, a Glen tank 305 arranged next to the threshing device 304, and an unloader 306 connected to the rear lower part of the Glen tank 305.
 刈取部303には、リール303Aと、リール303Aと、オーガ303Cと、フィーダ303Dとが備えられている。植立穀稈はリール303Aよって掻き込まれ、リール303Aで刈取られる。刈取穀稈は、オーガ303Cによってフィーダ303Dの前方に集められてフィーダ303Dに掻き込まれ、フィーダ303Dによって脱穀装置304に搬送される。刈取穀稈は、脱穀装置304によって脱穀選別され、脱穀された穀粒はグレンタンク305に搬送されて貯留される。貯留された穀粒は、アンローダ306によって外部に排出される。 The cutting unit 303 includes a reel 303A, a reel 303A, an auger 303C, and a feeder 303D. The planted cereal is scraped by the reel 303A and cut by the reel 303A. The harvested grains are collected in front of the feeder 303D by the auger 303C, scraped into the feeder 303D, and conveyed to the threshing device 304 by the feeder 303D. The harvested culm is threshed and sorted by the threshing device 304, and the threshed grain is conveyed to the glen tank 305 and stored. The stored grain is discharged to the outside by the unloader 306.
 図24に示すごとく、運転部307が、走行機体301の前部のうち一側側(右側)に配置されている。脱穀装置304は、走行機体301の後部において運転部307とは反対側に配置され、グレンタンク305は、運転部307と同じ側に配置されて、脱穀装置304とグレンタンク305とは左右に並んでいる。脱穀装置304は、前後方向において、その前端部分が運転部307の後部と重複している。 24, the driving unit 307 is disposed on one side (right side) of the front portion of the traveling machine body 301. The threshing device 304 is disposed on the opposite side of the driving unit 307 in the rear part of the traveling machine body 301, the Glen tank 305 is disposed on the same side as the driving unit 307, and the threshing device 304 and the Glen tank 305 are arranged side by side. It is out. The front end portion of the threshing device 304 overlaps the rear portion of the operation unit 307 in the front-rear direction.
 図23、図24に示すごとく、運転部307の下部にエンジン308が備えられ、エンジン308の前方にトランスミッション309が備えられている。図25に示すごとく、トランスミッション309は、本発明の主変速装置としての静油圧式無段変速装置309A(以下、「HST309A」とする)と、副変速装置309Cや他の減速装置が内装されたミッションケース309Bと、が連結されて構成されている。エンジン308からの駆動力は、HST入力軸311からHST309Aに入力され、HST309Aによって正逆無段に変速される。HST309Aによって変速された駆動力は、HST出力軸312からミッションケース309Bに出力され、副変速装置309Cによって変速され、最終的に左右の駆動スプロケット302A(図23参照)に夫々伝達される。左右のスプロケットの駆動によって、左右の走行装置302が駆動される。 23 and 24, an engine 308 is provided in the lower part of the driving unit 307, and a transmission 309 is provided in front of the engine 308. As shown in FIG. 25, the transmission 309 is equipped with a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission 309A (hereinafter referred to as “HST 309A”) as a main transmission of the present invention, an auxiliary transmission 309C, and other reduction gears. The transmission case 309B is connected to the transmission case 309B. The driving force from the engine 308 is input to the HST 309A from the HST input shaft 311 and is shifted forward and backward continuously by the HST 309A. The driving force shifted by the HST 309A is output from the HST output shaft 312 to the transmission case 309B, shifted by the auxiliary transmission 309C, and finally transmitted to the left and right driving sprockets 302A (see FIG. 23). The left and right traveling devices 302 are driven by the left and right sprockets.
 なお、エンジン308からの駆動力は、HST入力軸311への伝達経路とは別のルートで、刈取部303及び脱穀装置304へと伝達される。 Note that the driving force from the engine 308 is transmitted to the mowing unit 303 and the threshing device 304 through a route different from the transmission route to the HST input shaft 311.
〔副変速装置について〕
 図25に示すごとく、副変速装置309Cは、二段切換式かつギヤ式の変速装置である。副変速装置309Cには、副変速入力軸313と、副変速出力軸316と、本発明の「ギヤ列」を構成する小径ギヤ314、大径ギヤ315、大径固定ギヤ317、小径固定ギヤ318と、シフタ319と、が備えられている。
[About the auxiliary transmission]
As shown in FIG. 25, the auxiliary transmission 309C is a two-stage switching and gear transmission. The auxiliary transmission 309C includes an auxiliary transmission input shaft 313, an auxiliary transmission output shaft 316, a small diameter gear 314, a large diameter gear 315, a large diameter fixed gear 317, and a small diameter fixed gear 318 that constitute the “gear train” of the present invention. And a shifter 319.
 副変速入力軸313及び副変速出力軸316は、左右方向に沿う状態かつ回転自在な状態でミッションケース309Bに支持されている。小径ギヤ314及び大径ギヤ315は、相対回転自在かつスライド移動不能な状態で副変速入力軸313に外挿されている。大径固定ギヤ317及び小径固定ギヤ318は、相対回転不能かつスライド移動不能な状態で副変速出力軸316に外嵌されている。また、小径ギヤ314と大径固定ギヤ317とは、常時咬合うように左右方向の位置決めがなされ、大径ギヤ315と小径固定ギヤ318とは、常時咬合うように左右方向の位置決めがなされている。 The sub-transmission input shaft 313 and the sub-transmission output shaft 316 are supported by the mission case 309B so as to be rotatable along the left-right direction. The small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter gear 315 are extrapolated to the auxiliary transmission input shaft 313 in a state in which they can rotate relative to each other but cannot slide. The large-diameter fixed gear 317 and the small-diameter fixed gear 318 are externally fitted to the auxiliary transmission output shaft 316 in a state where relative rotation is impossible and sliding is impossible. The small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter fixed gear 317 are positioned in the left-right direction so that they always mesh, and the large-diameter gear 315 and the small-diameter fixed gear 318 are positioned in the left-right direction so that they always mesh. Yes.
 シフタ319は、小径ギヤ314と大径ギヤ315との間において、相対回転不能かつスライド移動可能な状態で副変速入力軸313に外嵌(たとえば、スプライン嵌合)されている。シフタ319は左右方向に移動して、小径ギヤ314の内径部分と咬み合う状態、又は、大径ギヤ315の内径部分と咬み合う状態、又は、小径ギヤ314及び大径ギヤ315の何れとも咬み合わない状態に切換自在である。 The shifter 319 is externally fitted (for example, spline fitted) to the auxiliary transmission input shaft 313 in a state where relative rotation is impossible and sliding is possible between the small diameter gear 314 and the large diameter gear 315. The shifter 319 moves in the left-right direction and meshes with the inner diameter portion of the small-diameter gear 314, meshes with the inner diameter portion of the large-diameter gear 315, or meshes with both the small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter gear 315. It is possible to switch to a state that is not.
 以上の構成によって、副変速装置309Cは、シフタ319の移動によって、HST309Aで変速されて副変速入力軸313に入力された駆動力を、シフタ319を介して、小径ギヤ314及び大径固定ギヤ317の組合せに伝達する状態(本発明の「低速変速状態」)、又は、大径ギヤ315及び小径固定ギヤ318の組合せに伝達する状態(本発明の「高速変速状態」)とに切り換えられ、上記駆動力を二段に切り換え可能である。なお、シフタ319が小径ギヤ314及び大径ギヤ315の何れとも咬み合わない状態では、駆動力の伝達が絶たれた「中立状態」となる。 With the above configuration, the sub-transmission device 309C causes the small-diameter gear 314 and the large-diameter fixed gear 317 to transmit the driving force that is shifted by the HST 309A and input to the sub-transmission input shaft 313 by the movement of the shifter 319 via the shifter 319. To the state ("low speed shift state" of the present invention) or the state of transmission to the combination of the large diameter gear 315 and the small diameter fixed gear 318 ("high speed shift state" of the present invention). The driving force can be switched in two stages. When the shifter 319 is not engaged with either the small-diameter gear 314 or the large-diameter gear 315, a “neutral state” in which the transmission of the driving force is cut off is obtained.
 このように、走行速度は、副変速装置309Cの変速操作によって高速変速状態又は低速変速状態を選択して速度領域を大きく変更し(減速比の大きな変更)、HST309Aの変速操作によって各速度領域内において速度調整を行って現出されるものである。したがって、副変速装置309Cを高速変速状態に操作すれば、高速での刈取作業が可能であり、低速変速状態に操作すれば、低速での刈取作業が可能である。即ち、副変速装置309Cを変速操作することによって、走行速度を作業状態に応じた速度に効率的に変速することができる。 As described above, the traveling speed is changed within the respective speed regions by selecting the high speed shift state or the low speed shift state by the speed change operation of the sub-transmission device 309C and greatly changing the speed range (a large change in the reduction ratio). And appearing after speed adjustment. Therefore, if the sub-transmission device 309C is operated in the high speed shift state, the cutting operation can be performed at high speed, and if the sub transmission device 309C is operated in the low speed transmission state, the cutting operation can be performed at low speed. That is, the traveling speed can be efficiently changed to a speed corresponding to the working state by operating the auxiliary transmission device 309C.
〔運転部について〕
 図23、図24に示すごとく、運転部307には、運転座席323と、運転座席323の前方に位置するフロントパネル321と、運転座席323の左側方に位置し、フロントパネル321の左側端から後方に延びるサイドパネル322と、が備えられている。
[About the driving section]
As shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, the driver 307 includes a driver seat 323, a front panel 321 positioned in front of the driver seat 323, and a left side of the driver seat 323 from the left end of the front panel 321. And a side panel 322 extending rearward.
 図23、図24に示すごとく、フロントパネル321には、リール昇降レバー334、操向レバー331、メータパネル332、及び、水温計333が、機体右外側から機体内側に向けてこの順に備えられている。操向レバー331を左右に揺動操作すると走行機体301が左右に旋回し、前後に揺動操作すると刈取部303が上下揺動する。リール昇降レバー334を前後に揺動操作すると、リール303Aが上下揺動する。 As shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, the front panel 321 is provided with a reel lifting / lowering lever 334, a steering lever 331, a meter panel 332, and a water temperature meter 333 in this order from the right outer side to the inner side of the body. Yes. When the steering lever 331 is swung left and right, the traveling machine body 301 turns left and right. When the steering lever 331 is swung back and forth, the cutting unit 303 swings up and down. When the reel lift lever 334 is swung back and forth, the reel 303A swings up and down.
 図26に示すごとく、水温計333は、水温を示す領域として温度標識部333aとが備えられており、温度標識部333aに対して針333cが指す位置によって水温が表される。また、水温が許容上限温度(たとえば、115℃)になると、不図示のブザーから警報音が発せられるように構成されている。さらに、水温が許容上限温度になる前に予備警報を行うものとして、温度標識部333aの高温側端部に隣接して、警報標識部333bが設けられている。警報標識部333bの最端部位置は、許容上限温度に設定されており、針333cが警報標識部333bの領域を指し示すことにより、水温が許容上限温度に近づいていることが視覚的に報知される。 As shown in FIG. 26, the water thermometer 333 is provided with a temperature indicator 333a as a region indicating the water temperature, and the water temperature is represented by the position where the needle 333c points to the temperature indicator 333a. Further, when the water temperature reaches an allowable upper limit temperature (for example, 115 ° C.), an alarm sound is generated from a buzzer (not shown). Further, a warning sign part 333b is provided adjacent to the high temperature side end of the temperature sign part 333a for performing a preliminary warning before the water temperature reaches the allowable upper limit temperature. The extreme end position of the warning sign portion 333b is set to the allowable upper limit temperature, and the needle 333c points to the area of the warning sign portion 333b to visually notify that the water temperature is approaching the allowable upper limit temperature. The
〔各操作具について〕
 図24、図26に示すごとく、サイドパネル322には、レバーガイド324、レバーガイド325、レバーガイド326、及び、レバーガイド327が備えられている。レバーガイド324は、サイドパネル322の前部において、左右方向中央付近に位置する状態かつ略前後方向に沿う状態で形成されている。レバーガイド325は、サイドパネル322の前部において、レバーガイド325の右横隣に位置する状態かつ前後方向に沿う状態で形成されている。レバーガイド326は、サイドパネル322の前後方向中央部において、レバーガイド325の後方に位置する状態かつ前後方向に沿う状態で形成されている。レバーガイド327は、サイドパネル322の前後方向中央部において、レバーガイド324の後方に位置する状態かつレバーガイド326の左横隣に位置する状態かつ前後方向に沿う状態で形成されている。
[About each operation tool]
As shown in FIGS. 24 and 26, the side panel 322 includes a lever guide 324, a lever guide 325, a lever guide 326, and a lever guide 327. The lever guide 324 is formed in the front part of the side panel 322 in a state located in the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction and substantially along the front-rear direction. The lever guide 325 is formed in the front portion of the side panel 322 in a state located right next to the lever guide 325 and along the front-rear direction. The lever guide 326 is formed in a state of being located behind the lever guide 325 and in a state along the front-rear direction at the center portion in the front-rear direction of the side panel 322. The lever guide 327 is formed at the center of the side panel 322 in the front-rear direction, in a state positioned behind the lever guide 324, in a state adjacent to the left side of the lever guide 326, and in a state along the front-rear direction.
 レバーガイド324には、本発明の「主変速操作具」としての主変速レバー341が前後揺動可能に挿通されている。主変速レバー341の操作によって、HST309Aにおける不図示のトラニオン軸が回動操作されて、不図示の斜板角が変更される。即ち、主変速レバー341の操作によって、HST309Aを変速操作することができる。図26に示すごとく、レバーガイド324には、前後方向に沿った前進側操作経路324aと、前進側操作経路324aの後方側において、前進側操作経路324aに対して左右方向左側に位置ずれした状態かつ前後方向に沿った状態の後進側操作経路324cと、前進側操作経路324aの後端と後進側操作経路324cの前端とを繋ぐように左右方向に沿った状態で設けられた中立経路324b(本発明の「中立位置」)と、が形成されている。前進側操作経路324aにおいて、主変速レバー341を前端側へ操作すればするほど、前進速度が上昇し、後進側操作経路324cにおいて、主変速レバー341を後端側へ操作すればするほど、後進速度が上昇する。主変速レバー341を中立経路324bに操作すると、速度は「0」となる。 A main transmission lever 341 as a “main transmission operation tool” of the present invention is inserted into the lever guide 324 so as to be able to swing back and forth. By the operation of the main transmission lever 341, a trunnion shaft (not shown) in the HST 309A is rotated, and a swash plate angle (not shown) is changed. That is, the HST 309A can be shifted by operating the main shift lever 341. As shown in FIG. 26, the lever guide 324 is displaced to the left in the left-right direction with respect to the forward-side operation path 324a on the forward-side operation path 324a along the front-rear direction and on the rear side of the forward-side operation path 324a. In addition, the reverse operation path 324c in the state along the front-rear direction, and the neutral path 324b (in the state along the left-right direction so as to connect the rear end of the forward operation path 324a and the front end of the reverse operation path 324c) The “neutral position” of the present invention is formed. As the main speed change lever 341 is operated to the front end side in the forward operation path 324a, the forward speed increases, and as the main speed change lever 341 is operated to the rear end side in the reverse operation path 324c, the reverse speed is increased. Increases speed. When the main transmission lever 341 is operated to the neutral path 324b, the speed becomes “0”.
 レバーガイド325には、本発明の「副変速操作具」としての副変速レバー342が前後揺動可能に挿通されている。副変速レバー342の操作によって、上述したシフタ319が操作される。即ち、副変速装置309Cを低速変速状態、中立状態、高速変速状態に切換操作することができる。 In the lever guide 325, a sub-transmission lever 342 as the “sub-transmission operating tool” of the present invention is inserted so as to be swingable back and forth. The shifter 319 described above is operated by operating the auxiliary transmission lever 342. In other words, the auxiliary transmission 309C can be switched to the low speed shift state, the neutral state, and the high speed shift state.
 レバーガイド326には、本発明の「クラッチ操作具」及び「クラッチレバー」としての刈取クラッチレバー343が前後揺動可能に挿通されている。刈取クラッチレバー343の操作によって、本発明の「作業クラッチ」としての刈取クラッチ310A(図25参照)を入り状態と切り状態とに切換操作することができる。刈取クラッチ310Aが入り状態となると、エンジン308の駆動力が刈取部303に伝達される。刈取クラッチレバー343は、下端部に位置する揺動軸心X回りに前後揺動可能である。そして、レバーガイド326の後端側に「クラッチ切り位置(図27(a)参照)」が設定され、かつ、レバーガイド326の前端側に「クラッチ入り位置(図27(b)参照)」が設定されている。 In the lever guide 326, a “clutch operating tool” and a “clutch lever” 343 as a “clutch lever” of the present invention are inserted in a swingable manner. By operating the cutting clutch lever 343, the cutting clutch 310A (see FIG. 25) as the “working clutch” of the present invention can be switched between the on state and the off state. When the harvesting clutch 310 </ b> A enters the engaged state, the driving force of the engine 308 is transmitted to the harvesting unit 303. The mowing clutch lever 343 can swing back and forth around the swing axis X located at the lower end. A “clutch disengagement position (see FIG. 27A)” is set on the rear end side of the lever guide 326, and a “clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27B)” is on the front end side of the lever guide 326. Is set.
 なお、刈取クラッチレバー343は、クラッチ入り位置に操作されたとき、レバーガイド326の前端部326aに当接することによって、それ以上前方側へ移動すること、即ち、クラッチ入り位置からクラッチ切り位置とは反対側に移動することが規制される。つまり、前端部326aが、本発明の「規制部」に相当する。 When the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position, it moves further forward by contacting the front end 326a of the lever guide 326, that is, the clutch disengagement position from the clutch engagement position. Movement to the opposite side is restricted. That is, the front end portion 326a corresponds to the “restricting portion” of the present invention.
 レバーガイド327には、脱穀クラッチレバー344が前後揺動可能に挿通されている。脱穀クラッチレバー344の操作によって、脱穀クラッチ310B(図25参照)を入り状態と切り状態とに切換操作することができる。脱穀クラッチ310Bが入り状態となると、エンジン308の駆動力が脱穀装置304に伝達される。 In the lever guide 327, a threshing clutch lever 344 is inserted so as to be able to swing back and forth. By operating the threshing clutch lever 344, the threshing clutch 310B (see FIG. 25) can be switched between the on state and the off state. When the threshing clutch 310B enters the engaged state, the driving force of the engine 308 is transmitted to the threshing device 304.
 なお、刈取部303への動力伝達経路は、エンジン308から脱穀装置304への動力伝達経路の下手側に直列的に設けられているので、脱穀クラッチ310Bが切り状態の際は、刈取クラッチ310Aを入り状態にしても、刈取部303は駆動しない。つまり、「脱穀クラッチ310Bが入り状態、かつ、刈取クラッチ310Aが入り状態」のときは、脱穀装置304及び刈取部303が駆動し、「脱穀クラッチ310Bが入り状態、かつ、刈取クラッチが切り状態」のときは、脱穀装置304のみが駆動し、「脱穀クラッチ310Bが切り状態」のときは、刈取クラッチの状態に拘らず、脱穀装置304及び刈取部303は駆動しない。 In addition, since the power transmission path to the mowing unit 303 is provided in series on the lower side of the power transmission path from the engine 308 to the threshing device 304, when the threshing clutch 310B is in the disengaged state, the mowing clutch 310A is Even in the on state, the cutting unit 303 is not driven. That is, when the “threshing clutch 310B is engaged and the reaping clutch 310A is engaged”, the threshing device 304 and the reaping portion 303 are driven, and “the threshing clutch 310B is engaged and the reaping clutch is disengaged”. In this case, only the threshing device 304 is driven, and when the threshing clutch 310B is in the disengaged state, the threshing device 304 and the reaping unit 303 are not driven regardless of the state of the reaping clutch.
〔牽制機構について〕
 刈取クラッチレバー343の操作によって刈取クラッチ310Aが入り操作されると、主変速操作具が前進側操作経路324aにおける所定の指令位置(以下、「牽制位置」と称する)よりも増速側へ操作されるのを牽制する牽制機構345が備えられている。牽制位置は、前進側操作経路324aのうち、前後方向中間位置よりも増速側の位置に設定されている。
[About check mechanism]
When the harvesting clutch 310A is engaged and operated by operating the harvesting clutch lever 343, the main transmission operating tool is operated to a speed increasing side from a predetermined command position (hereinafter referred to as “check position”) in the forward operation path 324a. A check mechanism 345 for checking the movement is provided. The check position is set to a position on the speed increasing side with respect to the intermediate position in the front-rear direction in the forward operation path 324a.
 図26~図28に示すごとく、牽制機構345には、牽制部351とリンク部352とが備えられている。牽制部351は前進側操作経路324aに対して出退可能である。リンク部352は、牽制部351と刈取クラッチレバー343とを連係しており、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ入り位置へ操作されると、牽制部351は前進側操作経路324aのうち所定の指令位置に対応する位置に突出する。これにより、主変速レバー341をそれ以上前進側(前端側)へ移動させようとしても、牽制部351と当接して移動させることができない。 As shown in FIGS. 26 to 28, the check mechanism 345 is provided with a check portion 351 and a link portion 352. The check part 351 can be moved out and out of the forward operation path 324a. The link part 352 links the check part 351 and the cutting clutch lever 343, and when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position, the check part 351 moves to a predetermined command position in the forward operation path 324a. Project to the corresponding position. As a result, even if the main transmission lever 341 is moved further forward (front end side), it cannot be moved in contact with the check portion 351.
 以下に、牽制機構345の構造を詳述する。牽制部351には、ガイド部材351aと突出部材351bとが備えられている。ガイド部材351aは、前進側操作経路324a(レバーガイド324)から下方に外れた位置で前進側操作経路324aに沿って延びると共に、前後方向に沿ってスライド移動可能である。突出部材351bは、ガイド部材351aの先端部に設けられ、かつ、前進側操作経路324aに突出可能である。ガイド部材351aと突出部材351bとは、一本の棒状部材(たとえば、丸棒)の先端部を屈曲させて形成されている。 Hereinafter, the structure of the check mechanism 345 will be described in detail. The restraining portion 351 is provided with a guide member 351a and a protruding member 351b. The guide member 351a extends along the forward operation path 324a at a position deviated downward from the forward operation path 324a (lever guide 324) and is slidable along the front-rear direction. The protruding member 351b is provided at the distal end of the guide member 351a and can protrude into the forward operation path 324a. The guide member 351a and the protruding member 351b are formed by bending the tip of a single bar-like member (for example, a round bar).
 サイドパネル322の底面に、本発明の「支持ブラケット」に相当するブラケット346と、本発明の「別の支持ブラケット」に相当するブラケット347が取り付けられている。ブラケット346は、図26に示すごとく、平面視において、レバーガイド324とレバーガイド325との間に設けられている。図27、図28に示すごとく、ブラケット346は、一枚のプレートを側面視U字状に折り曲げて、さらに両上端部を前方側と後方側とに鍔状に折り曲げて形成されている。ブラケット346は、前後端の鍔部を介してサイドパネル322の底面に固定されている。ブラケット346の前面部と後面部とは、前後方向に沿った異なる位置に位置しており、夫々に貫通孔346aが穿孔されている。二つの貫通孔346aは、前後方向視で重複する状態で形成されている。ガイド部材351aは、二つの貫通孔346aに貫通され、前後方向へのスライド移動自在(摺動自在)な状態でブラケット346に支持されている。 A bracket 346 corresponding to the “support bracket” of the present invention and a bracket 347 corresponding to “another support bracket” of the present invention are attached to the bottom surface of the side panel 322. As shown in FIG. 26, the bracket 346 is provided between the lever guide 324 and the lever guide 325 in a plan view. As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the bracket 346 is formed by bending a single plate into a U shape when viewed from the side, and further bending both upper ends into a hook shape on the front side and the rear side. The bracket 346 is fixed to the bottom surface of the side panel 322 via the flanges at the front and rear ends. The front surface portion and the rear surface portion of the bracket 346 are located at different positions along the front-rear direction, and a through hole 346a is formed in each. The two through holes 346a are formed so as to overlap when viewed in the front-rear direction. The guide member 351a passes through the two through holes 346a, and is supported by the bracket 346 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction (slidable).
 ブラケット347は、図26に示すごとく、平面視において、前進側操作経路324aの左側、即ち、前進側操作経路324aを挟んでブラケット346とは反対側に設けられている。図27、図28に示すごとく、ブラケット347は、一枚のプレートを正面視L字状に折り曲げて形成されている。ブラケット347は、L字一側部を介してサイドパネル322の底面に固定されている。ブラケット347のL字他側部には、前後方向に沿った長孔347aが形成されている。突出部材351bの先端部が、長孔347aに貫通され、突出部材351bは、一端がガイド部材351aに支持され、かつ、他端(先端部)が前後方向へのスライド移動自在(摺動自在)な状態でブラケット347に支持されている。 As shown in FIG. 26, the bracket 347 is provided on the left side of the forward operation path 324a, that is, on the opposite side of the bracket 346 across the forward operation path 324a in plan view. As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the bracket 347 is formed by bending a single plate into an L shape in front view. The bracket 347 is fixed to the bottom surface of the side panel 322 via an L-shaped one side. A long hole 347a is formed in the L-shaped other side of the bracket 347 along the front-rear direction. The leading end of the projecting member 351b is penetrated through the long hole 347a, and one end of the projecting member 351b is supported by the guide member 351a, and the other end (tip section) is slidable in the front-rear direction (slidable). In this state, the bracket 347 is supported.
 図27に示すごとく、ブラケット347は、長孔347aの前端が、前進側操作経路324aの前端よりも少なくとも突出部材351bの径長以上前方に位置し、かつ、長孔347aの後端が、牽制位置よりも突出部材351bの径長分後方に位置するように構成かつ位置決めされている。 As shown in FIG. 27, the bracket 347 has a front end of the long hole 347a positioned at least ahead of the front end of the forward operation path 324a by at least the radial length of the protruding member 351b, and a rear end of the long hole 347a is restrained. It is configured and positioned so as to be positioned rearward by the radial length of the protruding member 351b from the position.
 リンク部352には、図26~図28に示すごとく、アーム部材352aとロッド部材352bとが備えられている。アーム部は、刈取クラッチレバー343の下端部に連結固定され、刈取クラッチレバー343と共に揺動軸心X回りに揺動可能である。ロッド部は、前後に延び、後端部がアーム部材352aに対して第1軸心Y1回りに回動可能に連係されると共に前端部がガイド部材351aの後端部に対して第2軸心Y2回りに回動可能に連係されている。ロッド部材352bは、やや前端部寄りの中間部分において、下方に向けて屈曲された棒状部材(たとえば、丸棒)である。 As shown in FIGS. 26 to 28, the link part 352 is provided with an arm member 352a and a rod member 352b. The arm portion is coupled and fixed to the lower end portion of the cutting clutch lever 343 and can swing around the swing axis X together with the cutting clutch lever 343. The rod portion extends in the front-rear direction, the rear end portion is linked to the arm member 352a so as to be rotatable about the first axis Y1, and the front end portion is a second axis center with respect to the rear end portion of the guide member 351a. It is linked so as to be rotatable around Y2. The rod member 352b is a rod-like member (for example, a round bar) that is bent downward at an intermediate portion slightly closer to the front end.
 アーム部は、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ切り位置(図5(a)参照)のときは、側面視において、揺動軸心Xから下方かつやや前方向きに延びる状態であり、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ入り位置(図27(b)参照)のときは、側面視において、揺動軸心Xから後方かつやや上方向きに延びる状態である。一方、ロッド部材352bは、前後方向に沿ってスライド移動するガイド部材351aに前端部が連結されているので、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ切り位置(図27(a)参照)からクラッチ入り位置(図27(b)参照)に操作されると、前端部の上下位置を維持しながら後方へ移動し、かつ、後端部側が第2軸心Y2回りに上方に揺動する。 When the cutting clutch lever 343 is in the clutch disconnection position (see FIG. 5A), the arm portion extends downward and slightly forward from the swing axis X in the side view, and the cutting clutch lever 343 is When the clutch is engaged (see FIG. 27 (b)), it is in a state extending rearward and slightly upward from the swing axis X in a side view. On the other hand, the rod member 352b has a front end connected to a guide member 351a that slides in the front-rear direction, so that the cutting clutch lever 343 moves from the clutch disengagement position (see FIG. 27A) to the clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27). 27 (b)), it moves rearward while maintaining the vertical position of the front end, and the rear end swings upward about the second axis Y2.
 即ち、リンク部352は、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ切り位置(図27(a)参照)からクラッチ入り位置(図27(b)参照)に操作されると、側面視において(揺動軸心Xの方向に沿って見て)、第1軸心Y1が揺動軸心Xの後方側を通過し、かつ、第1軸心Y1と第2軸心Y2とを結ぶ直線Lが、揺動軸心Xを跨いで移動するように構成されている。したがって、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ入り位置(図27(b)参照)に操作されているときに、ロッド部材352bに対して前方方向へ引っ張る力が作用した場合、アーム部は、ロッド部材352bによって前方側へ引っ張られ、左側面視で反時計回りに回転しようとする。しかし、上述したように、アーム部材352aが連結固定されている刈取クラッチレバー343が、レバーガイド326の前端部326aに当接していて、反時計回りには回転できない。それ以上前方側へ移動することができない。 In other words, the link portion 352 has a swinging axis X in a side view when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated from the clutch disengagement position (see FIG. 27A) to the clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27B). The first axis Y1 passes the rear side of the swing axis X, and the straight line L connecting the first axis Y1 and the second axis Y2 is the swing axis. It is configured to move across the heart X. Accordingly, when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position (see FIG. 27B), when a force pulling forward is applied to the rod member 352b, the arm portion is moved by the rod member 352b. Pulled forward, trying to rotate counterclockwise in left side view. However, as described above, the cutting clutch lever 343 to which the arm member 352a is connected and fixed is in contact with the front end portion 326a of the lever guide 326 and cannot rotate counterclockwise. It cannot move further forward.
 以上の構成により、突出部材351bは、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ切り位置に操作されていると前進側操作経路324aの前方側に引退した状態であり、刈取クラッチレバー343がクラッチ入り位置に操作されると、アーム部材352aの揺動によってロッド部材352bを介してガイド部材351aが後方へ引っ張られてスライド移動し、突出部材351bが前進側操作経路324aの牽制位置に突出する。したがって、図28に示すごとく、突出部材351bが牽制位置に突出した状態(刈取クラッチ310Aが入り状態)では、主変速レバー341は、中立経路324bの側から前進側に移動させようとしても、牽制位置において突出部材351bと当接し、それ以上前進側へ操作することができない。ただし、刈取クラッチ310Aが入り操作されても、前進側操作経路324aのうち牽制位置と中立経路324bとの間の経路、及び、後進側操作経路324cにおける主変速レバー341の操作は自在である。 With the above configuration, the protruding member 351b is in a state of being retracted to the front side of the forward operation path 324a when the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch disengagement position, and the cutting clutch lever 343 is operated to the clutch engagement position. Then, the guide member 351a is pulled backward by the swing of the arm member 352a via the rod member 352b and slides, and the protruding member 351b protrudes to the check position of the forward operation path 324a. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 28, in the state where the protruding member 351b protrudes to the check position (the cutting clutch 310A is in the engaged state), the main speed change lever 341 is checked even if it moves from the neutral path 324b side to the forward side. At the position, it abuts against the protruding member 351b and cannot be operated further forward. However, even when the cutting clutch 310A is operated, the main speed change lever 341 can be freely operated in the forward side operation path 324a between the check position and the neutral path 324b and in the reverse side operation path 324c.
 なお、牽制機構345による牽制時において、主変速レバー341を牽制位置から無理に前進側へ操作しようとしても、刈取クラッチレバー343がレバーガイド326の前端部326aに当接しているため、不測に主変速レバー341が牽制位置よりもさらに前進側へ操作されることはない。 Even when the main speed change lever 341 is forced to be moved forward from the check position during the check by the check mechanism 345, the mowing clutch lever 343 is in contact with the front end 326a of the lever guide 326, so that the main shift lever 341 is unexpectedly operated. The speed change lever 341 is not operated further forward than the check position.
〔牽制機構と走行速度との関係について〕
 図29に基づいて、牽制機構345と走行速度との関係を説明する。上述したように、牽制機構345は、副変速装置309Cの変速状態に拘らず(高速変速状態であろうが低速変速状態であろうが)、刈取クラッチ310Aが入り状態に操作されるのに追従して、主変速レバー341の前進側の操作領域を狭めるものである。これにより、主変速装置による最大出力値が低くなって、結果的に、主変速装置及び副変速装置309Cによって現出できる最大速度が低くなる。
[Relationship between check mechanism and running speed]
Based on FIG. 29, the relationship between the check mechanism 345 and travel speed is demonstrated. As described above, the check mechanism 345 follows the operation of the cutting clutch 310A in the engaged state regardless of the speed change state of the auxiliary transmission 309C (whether the speed change state or the low speed change state). Thus, the operation area on the forward side of the main transmission lever 341 is narrowed. As a result, the maximum output value by the main transmission is lowered, and as a result, the maximum speed that can be produced by the main transmission and the auxiliary transmission 309C is lowered.
 具体的には、副変速装置309Cが「高速変速状態」である場合において、前進側の走行速度領域は、刈取クラッチ310Aが「切り状態」(牽制機構345が「非牽制状態」)であると、「パターンA」として示すように、「0」~「V1(最大速度)」となり、刈取クラッチ310Aが「入り状態」(牽制機構345が「牽制状態」)であると、「パターンC」として示すように、「0」~「V3(最大速度)=k×V1」となる。ここで、「k」は「0<k<1」と充たす係数である。 Specifically, when the sub-transmission device 309C is in the “high speed shift state”, the traveling speed region on the forward side is that the cutting clutch 310A is in the “disengaged state” (the check mechanism 345 is in the “non-check state”). As shown as “Pattern A”, when “0” to “V1 (maximum speed)” are set and the reaping clutch 310A is in the “engaged state” (the restraining mechanism 345 is in the “restraining state”), “pattern C” is obtained. As shown, “0” to “V3 (maximum speed) = k × V1”. Here, “k” is a coefficient satisfying “0 <k <1”.
 副変速装置309Cが「低速変速状態」であっても同様であり、前進側の走行速度領域は、刈取クラッチ310Aが「切り状態」(牽制機構345が「非牽制状態」)であると、「パターンB」として示すように、「0」~「V2(最大速度)」となり、刈取クラッチ310Aが「入り状態」(牽制機構345が「牽制状態」)であると、「パターンD」として示すように、「0」~「V4(最大速度)=k×V2」となる。 The same applies to the case where the auxiliary transmission 309C is in the “low speed shifting state”, and the traveling speed region on the forward side indicates that the cutting clutch 310A is in the “disengaged state” (the restraining mechanism 345 is in the “non-restraining state”). As shown as “pattern B”, “0” to “V2 (maximum speed)” are set, and when the cutting clutch 310A is in the “engaged state” (the restraining mechanism 345 is in the “restraining state”), it is represented as “pattern D”. In addition, “0” to “V4 (maximum speed) = k × V2”.
 このように、牽制機構345を備えることによって、刈取クラッチ310Aの入り切りを条件として、二種類の速度領域が現出され、副変速装置309Cの変速領域数の二倍の四つの走行速度領域を現出可能となる。したがって、ギヤ式の副変速装置309Cにおいてギヤ列数四つにするのと比較して、ミッションケース309Bの左右幅を小さく設計したり、ギヤ厚を大きくして副変速装置309Cの耐久性を向上させたりすることができる。また、刈取部303が駆動している状態において、走行速度が一定の走行速度(V3、V4)以上に変速されることがないので、誤操作によって走行装置302が適正走行速度以上にならず、エンジン308に高負荷が掛かるのを未然に防止できる。 As described above, by providing the check mechanism 345, two types of speed regions appear on condition that the cutting clutch 310A is turned on and off, and four traveling speed regions that are twice the number of speed change regions of the auxiliary transmission 309C appear. It becomes possible to go out. Therefore, compared with the gear-type sub-transmission device 309C having four gear trains, the left and right widths of the transmission case 309B are designed to be smaller, and the gear thickness is increased to improve the durability of the sub-transmission device 309C. You can make it. Further, since the traveling speed is not shifted to a certain traveling speed (V3, V4) or more in a state where the cutting unit 303 is driven, the traveling device 302 does not exceed the appropriate traveling speed due to an erroneous operation. It is possible to prevent a high load on 308.
 牽制機構345の別の使い方もある。たとえば、副変速装置309Cが低速変速状態に操作されて低速で走行している状態から、刈取部303を駆動させると共に現状速度よりもかなり高速で走行する状態に移行しようとする場合は、刈取クラッチ310Aを入り状態に操作した上で、副変速装置309Cを高速変速状態に操作すると効率良く適正走行速度に増速できる。ところが、副変速装置309Cを高速変速状態に操作し忘れることも考えられる。しかし、牽制機構345が備えられているので、増速しようと主変速レバー341を前進側へ操作しても牽制位置よりも増速側には操作できず、運転者に、副変速装置309Cが低速変速状態であることを気付かせ、副変速装置309Cを高速変速状態に操作することを促すことができる。 There are other ways to use the check mechanism 345. For example, when the sub-transmission device 309C is operated in the low speed shift state and travels at a low speed, the reaping clutch 303 is driven when the mowing unit 303 is driven and the travel speed is considerably higher than the current speed. When the auxiliary transmission device 309C is operated in the high speed shifting state after the 310A is operated in the on state, the speed can be efficiently increased to the appropriate traveling speed. However, it is conceivable that the user forgets to operate the auxiliary transmission 309C in the high speed transmission state. However, since the check mechanism 345 is provided, even if the main speed change lever 341 is operated forward to increase the speed, the speed change side cannot be operated from the check position, and the sub-transmission device 309C is provided to the driver. It can be noticed that it is in the low speed shift state, and can be urged to operate the auxiliary transmission 309C to the high speed shift state.
〔第3実施形態の別実施形態〕
 上述の実施形態においては、副変速装置309Cの変速状態に拘らず(高速変速状態であろうが低速変速状態であろうが)、刈取クラッチ310Aが入り状態となると、牽制機構345が牽制状態となる例を示したが、本発明は、これに限られるものではない。たとえば、牽制機構345が牽制状態となる前提条件として、「副変速装置309Cが高速変速状態であること」がさらに加わっていても良い。
[Another embodiment of the third embodiment]
In the above-described embodiment, regardless of the speed change state of the sub-transmission device 309C (whether it is a high speed speed change state or a low speed speed change state), when the harvesting clutch 310A enters the engaged state, the check mechanism 345 is in the check state. However, the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, “the auxiliary transmission device 309 </ b> C is in a high-speed shift state” may be further added as a precondition for the check mechanism 345 to be in a check state.
 この場合、特に図示はしないが、たとえば、機械的リンク又は電気的制御によって、副変速装置309Cが低速変速状態となると、ガイド部材351aとロッド部材352bとの連結が切断され、副変速装置309Cが低速変速状態となると、ガイド部材351aとロッド部材352bとの連結が繋がれるような構造とすれば良い。 In this case, although not particularly illustrated, for example, when the sub-transmission device 309C enters a low-speed transmission state by mechanical link or electrical control, the connection between the guide member 351a and the rod member 352b is disconnected, and the sub-transmission device 309C What is necessary is just to set it as the structure where the connection of the guide member 351a and the rod member 352b is connected if it will be in a low-speed gearshift state.
 この別実施形態における牽制機構345と走行速度との関係について、図8に基づいて説明する。副変速装置309Cが「高速変速状態」である場合において、前進側の走行速度領域は、刈取クラッチ310Aが「切り状態」(牽制機構345が「非牽制状態」)であると、「パターンA」として示すように、「0」~「V1(最大速度)」であり、刈取クラッチ310Aが「入り状態」(牽制機構345が「牽制状態」)であると、「パターンC」として示すように、「0」~「V3(最大速度)=k×V1」となる。ここで、「k」は「0<k<1」と充たす係数である。 The relationship between the check mechanism 345 and the traveling speed in this another embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. When the sub-transmission device 309C is in the “high speed shift state”, the traveling speed region on the forward side is “pattern A” when the cutting clutch 310A is in the “disengaged state” (the restraint mechanism 345 is in the “non-restraint state”). As shown as “P”, when “0” to “V1 (maximum speed)” and the cutting clutch 310A is “ON” (the check mechanism 345 is “CHECK”), “0” to “V3 (maximum speed) = k × V1”. Here, “k” is a coefficient satisfying “0 <k <1”.
 しかし、副変速装置309Cが「低速変速状態」であると、牽制機構345は作動しないので、前進側の走行速度領域は、刈取クラッチ310Aが「切り状態」(牽制機構345が「非牽制状態」)であっても、「入り状態」(牽制機構345が「牽制状態」)であっても、「パターンB」として示すように、「0」~「V2(最大速度)」となる。 However, when the auxiliary transmission 309C is in the “low speed shift state”, the check mechanism 345 does not operate. Therefore, in the traveling speed range on the forward side, the cutting clutch 310A is in the “cut state” (the check mechanism 345 is in the “non-check state”). ) Or “entering state” (the restraining mechanism 345 is “restraining state”), as indicated by “pattern B”, “0” to “V2 (maximum speed)”.
 この場合は、特に、副変速装置309Cが高速変速状態であり、かつ、大きな駆動力を必要とする作業部が駆動しているようなエンジン308高負荷状態のときに、主変速装置が高速側に操作されて、エンジン308に更に負荷かかってしまう事態を未然に防止できる。 In this case, in particular, when the sub-transmission device 309C is in a high-speed transmission state and the engine 308 is in a high-load state where a working unit that requires a large driving force is driven, the main transmission device is on the high-speed side. Thus, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the engine 308 is further loaded by the operation.
〔第3実施形態のその他の別実施形態〕
(1)上述の実施形態においては、牽制機構345が、牽制部351とリンク部352とから構成された例を示したが、これに限られるものではない。主変速レバー341と刈取クラッチレバー343との距離によっては、たとえば、牽制部351とリンク部352との間にさらに別のリンク機構を備えても良い。
[Other Embodiments of Third Embodiment]
(1) In the above-described embodiment, the example in which the check mechanism 345 is configured by the check unit 351 and the link unit 352 is shown, but is not limited thereto. Depending on the distance between the main transmission lever 341 and the cutting clutch lever 343, for example, another link mechanism may be provided between the check portion 351 and the link portion 352.
(2)上述の実施形態においては、刈取クラッチレバー343と牽制部351とが機械的リンクによって連係された例を示したが、たとえば、刈取クラッチレバー343の入り位置への操作を電気的に検知し、電気的制御によって突出部材351bが前進側操作経路324aに突出するような構成であっても良い。 (2) In the above-described embodiment, an example in which the harvesting clutch lever 343 and the restraining portion 351 are linked by a mechanical link is shown. For example, an operation to the position where the harvesting clutch lever 343 enters is electrically detected. In addition, the protruding member 351b may be configured to protrude into the forward operation path 324a by electrical control.
(3)上述の実施形態においては、作業クラッチ及び作業クラッチレバーとして、刈取クラッチ310A及び刈取クラッレバーが備えられた例を示したが、これに限られるものではない。たとえば、作業クラッチ及び作業クラッチレバーとして、脱穀クラッチ310B及び脱穀クラッチレバー344を選定しても良いし、その他のクラッチ及びクラッチレバーがある場合は、それらを選定しても良い。 (3) In the above-described embodiment, an example in which the harvesting clutch 310A and the harvesting clutch lever are provided as the working clutch and the working clutch lever has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the threshing clutch 310B and the threshing clutch lever 344 may be selected as the working clutch and the working clutch lever, and when there are other clutches and clutch levers, they may be selected.
(4)上述の実施形態では、エンジン308からの駆動力が、HST入力軸311に入力される前に、走行装置302への動力伝達経路と、刈取部303及び脱穀装置304への動力伝達経路とに分岐して伝達される例を示したが、これに限られるものではない。たとえば、走行装置302への動力伝達経路と、刈取部303及び脱穀装置304への動力伝達経路とが、ミッションケース309B内部(たとえば、HST出力軸312)で二手に分岐されていても良い。さらに、刈取部303への動力伝達経路と、脱穀装置304への動力伝達経路とが、直列的に設けられておらず、夫々別のルートに構成されていても良い。 (4) In the above-described embodiment, before the driving force from the engine 308 is input to the HST input shaft 311, the power transmission path to the traveling device 302, and the power transmission path to the mowing unit 303 and the threshing device 304. Although the example of branching and transmitting is shown, it is not limited to this. For example, the power transmission path to the traveling device 302 and the power transmission path to the reaping unit 303 and the threshing device 304 may be branched into two in the mission case 309B (for example, the HST output shaft 312). Furthermore, the power transmission path to the mowing unit 303 and the power transmission path to the threshing device 304 are not provided in series, and may be configured as different routes.
(5)上述の実施形態においては、副変速装置309Cが、高速変速状態と低速変速状態との二つの状態に切り換え可能な例を示したが、さらに別の変速状態を設けて三つ以上の状態に切り換え可能に構成してあっても良い。 (5) In the above-described embodiment, an example in which the auxiliary transmission device 309C can be switched between the two states of the high speed shift state and the low speed shift state has been described. It may be configured to be switchable to a state.
(6)上述の実施形態(図29、図8参照)における速度「V1」乃至「V4」の大小関係は、図29、図8に示すものに限られるものではなく、これらはあくまでも説明用に示したものであり、「V2」の方が「V3」よりも大きい値であったり、「V4」の方が「V3」よりも大きい値であったりしても良い。また、係数「k」が「高速変速状態」と「低速変速状態」とにおいて共通の値であるとは限らない。 (6) The magnitude relationship between the speeds “V1” to “V4” in the above-described embodiment (see FIG. 29 and FIG. 8) is not limited to that shown in FIG. 29 and FIG. In this example, “V2” may be a value greater than “V3”, or “V4” may be a value greater than “V3”. Further, the coefficient “k” is not necessarily a common value in the “high speed shift state” and the “low speed shift state”.
(7)上述の実施形態において、「支持ブラケット」として、二つの貫通孔346aを二つ有するブラケット346を一つ備えた例を示したが、一つの貫通孔を有するブラケットを二つ前後に並設してあっても良い。 (7) In the above-described embodiment, an example in which one bracket 346 having two through-holes 346a is provided as the “support bracket” is shown. However, two brackets having one through-hole are arranged side by side. It may be installed.
(8)上述の実施形態においては、主変速装置として、HST309A(静油圧式無段変速装置)を備えた例を示したが、本発明は、これに限られるものではない。主変速装置は、たとえば、HMT(油圧機械式無段変速機)や、その他のCVTであっても良い。 (8) In the above-described embodiment, the example in which the HST309A (hydrostatic hydraulic continuously variable transmission) is provided as the main transmission is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. The main transmission may be, for example, an HMT (hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission) or other CVT.
(9)上述の実施形態において、副変速操作具、クラッチ操作具として、レバー式のものを備えたが、押しボタン式のスイッチ等であっても良い。また、同様に、主変速操作具は、揺動式のレバーでなくとも、スライド式のレバーやスイッチであっても良い。
(10)本発明は、全稈投入型のコンバインだけでなく、自脱型のコンバインにも適用可能であり、また、操向レバー式の収穫機やクローラ式の走行装置によって走行する収穫機だけでなく、ステアリングホイール式の収穫機やホイール式の走行装置によって走行する収穫機にも適用可能である。
(9) In the above-described embodiment, the lever type is provided as the auxiliary transmission operation tool and the clutch operation tool. However, a push button type switch or the like may be used. Similarly, the main transmission operating tool may be a sliding lever or a switch instead of a rocking lever.
(10) The present invention can be applied not only to a full throw-in type combine, but also to a self-removing combine, and only a harvester that travels with a steering lever type harvester or a crawler type traveling device. In addition, the present invention can also be applied to a harvesting machine that travels by a steering wheel type harvesting machine or a wheel type traveling device.
 本発明に係る収穫機用の伝動装置等の作業機用の伝動装置は、たとえば、普通型コンバイン、自脱型コンバイン、ニンジン収穫機、トウモロコシ収穫機、などの収穫機、及び、運搬車、トラクタ、などに適用することができる。 A transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvester according to the present invention includes, for example, a harvester such as a normal combine harvester, a self-removing combine harvester, a carrot harvester, a corn harvester, a transport vehicle, and a tractor. , Etc.
[第1実施形態]
 7         走行装置
 34        出力軸
 43        伝動ケース
 43A       開口
 43B       開口
 44        入力軸
 45        従動軸
 45A       スプライン軸部
 45B       所定のスプライン軸部
 46        サイドクラッチ軸
 47        変速機
 49        減速機構
 50        走行駆動軸
 61B       スプラインボス部
 63        従動ギヤ
 63A       ギヤ部
 63B       スプラインボス部
 65        従動ギヤ
 65A       ギヤ部
 65B       スプラインボス部
 66        シフト機構
 74        スプラインボス
 74a       スプライン
 81        出力回転体
 82        伝動回転体
 83        サイドクラッチ
 84        サイドブレーキ
 85        筒軸
 85A       スプライン軸部
 85C       段差部
 85D       係合溝
 85E       係合部
 86        移動側回転体(従動側回転体)
 86A       噛合部
 86C       押圧部
 86E       拡径部
 87        固定側回転体(駆動側回転体)
 87A       被噛合部
 88        圧縮バネ
 89        ストッパ(止め輪)
 90        バネ受け
 91        摺動ユニット
 92        ギヤ(駆動ギヤ、連動回転体)
 94        ブレーキハブ
 95        セパレータプレート
 96        ブレーキディスク
 99        スプラインボス
 99A       スプライン穴部
 99B       拡径部
 100       収納空間
 101       止め輪
 102       カバー部材
 102A      補助開口
 103       補助カバー部材
 103A      大径部
 103B      小径部
 104       空間(油室)
 105       軸支部
 106       ピストン
 107       油圧機器
 119       中継軸
 122       第1減速部
 123       第2減速部
 124       ギヤ
 125       ギヤ
 126       ギヤ
 137       油路
 A         外部機器
 B         連係ギヤ
 Ba        連係部
[First Embodiment]
7 traveling device 34 output shaft 43 transmission case 43A opening 43B opening 44 input shaft 45 driven shaft 45A spline shaft portion 45B predetermined spline shaft portion 46 side clutch shaft 47 transmission 49 reduction mechanism 50 traveling drive shaft 61B spline boss portion 63 driven gear 63A gear portion 63B spline boss portion 65 driven gear 65A gear portion 65B spline boss portion 66 shift mechanism 74 spline boss 74a spline 81 output rotating body 82 transmission rotating body 83 side clutch 84 side brake 85 cylinder shaft 85A spline shaft portion 85C stepped portion 85D Engagement groove 85E Engagement part 86 Moving side Rolling body (driven rotating body)
86A Engagement part 86C Press part 86E Diameter expansion part 87 Fixed side rotary body (drive side rotary body)
87A Engaged part 88 Compression spring 89 Stopper (retaining ring)
90 Spring receiver 91 Sliding unit 92 Gear (drive gear, interlocking rotating body)
94 Brake hub 95 Separator plate 96 Brake disk 99 Spline boss 99A Spline hole 99B Expanded portion 100 Storage space 101 Retaining ring 102 Cover member 102A Auxiliary opening 103 Auxiliary cover member 103A Large diameter portion 103B Small diameter portion 104 Space (oil chamber)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 105 Shaft support part 106 Piston 107 Hydraulic equipment 119 Relay shaft 122 1st reduction part 123 2nd reduction part 124 Gear 125 Gear 126 Gear 137 Oil path A External apparatus B Linking gear Ba Linking part
[第2実施形態]
 202       走行装置
 212       エンジン
 214       主変速装置
 215       副変速装置
 216       ミッションケース
 216A,216B 側壁
 221       車軸
 221A      動力伝達部
 221B      横向き延設部
 221C      連設箇所
 229       出力軸
 229A,229B 分割伝動軸
 229a      軸端部
 233       軸支部材
 234       出力ギヤ
 239       変速用入力軸
 240       変速用出力軸
 241       入力ギヤ
 242       低速伝動用駆動ギヤ(低速駆動ギヤ)
 243       高速伝動用駆動ギヤ(高速駆動ギヤ)
 244       低速伝動用従動ギヤ(低速従動ギヤ)
 245       高速伝動用従動ギヤ(高速従動ギヤ)
 246       駆動用ギヤ
 247       シフタ
 248,249   スプライン部
 250       シフトフォーク
 262       係合用周溝
 264       下手側伝動ギヤ
 273       車軸ケース
 280       カラー部材
 M1,M2     嵌合溝
[Second Embodiment]
202 Traveling device 212 Engine 214 Main transmission 215 Sub transmission 216 Transmission case 216A, 216B Side wall 221 Axle 221A Power transmission unit 221B Lateral extension unit 221C Consecutive location 229 Output shaft 229A, 229B Split transmission shaft 229a Shaft end 233 Shaft Support member 234 Output gear 239 Shifting input shaft 240 Shifting output shaft 241 Input gear 242 Low speed drive gear (low speed drive gear)
243 High-speed drive gear (High-speed drive gear)
244 Low-speed driven gear (low-speed driven gear)
245 High-speed driven gear (High-speed driven gear)
246 Drive gear 247 Shifter 248, 249 Spline portion 250 Shift fork 262 Engaging circumferential groove 264 Lower transmission gear 273 Axle case 280 Collar member M1, M2 Fitting groove
[第3実施形態]
 302       走行装置
 303       刈取部(作業部)
 307       運転部
 308       エンジン
 309A      HST(主変速装置)
 309B      ミッションケース
 309C      副変速装置
 310A      刈取クラッチ(作業クラッチ)
 314       小径ギヤ(ギヤ列)
 315       大径ギヤ(ギヤ列)
 317       大径固定ギヤ(ギヤ列)
 318       小径固定ギヤ(ギヤ列)
 322       サイドパネル
 324a      前進側操作経路
 324b      中立経路(中立位置)
 324c      後進側操作経路
 326a      前端部(規制部)
 341       主変速レバー(主変速操作具)
 342       副変速レバー(副変速操作具)
 343       刈取クラッチレバー(クラッチ操作具・クラッチレバー)
 345       牽制機構
 346       ブラケット(支持ブラケット)
 346a      貫通孔
 347       ブラケット(別の支持ブラケット)
 347a      長孔
 351       牽制部
 351a      ガイド部材
 351b      突出部材
 352       リンク部
 352a      アーム部材
 352b      ロッド部材
 X         揺動軸心
 Y1        第1軸心
 Y2        第2軸心
 L         直線
 
[Third Embodiment]
302 traveling device 303 mowing unit (working unit)
307 Driving unit 308 Engine 309A HST (Main transmission)
309B Mission case 309C Subtransmission 310A Mowing clutch (working clutch)
314 Small diameter gear (gear train)
315 Large diameter gear (gear train)
317 Large diameter fixed gear (gear train)
318 Small diameter fixed gear (gear train)
322 Side panel 324a Forward side operation path 324b Neutral path (neutral position)
324c Reverse-side operation path 326a Front end (regulator)
341 Main transmission lever (Main transmission operation tool)
342 Sub-shift lever (sub-shift operating tool)
343 Mowing clutch lever (clutch operating tool / clutch lever)
345 Checking mechanism 346 Bracket (support bracket)
346a Through hole 347 Bracket (another support bracket)
347a Long hole 351 Checking part 351a Guide member 351b Protruding member 352 Link part 352a Arm member 352b Rod member X Oscillating axis Y1 First axis Y2 Second axis L Straight line

Claims (67)

  1.  伝動ケースの入力軸に平行姿勢で隣接する左右向きの従動軸と、前記従動軸に備えた出力回転体と連動する伝動回転体を備えた左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸と、前記入力軸からの動力を変速する選択歯車式の変速機と、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に位置して前記伝動回転体から左右の走行装置への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチとを、前記伝動ケースに内蔵し、
     前記入力軸を、前記伝動ケースに連接する外部機器に備えた左右向きの出力軸に、前記出力軸の軸心を中心にして前記出力軸と一体回転する状態で備え、
     前記変速機を、前記入力軸から前記従動軸に伝動する構成で、前記入力軸と前記従動軸とにわたって装備している収穫機用の伝動装置。
    A left and right driven shaft adjacent in parallel to the input shaft of the transmission case, a left and right side clutch shaft having a transmission rotating body interlocked with an output rotating body provided on the driven shaft, and power from the input shaft And a pair of side clutches that are located on an axis of the side clutch shaft and individually connect and disconnect transmission from the transmission rotating body to the left and right traveling devices. Built-in,
    The input shaft is provided on a left-right output shaft provided in an external device connected to the transmission case, in a state of rotating integrally with the output shaft around the axis of the output shaft,
    A transmission device for a harvesting machine, wherein the transmission is configured to be transmitted from the input shaft to the driven shaft and is provided across the input shaft and the driven shaft.
  2.  前記伝動回転体を前記サイドクラッチ軸の中央部に配備し、
     前記一対のサイドクラッチを前記伝動回転体の左右に分散配置している請求項1記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The transmission rotor is arranged at the center of the side clutch shaft,
    The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 1, wherein the pair of side clutches are distributed on the left and right sides of the transmission rotating body.
  3.  前記出力回転体を前記従動軸の中央部に配備している請求項2記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 2, wherein the output rotating body is arranged in a central portion of the driven shaft.
  4.  前記変速機の従動ギヤを、前記出力回転体に隣接する状態で前記従動軸に装備している請求項1~3のいずれか一項記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a driven gear of the transmission is mounted on the driven shaft in a state adjacent to the output rotating body.
  5.  前記従動ギヤを、前記出力回転体の両側部に隣接する状態で前記従動軸に装備している請求項4記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 4, wherein the driven gear is mounted on the driven shaft in a state adjacent to both side portions of the output rotating body.
  6.  前記従動ギヤの一端側にギヤ部を備え、かつ、前記従動ギヤの他端側にギヤ選択用の連係部を備えて、前記従動ギヤをギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係ギヤに構成し、
     前記連係ギヤを、前記ギヤ部が前記出力回転体に隣接する状態で前記従動軸に装備している請求項4又は5記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The driven gear is provided with a gear portion on one end side, and the other end side of the driven gear is provided with a gear selection linkage portion, and the driven gear is configured as a linkage gear linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation. And
    The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the linkage gear is mounted on the driven shaft in a state where the gear portion is adjacent to the output rotating body.
  7.  前記変速機をコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
     前記連係ギヤとして、前記出力回転体に隣接する前記連係ギヤとは別の連係ギヤを備え、
     前記連係ギヤのそれぞれは、前記連係部としてスプラインボス部を備え、
     前記別の連係ギヤを、前記出力回転体に隣接する前記連係ギヤの前記スプラインボス部と、前記別の連係ギヤの前記スプラインボス部との間に、前記従動軸と一体回転するスプライン軸部が介在する状態で、前記従動軸に装備している請求項6記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The transmission is configured in a constant mesh type,
    As the linkage gear, a linkage gear different from the linkage gear adjacent to the output rotating body is provided,
    Each of the linkage gears includes a spline boss portion as the linkage portion,
    A spline shaft portion that rotates integrally with the driven shaft between the spline boss portion of the linkage gear adjacent to the output rotating body and the spline boss portion of the another linkage gear. The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 6, wherein the transmission shaft is mounted on the driven shaft in an intervening state.
  8.  ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係部を一端側に備えた連係ギヤを前記変速機に備え、
     前記連係ギヤを、前記連係部が前記入力軸又は前記従動軸における前記入力軸の入力側端部とは反対側の端部に位置する状態で、前記入力軸又は前記従動軸に装備している請求項1~7のいずれか一項記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The transmission includes a linkage gear provided at one end with a linkage portion linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
    The linking gear is mounted on the input shaft or the driven shaft in a state where the linking portion is located at an end of the input shaft or the driven shaft opposite to the input side end of the input shaft. The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係ギヤを前記変速機に備え、
     前記入力軸と前記従動軸とのいずれか一方を他方よりも下方に配備し、
     前記連係ギヤを下方に配備した前記入力軸又は前記従動軸に装備している請求項1~8のいずれか一項記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The transmission includes a linkage gear linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
    Either one of the input shaft and the driven shaft is disposed below the other,
    The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the linkage gear is mounted on the input shaft or the driven shaft disposed below.
  10.  前記変速機を、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係部としてスプラインボス部を一端側に備えた複数の連係ギヤを有するコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
     前記複数の連係ギヤを相対回転可能に装備する前記入力軸又は前記従動軸は、それぞれの前記スプラインボス部に対する隣接部位に、隣接する前記スプラインボス部との前記シフト機構を介した連係を可能にするスプライン軸部を一体回転する状態で備え、
     各隣接部位の前記スプライン軸部のうち、単一の前記連係ギヤを連係の対象とする所定のスプライン軸部を、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプラインを形成した状態で、前記入力軸又は前記従動軸に着脱可能に外嵌装備するスプラインボスにより構成している請求項1~9のいずれか一項記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The transmission is configured in a constant mesh type having a plurality of linkage gears having a spline boss portion on one end side as a linkage portion linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation,
    The input shaft or the driven shaft equipped with the plurality of linkage gears so as to be relatively rotatable can be linked to the adjacent spline boss portion via the shift mechanism at the adjacent portion to the spline boss portion. Equipped with a spline shaft part that rotates integrally,
    Among the spline shaft portions of each adjacent portion, with a predetermined spline shaft portion to be linked to a single linkage gear, a plurality of linkage splines are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface, The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 9, comprising a spline boss detachably fitted to the input shaft or the driven shaft.
  11.  前記伝動ケースは、前記入力軸における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部を露出させる開口を備えている請求項1~10のいずれか一項記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the transmission case includes an opening that exposes an end of the input shaft opposite to the input side.
  12.  油圧機器から前記伝動ケースの内部に戻すオイルを、前記変速機におけるギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構に連係する連係ギヤに供給する油路を備えている請求項1~11のいずれか一項記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The oil passage for supplying oil returned from the hydraulic device to the inside of the transmission case to a linkage gear linked to a shift mechanism for gear selection operation in the transmission. Transmission device for harvester.
  13.  前記伝動ケースから対応する前記走行装置にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸と、対応する前記サイドクラッチを経由した動力を前記走行駆動軸に減速して伝達する左右の減速機構とを備えている請求項1~12のいずれか一項記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 A left and right travel drive shaft extending from the transmission case to the corresponding travel device, and a left and right speed reduction mechanism for decelerating and transmitting power via the corresponding side clutch to the travel drive shaft. Item 13. The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of Items 1 to 12.
  14.  前記サイドクラッチ軸と前記左右の走行駆動軸との間に左右向きの中継軸を備え、
     前記左右の減速機構は、それぞれ、前記サイドクラッチ軸から前記中継軸にわたる第1減速部と、前記中継軸から前記走行駆動軸にわたる第2減速部とを備えている請求項13記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    A relay shaft facing left and right is provided between the side clutch shaft and the left and right travel drive shafts,
    The harvesting machine according to claim 13, wherein each of the left and right speed reduction mechanisms includes a first speed reduction portion extending from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft, and a second speed reduction portion extending from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft. Transmission device.
  15.  前記第1減速部と前記第2減速部とを、それぞれ、一対のギヤを噛み合い連動させるギヤ伝動式に構成し、
     前記中継軸を、前記走行駆動軸に対する前上方の位置に配備し、かつ、前記サイドクラッチ軸を、前記中継軸に対する後上方の位置に配備している請求項14記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The first reduction part and the second reduction part are each configured in a gear transmission type in which a pair of gears are engaged and interlocked,
    The transmission device for a harvester according to claim 14, wherein the relay shaft is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the traveling drive shaft, and the side clutch shaft is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the relay shaft. .
  16.  前記出力回転体と前記伝動回転体とを、それらを噛み合い連動させるギヤにより構成し、
     前記従動軸を、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する前上方の位置に配備し、かつ、前記入力軸を、前記従動軸に対する後上方の位置に配備している請求項15記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。
    The output rotator and the transmission rotator are configured by gears that mesh and interlock with each other,
    The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 15, wherein the driven shaft is disposed at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft, and the input shaft is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft.
  17.  前記サイドクラッチ軸を、前記入力軸及び前記走行駆動軸よりも後方の位置に配備している請求項16記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvester according to claim 16, wherein the side clutch shaft is disposed at a position rearward of the input shaft and the travel drive shaft.
  18.  前記中継軸を前記従動軸よりも前方の位置に配備している請求項16又は17記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the relay shaft is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft.
  19.  左右の走行装置に個別に連動連結する一対の連動回転体と、前記一対の連動回転体への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチとを、伝動ケースに左右向きに内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸の軸上に装備し、
     前記一対のサイドクラッチは、それぞれ、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸に相対回転可能に外嵌する筒軸と、一側端に噛合部を備えた移動側回転体と、一側端に被噛合部を備えた固定側回転体と、前記噛合部と前記被噛合部とが噛み合う入り位置に向けて前記移動側回転体を付勢する圧縮バネと、前記移動側回転体を前記入り位置にて受け止めるストッパと、前記圧縮バネの一端部を受け止めるバネ受けとから構成し、
     前記一対のサイドクラッチのそれぞれにおいて、前記移動側回転体と前記圧縮バネと前記ストッパと前記バネ受けとを、前記筒軸の外周部に、前記ストッパと前記バネ受けとの間に前記移動側回転体と前記圧縮バネとが位置する配置で、かつ、前記移動側回転体が前記筒軸に対して前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で前記筒軸と一体回転するように装備して、前記筒軸と前記移動側回転体と前記圧縮バネと前記ストッパと前記バネ受けとを、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対して前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に着脱可能に一体摺動する摺動ユニットに構成している作業機用の伝動装置。
    A side clutch shaft having a pair of interlocking rotators that are individually interlocked and connected to the left and right traveling devices, and a pair of side clutches that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the pair of interlocking rotators in the transmission case. Equipped on the shaft,
    Each of the pair of side clutches has a cylindrical shaft that is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft in a state where the side clutch shaft can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. The moving-side rotating body having a meshing portion at a side end, a fixed-side rotating body having a meshed portion at one side end, and an entry position where the meshing portion and the meshed portion mesh with each other. A compression spring that biases the body, a stopper that receives the moving-side rotating body at the entry position, and a spring receiver that receives one end of the compression spring;
    In each of the pair of side clutches, the moving side rotating body, the compression spring, the stopper, and the spring receiver are arranged on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft, and the moving side rotation is performed between the stopper and the spring receiver. An arrangement in which the body and the compression spring are positioned, and the moving-side rotating body rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft in a state in which the moving-side rotating body is slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft with respect to the cylinder shaft. Equipped with the cylinder shaft, the moving-side rotating body, the compression spring, the stopper, and the spring receiver slidably and detachably with respect to the side clutch shaft in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. A transmission device for a work machine configured as a sliding unit.
  20.  前記一対のサイドクラッチを介して前記一対の連動回転体に伝動する伝動回転体を前記サイドクラッチ軸の中央部に配備し、
     前記一対のサイドクラッチとともに前記一対の連動回転体を前記伝動回転体の左右に分散配置して、前記一対のサイドクラッチが、前記伝動回転体から左右同じ側に位置する前記連動回転体への伝動を断続するように構成している請求項19記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    A transmission rotating body that is transmitted to the pair of interlocking rotating bodies via the pair of side clutches is arranged at the center of the side clutch shaft,
    The pair of interlocking rotators and the pair of side clutches are distributed to the left and right of the transmission rotor, and the pair of side clutches are transmitted from the transmission rotor to the interlocking rotors on the same left and right sides. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 19, wherein the transmission device is configured to be intermittent.
  21.  前記一対のサイドクラッチを、それぞれ、前記移動側回転体が従動側回転体として機能し、かつ、前記固定側回転体が駆動側回転体として機能する状態に構成して、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、対応する前記連動回転体を構成部品の一つとして備える状態に構成している請求項19又は20記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The pair of side clutches are configured such that the moving-side rotating body functions as a driven-side rotating body, and the fixed-side rotating body functions as a driving-side rotating body, 21. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the corresponding rotating body is provided as one of the component parts.
  22.  前記伝動ケースは、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向における前記一対のサイドクラッチのそれぞれとの対向箇所に、前記摺動ユニットの通過を許容する開口を備え、かつ、前記開口を塞ぐカバー部材を着脱可能に装備して、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸に対して前記伝動ケースの外側から着脱可能に構成している請求項20記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The transmission case includes an opening that allows the sliding unit to pass through at a position facing each of the pair of side clutches in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and a cover member that closes the opening is attached and detached. 21. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 20, wherein the transmission unit is configured to be detachable from the outside of the transmission case with respect to the side clutch shaft.
  23.  前記カバー部材のそれぞれは、前記サイドクラッチ軸の端部を支持する軸支部を備えている請求項22記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 23. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 22, wherein each of the cover members includes a shaft support portion that supports an end portion of the side clutch shaft.
  24.  前記固定側回転体のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する着脱が可能な状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸に外嵌し、
     前記開口のそれぞれを、前記固定側回転体の通過を許容する大きさに形成している請求項22又は23記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    Each of the fixed-side rotators is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft in a state where it can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft,
    The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 22 or 23, wherein each of the openings is formed in a size that allows passage of the fixed-side rotating body.
  25.  前記一対のサイドクラッチは、それぞれ、前記固定側回転体として、前記移動側回転体の前記噛合部との噛み合い長さの2倍以上の歯幅を有する平ギヤを備えている請求項24記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 25. Each of the pair of side clutches includes, as the fixed-side rotator, a spur gear having a tooth width that is at least twice as long as a meshing length with the meshing portion of the moving-side rotator. Transmission device for work equipment.
  26.  前記固定側回転体のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸における前記摺動ユニットよりも軸端側の部位に外嵌している請求項24又は25記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 26. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 24 or 25, wherein each of the fixed-side rotating bodies is externally fitted to a portion of the side clutch shaft that is closer to the shaft end than the sliding unit.
  27.  前記一対の連動回転体として駆動ギヤを備え、
     前記一対のサイドクラッチを、それぞれ、前記移動側回転体が従動側回転体として機能し、かつ、前記固定側回転体が駆動側回転体として機能する状態に構成して、前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、対応する前記駆動ギヤを構成部品の一つとして備える状態に構成している請求項22~26のいずれか一項記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    A drive gear is provided as the pair of interlocking rotating bodies,
    The pair of side clutches are configured such that the moving-side rotating body functions as a driven-side rotating body, and the fixed-side rotating body functions as a driving-side rotating body, 27. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 22, wherein the corresponding drive gear is provided as one of the constituent parts.
  28.  前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれは、前記駆動ギヤを前記筒軸に装備している請求項27記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 28. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 27, wherein each of the sliding units is equipped with the drive gear on the cylindrical shaft.
  29.  前記伝動ケースは、対応する前記走行装置を制動する多板式のサイドブレーキを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上におけるそれぞれの前記摺動ユニットの外周側に装備し、
     前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれは、対応する前記サイドブレーキのブレーキハブを構成部品の一つとして前記筒軸と一体回転する状態で備えている請求項27又は28記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    The transmission case is equipped with a multi-plate side brake that brakes the corresponding traveling device on the outer peripheral side of each sliding unit on the side clutch shaft,
    29. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 27 or 28, wherein each of the sliding units includes a corresponding brake hub of the side brake as a component part and integrally rotates with the cylindrical shaft.
  30.  前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれは、前記筒軸と一体回転するスプラインボスを備え、
     前記スプラインボスのそれぞれを、一端側が前記駆動ギヤとして機能し、かつ、他端側が前記ブレーキハブとして機能する兼用部品に構成している請求項29記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    Each of the sliding units includes a spline boss that rotates integrally with the cylindrical shaft,
    30. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 29, wherein each of the spline bosses is configured as a dual-purpose part in which one end side functions as the drive gear and the other end side functions as the brake hub.
  31.  前記スプラインボスのそれぞれは、駆動ギヤ側の内周面に、対応する前記筒軸の一端側に備えたスプライン軸部に外嵌するスプライン穴部を備え、かつ、ブレーキハブ側の内周面に、前記筒軸との間に圧縮バネ用の収納空間を形成する拡径部を備えている請求項30記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 Each of the spline bosses has a spline hole portion fitted on a spline shaft portion provided on one end side of the corresponding cylindrical shaft on the inner peripheral surface on the drive gear side, and on the inner peripheral surface on the brake hub side. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 30, further comprising a diameter-expanding portion that forms a storage space for a compression spring between the cylindrical shaft and the cylindrical shaft.
  32.  前記筒軸のそれぞれは、それらの外周部に備えた段差部にて前記バネ受けを構成して、前記スプライン軸部を、前記段差部から大径側の軸端にわたる長さに形成し、
     前記スプライン軸部のそれぞれは、それらの外周側に略環状に凹入形成した係合部を備え、かつ、前記係合部にC字形の止め輪を外嵌装備し、
     前記スプラインボスのそれぞれは、前記スプライン穴部を前記止め輪から前記段差部にわたる長さに形成し、かつ、前記拡径部を前記段差部からブレーキハブ側のボス端にわたる長さに形成している請求項31記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    Each of the cylindrical shafts constitutes the spring receiver with a stepped portion provided on the outer peripheral portion thereof, and the spline shaft portion is formed to have a length extending from the stepped portion to the shaft end on the large diameter side,
    Each of the spline shaft portions is provided with an engagement portion formed in a substantially annular recess on the outer peripheral side thereof, and a C-shaped retaining ring is fitted on the engagement portion.
    Each of the spline bosses has the spline hole portion extending from the retaining ring to the stepped portion and the enlarged diameter portion extending from the stepped portion to the boss end on the brake hub side. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 31.
  33.  前記サイドブレーキのそれぞれは、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に交互に配置する複数のブレーキディスクと複数のセパレータプレートとを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による前記伝動ケースの横外方への取り外しが可能な状態で装備し、
     前記開口のそれぞれを、前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートの通過を許容する大きさに形成している請求項29~32のいずれか一項記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    Each of the side brakes includes a plurality of brake discs and a plurality of separator plates that are alternately arranged in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and a lateral side of the transmission case by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft. Equipped in a state that can be removed to the outside,
    The transmission device for a working machine according to any one of claims 29 to 32, wherein each of the openings is formed to a size allowing passage of the brake disc and the separator plate.
  34.  前記移動側回転体のそれぞれは、それらの外周部に前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートに作用する押圧部を備え、
     前記サイドブレーキのそれぞれを、対応する前記移動側回転体が、前記移動側回転体の前記噛合部と前記固定側回転体の前記被噛合部とが噛み合いを解除する切り位置から、前記入り位置とは反対方向に位置する制動位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートのそれぞれが前記押圧部の作用による圧接を解除する制動解除状態から、前記ブレーキディスク及び前記セパレータプレートのそれぞれが前記押圧部の作用により圧接する制動状態に切り替わり、かつ、対応する前記移動側回転体
    が前記制動位置から前記切り位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、前記制動状態から前記制動解除状態に切り替わるように構成している請求項33記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    Each of the moving side rotating bodies includes a pressing portion acting on the brake disc and the separator plate on the outer peripheral portion thereof,
    For each of the side brakes, the corresponding moving-side rotating body is moved from the cut position where the meshing portion of the moving-side rotating body and the meshed portion of the fixed-side rotating body release the meshing, The brake disc and the separator are released from the brake release state in which the brake disc and the separator plate release the pressure contact due to the action of the pressing portion as they slide toward the braking position located in the opposite direction. Each of the plates is switched to a braking state in which the plate is pressed by the action of the pressing portion, and the corresponding moving-side rotator slides from the braking position toward the cutting position. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 33, wherein the transmission device is configured to be switched to a brake release state.
  35.  前記固定側回転体のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向での摺動による前記サイドクラッチ軸に対する着脱が可能な状態で、前記サイドクラッチ軸における前記摺動ユニットよりも軸端側の部位に外嵌し、
     前記カバー部材のそれぞれは、前記固定側回転体の通過を許容する補助開口を備え、かつ、前記補助開口を塞ぐ補助カバー部材を着脱可能に装備し、前記サイドクラッチ軸の端部を支持する軸支部を前記補助カバー部材に備えている請求項33又は34記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    Each of the fixed-side rotating bodies can be attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and the portion on the shaft end side of the sliding unit on the side clutch shaft Fitted outside,
    Each of the cover members includes an auxiliary opening that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator, and is detachably equipped with an auxiliary cover member that closes the auxiliary opening, and is a shaft that supports an end portion of the side clutch shaft. 35. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 33 or 34, wherein a support portion is provided in the auxiliary cover member.
  36.  前記補助開口のそれぞれを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心を中心とする円形に形成し、
     前記補助カバー部材のそれぞれは、前記補助開口に内嵌する大径部と、前記補助開口との間に環状の空間を形成する小径部とを、前記小径部が前記伝動ケースの内部側に位置する状態で備え、
     前記摺動ユニットのそれぞれを、前記移動側回転体が前記空間に対向する状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に装備し、
     前記移動側回転体を摺動操作する環状のピストンを、前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で前記空間に嵌入するとともに、前記空間がピストン操作用の油室として機能する状態に構成している請求項35記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    Each of the auxiliary openings is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft,
    Each of the auxiliary cover members includes a large-diameter portion that fits in the auxiliary opening, and a small-diameter portion that forms an annular space between the auxiliary opening, and the small-diameter portion is located on the inner side of the transmission case. Ready to
    Each of the sliding units is equipped on the side clutch shaft in a state where the moving side rotating body faces the space,
    A state in which an annular piston that slides the moving-side rotating body is fitted into the space in a state in which it can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft, and the space functions as an oil chamber for operating the piston. 36. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 35, which is configured as follows.
  37.  前記移動側回転体のそれぞれは、ストッパ側の内周面に、前記入り位置における前記ストッパの入り込みを許容する拡径部を備えている請求項19~36のいずれか一項記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The working machine according to any one of claims 19 to 36, wherein each of the moving-side rotators includes an enlarged-diameter portion that allows the stopper to enter the stopper at an inner peripheral surface on the stopper side. Transmission device.
  38.  前記ストッパを、前記筒軸の外周側に環状に凹入形成した係合溝に着脱可能に外嵌するC字形の止め輪により構成し、
     ストッパ用の前記拡径部を、前記ストッパの前記係合溝からの離脱を阻止する大きさに形成している請求項37記載の作業機用の伝動装置。
    The stopper is constituted by a C-shaped retaining ring that is detachably fitted in an engaging groove formed in an annular recess on the outer peripheral side of the cylindrical shaft,
    The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 37, wherein the diameter-expanded portion for the stopper is formed to have a size that prevents the stopper from being detached from the engagement groove.
  39.  ミッションケースの外部に設けられると共に、前記ミッションケースの一端側の側壁をケース外方側からケース内方側に向けて挿通する出力軸を有し、エンジンからの動力を正逆無段に変速して前記出力軸から出力する主変速装置と、
     前記ミッションケースに内装されると共に、前記出力軸から伝達された動力を作業状態に応じた高低2段に変速して走行装置に伝達するギヤ式の副変速装置とが備えられ、
     前記出力軸は、前記ミッションケース内を通過するとともに、他端側の側壁を挿通して軸端部がケース外方に露出する状態で、且つ、前記一端側の側壁と前記他端側の側壁との夫々に回動自在に支持される状態で備えられている収穫機。
    It is provided outside the transmission case and has an output shaft that passes through the side wall on one end side of the transmission case from the outer side of the case to the inner side of the case. A main transmission that outputs from the output shaft;
    A gear-type sub-transmission device that is internally mounted in the transmission case and that shifts the power transmitted from the output shaft to a high and low two-stage according to a working state and transmits it to the traveling device;
    The output shaft passes through the transmission case and is inserted into the side wall on the other end side so that the shaft end is exposed to the outside of the case. The side wall on the one end side and the side wall on the other end side And harvester that is provided in a state of being rotatably supported by each.
  40.  前記副変速装置における入力側の変速用入力軸に、前記出力軸に備えられた出力ギヤと噛み合い連動する入力ギヤが備えられている請求項39記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to claim 39, wherein an input gear for shifting on the input side of the auxiliary transmission device is provided with an input gear meshing with and interlocking with an output gear provided on the output shaft.
  41.  前記変速用入力軸において、前記入力ギヤに近い側に高速伝動用駆動ギヤが備えられ、前記入力ギヤから遠い側に低速伝動用駆動ギヤが備えられている請求項40記載の収穫機。 41. The harvesting machine according to claim 40, wherein, in the transmission input shaft, a high-speed transmission drive gear is provided on a side closer to the input gear, and a low-speed transmission drive gear is provided on a side far from the input gear.
  42.  前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤが、前記変速用入力軸を前記他端側の側壁において回動自在に支持する軸支部材との間で軸心方向に間隔をあけて備えられている請求項41記載の収穫機。 42. The low-speed transmission drive gear is provided with a space in the axial direction between the low-speed transmission drive gear and a shaft support member that rotatably supports the shift input shaft on the side wall on the other end side. Harvesting machine.
  43.  前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤが、前記入力ギヤとの間で軸心方向に間隔をあけて備えられている請求項41又は42記載の収穫機。 43. The harvester according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided with an interval in the axial direction between the input gear and the input gear.
  44.  前記副変速装置における出力側の変速用出力軸に、前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤが噛み合い連動する高速伝動用従動ギヤと、前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤが噛み合い連動する低速伝動用従動ギヤと、前記副変速装置の伝動下手側に位置する下手側伝動ギヤと噛み合い連動する駆動用ギヤとが夫々備えられている請求項41~43のいずれか1項記載の収穫機。 A high-speed transmission driven gear in which the high-speed transmission drive gear is meshed and interlocked with a transmission output shaft on the output side of the sub-transmission device, a low-speed transmission driven gear in mesh with the low-speed transmission drive gear, and the sub-transmission gear The harvester according to any one of claims 41 to 43, further comprising a driving gear that meshes with and engages with a lower transmission gear that is located on the lower transmission side of the transmission.
  45.  前記駆動用ギヤが、前記高速伝動用従動ギヤと前記低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間に位置する状態で備えられている請求項44記載の収穫機。 45. The harvester according to claim 44, wherein the drive gear is provided in a state of being positioned between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear.
  46.  前記駆動用ギヤが、前記高速伝動用従動ギヤに近い位置に備えられている請求項45記載の収穫機。 46. The harvester according to claim 45, wherein the driving gear is provided at a position close to the high-speed driven gear.
  47.  前記副変速装置は、
     入力側の変速用入力軸と、出力側の変速用出力軸と、前記変速用入力軸に相対回転可能に備えられた高速伝動用駆動ギヤ及び低速伝動用駆動ギヤと、前記変速用出力軸に固定状態で備えられた高速伝動用従動ギヤ及び低速伝動用従動ギヤとを備え、
     前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤと前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤとを、前記高速伝動用従動ギヤと前記低速伝動用従動ギヤとに夫々常時噛み合う状態で、軸心方向にスライド不能に備えて構成されるとともに、
     前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤと前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤとの間に、前記変速用入力軸にスプライン外嵌されて、前記変速用入力軸に相対回転自在に備えられた前記高速伝動用駆動ギヤのスプライン部に噛み合い連動する高速伝動用操作位置と、前記変速用入力軸に相対回転自在に備えられた前記低速伝動用駆動ギヤのスプライン部に噛み合い連動する低速伝動用操作位置とにスライド自在なシフタを備えて構成されている請求項39~46のいずれか1項記載の収穫機。
    The auxiliary transmission is
    An input-side shift input shaft, an output-side shift output shaft, a high-speed transmission drive gear and a low-speed transmission drive gear that are relatively rotatable with respect to the shift input shaft, and the shift output shaft A high-speed driven gear and a low-speed driven gear provided in a fixed state,
    The high-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission drive gear are configured so as to be non-slidable in the axial direction in a state where they are always meshed with the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear, respectively. ,
    Between the high-speed transmission drive gear and the low-speed transmission drive gear, a spline is externally fitted to the transmission input shaft, and the high-speed transmission drive gear is provided rotatably relative to the transmission input shaft. A shifter that is slidable between a high-speed transmission operation position that meshes with the spline portion and a low-speed transmission operation position that meshes with and interlocks with the spline portion of the low-speed transmission drive gear that is relatively rotatable with respect to the transmission input shaft. The harvester according to any one of claims 39 to 46, comprising:
  48.  前記変速用出力軸における前記高速伝動用従動ギヤと前記低速伝動用従動ギヤとの間に、前記副変速装置の伝動下手側に位置する下手側伝動ギヤと噛み合い連動する駆動用ギヤが備えられ、
     前記シフタをスライド操作するシフトフォークが、前記シフタと前記駆動用ギヤとの間の空間を通過する状態で備えられている請求項47記載の収穫機。
    A driving gear meshing with and interlocking with a lower transmission gear located on the lower transmission side of the auxiliary transmission is provided between the high-speed transmission driven gear and the low-speed transmission driven gear on the transmission output shaft;
    48. The harvester according to claim 47, wherein a shift fork that slides the shifter is provided in a state of passing through a space between the shifter and the driving gear.
  49.  前記シフトフォークが、前記シフタの外周に設けられた係合用周溝における半周分以上の領域に係合するように構成されている請求項48記載の収穫機。 49. The harvesting machine according to claim 48, wherein the shift fork is configured to engage with a region equal to or more than a half circumference in an engagement circumferential groove provided on an outer periphery of the shifter.
  50.  前記シフトフォークが、前記シフタの外周に設けられた係合用周溝における直径上に位置する2箇所に係合するように構成されている請求項48記載の収穫機。 49. The harvester according to claim 48, wherein the shift fork is configured to engage with two positions located on a diameter of an engagement circumferential groove provided on an outer periphery of the shifter.
  51.  前記出力軸が、軸心方向に沿って分割され且つ一体回転自在に連動連係された一対の分割伝動軸を備えて構成されている請求項39~50のいずれか1項記載の収穫機。 51. The harvester according to any one of claims 39 to 50, wherein the output shaft includes a pair of divided transmission shafts that are divided along the axial direction and interlocked and linked so as to be integrally rotatable.
  52.  前記出力軸から前記副変速装置に動力を伝達する出力ギヤが、前記一対の分割伝動軸の夫々に対して一体回転自在に外嵌装着され、前記一対の分割伝動軸が前記出力ギヤにより連動連係されている請求項51記載の収穫機。 An output gear for transmitting power from the output shaft to the auxiliary transmission is externally fitted to each of the pair of split transmission shafts so as to be integrally rotatable, and the pair of split transmission shafts are linked and linked by the output gear. 52. The harvester according to claim 51, wherein:
  53.  前記主変速装置の周囲を覆う主変速ケースと前記ミッションケースとがフランジ連結される状態で接続され、
     前記主変速ケースの接続面と前記ミッションケースの接続面のうち前記出力軸が挿通する箇所の夫々に、前記出力軸の軸心を中心とする同心円状の嵌合溝が形成され、
     前記主変速ケースの前記嵌合溝と前記ミッションケースの前記嵌合溝との夫々に嵌り合う状態で、軸心合わせ用のカラー部材が備えられている請求項39~52のいずれか1項記載の収穫機。
    The main transmission case that covers the periphery of the main transmission and the transmission case are connected in a flange-coupled state,
    A concentric fitting groove centered on the axis of the output shaft is formed in each of the connection surfaces of the main transmission case and the connection surface of the transmission case where the output shaft is inserted,
    An axis alignment collar member is provided in a state in which the fitting groove of the main transmission case and the fitting groove of the transmission case are fitted to each other. Harvesting machine.
  54.  前記副変速装置にて変速された動力を左右の走行装置に各別に伝達する左右一対の車軸が、前記ミッションケースから固定延設された左右両側の車軸ケース内を挿通する状態で備えられ、
     前記左右一対の車軸が夫々、機体横幅方向内方側の端部に小径の動力伝達部を備え、機体横幅方向外方側に大径の横向き延設部を備えて構成され、且つ、
     前記小径の動力伝達部と前記大径の横向き延設部との間の連設箇所が、前記小径の動力伝達部から機体横幅方向外方側に向かうほど大径となるようなテーパ状に形成されている請求項39~53のいずれか1項記載の収穫機。
    A pair of left and right axles for separately transmitting power shifted by the auxiliary transmission to left and right traveling devices are provided in a state of being inserted through the left and right axle cases fixedly extended from the transmission case,
    Each of the pair of left and right axles is configured with a small-diameter power transmission portion at an end on the inner side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and a laterally extending portion with a large diameter on the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage, and
    The connecting portion between the small-diameter power transmission portion and the large-diameter laterally extending portion is formed in a tapered shape so that the diameter increases from the small-diameter power transmission portion toward the outer side in the lateral direction of the fuselage. The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 39 to 53.
  55.  エンジンからの駆動力を正逆無段に変速する主変速装置と、
     ミッションケースに内装されると共に、複数の組合せが可能なギヤ列が設けられ、主変速装置から出力された駆動力を作業状態に応じた複数段に変速して走行装置に伝達するギヤ式の副変速装置と、
     作業部への駆動力伝達を入り切りする作業クラッチと、
     前記主変速装置を変速操作する主変速操作具と、
     前記副変速装置を変速操作する副変速操作具と、
     前記作業クラッチの入り切り操作をするクラッチ操作具と、
     前記作業クラッチが入り操作されると、前記主変速操作具が前記主変速操作具の前進側操作経路における所定の指令位置よりも増速側へ操作されるのを牽制する牽制機構と、が備えられた収穫機。
    A main transmission that shifts the driving force from the engine continuously in a forward and reverse direction;
    The gear case is provided with a gear train that can be combined in a plurality of combinations, and the driving force output from the main transmission is shifted to a plurality of stages according to the working state and transmitted to the traveling device. A transmission,
    A working clutch that turns on and off the transmission of driving force to the working part;
    A main speed changer for shifting the main speed change device;
    A sub-transmission operating tool for performing a shift operation on the sub-transmission device;
    A clutch operating tool for performing on / off operation of the working clutch;
    A check mechanism that checks that when the work clutch is engaged and operated, the main transmission operating tool is operated to a speed increasing side from a predetermined command position in the forward operation path of the main transmission operating tool. Harvester.
  56.  前記作業クラッチが入り操作されても、前記前進側操作経路のうち前記所定の指令位置と中立位置との間の経路、及び、後進側操作経路における前記主変速操作具の操作は自在である請求項55記載の収穫機。 Even if the work clutch is engaged, the main transmission operating tool can be freely operated in the path between the predetermined command position and the neutral position in the forward operation path and the reverse operation path. Item 55. The harvester according to Item 55.
  57.  前記所定の指令位置は、前記前進側操作経路のうち中間位置よりも増速側の位置に設定されている請求項55又は56記載の収穫機。 57. The harvester according to claim 55 or 56, wherein the predetermined command position is set to a position on the acceleration side of the intermediate position in the forward operation path.
  58.  前記副変速装置は、高速変速状態と低速変速状態との二つの状態に切り換え可能であり、
     前記牽制機構は、前記副変速装置が前記高速変速状態に操作されている状態においても前記低速変速状態に操作されている状態においても、前記作業クラッチが入り操作されると、前記主変速操作具が前記前進側操作経路における前記所定の指令位置よりも増速側へ操作されるのを牽制する請求項55から57のいずれか一項記載の収穫機。
    The auxiliary transmission can be switched between two states, a high speed shift state and a low speed shift state,
    When the operation clutch is engaged and operated in both the state in which the auxiliary transmission is operated in the high speed shift state and the state in which the sub transmission is operated in the low speed shift state, the check mechanism is 58. The harvester according to any one of claims 55 to 57, which controls the operation of the engine at a higher speed side than the predetermined command position in the forward operation path.
  59.  前記副変速装置は、高速変速状態と低速変速状態との二つの状態に切り換え可能であり、
     前記牽制機構は、前記副変速装置が前記高速変速状態に操作されている状態において前記作業クラッチが入り操作されると、前記主変速操作具が前記前進側操作経路における前記所定の指令位置よりも増速側へ操作されるのを牽制する請求項55から57のいずれか一項記載の収穫機。
    The auxiliary transmission can be switched between two states, a high speed shift state and a low speed shift state,
    The check mechanism is configured such that when the work clutch is engaged and operated in a state in which the sub-transmission device is operated in the high-speed shift state, the main transmission operating tool is moved from the predetermined command position in the forward operation path. 58. The harvester according to any one of claims 55 to 57, which controls operation to the speed increasing side.
  60.  前記主変速操作具として、前後揺動操作式の主変速レバーが備えられると共に、前記クラッチ操作具として、前後揺動操作式のクラッチレバーが備えられ、
     前記牽制機構に、前記前進側操作経路に対して出退可能な牽制部と、前記牽制部と前記クラッチレバーとを連係するリンク部と、が備えられ、
     前記クラッチレバーがクラッチ入り位置へ操作されると、前記牽制部が前記前進側操作経路のうち前記所定の指令位置に対応する位置に突出する請求項55から59のいずれか一項記載の収穫機。
    As the main transmission operation tool, a front / rear swing operation type main transmission lever is provided, and as the clutch operation tool, a front / rear swing operation type clutch lever is provided,
    The check mechanism is provided with a check portion that can be moved back and forth with respect to the forward operation path, and a link portion that links the check portion and the clutch lever.
    The harvester according to any one of claims 55 to 59, wherein when the clutch lever is operated to a clutch engagement position, the check portion protrudes to a position corresponding to the predetermined command position in the forward operation path. .
  61.  前記主変速レバーは、運転部のサイドパネルに備えられ、
     前記クラッチレバーは、前記サイドパネルにおいて前記主変速レバーの後方に備えられ、
     前記牽制部は、前後方向に沿ってスライド移動可能であり、かつ、前記クラッチレバーがクラッチ切り位置に操作されると前記前進側操作経路の前方側に引退する請求項60記載の収穫機。
    The main transmission lever is provided on a side panel of the driving unit,
    The clutch lever is provided behind the main transmission lever in the side panel,
    61. The harvester according to claim 60, wherein the check portion is slidable along the front-rear direction, and retreats to the front side of the forward operation path when the clutch lever is operated to a clutch disengagement position.
  62.  前記クラッチレバーが前記クラッチ入り位置からクラッチ切り位置とは反対側に移動するのを規制する規制部が備えられ、
     前記リンク部に、前記クラッチレバーの揺動軸心周りに前記クラッチレバーと一体的に揺動するアーム部材と、一端が前記アーム部材に対して第1軸心回りに回動可能に連係されると共に他端が前記牽制部に対して第2軸心回りに回動可能に連係されたロッド部材と、が備えられ、
     前記リンク部は、前記クラッチレバーがクラッチ切り位置から前記クラッチ入り位置に操作されると、前記揺動軸心の方向に沿って見て、前記第1軸心が前記揺動軸心の後方側を通過し、かつ、前記第1軸心と前記第2軸心とを結ぶ直線が、前記揺動軸心を跨いで移動するように構成されている請求項60記載の収穫機。
    A restriction portion for restricting movement of the clutch lever from the clutch engaged position to the opposite side of the clutch disengaged position;
    An arm member that swings integrally with the clutch lever around the swing axis of the clutch lever is linked to the link portion, and one end thereof is linked to the arm member so as to be rotatable around the first axis. And a rod member whose other end is linked to the check portion so as to be rotatable around the second axis, and
    When the clutch lever is operated from the clutch disengagement position to the clutch engagement position, the link portion is configured such that the first axis is a rear side of the swing axis when viewed along the direction of the swing axis. 61. The harvester according to claim 60, wherein a straight line passing through the first axis and connecting the first axis and the second axis moves across the swing axis.
  63.  前記牽制部に、前記前進側操作経路から外れた位置で前記前進側操作経路に沿って延びると共に、前後方向に沿ってスライド移動可能なガイド部材が備えられ、
     前後方向に沿った異なる二位置に支持ブラケットが備えられ、
     前記ガイド部材は、前記支持ブラケットに支持されている請求項60から62のいずれか一項記載の収穫機。
    The check portion is provided with a guide member that extends along the forward operation path at a position deviated from the forward operation path and is slidable along the front-rear direction.
    Support brackets are provided at two different positions along the front-rear direction,
    63. The harvester according to any one of claims 60 to 62, wherein the guide member is supported by the support bracket.
  64.  前記支持ブラケットに、前後方向に沿った異なる二位置に位置する二つの貫通孔が備えられ、
     前記ガイド部材は、前記貫通孔に貫通支持されている請求項63記載の収穫機。
    The support bracket is provided with two through holes located at two different positions along the front-rear direction,
    64. The harvester according to claim 63, wherein the guide member is supported through the through hole.
  65.  前記牽制部に、前記ガイド部材の先端部に設けられると共に、前記前進側操作経路に突出可能な突出部材が備えられ、
     前記支持ブラケットとは別の支持ブラケットが備えられ、
     前記別の支持ブラケットに、前記突出部材が貫通されて前記突出部材の前後方向のスライド移動を許容する長孔が形成され、
     前記別の支持ブラケットは、前記前進側操作経路を挟んで前記支持ブラケットとは反対側に設けられている請求項63又は64記載の収穫機。
    The restraining portion is provided with a projecting member that is provided at a distal end portion of the guide member and can project into the forward operation path,
    A support bracket different from the support bracket is provided,
    The other support bracket is formed with a long hole through which the projecting member is penetrated to allow the projecting member to slide in the front-rear direction.
    The harvesting machine according to claim 63 or 64, wherein the another support bracket is provided on the opposite side of the support bracket across the forward operation path.
  66.  前記作業部は刈取部であり、かつ、前記作業クラッチは刈取クラッチである請求項55から65のいずれか一項記載の収穫機。 66. The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 55 to 65, wherein the working unit is a harvesting unit, and the working clutch is a harvesting clutch.
  67.  前記主変速装置は、静油圧式無段変速装置である請求項55から66のいずれか一項記載の収穫機。
     
    67. The harvester according to any one of claims 55 to 66, wherein the main transmission is a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission.
PCT/JP2014/052998 2013-06-28 2014-02-10 Transmission device for working machine, and harvester WO2014208117A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010067316.8A CN111066488B (en) 2013-06-28 2014-02-10 Transmission and harvester
KR1020157032539A KR101799175B1 (en) 2013-06-28 2014-02-10 Transmission device for working machine, and harvester
KR1020177032617A KR102048136B1 (en) 2013-06-28 2014-02-10 Harvester
CN201480032975.0A CN105283339B (en) 2013-06-28 2014-02-10 The transmission device of harvester
PH12015502618A PH12015502618B1 (en) 2013-06-28 2015-11-24 Power transmission apparatus for work machine, and harvester

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013136519A JP6095505B2 (en) 2013-06-28 2013-06-28 Harvesting machine
JP2013-136519 2013-06-28
JP2013136520A JP6095506B2 (en) 2013-06-28 2013-06-28 Harvesting machine
JP2013-136520 2013-06-28
JP2013189767A JP6029556B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2013-09-12 Transmission device for work equipment
JP2013-189765 2013-09-12
JP2013-189767 2013-09-12
JP2013189765A JP6104110B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2013-09-12 Transmission device for harvester

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014208117A1 true WO2014208117A1 (en) 2014-12-31

Family

ID=52141474

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/052998 WO2014208117A1 (en) 2013-06-28 2014-02-10 Transmission device for working machine, and harvester

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (2) KR101799175B1 (en)
CN (3) CN105283339B (en)
PH (1) PH12015502618B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2014208117A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10672207B2 (en) 2017-01-20 2020-06-02 Polaris Industries Inc. Diagnostic systems and methods of a continuously variable transmission

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107087450B (en) * 2017-03-29 2022-11-11 星光农机股份有限公司 Stepless speed change transmission structure
CN108162692A (en) * 2018-02-05 2018-06-15 温岭市明华齿轮有限公司 Cropper front driving axle assembly
DE102019206829A1 (en) * 2019-05-10 2020-11-12 Deere & Company Drive system for a harvesting machine
CN112173746B (en) * 2020-09-04 2022-06-21 南京朗禾智能控制研究院有限公司 Feeding device for crop hose grain elevator
CN112026513B (en) * 2020-09-07 2022-02-15 中国第一汽车股份有限公司 Disconnecting device and coaxial electric drive system
CN115180261A (en) * 2021-08-25 2022-10-14 江苏富勤机械制造有限公司 Use method of pipe transfer equipment

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS56167522A (en) * 1980-05-27 1981-12-23 Iseki & Co Ltd Operating device for agricultural machine
JPS6240353U (en) * 1985-08-30 1987-03-10
JPH0680088A (en) * 1992-09-02 1994-03-22 Iseki & Co Ltd Steering clutch for combine, etc.
JPH0759444A (en) * 1993-08-27 1995-03-07 Iseki & Co Ltd Cutting traveling speed-controlling apparatus
JPH09193677A (en) * 1996-01-23 1997-07-29 Iseki & Co Ltd Running transmission case for farm working vehicle
JPH11139269A (en) * 1997-11-14 1999-05-25 Seirei Ind Co Ltd Driving device
JP2001193835A (en) * 2000-01-07 2001-07-17 Kubota Corp Gear change mechanism of agricultural machine
JP2005035496A (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-02-10 Iseki & Co Ltd Transmission mechanism of travelling device
JP2005343421A (en) * 2004-06-07 2005-12-15 Kubota Corp Transmission device for travelling of working vehicle

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS613310U (en) 1984-06-13 1986-01-10 株式会社日立ホームテック electric cooker
JPS613310A (en) 1984-06-18 1986-01-09 Akai Electric Co Ltd Magnetic head
JPH04117545U (en) * 1991-03-29 1992-10-21 株式会社クボタ Combine power transmission structure
JP3954116B2 (en) * 1994-07-12 2007-08-08 ヤンマー農機株式会社 Work vehicle
JPH0856469A (en) * 1994-08-29 1996-03-05 Iseki & Co Ltd Transmission apparatus in thresher
JP3878756B2 (en) * 1998-11-20 2007-02-07 ヤンマー株式会社 Crawler tractor steering structure
JP3611466B2 (en) 1998-12-22 2005-01-19 株式会社クボタ Combine gearing
KR100399706B1 (en) * 2000-12-27 2003-09-26 가부시끼 가이샤 구보다 Working apparatus
JP2002295635A (en) 2001-03-30 2002-10-09 Kubota Corp Transmission structure for harvester
CN2638416Y (en) * 2003-05-19 2004-09-08 龚家国 Gear drive box special for crawler running machine
JP4382628B2 (en) 2004-10-20 2009-12-16 株式会社クボタ Combine
JP4585373B2 (en) * 2005-05-19 2010-11-24 株式会社クボタ Work vehicle travel transmission device
JP3996615B2 (en) * 2005-11-14 2007-10-24 ヤンマー農機株式会社 Combine
JP5149500B2 (en) * 2006-09-29 2013-02-20 三菱農機株式会社 Work vehicle transmission
JP4713535B2 (en) 2007-04-20 2011-06-29 株式会社クボタ Combine
JP5835868B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2015-12-24 株式会社クボタ Combine
JP2011162122A (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-25 Kubota Corp Turning transmission device of work vehicle
CN201947679U (en) * 2010-11-25 2011-08-31 金华职业技术学院 In-situ steering traveling gearbox for semi-feeding rice and wheat combine harvester
JP5775695B2 (en) 2011-01-20 2015-09-09 ヤンマー株式会社 Combine
JP5670821B2 (en) 2011-04-27 2015-02-18 株式会社クボタ Combine transmission

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS56167522A (en) * 1980-05-27 1981-12-23 Iseki & Co Ltd Operating device for agricultural machine
JPS6240353U (en) * 1985-08-30 1987-03-10
JPH0680088A (en) * 1992-09-02 1994-03-22 Iseki & Co Ltd Steering clutch for combine, etc.
JPH0759444A (en) * 1993-08-27 1995-03-07 Iseki & Co Ltd Cutting traveling speed-controlling apparatus
JPH09193677A (en) * 1996-01-23 1997-07-29 Iseki & Co Ltd Running transmission case for farm working vehicle
JPH11139269A (en) * 1997-11-14 1999-05-25 Seirei Ind Co Ltd Driving device
JP2001193835A (en) * 2000-01-07 2001-07-17 Kubota Corp Gear change mechanism of agricultural machine
JP2005035496A (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-02-10 Iseki & Co Ltd Transmission mechanism of travelling device
JP2005343421A (en) * 2004-06-07 2005-12-15 Kubota Corp Transmission device for travelling of working vehicle

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10672207B2 (en) 2017-01-20 2020-06-02 Polaris Industries Inc. Diagnostic systems and methods of a continuously variable transmission
US11430272B2 (en) 2017-01-20 2022-08-30 Polaris Industries Inc. Diagnostic systems and methods of a continuously variable transmission

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105283339B (en) 2018-12-04
CN107521337A (en) 2017-12-29
KR20170127575A (en) 2017-11-21
CN111066488B (en) 2022-07-15
KR101799175B1 (en) 2017-12-20
CN105283339A (en) 2016-01-27
KR20160025496A (en) 2016-03-08
CN111066488A (en) 2020-04-28
KR102048136B1 (en) 2019-11-22
PH12015502618A1 (en) 2016-02-29
CN107521337B (en) 2020-02-14
PH12015502618B1 (en) 2016-02-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014208117A1 (en) Transmission device for working machine, and harvester
WO2015045437A1 (en) Combine harvester
JP5822761B2 (en) Combine drive transmission
WO2012140973A1 (en) Combine
JP2012211672A (en) Speed change transmission device
WO2014199663A1 (en) Power transmission device for work machine and work machine
JP6095505B2 (en) Harvesting machine
JP2015055321A (en) Transmission device of harvesting machine
JP6029556B2 (en) Transmission device for work equipment
JP6095536B2 (en) Harvesting machine
JP6113040B2 (en) Combine
CN112601905A (en) Tractor, transmission device for tractor to travel, and tractor provided with transmission device for tractor to travel
JP6104110B2 (en) Transmission device for harvester
US7484580B2 (en) Tractor
JP6226673B2 (en) Combine
JP2015054638A (en) Transmission device for work machine
JP6223095B2 (en) Combine
JP6242253B2 (en) Transmission device for work equipment
JP5975921B2 (en) Work vehicle transmission
JP5885696B2 (en) Working vehicle hydraulic system
US20060254836A1 (en) Tractor
JP2009090786A (en) Transmission for working vehicle
JP2014193670A (en) Transmission for travel of service car
JP2011162122A (en) Turning transmission device of work vehicle
JP2015045416A (en) Gear change transmission device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480032975.0

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14817202

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157032539

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IDP00201507671

Country of ref document: ID

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14817202

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1